Home

1.2 Document History

Contents

1. STEPCTRL SCP2 PAMPTE From Internal I O STEPCTRL SCP2 PAMPTE 80V FIXED FRONT END REGULATOR 1 230 VAC HV1 amp 2 HVI HVI HV2 HV2 REGULATOR 2 HV MUX HV MUX 80V 80V HVI amp 2 Hv POWER XDBUS TX128 TO PRC HVDIS L EL1 192 PROBE DEPENDANT 128 with 2MLA 256 DIG CHANNELS SERIAL HV CTRI MID PROCESSORS PHASED TRANSMITTERS AND READBACK LINEAR PIPELINK TSIG_ FEC TISSUE PROCESSED ARRAY ATGC_ FEC DATA PROBES BEAM amp RX Board FOCUSORS RF PROCESSOR 0 PIPELINK SPECTRUM RXI 128 32x4 Co gt L FIR dak PIPELINK PROCESSED AID FOC ANNULAR Fe gt RF PROCESSOR T DATA BUFFER 16 INPUT 128 64 ARRAY AAXDI 6 XDAACD AATEMPIN MOT RECEIVERS IV_DATA PROBES PQS MPTE PIGGYBACK BEAMFORMERS 1 4 RF PROCESSOR AAXD7 8 XDDPCD pP LS DOPPLER i PIPELINK 16 DIGITAL PROBE FIXED TISSUE PROCESSED TARGET FRONT END CANCELLERS amp TXTRI BUS INIF TISSUE SPECTRUM SPECTRUM DETECTION PRECOMPRESSION ANALYZER PROCESSED ZONE STITCHING DFT DATA TEMPERATURI Aq ATGC COLOR FLOW COLOR FLOW f TEE PROBES RX 1 GENERATOR adii CORRELATORS PROCESSED CTRL SPECTRUM DATA f DOPPLER PIPELINK AA amp MPTE HIGH PASS FILTER GENERATO TO IMAGE PORT f 24 mmm XDCTRLINTF f POSITION FE CONTROLLER 4 RANGE CLOCKS AND RESET PAUDIO AVERAGERS TTT ro
2. GEN 1 128 128 RELAYS TRANSMITTERS FRONT END INTERFACE 32 CHANNELS PER BF BOARD J 1 LINEAR ARRAY 8 uer mee REV FEC A D CONV FOCUSORS MLA ADDERS MLA ADDER MLA PROBES SERIALPROBEID RX 128 F 2 25 PROBE MUX CTRL amp MLA0 OUT Tel erm XD1 128 pm e a E d MLAI OUT RFT S gt gt 5 1 28 2 lt lt BFBOARD A 1 128 E gt gt F gt AID j AAXDI 6 XDAACD AATEMPIN ARRAY POS MPTE H PROBES N ATGC FEC AID MLAI Q TO BAL3 Y ON NEXT AAXD7 8 XDDPCD EE N MAN BUR DOPPLER 26 N FRONT END PROBE N INTERFACE BF 1 4 CONTROL P2 INTERFACE FE BUS RFT m pco EM EE peu Ec DP GLOBAL 40 MHz CLOCKS AND RESET 1 gt RFT amp SYSTEM CLOCK EL PROBE ID GENERATOR STBY EL PROBE SELECT EL PROBE MUX CTRL TX 128 PRC FRONT END VME BUS INTERFACE VME BUS TXTRIG_L BUsINTF 444444444 4 4r CPUMESSAGE CPU 7 PORT RX 128 PRC mem f TEMPER ATURE ATGC GENERATOR PROBES 2 RX TEST SIGNAL E RAT lt Z xz w w AND POSITION MEMORY CONTROL XDCTRL INTF F gt gt gt f f EL PROBE ID TSIG FEC REL EL PROBE SELECT SERIAL HV CTRL FILTER f 3m EL PROBE CTRL ED Wier orn 44444 HIGH VOLTAGE CTRL HV POWER DETECTOR f I ALL FE BOARDS INTR
3. VME BUS CLOCKS VIDEO PIPELINK BUS System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I B3 6 power distr 05 serv files B3 07 Man S5 ice S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Servi GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 System FiVe Overall Power Distribution rev 05 10 15 CIRCUIT BREAKER VCR AC POWER PERIPHERALS ON OFF STAND BY POWER STBPWR FER FOR AC CTRL O NE O O RITE ez 15 220 L amp E2 E 115 230VAc TEE CURRENT FILTER LIMITER 1015 E s PERIPHERALS RELAYS I 115 230 AIR TEMP SENSOR ACCTRL e FB 115230V c EE 1 ON OFF 115 230Vac K REGULATOR CONTROL LED PWR DISTR S gn 60 C FUSE tr 4 4 Py 115230 MONITOR AC CO
4. The Front End Modules GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes A2 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I serv files A2 02 03 fm Man S5 e S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 tosh Macint GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Description rev 06 Probe Description rev 06 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 Introduction Abstract This document gives a general description of the probes used in System FiVe Both flat phased array flat linear array curved linear array and annular array probes are covered Emphasis is put on the electronically steered probes Document History Revision Date By Description 01 16 Sep 1994 GRL First revision of document 02 26 Apr 1994 GRL Impr mux description 03 30 May 1996 GRL Interface board descr corrected 04 10 Oct 1996 SB Ihs General update 05 19 Jan 1997 LHS Minor update 06 1 Oct 2000 LHS Updated company name Corrected some small errors Table 1 Document History Abbreviations Nomenclature Definitions FPA Flat Phased array FLA Flat Linear array CLA Curved linear array AA Annular array Mux Multiplexer SDA Serial Data SCL Serial Clock EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory SPST Single Pole Single Throw Switch References e Probes see chapter E e Spare Parts 02 see chapter O Electronically Steer
5. a Raa RENE 9 9 0 10 9 1 Spectrum Analyzer A3 10 9 2 Audio and Missing Signal Estimation A3 11 9 3 Digital to Analog A3 11 10 0 Control RUE RR AA eya 11 10 1 VME Interface A3 11 10 2 Master DSP Control and Administration Tasks A3 11 11 0 QUIPE 12 sene RD ede ate ees deed vd A3 11 12 0 12 12 1 itasse eee x e sine OUI te alee A3 12 12 2 Document History A3 12 12 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A3 12 12 4 References A3 12 13 0 Inputs sce yu ADS s kiyuk SSS eles SON ME A3 12 14 0 Descriptions A3 13 14 1 General A3 13 14 2 Input 13 14 3 ESO DSRS Sol haz era qai a ya GE e TT iet A3 13 14 4 VEL DSP Sc dak RUE CE A3 13 14 5 Master DSP s a il tig uy a L ela daa A3 13 15 0 Control 2 unas a se p RS RE nan oid ut ees 14 15 1 VME interface oisi his _ __ bar deine
6. 2 48 33 4 ATGC Generator A2 49 33 5 Test Signal A2 49 33 6 XDCTRL A2 49 33 7 Probe A2 49 33 8 Probe Identification A2 49 33 9 LA Probe Multiplexer Select A2 49 33 10 Revision A2 49 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Intro 21 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Patient I O rev 01 Transducer Bus Board XDBUS rev 04 Chapter Description Page 33 11 and DP Probe Sense from artwork F only A2 50 33 12 Temperature Sensors from artwork F only A2 50 33 13 High Voltage Control A2 51 34 0 Controls ur Asoy rete ED Sa yee OR K n S RSS S A2 51 34 1 VME Interface A2 51 34 2 etui OE A2 51 35 0 Outputs u dan Aa e eus e agas A2 52 36 0 2 53 36 1 aes alia ee Nr e A ari A2 53 36 2 Document A2 53 36 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature
7. 1 79 An 4 513 559 C512 R558 9 573 579 e Ke eo G a 2 N S OI INI odd dow E0100CU d N d MODULE PROJECT Note Mounting instructions UINGMED soUND INT IQ SYST The revision marked on the label Orientation of P103 P110 and P500 as shoun DESIGNER DATE SIGN TYPE OF DOC CLASSIFICATION has to be the MODULE REU 21 Feb U 2 pSSEMBLY CHECKED REU GJ 22 Ref MCD A200 1 03 H SCALE _ FILE SHEET 000000000001 14520 re dote ras o 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I M 5 Mar S5 serv files M 06 Int 2 01 55 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound EnmIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev el das HIN RM I ERZ 4 eral G m TALI B
8. A8 11 18 0 Inputs ie ea edad A8 11 19 0 Description ocio wale dla kay kq kl Ls A8 11 19 1 General A8 11 19 2 Output Power Protection A8 12 20 0 enl tmn A8 12 Intro 28 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Block Diagrams Chapter Description Page Block Diagrams Complete 1 0 Front End and Mid rev 10 B1 3 2 0 Display Control I O rev 09 B1 4 3 0 Display Control I O rev 09 B1 5 0 0 Front End r v 04 ioco RU u Sam a aw ea a ix B1 5 1 0 MID Processor 02 B1 6 2 0 Display 02 1 7 1 0 HOS CIV 510 stets os B1 8 Block Diagrams Boards Block Diagrams Relay Board Block Diagram rev 04 TX 128 Block Diagram Rev 02 RX128 RX64 Block Diagram Rev 03 Probe Controller Block Diagram rev 02 Beam Former Boards Block Diagram rev 02 Front End Controller Board Block Diagram rev 02 Patient I O Block Diagram rev 02 RF amp Tissue Proc Block Diagram rev 02 Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 02 2D Flow Board Block Diagram rev 01 Image Port 2 B
9. K09 22 15 4 2i reine be e eR uite Pep SO ut er d as K09 22 15 5 TGC slide potentiometers K09 22 15 6 QWERTY keyboard and switch decoding K09 22 15 7 Rotary displays board K09 23 16 0 Test features K09 23 17 0 Power up K10 1 17 1 Description K10 1 17 2 Power up Verification of Hardware Configuration K10 1 18 0 Performance Test System Test Procedure K11 1 18 1 11 1 18 2 SCOPES PC K11 1 18 3 Initial lt K11 1 18 4 Automatic K11 1 18 5 Motherboard Hardware Configuration K11 2 18 6 Front Panel Test i vence ureB ARR EA S K11 2 18 7 Peripheral and I O K11 4 18 8 External I O K11 4 18 9 Integrated K11 5 18 10 Monitor Setup yas ss qayaqa angen eds n A a baa qa K11 7 18 11 Functional Test K11 7 18 12 M Mode Tests K11 8 18 13 Image Quality and K11 9 18 14
10. 05 6 7 0 Control het RG a EAS A A05 6 Front Panel Con 1 0 Tili srelol ln T9 r u uu I s ae dea 5 7 trols rev 04 1 1 Abstract ana Sad i ence S Qaa rapiat A ea gt A5 7 1 2 Document A5 7 2 0 Description ee me ace hoe kan 5 7 modules Internal I O Board 1 0 Overview cds aci tote ix ee dus tna A6 3 rev 03 1 1 ABSAGE us esr treu ot ler ree Doe Sm eta A6 3 1 2 Document A6 3 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A6 3 1 4 uu s suma a RM OC rM NA uS CE e irt A6 3 2 0 Descriptions epe tees atn tees A6 3 2 1 VIVE Interface Tuy ret Poem onal ue ORE E EIS A6 3 2 2 Video buffers and video switches A6 4 2 3 Audio buffering and audio switching 6 4 2 4 Footswitch 6 4 2 5 Patient I O Interface incl 6 4 2 6 SGSI Interface 15 teer s qe A6 5 2 7 Etherriet s ce exei ea qe C A6 5 2 8 RS 232 lin 8 y Aa dak WANA A6 6 2 9 AC Power Remote Control A6 7 2 10 Battery backup power A6 7 2 11 Remote Control Es A6 7 2 12 Pa
11. K03 9 Oly Noise I mede Field usua EAE ERE aaa aa K03 10 e Peripheral Problems K03 1 1 VOR Related PIODIBITIS yg sa squa alba WU Vay recie 11 Primer a Hz Eden Qa la dl had 2 E kala ra K03 13 Front Panel Problems k xwi see a We alal 4 4 K03 14 e No Response to Front Panel Controls K03 14 ducc igi con PC m K03 15 e Probe Recognition and Switching Problems K03 15 AA Probes D Not RUN Lu sss a sa ka a bak ERR EE ARE ERE RI K03 16 Specie 2D PIODIGIDIS l i i s ak sk dd dada waren qawa K03 17 e Frozen images Images with Artifacts K03 17 PUSmo OrFading Mage ous 5 K03 17 e Noisy Images also see Noise Guide Chapter K03 17 Poor Image c K03 18 Specific M Mode PIODIONS ba lan A k WA aid K03 19 e Specific Color Flow problems K03 19 Color Flow 2D ok or Frozen Color K03 19 Noise Problems Also see Noise Guide Chapter K03 19 s Poor FOW TUI i sas aka CERE h k ak dad l a BELA K03 19 Specific Color M Mode Problems i ner mmn K03 19 e Specific Doppler Problem
12. 1 31 5 2 Detailed descriptions of data processes A1 33 6 0 Color Flow Processing A1 37 6 1 General A1 37 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Intro 17 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued System Descrip tion rev 07 Power Distribu tion rev 05 Bus Distribution rev 05 Intro 18 Chapter Description Page 6 2 Detailed descriptions of data processes A1 38 7 0 Post Processing Ou saa el Ask ues ces ken ba A1 42 7 1 Recursive A1 42 7 2 Scan Conversion 1 42 7 3 1 43 7 4 Compression and Reject A1 43 7 5 ALDI A HO s gt ase ute d Qu aye RUE AEN RNC EUR DS A1 44 8 0 Introduction A1 45 8 1 OVEWIOW Lui Q u aA binlya exu A1 45 8 2 Document History l eee 1 45 9 0 General 1 45 10 0 Front End 2 22 20 pila s ea utbs A1 46 10 1 1 1 46 10 2 Front End BUS ive n y E EL RERO ELS A1 46 10 3 Phased and Linear Array Fron
13. 2D Gain RFT TGC RFT Depth FEC RFT SCONV Zoom FEC RFT SCONV Left Right SCONV Compound FLA only FEC RFT SCONV Compress SCONV Reject SCONV Angle or Width FEC gt BF RFT SCONV Contour RFT Freq FEC gt TX RFT Framerate FEC RFT System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A5 7 Front Panel Controls rev 04 Table 1 2D Controls Continued GE Vingmed Ultrasound Control parameter Implemented on Focus FEC gt TX RFT Dynamic Range RFT Tilt FEC gt TX BF DDP SCONV B Color SCONV Power FEC TX POWER TX Table 2 Color Flow Controls Control parameter Implemented on Gain RFT TGC RFT Depth FEC RFT Zoom FEC RFT SCONV ROI Width FEC gt TX BF RFT SCONV ROI Span RFT Color Maps SCONV Variance SCONV LV Reject 2DF PRF FEC RFT 2DF Sample Volume RFT Sample Volume Pos t b RFT Tilt FLA only FEC gt TX BF RFT Baseline SCONV Tissue Priority SCONV DDP SCONV Lateral Averaging 2DF Radial Averaging 2DF Framerate FEC RFT Power FEC HV POWER TX 5 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table 3 M Mode specific Controls Front Panel Controls rev 04 Control parameter Implemented on
14. 351500 8 05 1 e 4 63 R503 C408 R408 G R13 R138 10404 10403 19 C410 R418 C150 R111 R112 R156 R124 O R110 Tea cal R411 522 8954 O R14 R148 C412 R412 L402 O O C174 3 S Z y
15. A2 22 14 4 RAM Cache VRAM A2 22 14 5 FE Bus Interface ciis oe dav eid e l LEES A2 23 15 0 OUIpUIS T ul Dr eee aces Md ita xe A2 24 Receiver Board 16 0 Introduction A2 25 RX 128 rev 02 16 1 s vaio aca ea a aft esci de aite lo Me Sea e A2 25 16 2 Document A2 25 16 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 25 17 0 INPUTS oere se ieee ek e Ee NRI RR A A2 25 18 0 General lt A2 26 18 1 iit oem ipee Den dn dk ag hand Meta PS A2 26 18 2 T BESWIICIIGS or eer ar I Pese x t eR Fe EUR A2 27 18 3 Preamplifiers uy s rx k EDEN RPG A2 27 18 4 EGG Amplifiers me keen ete Ee hee Rn A2 27 18 5 Annular Array 5 A2 27 18 6 Control and Test Signal A2 27 19 0 Outputs onu re esae eer eL A2 28 Receiver Board 20 0 Introd ction cx rone esf n tested Pia A2 29 RX 64 rev 02 20 1 ADSL AGE S toad Sound CS a ei trac ca attest m k A2 29 20 2 Document A2 29 20 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 29 21 0 General lt A2 30 21 1 OVEIVIOW cue ER REM AE A eR
16. AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XD11 XD12 XD27 XD28 XD43 XD44 XD59 XD60 VRO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TA XD13 XD14 XD29 XD30 XD45 XD46 XD61 XD62 AGND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XDI5 AGND XD31_ AGND XD47 AGND XD63 AGND LROT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XD16_ XD32_ XD48_ XD64_ TEMP AGND 1 1 1 1 1 1 RROT XD65 XD66 XD81 XD82 XD97 XD98 XD113 XD114 MUX MUX 1 1 1 1 1 1 _1 _1 SDAI SDA2 R AGND XD67 AGND XD83 AGND XD99 AGND XD115 MUX MUX 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 _1 SDA3 SDA4 S XD68 XD69 XD84 XD85 XD100 XD101 XD116 117 MUX 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SDA5 SDA6 T XD70 AGND XD86 AGND XD102 AGND XD118 AGND MUX MUX 1 2 1 2 _1 2 _1 2 SDA7 SDA8 U XD71 XD72 XD87 XD88 XD103 XD104 XD119 XD120 MUX_ 1 1 1 1 _1 _1 _1 _1 SCL V XD73 XD74 XD89 XD90 XD105 XD106 XD121 XDI22 MUX AVDD 1 1 1 1 _1 _1 _1 _1 LEL w AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND AGND 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 x XD75 XD76 XD91 XD92 XD107 XD108 XD123 XD124 A0 MUX 1 1 1 1 _1 _1 _1 _1 XD77 XD78 XD93 XD94 XD109 XD110 XD125 XD126 PR_A GND 1 1 1 1 _1 _1 _1 _1 1 7 XD79 AGND XD95 AGND XD111 AGND XD127 AGND 1 MUX 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 VNN F1 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultraso
17. Fig 6 1 2D Flow Data Flow 6 2 Detailed descriptions of data processes 6 2 1 RF Demodulation This is performed in the same way as for Doppler with a complex multiplication fol lowed by a low pass filter A1 38 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 6 2 2 Sampling in region of interest As mentioned before repeated data sets from consecutive samples or ranges along a beam is required in order to later perform high pass filtering velocity estimation and color encoding Selection of which samples to further process is actually done by the Front End Controller board enabling the addresses for the data sets for rang es within the selected color sector to the RF and Tissue Processor data buffer Samples originating from outside the boundaries of the color sector will be neglect ed Max256 ranges Region of Interest 6 2 3 Variable high pass filtering Fixed Target Cancelling Samples from the same ranges at different time intervals are stored in a memory so that they can be used for estimation of the velocities within each range Velocities below a certain user selectable limit Low Velocity Reject are rejected in a variable digital high pass regression filter which on the fly first generates a curve of the low frequency components then subtracts the curve from the signal to separate the high frequency components
18. UO signals Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual describes the peripherals and I O signals in mmmriVE This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Introduction F1 3 Patient F1 4 Probe Connector Panel F1 7 Internal I O without PosDet and PAMPTE support F1 12 ETHERNET connectors INT and EXT F1 17 Card Rack F1 21 External F1 22 I O signals GE Vingmed Ultrasound Notes F1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I erviceMan S5 serv flles F1 01 io sig 05 e S5 Si Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound I O Signals 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract Signals 05 This is a description of the input and output connectors in System 5 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 29 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 28 Apr 95 GRL Added voltages on conn and drwg of INT amp EXT I O 03 9 Apr 96 GRL Corrected INT I O power connector voltages 04 9 Aug 96 GRL Made cross reference to Internal Cable Harness wiring diagram 05 30 Mar 99 LHS Added updated illustration for the Int I O 06 June 00 LHS Updated Corrected Error Nove 00 JB Removed IV Data 1 3 References Wiring Diagram of Internal Cable Harness rev E on page
19. OK FLOW DATA PROCESSED MASTER DSP RUNS BLINKING 5 OK 5V 5 5 Additional LEDs Turned on in Doppler 5 5 1 SDP 1 second third fourth and fifth yellow LEDs in the upper section all goes on 2 first yellow in the lower section blinks and the bottom yellow goes LJEJEJES OC OK DSP1 RUNS BLINKING DSP1 READY FOR DATA DSP1 HAS RECEIVED DATA DATA OUT ON PIPELINK OK DSP2 RUNS BLINKING System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 13 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K05 14 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 12 ectors 5 serv files K06 TestConn x 8 Printed December 5 2000 6 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servici Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 6 Test Connectors Some of the boards FEC RFT SDP and 2DF have pinrows on the edge On these pins so called Debug Piggyback boards can be installed These Debug boards have 9 pin female D connectors for RS 232 communication By conncting a switched cable to a terminal or PC with RS 232 interface baudrate 9600 1 8 1 to this con nector one can get access to local test software on each of these boards Note that the Debug board must be connected when the system is powered off Depending on where the Debug board is connected you should get a prompt on the terminal
20. 2 0 Descriptions The Power Modules AC Controller 1 0 Overview 1 1 ADSttacLs System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Introduction rev 11 Intro 27 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 1 2 Document A8 2 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A8 2 1 4 8 2 2 0 INPUTS sx A8 2 3 0 General lt A8 2 3 1 AG CONTROLLER 52 amana ook wa ety oe k ba A8 2 4 0 Outputs ur uu nv he Win e eh ag eg Ada A8 3 Temperature 5 0 8 4 Sense Board 5 1 Abstract rusa iate asta sn ptt edet A8 4 rev 01 5 2 Document A8 4 5 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A8 4 6 0 Inputs i Sele t o De dis Eb IUe IUIS EMO REPE A8 4 7 0 General lt A8 4 7 1 OVerVIeW i 3 sk IR A M ee a IRSE A8 4 8 0 Outputs 2262 5 uote eee Mateo ene EU eed A8 5 DC Power Module 9 0 ie Mc tee e A8 6 rev 03 9 1
21. 31 Annular Phased Array Transducer APAT Part Number Frequency and Color Code on the APAT probes used on are listed below Table 2 APAT probes P N Name ID Resistor Color Code TG100102 2 5 MHz 2k2 Red TK100104 3 25MHz 6k8 Blue TN100119 5 MHz 10k Black TT100101 7 5MHz 15k Orange Fig 3 1 APAT probe 3 2 PV Probe Table 3 PV probe P N Name ID Resistor TT100109 7 5 MHz PV 33k 3 3 Transvaginal Probe Table 4 Transvaginal probe ID Resistor 1k5 Name 5 MHzTV P N TN100124 E1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probes rev 05 3 4 Transesophageal Probes TEE Table 5 TEE probes P N Name Tip Endoscop ID Resistor TN100047 5MHz Adult 15 5 mm ACMI PUR 100k Monoplane TN100053 5MHz Adult 15 5 mm ACMI PUR 220k Multiplane TN100065 PMPTE 10 5 mm ACMI PUR 560k Fig 3 2 TEE probe Electronically Steered Probes Phased Array Table 6 Phased Array Probes P N Frequency Footprint Elements KG100001 2 5 MHz 64 21 17 100001 3 5 MHz 96 21 17 KK100005 3 5 MHz 96 21517 KN100001 5 0 MHz 128 21 17 KN100002 5 0 MHz 96 21 15 KW100002 10 MHz 96 14 10 Ca DR x Fig 4 1 Phased Array probe System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev E1 3 Probes rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 2 Line
22. P N Rev ee C N Change description FA200001 A A Initial production release Based 208001 rev 07 FA200001 A B Removed unmounted comp from ASSY FA200001 A C 5836 Changed termination of test enable for ASICs FA200001 A D 10 ground straps to avoid crackling noise in PW Doppler Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200001 A E 6808 New print to eliminate modification above FA200001 A F 6867 Corrected doc error FA200001 G 7034 New mod instr for BF heatsink System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 5 Compatibility Overview rev 15 18 2 2MLA 40 MHz A D FA200382 GE Vingmed Ultrasound MCD hors P N Rev is C N Change description FA200382 A A 7440 Release of new board with AD9042 A D converters Must be used with RX128 p n FA200638 FA200382 A B 7585 Two straps for using different A D clock 19 2 1MLA 40 MHz A D 200538 MCD a P N Rev i C N Change description FA200538 A A 7441 For 64 channel system Release of new board with only 1 MLA and AD9042 A D converters FA200538 A B 7586 Two straps for using different A D clock 20 2 2MLA FA200765 MCD en P N Rev n i C N Change description FA200765 A A First revision FA200765 B B New ADC AD5807 FA200765 B C 8399 New ADC AD5807E with 3 V input range FA200765 B D 8723 Heatsink introduced
23. 11 9 18 15 Go CEDE K11 10 18 16 Hardware Revision K11 10 19 0 Lock ups and Bus Errors K12 1 19 1 VME Address K12 1 19 2 TASK FACE euros hte pde v bees igi 2 K12 1 20 0 System FiVe Noise Guide K13 1 20 1 Noise Sources K13 1 21 0 Fuses and Circuit Breakers K14 1 22 0 Voltage Distribution Overview K15 1 23 0 FE Calibration Procedure K16 1 23 1 Introduction a 2 hk Ala QAW e ARAM K16 1 23 2 Setup ots oeste coi cm mecs p baya a Lee K16 1 23 3 When to Use This K16 1 23 4 Proced re eec enm mn K16 1 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Intro 35 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 24 0 Debug K17 1 25 0 Monitor Setup Procedures K18 1 25 1 Monitor Setup K18 1 25 2 Monitor Setup Procedure from sw 1 5 and K18 2 Replacement Procedures AC Power Re 1 0 Introduction ice epe en Seve Prnt L 3 placement Proce 1 1 cte e Did eei UAR des L 3 dure rev 01 1
24. M 7 AC Controller Component M 8 High Voltage HV Supply Component Side M 9 High Voltage HV Supply Solder M 10 Software Overview 1 0 Block Schematic S5 Harddisk sw v 1 5 x v 1 6 v 1 7 amp 1 7 1 rev OG A sek De ted las Nr De e esa ies ME MS amas ae dod N 3 2 0 Block Schematic System FiVe Harddisk sw v 1 8 amp Sy 1 9 5 T v 02 24 eee T tet N 4 Software Upgrade 3 0 IntroducHoli o osos Po ox eta m does oe N 5 Procedure 01 3 1 AbSIGEU x gt use aid e Es a deat doque des a asawa N 5 3 2 Parts lt N 5 4 0 Copying from a masterdisk onto a disk with old software N 5 5 0 Copying from a masterdisk onto a brand new disk N 6 6 0 Booting from the new disk N 7 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 N 8 System FiVe Software Upgrade to 1 9 N 25 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Intro 37 Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Spare Parts 02 Spare Parts rev 1 0 Introduction 13 1 1 Abstr ct ERE 1 2 Document History 2 0 Parts 2 1 Card Rack Boards 2 2 l Q Boards u 2 lan QE ad xx 2 3 Power Supplies 2 4 Front Panel P
25. 5 1 13 CPU LED Color Description Normally state Red Fail Normally off Yellow Stat status Normally off Green Run On during booting Green Scon Normally on Green LAN Blinking when running sw from ethernet Green 12V On when 12V for ethernet present Green SCSI Blinking when running sw from hd Green VME On during VME bus transactions 5 1 14 Internal LED Color Description Normally state Green on when ECG Green Normally off Red 5V fused Normally off error if lit Green DSP ok Normally blinking 3 Hz Yellow Data processed Dim light when scanning System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 5 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 1 15 LED Overview TX RX PRC BF2 BF3 BF4 FEC RFT SDP 2DF GRAPH SCONV MEM CPU iil i i LI 0 Fig 5 1 LEDs Overview Systems with Image Port Image Memory on separate boards 5 1 16 LED Overview TX RX PRC BF2 BF3 BF4 FEC RFT SDP 2DF IP 2 GRAPH SCONV CPU Bi i ll 1 i LIT 0 Fig 5 2 LEDs Overview Systems with Image Port 2 board Mem is included on the IP2 board K05 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting G
26. 2 1 3 0 Probes Iu eiu metuens E2 1 signals Signals 1 0 Introduction 4 A 735 e eben efi petite riis F1 3 1 1 Abstract s uu nu a EUREN oa abated ate ec paT F1 3 1 2 Document F1 3 1 3 1 3 2 0 Patient 4d awr aQ u Powe ate v Weed F1 4 2 1 ECG F1 4 2 2 Phono 1 4 Intro 30 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 2 3 Respiration F1 5 2 4 Pressure F1 6 3 0 Probe Connector Panel F1 7 3 1 Doppler connector F1 7 3 2 probe connectors 3 F1 8 3 3 AA GOnnectors 2 26 s w thes a at dam heals F1 10 4 0 Internal I O without PosDet and PAMPTE support F1 12 5 0 Internal I O with PosDet and PAMPTE support F1 13 5 1 Parallel F1 14 5 2 Patient I O connector cable no 7 F1 14 5 3 Power connectors cables no 8 and 9
27. H4 16 44 0 AC Controller Board ACCTRL FA200107 H4 16 45 0 FP Main Board 2 200191 H4 16 46 0 FP Rotary amp Display Board FA200057 H4 17 47 0 FP Rotary amp Display Board FA200682 4 17 48 0 Rotary amp Display Board 3 200989 H4 18 49 0 FP Rotary amp Display Board 4 200177 H4 18 50 0 FP Audio Amplifier board FA200076 H4 18 51 0 Motherboard MBD FA200046 H4 18 52 0 IV amp DP Connector Board 200248 4 19 53 0 VME BG IACK Jumper Jumper 200075 H4 19 1 0 DC Power 200034 5 1 2 0 AC Power Supply 200231 H5 1 3 0 AC Power Supply Complete with Box 220 VAC FA2000401 7 S ka owe er Kik xak kik y ne em ia e 5 1 4 0 HV Power Supply Board FA200063 H5 2 5 0 HV Power Supply Subassembly Box FA200114 H5 2 1 0 Introduction 01 1 1 1 ADStIaCE s eere xe te etter RO t fees 8 K01 1 1 2 Document History K01 1 1 3 01 1 2 0 Minimum Boot Configuration K02 1 2 1 Minimum Board Configuration for System to Boot K02 1 2 2 Minimum Cable Configuration for System
28. Replace Image Port board Replace Graphics board Replace INT I O board Ref Replacement Procedure Internal I O board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound VCR related problems continued Ref Block Diagram Keyboard I O and Peripherals Ref Wiring diagram Internal Cable Harness No audio in playback Audio in speakers during record is ok Check audio record level on VCR front panel Check that audio is recorded onto the tape by playing the tape on a different VCR and by measuring the input signal to the VCR with oscilloscope or voltmeter in mV AC Record not ok Record ok Record not oe signals not present signals present Check cable from Audio Check Ganle from VCR audio out on VCR to Replay Replace the VCR on INT I O to Audio in on INT I O on VCR Check signals on Replay Check E on VCR audi at INT I O with oscilloscope out at INT I O with or voltmeter in mV AC E or voltmeter Signal is 1V s maximum Signal is 1V ms maximum C Replace board Ref Replacement m Internal I O board K03 12 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 5 2 Printer Problems Attached HP printer to print reports from EchoPAC ref SN 70226 Intermittent crashes when printing in
29. A2 53 36 4 REICTEACES bc Sl a a tapes quts d Gan on ER ae d A2 53 37 0 Mechanical Assembly A2 53 37 1 Main BOard 5 sa ke ka kiy LER he X i S A2 53 37 2 Daughter Boards A2 54 38 0 Inputs Mod penis ree Del Ke pede ep A2 54 39 0 A2 55 39 1 OVerVIeW 5 unes alas Ed S Oe be cea ade are Hla A2 55 39 2 Main A2 56 39 3 ECG amp Phono Board A2 57 40 0 Control sasa c D Gue DEW DS DI Ode A2 58 41 0 Outputs uoi DESEE HH HH PEE ho aeos tend d A2 58 42 0 Introd ction Rte Rn A2 59 42 1 FAOSUAC N N wots o eter RARI Pea A2 59 42 2 Document A2 59 42 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 59 42 4 Belerencesccms b ne E x p bau e ace e ue A2 59 43 0 lt 2 59 The Mid Processor Modules RF and Tissue Processor board Intro 22 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 0 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 4 0 5 0 5 1 5 2 OVei VIeW oec abeat pda e the 3 s sve eee ia e OR TERT ERR HE dna A3 3 Document A3 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomencl
30. 5 3 6 SDP 1 Theyellow DSP1 ready for data LED goes on OK DSP1 RUNS BLINKING DSP1 READY FOR DATA OK DSP2 RUNS BLINKING K05 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 5 3 7 2DF No LEDs go on in addition to the ones already lit MASTER DSP RUNS BLINKING 5V OK 5V OK 5 3 8 IMPORT 1 The upper yellow LED goes VME MASTER EBE a 5 3 9 1 2 1 The upper yellow LED goes on OK LI UU System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 11 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 3 10 GRAPH No LEDs go on in addition to the ones already lit SCONV LOCAL BUS ACTIVE INTERMITTENT i 1 The yellow Bus master LED goes on OK BUSMASTER 5 3 11 IMMEM 1 Yellow LED D64 goes on 2 Green LED VME goes on B D64 5 3 12 1 The RUN LED green is brighter RUN BE SCON LIE tiv K05 12 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 5 4 Additional LEDs Turned on in Color Flow 5 4 4 2DF 1 Yellow LED flow data processed goes on
31. 4 9 Introduction 4 10 TA el rele N N O oo sd ER RET E ERR MU Ped A4 10 Document A4 10 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A4 10 References 2 0 dt a uQ eee A4 10 lt lt 4 10 Generals Nk Ti ccr ta te uA alo ET AED 4 10 Memory Size A4 10 Address A4 11 Parity A4 11 Sca Sa Tae DIR UO OS Va A4 11 Overview uve eene A4 12 S dried Gna ose ae ask apika aq ated A4 12 Document A4 12 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A4 12 Referen es sacs e eee w SE ed ae a RO e P A4 12 INPUTS ge 4 12 lt 5 A4 12 Time Domain A4 13 Space Domain Processor A4 13 Pixel Encoding im W dya ed Pee ees A4 13 Pixel Port A4 14 Control oko on del Esel arada sa ha n disci A4 14 amp D E Re d IR ete A4 14 PIXE BUS d had brote t
32. 8 6 9 2 Document A8 6 9 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A8 6 9 4 8 6 10 0 INPUTS s notre ot eid ENDS DENM EAS A8 6 11 0 General lt A8 6 11 1 OVelVIeW Z ix k h Mera UA e ex Hal e A8 6 12 0 Outputs gi cs See IR kun Ar QE Vere A8 8 12 1 AG Fall kak r eriya b ble nS iya EIS 8 8 12 2 Power Supply A8 8 DC Power Exten 13 0 OVSIVIOW cde A Read qa A8 9 tion Board rev 01 13 1 eh N ON eee aed A8 9 13 2 Document A8 9 13 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A8 9 13 4 A8 9 14 0 Inputs o aioe Ie eS A8 9 15 0 General lt A8 9 15 1 send Iu MIR Me ux aide MEE Rods A8 9 16 0 OUTPUTS er peg odes ec ha ead A8 10 High Voltage Pow 17 0 OVERVIEW cod Ld e deut an GR e 8 11 er Supply rev 02 17 1 PIDSURACU ETE A8 11 17 2 Document A8 11 17 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A8 11 17 4
33. ERN i ek eR T 1 66 21 0 Pixel BUS EE SA etx at eens 1 66 Clock Distribution 22 0 Introduction A1 68 rev 04 22 1 Poire DD DD RR OEN A1 68 22 2 Document History A1 68 22 3 References A1 68 23 0 Description oos zie ER ver Eee A1 68 Board Formats 24 0 Introduction mee cos SE d A1 69 rev 02 24 1 loire T c A1 69 24 2 Document History A1 69 25 0 PRY Cr A1 70 26 0 TX128 RX128 RX64 PRC A1 71 27 0 BF1 4 FEC and A1 72 28 0 SDP 2DF IMPORT 2 SCONV and GRAPHIC A1 73 29 0 CPU IMMEM A1 74 30 0 INT TOS or vete A1 75 31 0 5252 tae eas eese vbi 1 76 The Front End Modules Probe Description 1 0 rev 06 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 0 3 1 3 2 Probe Cable 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 5 0 IV amp DP Connector 6 0 Board 6 1 6 2 6 3 Introduction A2 3 ADSITAGE Mo os ie ites iion A2 3 Document History A2 3 Abbreviations Nomenclature Definitions A2 3 vs ue NC CRURA CAM EURO A2 3 Electronically Steered Probes A2 3 OV
34. Service Manual FA091050 R 5 Index GE Vingmed Ultrasound Isolated inputs incl ECG and Phono Description 1 48 IV amp DP Conn Board H4 19 IV DP Connector Board H2 6 H2 13 H2 17 K Keyboard A1 55 A1 56 Push buttons switches A1 56 L Lateral resolution 1 4 LED status during power up K05 7 LEDs K05 1 LEDs descriptions K05 1 Linear Array A1 7 Imaging A1 5 Linear Array Probes E1 4 Liquid Chemical Germicides G1 5 Lock ups and bus errors K12 1 MAC Elite Cable Harness C1 4 C1 5 Mac Cable Harness C1 3 Macintosh with Continuous capture K1 1 5 Main lobe A1 4 Maintenance G1 5 Maintenance Procedure G1 3 MANUAL STATUS Intro 4 MBD H2 6 H2 13 H2 17 H4 18 Mechanically Steered Probes A2 9 MEMORY 2 4 H2 12 H2 16 Memory Board A1 53 Mid Processor Modules 1 Minimum Boot Configuration K02 1 MLA Buses A1 61 M Mode A1 23 A1 26 M Mode specific Controls Listing A5 9 M Mode Tests K11 8 Linearity K11 8 Monitor Replacement Procedure L 17 Monitor setup procedure K18 1 Monitors A7 3 Mother Board Description A4 20 with Major Buses B3 6 Motherboard Hardware Configuration K11 2 Multi Line Acquisition A1 17 Multiplexer Board Description Probes A2 8 N Near field A1 4 New Functions Features Intro 12 No display in the image field K03 8 No display on monitor System appears to have booted K03 7 Noise fixes K13 1 Noise in image field 03 10 Noise sources K13 1 Noi
35. passed 45 3 lt 44 9 45 7 gt PA low temp test passed 37 5 lt 37 0 37 8 gt PA medium temp test low ref passed 42 7 lt 42 1 42 9 gt PA medium temp test high ref passed 42 7 lt 42 1 42 9 gt PA high temp test passed 44 4 lt 43 9 44 7 gt PA 43 0 threshold passed 3 89 lt 3 85 3 93 gt PA 41 3 threshold passed 3 69 3 64 3 72 AA 43 0 threshold passed 3 79 3 74 3 82 AA 41 3 threshold passed 3 57 lt 3 53 3 61 gt Current range 0 passed 4 02 04 hex Current range 1 passed 18 16 1b hex Current range 2 passed a2 90 af hex Current range 3 passed ff ef ff hex Power amp voltage test passed 2 60 lt 1 93 3 08 gt Power amp current test passed 0 47 lt 0 40 0 60 gt Current overload test passed TPG readback test passed 8 08 hex Automatic test passed Manual transmitter test not for field Put scope on AA XD channels 1 6 and verify K09 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 transmit pulses according to test procedure PRC automatic test PASSED gt 9 7 2 6 Digital Tests 3 Digital BF Tests 30 Digital test 1 One beam all channels BF x 4 31
36. Figure 0 3 Creating an entry for extended interface 2 3 Once the settings from Table 3 have been entered click File then Save and save this setup as system five has If necessary double click the system five icon on the laptop to start HyperACCESS Terminal emulation program Section 12 0 Record System FiVe Settings Note 1 Boot system The following boot sequence example is shown in its entirety for reference purposes only and the actual boot sequence may differ slightly VxWorks System Boot Copyright 1984 1993 Wind River Systems Inc CPU Motorola MVME167 Version 5 1 1 BSP version 1 0 Creation date Tue May 24 11 24 05 MET DST 1994 Press any key to stop auto boot 0 auto booting Waiting for disk to spin up done Attaching to scsi device done Loading hd0 vx040 st 655308 112484 64852 Starting at 0x20000 Host Name bootHost Attaching network interface 0 done Initializing backplane net with anchor at 0x600 done Backplane anchor at 0x600 Attaching network interface sm0 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 31 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound done Backplane address indicates whether system is an old system or a new system 3 222 series addresses are new systems and 193 69 series addresses are old systems or Network systems Backplane address 3 222 21 233 Creat
37. GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 8 Specific 2D Problems 3 8 1 Frozen images Images with Artifacts 1 Test RFT board 2 Test IMPORT and IMMEM implicit boards 3 Test SCONV board 4 Test GRAPH board 5 Test FEC board and TX BF cache 3 8 2 Pulsing or Fading Image 1 The HV supply is marginally designed and can for some probes and applica tions fade out at some special settings See service memo no 43 for details Modifications have been done to the power supply in order to improve the sit uation see service bulletin no 101 3 8 3 Noisy Images also see Noise Guide Chapter The mosttypical noise problem is coherent noise patterns straight down in the image field Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body 1 Disconnect all external cables to the EXT I O board if mounted to establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices There are pos sible ferrite solutions to most of the cable connections including the ethernet connection On video cables Wind the cable twice through a split ferrite GE Vingmed P N 038X1012 038X1112 On RS232 cables Wind the cable 5 6 times trough a ferrite ring GE Vingmed P N 038X0028 On ethernet Use the GEVU ethernet noise filter cable GE Vingmed P N FA200460 between the system connector and the AUI box Try another probe and cable if APAT Disconnect all probes that are not in use k
38. S VHS LUMA CHROMA DECODER PIXEL AND ARBITER PAL NSTC PACE DATA SDP MEMORY MORY ECG FROM PATIENT VO G R RES LL iL DL c c i LLL EL LLL PATIENT 1 0 VIDEO MU PATIENT I O S VHS OUT INTERFACE FILTERING DSP e RGay 5 RS232 GR Relay Boar X y Board E 2 8 ROTARY STEPCTRL IO PROM N DECODER SCP2 PAMPTE gt Y Y TGC DECODER 5 OPTIONAL VCR SWITCH DECODER ROT APAPT REMOTE TV ROT INTERFACE DISPLAY T B amp TOGG DECODER VIA LOCAL uP 6809 FRONT PANEL INTF SWITCH MATRIX DECODER INTERNAL ROTARY KNOBS SWITCHES Q Integrating DSP AC POWER INTERFACE C RS232 INT2 AC CTRL EB ON OFF AC POWER CONTROLLER TEMP CTRL r AC OUTLETS POWER SWITCH DC ON OFF gt o 55 a SA CTRL SN VOLT en PAE A 3 E gt EE EMP T A SENSOR SCAN CONVERTER X Y gt R TH GENERATOR VIDEO BUFFERS S S S ES REMOTE CONTROL RS 232 INTF S DSP REM CTRL n VIDEO OUT SVH
39. Table 5 Document History Nomenclature ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit FOC FOCUSOR ASIC Custom made Beamforming circuit BA BEAMADDER ASIC Custom made Beamforming circuit ADC Analog to Digital Converter MLA Multiple Line Acquisition PA Phased Array AA Annular Array RX Receive TX Transmit FEC Front End Coniroller PRC Probe Coniroller System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Beam Former Board BF rev 03 28 29 29 1 Inputs The main inputs to the board are the FE bus which controls the board and the RX analog signal from the RX board 32 RX channels are input to each of the BF boards Table 6 Inputs SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE LEVEL RX1 32 Receiver signals RX 128 Analog FE D0 15 Front End Data bus FEC TTL FE PAO0 9 Front End Page address bus FEC TTL FE 5 0 5 Front End Device Select Address FEC TTL bus SYNC L Receive Synchronization FEC TTL Beam Former Board Functional Specification Overview The Beam Former Board BF Board contains the A D converters and the ASICs named FOCUSOR FOC and BEAM ADDER BA The BF Board accepts 32 ana log channels as input and converts each to a 12 bit word at a sampling rate of 20 MHz A 128 channel System will require 4 BF Boards All board will be identical their slot will determine which channels each board is handling The digitized samples at the ADC output are input to
40. System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 18 5 Motherboard Hardware Configuration Only if the settings have been lost or corrupted 1 Connect a terminal or PC with terminal program to a debugger board connected on the FEC Puta dipswitch on the FEC to enable configuration Boot the system and look at the terminal When FEC Appl applies write m and press enter Toenable configuration write hw set m mb a Enter s n equal to system serialnumber b correct module rev C name d p n e MCD rev f date 6 Seethat the transaction is done 7 Turn off the system and remove the debugger board and the dipswitch 8 Enter Setup Menu and check that the Hardware revisions in System Test is updated 18 6 Front Panel Test 18 6 1 Start of test 1 When system is fully booted push down ALT SHIFT and 1 after VINGMED SYSTEM FIV Release 1 first then the other two buttons 2 Verify that you now have the following text in the two LCD displays Upper display SW VER DATE OK CONN Lower display EXI TES CLEAR REBOOT DESCRIPTION Sw VER is the current local front panel software version DATE is the date of software release EXIT test mode TEST enters test mode CLEAR A REBOOT is used during in h
41. A2 14 Relay Board RLY 9 0 Introduction 25 eere erri eet ud A2 15 rev 03 9 1 nme rubr Drs eot A2 15 9 2 Document A2 15 9 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 15 9 4 2 15 10 0 Physical 2 15 11 0 Connectors and descriptions A2 16 11 1 Connector A2 16 11 2 Phased and Linear Array A2 16 11 3 Annular Array and Doppler Probe Connections A2 18 11 4 Control INt maCe ss oom et Ka m l la ecu ed dd A2 19 Transmitter Board 12 0 OVSIVIGW Let TUR EA d Lara A2 20 TX128 rev 04 12 1 ABDSIFA OL SS A deer Polon Dori ter e BEC ee apakuna usaq A2 20 12 2 Document 5 A2 20 12 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 20 12 4 2 20 13 0 Inputs may Sinn yn tt dL euet ei SS s a RIN N A2 20 14 0 General lt A2 21 14 1 uid RA oss u a A2 21 14 2 Dual Transmitter Module A2 22 14 3 Transmit Pulse Generator
42. AC Power Interface controls power on off and fan speed External I O to Rear Connector Panel Several signal are fed from the Internal I O board to an External I O board located in the rear of the system right next to the Rear Panel This board contains data buffers and a galvanic isolation section Different types of signals are fed to connectors ac cessible on the Rear Panel e G Band Sync are provided for external RGB monitors or printers Composite video black and white video and S VHS video are buffered and fed to output connectors for external monitors and printers Video and S VHS can also be fed into the system Two serial RS 232 ports are provided for external communication with e g the System CPU e Ethernet signal from the System CPU is fed to a 15 D connector AUI or on some of the earlier systems a BNC connector ECG trigger pulse for use in stress echo machines is output to a connector e Four analog signals can be input to an A D converter Keyboard The Front Panel Main board FP MAIN is the core in the System FiVe keyboard It is constructed around a uP6809 processor and contains several types of inputs out put registers which are used in encoding decoding of the different devices connect ed to the FP MAIN board It has serial communication with the rest of the system through a RS 232 link to the Graphics board The rotary switches are located both on the Front Panel M
43. GEVU Part Description Number Notes ECG Phono module Patient Amplifier FA200194 Board External I O board EXT I O FA200104 External I O subassembly FA200116 Internal I O board INT I O FA200103 Internal I O subassembly FA200115 IV amp DP Connector Board FA200248 Patient I O main board FA200193 Patient I O subassembly incl box FA200105 Relay board FA200020 Relay board FA200434 From Mar 1998 Relay board FA200870 Without APAT support Relay 2 board FA200890 Without APAT support Relay PAL Piggyback 2 FA200799 ESD protection RLY PAL PB2 Plugs into FA200870 FA200890 2 3 Power Supplies GEVU Part Description Number Notes AC Controller board FA200107 AC Power supply FA200231 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 01 5 Spare Parts rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GEVU Part Description Number Notes AC Power supply complete with box FA200040 220 V Card Rack with motherboard subassy FA200112 HV Power supply board FA200063 HV Power supply subassembly box 200114 2 4 Front Panel Parts GEVU Part Description Number Notes 3 LCD video screen NTSC FA200704 For int MAC 3 LCD video screen PAL FA200695 For int MAC 5 5 LCD RGB monitor internal FA200628 Obsolete For int MAC FP Audio Amplifier board FA200076 FP Main board 2 FA200191 FP Rotary Display board FA200057 FP Rotary Display board FA2
44. Horizontal Sweep RFT SCONV Table 4 Color M Mode specific Controls Control parameter Implemented on Horizontal Sweep RFT SCONV Table 5 Doppler Controls Control parameter Implemented on Gain RFT Velocity range SDP FEC Baseline SDP Horizontal Sweep Compress SDP live SCONV frozen Tracking SDP Sample Volume RFT LV Reject RFT Temp Res SDP Radial Averaging SDP Reject SDP live SCONV frozen Overrange SDP Framerate FEC RFT Power FEC gt TXPOWER TX System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A5 9 Front Panel Controls rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes A5 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Mar S5 serv files A6 01 io Innh 02 e S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 lacintosh HD User James i arb Service M The modules Overview Introduction Modules and sub systems described in this part of the manual This part of the mumriVE Service manual describes the I O modules in the instrument The listed modules and subsystems in this part of the manual Chapter Module subsystem Page 1 2 Internal I O Board rev 03 A6 3 3 4 External I O board rev 02 A6 11 The I O modules GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page A6 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 r
45. MID PROCESSORS DISPLAY amp CONTROL ANALOG DOPPLER FOR AUDIO SERIAL CONTROL gt VIDEO S VHS FROM VCR PIPE PIPE P RGB 5 2 LINK 2D FLOW LINK IMAGE EE PAL NTSC RGB PROCESSOR PROCESSOR PORT VIDEO S VHS e DATA FLOW DATA FLOW SERIAL TRACE DATA SERIAL TRACE DATA SYSTEM CPU SCSI ETHERNET LOOP CABLE STD INT REMOVE IF EP INTEGRATED ECHOPAC OPT TO INT System FiVe Data Flow Schematic rev 05 KEYBOARD I O amp PERIPHERAL FRONT PANEL nunununuu nunuununun SERIAL CONTROL S VHS MONITOR SES INTERNAL DEVICES CR INTERNA PERIPHERAL SIGNALS VO PAL NTSQ RGB S VHS VIDEO E E CON EXTERNAL DEVICES RGB VIDEO EXTERNAL HARDDISK 56 O Ee i AUT ETHERNET EXT NETWORK E G ECHOPAC TO EXT MAC RGB i LCD MAC VIDEO EchoPAC CEREN S VHS LASER MAC SERIAL PRINTER MAC KEYBOARD SERIAL nugggugggugg 101 B3 5 Macintosh HD User James Gii arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B3 06 mbd buses 02 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Motherboard with Major Buses rev 02 Motherboard with Major Buses rev 02 IP 2DE SDP IO IM SPR2 SPRI SCV GP MID5 MID4 MID3 MID2 MIDI TX128 RLY
46. O N O O PF See illustration on next page System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Users Setup macintosh User name s5 rack Goupname Password f lt Encypted gt Home directory fos Browse Message file Enable account r File Directory access rules Files Read Write Delete New Execute Directories Store v List IV Make Delete Remove Sub dirs Restore Add Edi Delete U Down Inherit e ne Figure 0 4 Serv u32 Setup window 14 3 Starting Chameleon FTP Server Note On the Laptop windows desktop click Start then Programs then Chameleon then FTP Server Click Users then Add User Name is displayed on laptop At the User Name prompt type s5_rack Password is displayed on laptop At the Password prompt type s5 Access prompt is displayed on laptop Click OK then click OK again e server is now up and running and it can just run in the background I N O Q C N T 14 4 Change the Boot Configuration on the System FiVe Note System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 1 Enable the hyperaccess terminal window located on your Desktop 2 bootChange to change the boot change sequence at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following entry name items in Table 0 5 on page N 18 will be
47. 200026 J FA302026 D 9477 New Actel XL cost reduction 31 CFP 4 modules FA200027 i Func MCD PCB PCB moe P N P N Rev C N Change description FA200027 A A FA302027 C 5931 Release of documentation Functional revision 08 gt A FA200027 A B FA302027 C 5994 Added termination networks on VELFIFO read Fixed timing error on the M INT1 L signal masc FA200027 A C FA302027 C 6275 Added termination networks on VSTRB L Corrects an intermit tent color lock up problem Part of V1 1 upgrade System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 4 11 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Func MCD PCB PCB f T P N B av das P N Rev C N Change description FA200027 A D FA302027 9478 New actels Cost reduction 32 CFP 2 modules FA200409 1 Func MCD PCB PCB ANO P N P N Rev C N Change description FA200409 A A FA302027 C 7531 Release of board with only two pro cessing modules instead of four FA200409 A B FA302027 C 9479 New Actels cost reduction 33 IMPORT FA200028 Func MCD PCB PCB ERE P N neve Frau P N Rev C N Change description FA200028 A FA302028 C Release of module FA200028 FA302028 C Mod FA200028 C FA302028 D 6213 New artwork
48. 3 With medium PRF decrease LVreject and verify that the low flow signals are visible With high LVreject settings the low flow velocity components are rejected 4 Increase Gain and toggle Variance on and off With Variance on the noise should be green 5 Increase Radial averaging from minimum to maximum and verify the effect of the averaging 6 Change Sample Volume from minimum to maximum and verify that the sensitivity increases and the axial resolution decreases 7 With maximum Tissue Priority observe tissue priority over color no color at max and the opposite for minimum Tissue Priority 8 Increase Lateral averaging and observe increased averaging in the lateral direction 18 11 4MPTE Test PAMPTE 1 Connect a MPTE probe KN100007 KN100006 or simulator KZ206319 2 If probe hold your hand on the probe tip and verify that the temperature increases If simulator adjust temperature potentiometer and verify that the system enter freeze at 41 1 C 3 Verify that the system s display of the scanplane tracks the position of the wheel on the endoscope 18 12 M Mode Tests 18 12 1Linearity 1 With the system in 2D and the probe positioned on the phantom press the add mode cursor button to show the M mode cursor Position it so that it covers the reflectors that are found in the center of the standard phantom image Adjust TGC and gain to get a good image of the reflectors both in the 2D sector and in the TM f
49. 5 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 Flat screwdriver any size Allen wrench umbraco hex screw wrench size 5 mm 6 Description The DC Power supply is located in the back of the system on the left side viewed from the rear In order to replace it the lower rear cover must be removed 1 Turn off the power switch on the rear panel 2 From the back of the system unscrew the 4 screws holding the lower side panels and the lower rear panel Disconnect all cables from the External I O panel Pull the rear cover straight out zl SON the rack 8 Disconnect the AC power cable plugged into the DC power supply EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Unscrew the 3 screws holding the bottom part of the rear cover Pull both side panels slightly out sidewards It s not necessary to fully remove them Unscrew the two allen screws holding the 5V power terminals to the current rails on DC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound L1 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Press the flat screwdriver underneath the flange on the lower part of the DC power sup ply and loosen it The power supply can now be lifted out and replaced Install the new power supply Pay special attention to hooks on the bottom of the power supply fitting the slots in the frame Align the connectors and push until the angled bracket is flush with the frame Screw
50. This mapping is true for 3 5 FPA 96 KK100001 rev A 5 0 FPA 96 KN100002 rev A On a 96 element probe elements 1 48 are routed to channel 1 48 and elements 49 96 are routed to channels 65 112 By doing this one BF board BF1 is not in use 96 channels are used Three BF boards are used BF2 BF3 and BF4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K04 9 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 8 4 96 Element Probes New Mapping ELEMENTS 16 32 48 64 80 BF3 BF2 BF1 BF4 BF2 SYSTEM CHANNELS USED USED Ch no 1 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 BEAM FORMER BOARDS El no 1 BF1 BF2 BF3 BF4 33 17 17 1 1 NOT USED 48 32 32 16 97 81 81 65 65 49 112 96 96 80 80 64 Ch Ch Elno Ch no Elo This mapping is true for 3 5 FPA 96 100001 3 5 FPA 96 KK100001 rev C 96 channels are used All 4 BF boards are used K04 10 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 8 5 64 Element Probes Old Mapping ELEMENTS El no 1 16 32 48 64 BF4 BF3 B4 BF3 SYSTEM CHANNELS EE 112 128 Ch no 1 16 32 48 64 80 96 BEAM FORMER BOARDS NOT USED BF3 49 33 17 17 64 48 32 32 113 97 81 49 128 112 96 64 This mapping is true for 2 5 FPA KG100001 rev A 5 0 MPTE KN100007 rev A Ch El no Ch
51. Video System VGA 1024 x 768 e Mains Voltage 110 VAC 2 2 EIZO T57S 17 Video system VGA e Mains Voltage 220 VAC 23 EIZO 562 17 Video system VGA e Mains Voltage 220 VAC Used on old systems System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A7 3 serv files A7 03 VCR 02 55 ServiceMan S5 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servk ember 5 2000 Printed Dec VCRs Video Recorders rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound VCRs Video Recorders rev 02 1 1 1 2 1 3 _ A 2 2 AT 4 Introduction Abstract This document describes the VCRs that may be installed in System FiVe Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 Apr 1998 LHS Initial description 02 21 Oct 1999 LHS Updated per sw 1 7 1 1 8 release Table 1 Revision control Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature NTSC Color television standard used in USA Japan and in some other coun tries PAL Color television standard used in Europe and in some other countries References e Related Problems on page K03 1 1 e Installation Procedure Sony SVO 9500MDP2 PAL GEVU PN FB194012 e Installation Procedure Sony SVO 9500MD2 NTSC GEVU FB194013 Descriptions Sony SVO 9500MD2 SVO 9500MDP2 These VCRs are available in both PAL and NTSC versions e SVO 9500MDP2 PAL SVO 9500MD2 NTSC Panasonic MD830 The MD830 VCRs are also available in both PAL and NTSC versions
52. r to run board test to leave the test program Special for GRAPH m X to run external G5 tests Hn p to get the G5 test results Enter CH to return to the menu 9 7 1 Transmitter HV Supply and PRC test HV TX and PRC Tests MENU HV 1 test 2 test PW test 1 on TX board PW test 2 on TX board PRC setup for test o N o u wo ex Enter PRC test monitor Run automatic PRC test Test ADC input noise Test CW lower on TX board Test CW upper on TX board xy z or x z increments HV voltage xy z or x z decrements HV voltage m Get this menu q Return to BTM menu K09 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 9 7 1 1 HV1 and 2 tests There are test points on the TX128 board only artwork D and onwards These test points are scaled down with a factor of 10 Voltage range PRC test points TX128 test points HV1 0 to 80V TP27 3rd from top 4th from top HV1 80 to OV TP31 4th from top 5th from top HV2 0 to 40V TP29 2nd from top 3rd from top HV2 40 to 0V TP30 top 2nd from top 1 HvTxPrcTest setHVtestVoltage called with 1 10 This means that HV1 is programmed to 10V 5 2 HvTxPrcTest setHVtest Voltage called with 1 0 HvTxPrcTest setHVtestVoltage called with 2 1 gt This means that HV1 is set to OV and HV2
53. us 03 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References Monitors rev 01 1 1 un u 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References 2 0 Descriptions 2 1 EIZO 7 174 2 2 EIZO T57S 174 2 3 EIZO 562517765 VCRs Video Re 1 1 Abstract er er REV corders rev 02 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References 2 0 Descriptions 2 1 Sony SVO 9500MD2 SVO 9500MDP2 2 2 Panasonic MD830 2 8 Panasonic AG7350 p AG7350 n S5 EChoPAC 1 1 Abstract Transfer Kit rev 1 2 Document History 02 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References 2 0 IDescriptions Footswitch 1 1 ABS 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References 2 0 Descriptions BW Printer rev 1 1 Wan eg asa 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References 2 0 Descriptions Color Printer rev 1 1 etus bs 02 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References
54. 00 r lt gt FLOPPYDISC P lt VIDEO IN B W VIDEO OUT gt PRINTER SVHS IN SVHS OUT B W VIDEO OUT HARDDISC RGBS OUT MONITOR LED ACTIVATERS TOCDECODER YER n RGBS OUT TRACKBALL SWITCH TOGGLE DECODER m DECODER ASER BEEPER CONTROL DIM AUDIO A AUDIO B Bp CONTROL u AUDIO SWITCHES AMPL ROTARY GAIN REJECT DISPLAY 1 GAIN REJECT GAIN REJECT DISPLAY 2 Oana GAIN REJECT TRACKBALL Ie TOGGLES COL ROW o s SPEAKERS senik AC POWER CONTROLLER J DC ON OFF FAN bo de e CO POWER SWITCH ON OFF DC POWER TEMPIN HITEMPIN SENSOR SYSTEM 5 DRAWING NUMBER 330 FA299271 DESIGNER DATE SIGN MODULE KEYBOARD I O PERIPHERALS a d E GJ APPROVED DA SIGN m J FILE s5 io block TYPE OF DOCUME
55. 1 This document describes the Spectrum Doppler Processor board SDP The SDP board performs spectrum analysis performs missing signal estimation and generates the analog Doppler signals used for audio It also generates the velocity traces as well as taking serial trace data from the Internal I O board onto the pipelink bus The board receives high pass filtered data from the RFT board and outputs processed data to the Image Port System control is done by System Processor via the VME interface 7 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 5 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 3 Jan 1995 HN LHS Updated information and layout 03 12 Aug 1999 LHS Corrected some typos 04 01Nov 00 JB Moved Test Features to Ch K 7 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature RFT RF and Tissue Processor board DSP Digital Signal Processor PW Pulsed Wave Doppler CW Continuous Wave Doppler I In phase Q Quadrature phase DFT Discrete Fourier Transform MSE Missing Signal Estimation 7 4 References Block Diagram See page B2 11 8 Inputs The SDP board have the following major inputs 1 Pipelink Interface Data from the RFT board is received on the pipelink bus The signals are lo cated on the P3 connector System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A3 9 Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 9 1 10 2 Serial Trace Data Analog traces e g
56. 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 28 Apr 1995 GRL First version of document 02 5 May 1997 GRL Added DC offset calibration and cleaning of probe connec tors 03 5 Aug 1999 LHS Updated Tool Requirements updated some x refs 04 12 Jan 2000 LHS Corrected some x refs Added Installation and maintenance JB with cleaning instructions Tool Requirements Service tool kit as described on page Intro 3 Cleaning cloth Cleaning detergent Vacuumer Spray can with high pressure air Description Air Filter Cleaning 1 Loosen the 3 screws holding the main air filter cover This cover is located on the right lower side below the lower side panel Remove the cover Pull out the main air filter Pull out the rear air filter which is located underneath the AC and DC power supplies The filters can be cleaned in sprinkling water or they can be dusted with a vac uum cleaner Install the clean filters Service Manual FA091050 G1 3 Maintenance Procedure rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 G1 4 Probe Connector Cleaning 1 Use high pressure air and thoroughly spray the system probe connectors to re move dust inside the connector sockets Mains Cable Inspection 1 Disconnect the mains plug from the wall 2 Unscrew the plug cover bend relief 3 Verify that the LINE NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly
57. 12 V supply voltages for the T R switches from the 15 V supplies on the motherboard Preamplifiers Ultra low noise wide band operational amplifiers Comlinear CLC425 U1 to U128 are configured as non inverting amplifiers with a gain of eleven 21 dB Series re sistors between the preamplifier outputs and the inputs of the TGC amplifiers R1024 to R1152 increase the load seen at the operational amplifier outputs and provide 6 dB attenuation in combination with the 100 W input impedance of the TGC amplifiers A test signal can be injected at the preamplifier inputs for off line BITE Built in Test Equipment tests This enables measurements of the gain phase characteristics of the analogue front end and can also give an indication of transducer faults since a change in transducer impedance will influence the test signal gain and phase TGC Amplifiers Dual voltage controlled amplifiers Analog Devices AD602 U129 to U192 are used to provide time variable gain to the receive signal Their gain can be varied between 10 and 30 dB by applying a differential control voltage between 625 and 625 mV Annular Array Channels A set of 64 dual contact bistable relays K1 to K64 is used to switch between PA mode 128 channels one receive channel connected to each transducer element and AA mode 8 channels sixteen receive channels connected to each transducer element RF transformers with an impedance ratio of 16 1 T1 to T8 on the a
58. FA200030 A C A D A E A F A G A H A I A J A K A L A M CPU FA200109 A A A B 18 INT I O bd Complete FA200925 A A EXT I O bd Complete FA200926 A A PAT I O main board box FA200193 FA200105 A B B C C D C E C F C G HVPWR bd box FA200063 FA200114 A C A D A E A F System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 REM Systems SW Notes Board P N v 1 9 x See page Nov 2000 H2 18 AC CTRL FA200107 A A B B B C B D FPMAIN FA200191 G G l J J K J L J M K N K O L P M Q M R FP AUDIO FA200076 B B B C B D C E XD BUS BD FA20064 A D TempSense FA200255 A A VME Jumper FA200075 A A 15 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 9 Compatibility Overview rev 15 4 Membership Systems GE Vingmed Ultrasound Membership systems 128 channels W W v 1 N sw 1 7 SW v 1 8 SW V 1 9 Notes Board P N Apr 99 v 1 7 1 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec See page pns Nov 99 P 99 Nov 00 H2 18 RLY FA200020 B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E RLY FA200434 A A A A A A A A 5 8 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C RLY 2 F
59. Intro 12 2 Theory of Operation System Overview 8 2 5 qi e 2 5 5 8 gt a 5 8 5 8 Principles of Oper 1 0 Introduction A1 3 ation rev 06 1 1 Abstracts ee e S eres xen tube dre xewr S A1 3 1 2 OVENS W bd any UIS CA es e ts oss A1 3 1 3 Revision A1 3 1 4 1 3 2 0 Phased Linear and Curved Linear Array Imaging A1 5 2 1 InitrodUuctlOn rec Lata EFE DEDERE RR A1 5 2 2 Array TYPES i cese uw bi helin xe belkin tex et y RR EUR A1 5 2 3 imade Formats e s espe ies 1 6 24 Electronic Steering of Probe Transmit Focusing A1 9 3 0 Annular Array Imaging A1 18 3 1 IntrOGUCllOn sk j a tek PRIN ED na E EAS A1 18 3 2 Moving the Transducer A1 20 3 3 The Ultrasound A1 21 3 4 Image A1 23 4 0 Tissue 0 A1 26 4 1 General description 1 26 4 2 Detailed descriptions of data processes A1 27 5 0 Spectrum Doppler 1 31 5 1 General
60. System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files K05 LEDs 14 S5_ServiceMan S5 ember 5 2000 5 2 z 9 P 8 s 5 8 2 m 5 g 5 8 2 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 LEDs 5 1 LEDs Descriptions Most of the boards have a red a green and one or more yellow LEDs Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 When a red LED is lit it indicates that an error situation has occurred on the board e A green LED indicated that the board is ok Yellow LEDs are usually software defined Below are the LEDs for each board summarized The LEDs are listed as viewed from the top of the board when inserted in the rack 5 1 1 TX128 TX128 2 LED Color Description Normally state Red Board failure Normally off Green Board ok Normally on Yellow Bus protocol error Normally off Yellow Scan Normally off Yellow Spare 5 1 2 Probe Controller LED Color Description Normally state Yellow AA current overload Normally off Yellow IV current overload Normally off not mounted on FA264 Yellow TEE temp ok On when TEE temperture is ok else off Yellow spare Not mounted Yellow spare Not mounted Green Board ok Normally on Yellow Bus protocol error Normally off Red Board failure Normally off System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 5 1 3 Beam Formers GE Vingmed Ultra
61. TA FILTER COEFF B amp C 3 Tissue Tissue TISSUE RGB ENCODER COMPR REJ OUTPUT PIXEL DATA cru FIFO ENCODER gt PIXEL BUS 24 BIT RGB PIXEL ADDR PIXEL PORT 7 gt gt y ADDRESS Tissue TISSUE FLOW SEL ARBITER MUX SEL SCAN CONVERTER System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev PIXEL BRIDGE PORT VRAM AX EIE RS232 XDCTRL INTE RS232 INTF VCR SERIAL ETHERNET INTF VME CONTROLLER z VRAM i ui JI i lt gt lt VRAM VRAM VRAM VRAM VRAM lt 5 lt Ji Ji R G B VIDEO _ VIDEO s vus INT O gt VCR PRINTERS AND EXT RAMDAC N x FRONT PANEL DESIGNER DATE SIGN CHECKED DATE SIGN EUN NNI APPROVED DATE SIGN e FILE s5 dspl block 01 gt x NS N X x RAMDAC p GRAPH G B SYSTEM MONITOR MODULE SYSTEM 5 DISPLAY AND CONTROL DRAWING NUMBER 330 FA299042 TXD1 RXDI INT I O gt VCR INT 1 0 INT 1 0 SYSTEM 5 TYPE OF DOCUMENT DETAILED BLOCK DIAGRAM SHEET OF 1 07 10 02 5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B1 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 1
62. There is one serial port on each of the DSPs This port uses three pins for input and three for output The purpose of the serial port is the following Program loading LUT downloading Parameter changes Error handling Testing of general functionality Or doa O Below is shown the serial link for one module 4 FTC DSPs and 1 VEL DSP FTC DSP FTC DSP FTC DSP The main output from the board is the pipelink bus carrying the color flow data from 2DF to the Image Port Master DSP INT 16 Outputs Pipelink Interface System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A3 15 2D Flow Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes A3 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev The Display and Control System Overview Introduction This part of the mmmriVE Service manual describes the Dis play and Control modules in the instrument Modules and sub listed modules and subsystems are described in this serv files A4 01 Displ Contr Innh 03 55 s Printed December 5 2000 ice S5 Servicel sh HD User James i arb Servic Macinto systems described in this part of the part of the manual manual Module subsystem Page Image Port Board rev 02 A4 3 Image Port Board rev 02 A4 3 Image Memory board rev 03 A4 10 Scan Converter Board 01 A4 12 Graphic Processor rev 01 A4 15 CPU board rev 02 A4 17 M
63. These VCRs are used on some System FiVe systems and they are usually mounted on the system s left side System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound VCRs Video Recorders rev 02 2 3 Panasonic AG7350 p AG7350 n AG 7350 p is the PAL version and AG7350 n is the NTSC version The AG7350 VCRs are used on earlier System FiVe systems the tall models Tall Boys An AG7350 VCR mounted in a System FiVe is shown in this picture see the arrow System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 7 5 HD User James i arb Ser Macint 55 ServiceMan S5 serv files A7 04 S5 02 55 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev 02 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 A7 6 Introduction Abstract This document gives a brief overview of the System FiVe EchoPAC Transfer Kit Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 21 Apr 1998 LHS Initial version 02 29 Oct 1999 LHS Updated Table 1 Revision control Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature References Wiring Diagram S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev A on page C1 6 Wiring Diagram Internal Cable Harness rev E on page 1 2 internal IDescriptions A Transfer Kit is used for downloading data from the System FiVe scanner to a Stand Alone Macintosh or compatible running the EchoPAC application T
64. WASHER LOCK 32mm PAN D8OCIOS2 5 pl GE VINGMED NEK s n P N 08080030 3 P N 08209206 3 pi ULTRASOUND FRONT PANEL W LCD 4 Change LCD 47 to new type Batron AsseMBiy PROC Adhesive for trackball plate introduced Drawing updated Julyod se CHECKED Emm Change of trackball new p n O66C8340 Pr p 1 FB2091 6 D REVISION DESCRIPTION System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 D 4 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Keyboard Subassembly rev A o 3 Keyboard Subassembly rev A SCREW M2 5x8 C P N 080A208C 7 pl C 10 QWERTY KEYBOARD W CABLE P N FA200368 5 8 2 g g 5 E 5 z 8 5 Al December 5 2000 QWERTY MTG PLATE P N FA307183 9 8 4 5 2 5 8 o 8 MODULE NAME VINGMED soup QWERTY KEYBD SUBASSY BY DATE SIGN TYPE OF DOC CLASSIFICATION SQ 26APR 95 ON FILE ASSY PROC B New keyboard from CHERRY implemented ee 9 REV A First revision Sg ge MEE TA CS 550 TAZUS DU REV REVISION DESCRIPTION BU qme EDT N oE Sys
65. acne U lasacossa SOR MIL B ihe CERTEN L T T rn dre viden Fred dar BRIT j Xe 4 z a meee j L Hip MEK E al PAL ZLSD un is used WE ss r P 017 Ta uo T NE l MH AIT r mengrnbber RI a oa FIT AT bal abut n A2003594 E335 FA nn 798 BOS Optie FASC TSS L L TUNTRCI Z opus a 5 JL seyh conn on mn22265 uon AT xxt T ck Part oz KIT ARS tN CH Pee Perl ut sESVESESBSBES FAKAT MUD LE FAZOOT74 wil the belween asa MO Si Barness renla e Toe SVE sake ene vb im Sabe cannes OF DIT ATEH bebe harm and Frameqrabb er armel REVI 2ESTRIPTIOIS E d N CFABSOA3 l or System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 C1 5 serv flles C1 05 S5 EP_Trnsferk 01 sh HD User James i arb Servic Macinto e 85 55 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev A Module Frame Grabber j P N MN200524 Cable Echopac 55 P N FA200588 41 cll kr RR Se Ethernet 55 Transfer Kit rev A Coble Ethernet Echopac O P N FA200537 Connector with slide
66. ureJDeiq yoo g OV e1 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S A ICE c cd DC Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 TRAFO TRAFO a FILTER PWM WM L L Drawing by GJ 15V P3 4 15 P3 10 5V DIG CURRENT RAIL 45V AN P4 4 amp 6 5V AN P4 24 26 28 amp 30 10V P4 12 12V P3 12 12V P3 18 P3 is the upper connector Rev 02 punosen n 19 amp ZO A 1 wesbeig yoojg Ajddns Jewod OG 81 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S vc cd CABLE FROM AC POWER High Voltage Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 F1 230VAC 1 4 TRAFO 200mA FROM FEC P2 A3 Ag SERIAL DATA Drawing by G SERIAL D A CONV RECTIFIERS REGULATORS 128 0 TO 8 0V SENSE ERE gt P2 C20 C21 RESISTOR 0 TO 40V SENSE aa P2 C22 C23 RESISTOR 0 TO 40V SENSE P2 C25 C26 RESISTOR 0 TO 80V SENSE EVEN P2 C27 C28 RESISTOR V SENSE TO FEC P2 C8 C15 I SENSE a TO FEC HVDIS L POWER CALCULATION P2 C6 TO RLY 80V PMXS0P B3 A26 PMXSON EUN Rev 02 punosen n 19 amp ZO A 1 wesbeig yoojg Ajddns 18 wog uB H Man
67. 1024 Samples Color Flow Area Principles of Operation rev 06 yry p gt Time Lines Fig 3 10 Color M Mode Display System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Heart wall Valve Leaflets Heart wall A1 25 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Tissue Processing General description M Mode The pulse repetition rate of the transmit pulses in M Mode is fairly high compared to 2D mode and is limited by the acoustic velocity of sound in tissue 1540 m s and the desired field of view depth After a pulse has been transmitted a relatively long time is used for receiving the returning echoes from the body The received echoes are amplified A D converted focused TGC controlled filtered detected com pressed peak detected edge enhanced and clipped before being stored in memory scan converted and displayed Maximum 1024 samples are constructed for each transmit pulse 2D Tissue One pulse is fired in one direction then the received echoes from this pulse is am plified ATGC A D converted focused receive focusing digital TGC controlled fil tered detected compressed offset is added and the signal is clipped see functional block diagram Fig 4 1 A new pulse is fired and the same sequence is repeated Below is shown a functional block diagram of the 2D Tissue data flow A1 26 AA PRC PA TX Board A D FOCUSER PRAL DET
68. 5 ER 4 Sewa TEDE QUT TTS C J VIO OU DM E TFI System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Sig nals 05 8 1 8 2 8 3 RS232 connectors Type of connector 9 pin DSUB male Use RS232 CPU serial port to CPU board RS232 GR serial port to GRAPHICs board Signals of interest Signal Pin In out Baud rate DCD 1 RD 2 input 300 38 400 TD 3 output 300 38 400 DTR 4 input GND 5 DSR 6 RTS 7 output CTS 8 input 9 Table 13 RS 232 ANALOG IN 1 4 connectors Type of connectors Phono female Use Maximum 4 analog external signals can be input to the system Signals of interest ANIN1 4 Level max 12 6 TRIG OUT connector Type of connectors BNC female Use User selectable TRIG signal usually ECG trigger Signals of interest TRIG OUT TTL level System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 23 Signals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 F1 24 SVHS OUT connectors Type of connector 4 pin MINI DIN female Use Super VHS outputs luma and chroma to VCR and printers Signals of interest Signal Pin Voltage Imped Band ance width GND Y 1 GND C 2 SVHS Y 3 714 mV 75 ohm 5 OMHz SVHS C 4 300 mV 75 ohm 5 OMHz Table 14 SVHS Outputs SVHS IN connector Type of
69. A D CFP FA200409 A A A A A A A A 4 MOD A B IMPORT FA200028 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F Image Port 2 FA200572 A A A A 15 A B A B A C System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 15 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Advantage Systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 sw v z SWv 1 8 SW v 1 2 Notes Board P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Aua 99 1 9 x Dec See page pr 9 99 Nov 00 2 18 SCONV FA200029 B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F C G C G C G C G C H C H C H C H D D D I D 11 D J D K GRAPH5 FA200030 A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G A G A G A G A H A H A H A H 12 1 A J A K A L A M MEMORY FA2001 10 A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B 4 CPU 200109 18 INT I O bd FA200103 C D C D C D C D assy FA200115 C E C E C E C E C F C F C F C F E I E I E I E I E J E J E J E J 8 E K E K E K E K E L E L E L E L EXT I O bd FA200104 assy FA200116 B B B B B B B B C C PAT I O main FA200193 A B A B A B A B board FA200105 B C B C B C B C box C D C D C D C D C E C E C E C E C F C F C F C F C G PAT FA200194 C C C C C C C C amplifier D D D D D D D D board D E D E D E D E D F D F D F D F D G D G D
70. A dedicated control FIFO is connected to the PipeLink input in order to make the tar get Vector address calculation in parallel with the VME block transfer of the previous Vector Image Port Controller The purpose of this block is to control the data flow through the FIFOs It also gen erates the addresses for the Image Memory board so that the different data types is placed in the correct ring buffers System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Image Port Board rev 02 4 Outputs 41 Output to Image Memory The dataflow destination is the Image Memory board Data transfer is done over the VME bus 4 1 1 Data sets Each scan mode will produce data to a corresponding data set in the Image Memory The data sets are represented in ring buffers Each active data set will be allocated to one of the following types of acquisition data e 2 Dtissue data Doppler data e M mode data Colour flow Trace data Video Y component data Video UV component data Colour M mode data RFdata The Image Port can support dynamic demultiplexing of the input flow and corresponding mapping to up to 8 different data set ring buffers System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A4 5 Image Port 2 Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Image Port 2 Board rev 01 5 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 6 2 A4 6 Overview Abstract The system function of the Image Port 2 IP2
71. Board Assembly Drawings Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual gives you the Board As sembly Drawings for some of the boards in mmmriVE The table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Relay Module Component Side M 2 Probe Controller Component Side M 3 Probe Controller Solder Side M 4 Internal I O Component Side rev E M 5 Internal I O Solder Side rev B M 6 External Component Side M 7 AC Controller Component Side M 8 High Voltage HV Supply Component Side M 9 High Voltage HV Supply Solder Side M 10 Relay Module Component Side GE Vingmed Ultrasound BE dx om 1 a RIIJ 3 2 cis HI L r d LI LI r t 1 n LI F lt wam haan R Rim mm lm m n gz 0002 peiuud Z0 W sellj es gs uejeoivieg 8S 9 MJ9S QJ6 S UP jesn a USO UI9EJN Fm rem em NC quem Te T CE Oy MS BFH EUIH LI amp LEL LIL mmmrivEs M 2 ystem FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I serv files M 03 Probe C 1 01 55 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound EZEDIFIVE System
72. EOS e Go Welche ol Wo 425 pO x E E E I v T ak 22 Sewer HV De Jarmner ZND SEN COCOS 20 Maia Sre dec 7 42 E os leen 2205 Wina Sr c dee zo Se AT Cr Fle ums HO s AZ jD 1 RN DG C Gr File igre qc ced She ced wz Trons abe oc pase Newer L Ls zg SL diz sc Meg Opl d fom A s 8 m ud mcd n Gee tee mayite So cosa ingratos SA Is 02 OMM TEE caso c rc E UO ug socudare wor sarcler borne S25 Sees TA Se wes Vie D LOL WIR KWOTAT NT RIA ex D va m z 50 cn ESWC FERE gt I gt Internal Cable Harness rev E SLEpErI a eh mc ELA Qu INE C1 2 les C1 03 H 01 Macintosh HD User James i arb S GE Vingmed Ultrasound craaged to mnazi System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 2 Cable Harness MAC rev Ira Br oc faecazac ESZE PU Ce nuo 6 606 fo 12909 Waw s cs Ha 22 C 1 3 38333 8031 ME m 1327 GRE an a AO F or N M RO n5 d EU N waved du a Nr
73. Enl no Ch El no Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 BF4 1 1 16 16 65 33 80 48 Ch no El no On a 64 element probe elements 1 32 are routed to channel 1 32 and elements 33 64 are routed to channels 65 96 By doing this two BF boards BF1 and BF2 are not in use 64 channels are used Two BF boards are used BF3 and BF4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 04 11 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 8 6 64 Element Probes New Mapping ELEMENTS El no 1 16 32 48 64 BF2 BF1 B4 BF3 SYSTEM CHANNELS NOT USED NOT USED Ch no 1 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 BEAM FORMER BOARDS BF1 BF2 BF3 BF4 Ch El no Ch Enl no Ch El no Ch El no This mapping is true for 2 5 FPA KG100001 rev B 5 0 MPTE KN100007 rev B 64 channels are used All 4 BF boards are used 4 8 7 APA Probes Element 1 AAXD1 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board Element 2 AAXD2 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board Element 3 AAXD3 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board Element 4 AAXD4 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board Element 5 AAXD5 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board 4 8 8 Stand Alone Doppler Probes Element 1 AAXD6 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board Element 2 AAXD7 is mapped to 16 receive channels 4 on each BF board K04 12
74. I O rev 02 ROTARY DECODER ROTARY KNOBS ROTARY DISPLAY BOARD DECODER ROTARY KNOBS SERIAL SYSTEM INTE PATIENT 1 0 en IMP GRAPH IMP GRAPH CPU SERIAL TRACE DATA SDP SVHS CPU 722 SDP X LNE SDP CPU VIDEO GRAPH CPU GRAPH CPU CPU GRAPH VME BUS CPU FEC amp SERIAL TRACE DATA AUDIO A AUDIO B VCR RS 232 LINK A OUT IN OUT RGBS RGBS RS 232INTF SCSI BUS RS 232 INTF ETHERNET C40l SRES_L 2 P3 A18 P2 P3 P3 A15 P3 A16 2 pa pal es AP1 PA j P A P2 P3 1 P2 P3 B18 P3 B16 PATIENT I O r CLOCK DISTR N VME INTERFACE N PATIENT I O INTERFACE REMOTE CONTROL INCL DSP DSP TO DSP EXT TRIG PARALLEL LIVE PLAY NU AN INPUTS 1 4 PARALLEL FROM DSP VIDEO BUFFERS INTERFACE AUDIO DSP SWITCH AC POWER VIDEO VIDEO RGBS OUT SWITCH SWITCH SVHS IN OUT E vio eed INTERNAL I O Y EXT I O C FOOTSW AC CTRL RS 232 CPU EXT RS 232 GR ETHERNET 4 INT RS232 GR R WAVE OUT gt RE 3 5 ETHERNET LOOP CABLE HEB a JS S Sz 5 ALSO TO INTERNAL DEVICES 3 xs a 225 E S m FOOTSWITCH ais a E S 8 el x aj an gt EXTERNAL I O Ge VCR ANALOG NE INPUTS FRONT PANEL 1 4 MAIN BOARD DJ m TRIG OUT gt CHIP SELECTS RANA RS 232 CPU LOCAL uP RAM PRGR PROM RS 232 GR ADDRESS PRINTER ETHERNET ETHERNET DECODER lt INTERFACE
75. If necessary adjust the AUDIO LEVEL potentiometers on the VCR to avoid saturation If Remote Control is installed use the assignable keys to operate the VCR functions 18 7 3 Printer Test Connect a B W printer to the Video Output connector Enter 2D and obtain an image Press print on frontpanel and verify quality of the print If necessary adjust the printer controls Connect a color printer to the RGBS output connector Enter color flow and obtain an image Press Print Alt on frontpanel and verify quality of the print If necessarry adjust the printer controls 1 2 3 4 5 6 18 7 4 Footswitch Testthe footswitch interface use 2D mode for the test Default setup gt Left Rec Pause Middle Full Freeze gt Right Image Store 18 8 External I O Tests 18 8 1 Video out With oscilloscope verify presence of video signal Typical signal level 2 2 Vpp 18 8 2 S VHS Out With an oscilloscope verify presence of S VHS signal Typical signal level 2 0 Vpp 18 8 3 RGBS Out With an oscilloscope verify presence of RBG signals Typical signal level 1 8 1 9 Vpp 18 8 4 MAC Interface Test Stand Alone MAC only If a Stand Alone MAC with EchoPAC is to be used with the system test that Data Transfers work properly when using the Transfer Data Kit Try both short cut tests with the F9 key and transfers from the clipboard If Standalone Mac has Continuous Capture option ref
76. Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents Chapter Description Page The Service Manual Introduction rev 1 0 Warnings and Intro 5 11 1 1 Authorization Intro 5 1 2 Electric Shock Intro 5 1 3 Dangerous Procedure 06 Intro 5 1 4 Explosion Intro 5 1 5 Electrostatic Discharge Warning Intro 5 1 6 Do not substitute parts or modify equipment Intro 6 2 0 About This Intro 7 2 1 AbDStract u an suara Intro 7 2 2 OVeIVIGW rare IS e ER HER RP E D WA ake or tara Intro 7 2 3 How to Use the Manual Effectively Intro 8 24 Technical Skills Required Intro 8 2 5 tlg PL Intro 8 e 3 0 Test Equipment and Tools Required Intro 9 3 1 General Tools Intro 9 8 3 2 Tools Mobility Kit Changing Wheels Intro 9 4 0 New Functions Features Intro 12 HE 4 1 oro i ute tus a eo Intro 12 E 4 2 Document History Intro 12 E 4 3 Supported
77. System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 9 Probe Description rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Burndy conn Endoscope Probe cable Probe ti with motor and element Burndy connector contains coaxial pins for the element signals and single pins for the other signals It plugs directly into the system RLY board The endoscope is used to move the probe tip in the desired position inside the esophagus This is done by use of the two wheels on the endoscope house Vingmed Sound currently have three types of TE probes single plane multi plane and an electronic TE probe Oldelft In the multi plane probe the second scan plane is controlled electronically between 0 and 180 A2 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Cable 4 Introduction 4 1 Abstract This document gives a brief description on the Probe Cable used for some probes 4 2 Document History Probe Cable rev 01 Rev Date Sign Description 01 8 Apr 1998 LHS Initial document release Table 2 Revision control 4 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature APAT 4 4 References Annular Phased Array Transducer APAT on page E1 2 5 Descriptions A Probe Cable with connectors in both ends are used for some probes One end is plugged into the System FiVe the other end is plugged to the probe The cable is marked with Part Number and Serial Number Look for
78. Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound ting heat sink plates on the BF boards There is now a solution for this a fix in the BF Focusor asic but there are many boards out in the field that exhibit this problem 20 1 6 Color Noise Artifacts with FLA and CLA Probes Color Flashes Quite often there are narrow 1 2 mm flashes going through the whole color ROI in the steering direction Reason and source is unknown Near field noise Within the first 0 3 mm there may be some flickering noise with some FLA probes Easiest seen when steering straight down and having color ROI at the very top Color sectors With the FLA probes you may see narrow sectors of noise originating at the top spreading down trough the color ROI However at default gain setting these sectors should not be visible They are usually due to excessive noise on a specific channel Could be caused by the probe TX RX or BF boards There are techniques to narrow this down 20 1 7 Doppler Noise Bands FPA and AA probes PW It is currently normal with noise bands in PW whenever sample gates are posi tioned close to the probe inside a strong tissue signal This saturates the receiver and for some reason causes bands at frequencies changing with the prf CW Some noise bands typ below 2 m s may be present with some probes Sys tem dependent usually when focusing far out and straight down May be improved by grounding of shield board
79. done Awaiting frontpanel start done Waiting for app to finish loading done Executing C config done Calling static contructors All systems go dmem Free memory at 0x01F17040 not allocated by dmem lostd mem Free memory at 0x01F37C58 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F27048 not allocated by dmem lost spawning filecache update task Done Create dispatcher done Create Datamodule System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 Exception task started ImagePort Hardware present Scan converter Functional revision C software support level 6 tTdpSched id accb34 up and listening tSdpSched id 0 4 up and listening done Create Displaymodule done Create Framebuffer done Create USParameters done Create DisplayParameters done Initialize ParameterDictionary done initialized supervisor Connected to front panel Create VideoOut View 6 seconds filecache entries 1033 dircache entries 181 FileCache is up to date done Initialize gaGui done Create Users View and slider SONY VCR detected Registering ProbeTempSource pipe pipe probeTemp Registering RackTempEventSource pipe pipe rackTemp Registering FootSwitchEventSource pipe pipe footSwitch Registering PowerDownEventSource pipe pipe powerDown Registering HeartRateEvent
80. fuses Relay Board 200mA F1 200mA In series with 15VDC line to Cannon con changed to 046U02000 nectors and to 5 chips on RLY Will only 1 14 recov r1 1A affect the 192 element linear probes ery multifuse 046U0110 PTC Probe Control 1 In series with the 15VDC lines to the Board changed to F2 046P3000 power amplifier driver for AA probes If non or 5A blown will cause AA probes not to run recovery 046P5000 subminifuses Internal I O 4 AT recov F401 046U0500 In series with 12V F401 15V F403 and ery multifuse F403 15V F404 to the DC power connectors on PTC F404 INT I O Internal I O 1 1 AT recov F402 046U0110 In series with 12V to the DC power connec ery multifuse tors on INT I O PTC Internal I O 6 AT recov F400 046U0800 In series with 5V to the DC power connec ery multifuse tors on INT I O PTC EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 22 Voltage Distribution Overview This is a list of the power distribution in the system On each board the voltages are labelled vcc avdd etc on the schematics These labels are filled in the table below An x is filled in where there is no label or where the voltage is regulated down Board 50 45A 5A 10 12 12 15 15 HV
81. qus ES 4 te be corassios ODOREM um Aw D Yee boerd NAR a n 3 zi PL Sp CCS can puler errand lo memo Tes cob ie A nos s lt lle K JAL 26 MOL NC carputer t2 sas Z400 Nov g n de N p Le n K D es ee ae AE v 10 z AANGE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 C1 4 files C1 045 Cabl H MAC Elite 01 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5_S GE Vingmed Ultrasound Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204864 rev A Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204864 rev A E a sU VOTAERBOAR 3 L m SM m X2 od U Nm HI Eu PATIENT 1 0 R2232 INT TENES 7 caven Se N 2 2 Rede ITS E E D 6 FONEA EI Gre Eri Fas DO 2 5 zi N m E cc A 2i m Mera cue ei HIRE BSESECCELI ETTI 7 i i LI Qe clc e IE NEG ES m hae mw 2 Gq LJ BONED RNTNPOCPUR pow ou Aui trans z p uril i d Wa IGE ees 3 SOK K pf WERA ri fS SVP M US qno STEP CTRL 2 wan DUTWAS c m dk i D ci s q 4 H i H 1 E P 4 _ ee 1 IL pen UT vox m vb Dm a xn a LU Lp aq M M Q a sS a Po l Ven zm E CI P NE n La
82. tronically steered transducer It can be programmed to support a data format of ei ther 25 complement or offset binary The four ports are passed through several stages of digital processing prior to being combined to a single 16 bit data flow at 20 MHz on the output Additionally the chip delivers three status signals CHIP VALID DATA READY and DATA ERROR that tell the subsequent stage the BA when to accept data The signal processing algorithms are controlled by a set of parameters that must be downloaded into the FOCUSOR from the controlling system The system processor loads the data through the FEC board for a complete scan into Video RAMs locat ed on the Beam Former board before the scan is started During the scan in the time slot between the end of one beam and the firing of next the parameters for the next beam are read from the VRAMs into the FOCs In order to reduce this download System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 43 Beam Former Board BF rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound time the serial data from the VRAM is buffered on the BA and transferred in parallel to the FOCUSOR Four FOCUSORs require one 256k 4bit VRAM for parameter storage 8 FOCU SORs and 2 VRAMs are needed to support 32 RF channels for each MLA 29 3 2 BEAM ADDER ASIC 29 4 A2 44 The BEAM ADDER can be configured for two slightly different functions BA Level 2 BAL2 and BA Level 3 BAL3 BAL2 accepts the 16 bit data word from four FO
83. 000 in the DAC register or by set setting the HVDIS L line low The HVDIS L signal is bidirectional and if set low from an other external source e g the PRC module over temperature sensing in a TEE probe the HV1 and 2 outputs are switched off The FEC module should send an alarm to console for warning and allow for probe or cable replacement if no hardware errors are detected A watch dog circuit is implemented in the sense that the FEC board continuously has to pulse the SDA line in order for the HVDIS L line to be high Outputs 1 High Voltage outputs HV1P HV1N HV2P HV2N These are DC voltages fed to the transmitters in the front end 2 Probe Mux power outputs PMX80P PMX80N 80V DC voltages fed to the mul tiplexers in the probe connectors for the 192 element linear probes 3 High Voltage sense lines HV I and HV V for both and HV2 These signals are low level voltages fed to the FEC board for surveillance of the output power to the probes System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files BO 01 Innh 02 fm Man S ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto BZETIFIVE Block Diagrams Overview Introduction This page shows you the three main parts in the Block Di agrams section Table of Contents This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Block Diagrams Com
84. 1 8V low System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 2V VOLTAGE REGULATOR 2V TERMINATION VOLTAGE 40 MHz I amp Clocks C40I1H C40I2H C4013H C40I 1L C40I2L C40I3L 4001 4002 C40Q3H C40Q1L C4002L C4003L B3 3 Man S5 serv files B3 03 ctrl seq e S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound CONFIGURE FRONT END TX AND BF CACHES LOADED START FEC SCAN PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM RANSMITTER BEAMFORMER FIRE TRANSMITTER System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Control and Data Flow rev 01 START MODE FROM KEYBOARD CONFIGURE MID PROCESSORS CONFIGURE DISPLAY SYSTEM CONFIGURE CONFIGURE IMPORT IMMEM SCONV SDP 2DF GRAP HIC CONFIGURE RF IQ BUFFER ORGANIZE TRANSFER TO IQ BUFFER Q DOPPLER PROC amp FLOW PROC B3 4 Macintosh HD User James Gii arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B3 04 data flow 05 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound FRONT END POWER AA AA PROBE CTRL ECG AND OTHER AN INPUTS PATIENT gt to System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev FRONT END CONTROLLER RF AND TISSUE PROCESSOR System FiVe Data Flow Schematic rev 05
85. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Unscrew the shield plate in front of the boards Unscrew the M3 screws 12 holding each 260 pin connector except 2 on the left spare parking connector upper right and lower left EMC Unscrew the M3 screws through the APAT connectors Unscrew the M4 phillips panhead screws attaching the front plate to the frame Unscrew the nuts on the Doppler and Catheter if mounted connector Disconnect the two XDBUS boards between RLY TX RX PRC EMC Unscrew the screws holding the small IV amp DP connector board onto the RLY board The RLY assembly is now only connected to the motherboard In order to loosen it slide the whole assembly out of the MBD connector to the right Then when it s loose slide it out leftward EMC Install the IV amp DP connector board Install the new Relay Board subassembly in the opposite sequence Mount the upper connector IV DP first then position the lower RLY board connector Connect the two XDBUS boards between RLY TX RX PRC First screw the M3 screws into the 260 pin connectors For noise purposes it is very important that these screws are mounted Then screw the M4 screws and mount the connector nuts Install the front cover then the side covers Reconnect all cables to the connectors Good job you deserve a cup of coffee System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files L1 12 temp sense
86. 16 1 Abstract Graphic Processor rev 01 This document is a description of the Graphics board GRAPH EmwmmgmFIVE The board converts a 24 bit digital RGB code from the Scan Converter board via the pix el bus to analog RGB for both a high resolution monitor and a standard PAL NTSC monitor or printer In addition the board provides support for an X server and sev eral under and overlays 16 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 13 Jan 1998 GRL First version of document 16 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 16 4 References Graphic uP Board Block Diagram rev 01 on page 2 17 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A4 15 Graphic Processor rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 17 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 17 5 17 6 17 7 17 8 A4 16 Descriptions Pixel port The Graphics board gets its data from the Scan Converter board over the Pixel bus which is a high speed bus providing 24 bit true color 8 bit each for R G and B at a burst bandwidth of 20 Mpixels second The bus is both writable and readable Video RAMs The board can drive two independent monitors one high resolution main screen and one video monitor or VCR the screen formats can range from 640 480 to 1024 1024 pixels Data from the pixel port is demultiplexed and fed to four banks of dual port video RAMs providing a 24 bit underlay for imaging The RAM
87. 19 amp LO Aes ureJ amp eiq xoojg Jeueg 10044 81 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S A d WAISAS 0c cd PATIENT I O SERIAL TRACE DATA AND PAT I O CONTROL PATIENT I O INTERFACE INCL DSP AC POWER INTERFACE Internal I O Block Diagram rev 01 AC POWER CONTROLLER PWR CTRL TEMP CTRL SDP CPU GRAPH SDP GRAPH GRAPH GRAPH CPU CPU GRAPH CPU CPU FEC SERIAL TRACE DATA RS 232INTF AUDIOA AUDIO B S SVS OUT VIDEO OUT RGBS OUT SCSI BUS RS 232 INTF ETHERNET VME BUS C40l SRES L P3 A18 P1 P2 P3 A15 P3 A16 P3 P3 P3 P3 P2 P1 P2 P2 P1 P2 P3 B18 P3 B16 A AAAA A A A E S DSP EXT TRIG AN INPUTS 1 4 VME INTERFACE ES BUF BUF BUF CLOCK DISTR N 2 RGBS OUT lt PARALLEL VIDEO S VHS INTERFACE o VIDEO DSP E E 9 CONTROL 3 S S SWITCHS S L e 2 3 eo S s 8 S vv amp 4 gt x lt v v Y 177 n AA C EXT RS 232 SCSI ETHERNET 00 00 FOOTSWITCH B W PRINTER nung FRONT PANEL EE HARDDISC 01 punosen n 39
88. A2 30 21 2 MR SWINE S oiei taes er te M edt bna kak A2 31 Intro 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 21 3 Input lt 2 31 21 4 TGC Amplifiers 2 32 21 5 TGC Control and Test Signal Interface A2 32 21 6 Multiplexer Control Interface A2 33 Probe Controller 22 0 OVGIVIBW vir ddr N NO a egi ad ee eate ERES A2 35 Board PRC rev 22 1 AbSIIaCU s uod itane e eee EN tene bea A2 35 04 22 2 Document History A2 35 22 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 35 22 4 References A2 35 23 0 Inputs lees ged tn a SHAKE A2 35 24 0 lt 2 36 24 1 Annular Array and Doppler Transmitter A2 36 24 2 Annular Array and Stand Alone Doppler Probe Sense A2 36 24 3 Temperature Sensors A2 37 24 4 Annular Array Probe Motor Control A2 37 24 5 Front End Bus A2 38 24 6 Clock A2 38 25 0 Control Gada deh dg Pepa a K
89. BITE Built In Test Equipment CW Continuous Wave Doppler FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array LA Linear Array PA Phased Array T R Transmit Receive Switch TGC Time Gain Compensation XDBUS Transducer Bus System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 29 Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 21 General Description 21 1 Overview A2 30 AAXD 1 8 XD 1 16 UR XD 17 32 E TGC M p RX 1 16 XD 33 48 T R TGC XD 49 64 NE RX 17 32 T R MUX p 33 48 MUX XD 65 80 TR gt XD 81 96 TR TGC ME p RX 49 64 XD 97 112 gt TR XD 113 128 T R Buffer TEST SIG Buffer and Level Shifter TGC CTRL LP Filter Fig 21 1 Block diagram Refer to Fig 18 1 for a block diagram of the receiver board The RX64 board contains 64 identical receive channels and a common control inter face Each receive channel consists of an input multiplexer preceded by a T R switch for each multiplexer input and a low noise voltage controlled TGC amplifier System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 21 2 21 3 T R Switches The T R switches limit the voltage swing at the multiplexer inputs during transmis sion High voltage diode bridges D1 to D256 for the PA LA inputs D385 to D400 for the AA inputs are forward biased as long as the input voltage is between the supply voltages When the input voltage exceeds the supply vol
90. Digital test 2 All beams one channel 32 Digital test 8 32 shots one channel BF output to file 33 Digital test 4 single channel BF output to file 34 Digital test 1 for MLA 0 1 if more than one MLA 35 Digital test 2 for MLA 0 1 if more than one MLA All these digital tests are injected in the Focusor ASICs on the BF boards They test the Focusors and Beamadders The test result is read from the IQ buffer on the RFT board Tests A gt Digital BF Tests 30 Digital test 1 1 shot all channels BF 1 4 30 Digital test 1 Opened usr app test etc digtest1x mat AcquisitionTest feTest using default curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal FrontEndCtrl_C enableNoProbeScan enable 1 Reading IQ buffer ok Digital test 1 MLAO PASSED A digital test pattern is injected into all channels one MLA only selected by toggling mla and the result is summed and compared to a master value If a channel is bad the test will fail but you won t know which channel 31 Digital test 2 128 shots one channel System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 09 9 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound K09 10 Digital test patterns are injected into each channel one MLA only selected by tog gling mla and the result for each channel is compared to a master value If channels are bad the channel number and BF board will be listed See example below Digital
91. ECG are received serially on a line from the Internal I O board Descriptions Below are the different blocks of the block diagram described in some detail 1 Data Buffer The Data Buffer is a buffer for the and Q Doppler data to be analyzed It also has the option to store M Mode data for signal processing by the Master DSP The read process of the Data Buffer is controlled by the Master DSP In order to perform the modified DFT on the PW mode Doppler signal the data ac quisition must be done as a function of both time and space In CW mode the data acquisition is done as a function of time only That is only data from one range is used for the DFT estimation The appropriate addressing for Doppler data acquisi tion is done in Data Read Write Address Generators Spectrum Analyzer Spectrum analysis is performed in the below mentioned blocks details not shown on the block diagram Spectrum Window Function and Addressing Before DFT the Doppler data is weighted by a smoothing window function This is done by multiplying selected samples from the Data Buffer with selected coefficients stored in a Window RAM The selection of appropriate coefficients is done in a Win dow Address Generator block Complex Exponential Multiplier and Accumulator Once the Doppler data has been weighted by the window function the modified DFT operation is implemented It performs the complex multiplication between the com plex Doppler data and the
92. FA200999 P N Rev Hem C N Change Description FA200999 A A Initial release New ASIC Replaces FA200021 Requires SW 1 7 1 or higher 8 RX128 FA200022 D Rev 5 2 Change Description FA200022 A A Initial production release Identical to rev 05 H4 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 MCD n P N Rev j C N Change Description FA200022 B B 6383 Changes to test signal implementation Necessary for CW improvement Part of V1 1 upgrade NOTE R1595 changed from 22 to 10 ohm in V1 2 upgrade no rev change FA200022 C C 5818 New component AD604 replaces AD6024 CL C425 9 RX128 FA200638 MCD NE P N Rev a C N Change Description FA200638 A A 7552 AD604 board Adjusted test signal gain Must be used with BF p n FA200382 FA200638 A B 7640 Changed some capacitor to reduce 2D near field artifact with FLA probes FA200638 8186 New PCB Obsolete 93 p female PCB conn FA200638 8448 Mod remove noise from HPRF and CW Change in BM FA200638 8628 New test procedure from Kitron Vendor 10 RX128 2 FA200776 P N Rev ae C N Change Description FA200776 A A 8397 New board require v 1 5 and onwards New muxes mounted FA200776
93. K03 4 K03 21 ADC Analog to Digital Converter A2 40 Advantage Systems Same as Premium except that CLA probes av PAMPTEE probes are optional 128 channels 128 tx channels 64 analog rx channels 64 digital BF channels H1 2 APAT Annular Phased Array Transducer A2 11 Aperture Size of the transducer with re spectto number of wavelengths or in mm A1 3 Apodization Weighting of the contribution from elements at the edges in an array transducer Can be used both on transmit and receive A1 4 ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit A2 40 A4 17 ATGC Analog Time Gain Compensation A2 49 AUI Attachment Unit Interface A1 56 Axial resolution The ability to separate two neigh boring reflectors in the beam di rection vertically Proportional to frequency A1 4 B BA BEAMADDER ASIC GE Vingmed s former Vingmed Sound custom made Beamform ing Circuit A2 40 BF Beamformer board s A2 48 K02 1 BITE Built In Test Equipment A2 25 A2 29 BW Black and white A7 8 C CLA Curved linear array 2 3 Composite beam A beam build from data acquired by more than one Xmit or by more than one MLA A3 3 Composite Transmit Focus A vector is constructed from sam ples from several transmit pulses with different focal points A1 4 Composite TX focused beam A beam build from data acquired by more than one Xmit with differ ent transmit focus A3 6 Compound scanning Using linear ar
94. LO Aes IPui lu e1 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S 12 29 External Block Diagram rev 02 INT VO P2 amp P3 P3 B7 B9 B11 B1 P3 C6 C8 P3 A8 P3 B6 P3 C10 C12 P3 A10 2 2 2 2 27 2 28 2 5 VIDEO BUFFERS 5 232 4 ER ETHERNET INTERFACE SERIAL DATA REVISION ROUT SYNC OUT RGBS OUT S VHS OUT VIDEO OUT B W VIDEO OUT S VHS IN VIDEO IN RS 232 RS 232 ETHERNET AN INPUT 1 AN INPUT 2 AN INPUT 3 AN INPUT 4 Rev 02 punosen n 19 amp ZO Adsl yoo Jeui91x3 81 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S ueis S 9 AIR TEMP SENSOR TEMPIN 7 AC Power Block Diagram rev 02 12Vac STAND BY POWER amp 12Vpc FOR AC CTRL AC POWER Y NTC 60 FUSE 9 72 FUSE RELAY AC CONTROLLER ON OFF FER CUR LIM TRAFO 110 220 SWITCH P200 ON OFF REGULATOR CONTROL d P200 P100 6 7 5 ME Led ies S S gt Y Y DC VOLTAGE POWER TO FANS CONTROL 0 12V FILTER FILTER DISTR Y YY Y VCR PERIPHERALS DC POWER amp HV SUPPLY Rev 02 punosen n 19 amp 20 Add
95. MESSAGES STATUS AND CONTROL OUTP ADDR RF PROCESSOR 0 gt L RF PROCESSOR 1 amp PL RF PROCESSOR 2 DEMODUL AND TGC GEN INPUT ADDRESS GENERATOR OUTPUT A S ENERATOR IQ READ WRITE ZONE STITCHING OFFSET ADJUST AND CLIPPING M MODE PEAK DET EDGE ENH TISSUE PROCESSOR COLOR FLOW DOPPLER HIGH PASS FILTER PIPELINK TAG GENERATOR IQ BUFFER RING BUFFERS PIPELINK OUTPUT RFT 18 PIPELINK INPUT PIPELINK INPUT SPECTRUM PIPELINK OUTPUT OUTPUT ANALYZER FIFO DATA TYPE DECODER DATA BUFFER SPECTRUM RING BUFFER SERIAL TRACE DATA INT I O VME INTERFACE PARAMETER TRANSFER ECG TRIG INTERRUPT RESET VME BUS PIPELINK INPUT f DFT gt HI SPECTRUM TIMESHARE SPECTRUM TRACE GENERATOR I O CONTROL ADDRESS CONTROL SERIAL EXE gt OUTPUT CTRL DATA RATE RECONTR SPD MISSING SIGNAL PRF ESTIM D FRONT PANEL AUDIO AMPL AN DOP I gt SP2 SDP FIFO gt FIFO N FIFO SERIAL DSP CONTROL DESIGNER DATE GRL 22 11 94 CHECKED MLH APPROVED DA fo FILE s5_mid_block_01 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev OUTPUT FIFO ni CONTROL DATA ORGANIZATION MASTER DSP VME INTE
96. Press the Application menu and verify if there are specific user setups make a note of them verify all available probes 6 Sw 1 7 x only Enter Setup menu on the Front Panel a In the menu that appears on screen select System Test menu button b In the System Test menu choose Module SW version N 26 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Options System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 c Write down the System Software Name listed in the Module Software Revisions List File name date System options Table 0 1 System Software Name listed in the Module Software Revisions List Note Membership and Advantage will need a password for all functions covered by the introducing offering on Advantage Functions Sw 1 7 x only Select the Applications menu when having the 2 5 FPA probe connected The following software options must be verified and noted for Contrast TVI or any combination of these options Section 8 0 Install Memory Upgrade Sw 1 7 x only 1 2 3 Turn of the power rear of system Remove both the Upper and the Lower Covers on the left side Un screw the retaining screws used for fastening the System Processor Board and pull out the board Un screw the screws holding the RAM piggyback and remove the piggyback Gently install the new memory piggy back and fasten it with the screw
97. Probe Probe Controller Component Side M 3 Probe Controller Solder Side M 4 Probe Controller Board Block Diagram B2 6 Description A2 35 Probe List E2 1 E2 3 Probe problems K03 15 Probe List E2 1 E2 3 Probe recognition and switching problems K03 15 Probes E 1 E1 1 Annular Phased Array Transducer E1 2 APA E2 4 APA TE E2 4 APAT E1 2 Connector Boards A2 5 Connector Interfaces A2 4 Curved Linear Array E1 4 Curved Linear Array CLA E2 3 Doppler E1 5 Doppler Probes E2 4 Electronically Steered E1 3 Electronically Steered Probes A2 3 Flat Linear Array FLA E2 3 Flat Phased Array FPA E2 3 FPA MPTE E2 4 Interface Description A2 6 Linear Array E1 4 Mechanically Steered Probes A2 9 Multiplexer Board Description A2 8 Phased Array E1 3 Phased Array TE E1 5 Probe Description A2 3 PV E1 2 TEE E1 3 Transesophageal E1 3 Trans esophageal probes A2 9 Trans thorax probes A2 9 Transvaginal E1 2 E1 4 Tuning Board Description A2 7 TV E2 3 Projected Aperture 1 11 Propagation velocity A1 4 Pulsing Image K03 17 PV Probe E1 2 R Range Averaging A1 40 A1 52 Receive Focusing A1 11 A1 14 A1 21 Receiver Board RX 128 A2 25 Configuration PROM K09 20 Test Connectors K09 20 RX 64 A2 29 K09 20 Configuration PROM K09 21 Service Manual FA091050 R 7 Index GE Vingmed Ultrasound General Description A2 30 Test Connectors K09 20 Test Points K09 20 Test Points K09 20 Recommended Germici
98. Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Description rev 06 Tuning Board Description The tuning boards contain the tuning components for impedance matching between the coaxial cables from probe elements to transmitters Different boards have been designed for serial and parallel tuning Serial and parallel resistors are added to compensate for mux losses and to attenuate out of band resonances for the probe Component values are selected for each probe type Each board contains matching components for 16 channels PLUGS INTO FROM CANNON CABLE CONN TUNING BOARD PARALLEL TUNING ONE CHANNEL SHOWN PLUGS INTO FROM CANNON CONN CABLE TUNING BOARD SERIAL TUNING ONE CHANNEL SHOWN System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 A2 7 Probe Description rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound A2 8 Multiplexer Board Description Each multiplexer board multiplexes 32 elements to 16 channels Of the circuits avail able the Supertex HV21716WG is selected It has acceptable loss and cross talk characteristics The circuit contains 8 SPST switches and is serially programmed Several switches may be programmed in series 128 switches are required to multi plex 192 elements to 128 channels and to achieve sufficient fast programming time itis necessary to program the switches with 8 parallel data lines The boards also contain the tuning components for the elements and to reduce th
99. TO FEC BOARD TO INT I O BOARD punosen n 39 amp V0 Ads wesbeig pueog Aey 81 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S ueis S v z TX 128 Block Diagram Rev 02 HVI amp 2 VDRIVER 410V HV1P P3 E16 HV2P P3 E18 T e HV2N P3 E22 HV1N P3 E24 P3 E35 P2 A25 8 TO RLY VIA XDBUS m PA P5 E PULSE GEN 128 128 CH TRANSMITTERS Bo P2 FEB US P2 REV TX POWER DC POWER FEC FEC Rev 02 punosen n 19 amp ZO Ady ez L X L 81 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S ueis S S cg FROM RLY VIA XDBUS XDI 1268 AAXDI 6 RX128 RX64 Block Diagram Rev 03 TSIG FEC P2 D35 128 64 128 64 PREAMP VC AMP A 11 P1 P3 RXI 128 64 BF1 P2 B37 ATGCVP P2 D37 FO ATGCVP ATGCVN GAIN VC AMP 10V 10V 30 dB 10V 10V 30 dB FEC Rev 03 punosen n 19 amp ed wesbeiq xolg p9xu 821 81 050160 ENUEN 399S 15 9 cg FEC IV DP STBY IV DP STBY IV DP STBY Probe Controller Block Diagram rev 02 AAXDI 8 HVI amp 2 POWER P5 B35 1 P5 B31 HV1P P3 E16 FEC P4 B17 HV2P P3 E18 P4 B13 HV2N P3 E22 P4 B9 HV1N P3 E24 P2 A25 P5 B27 1 fx TRANSMIT
100. Temp Temperature A8 4 Terminal Data terminal used for communi cating via a RS232 serial line K02 1 TGC Time Gain Compensation A2 25 A2 29 A05 3 Time gain compensation A3 6 Time Gain Compensation used in the receiver to compensate for the fact that reflections from larger depths are attenuated more than reflections from shallower depths A1 4 TPG Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC A2 22 Transmit Pulse Generator chip 2 52 Transducer A device made of piezoelectric material that will vibrate at its res onance frequency when a voltage is applied to it emitting a wave A1 3 TX Transmit A2 40 TX Board Transmitter board with 64 or 128 transmitters for phased and lin ear array probes A2 48 Transmitter Board with transmitter circuits for phased and linear ar ray probes A2 60 TX128 Transmitter board with 128 chan nels A2 20 TXD Transmit data A4 17 V VCA Voltage Controlled Amplifier A2 52 VCR Video Cassette Recorder A4 3 VME A bus standard K02 1 K05 2 mmmriVE Service Manual FA091050 rev I P 3 Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature GE Vingmed Ultrasound K12 1 X Xducer Bus Board Transducer VME 64 bus XDBUS Bus Board A2 59 A data bus following the VME Transducer Bus A2 29 Xmit standard A4 20 Transducer Bus Board A2 59 The actual transmit pulse A3 5 P 4 Service Manual FA091050 rev ServiceMan FA091050 I Serv m I I
101. Wind the cable 5 6 times trough a ferrite ring 038 0028 e When installed in LAN network Use the VMS ethernet noise filter cable p n FA200460 between the system connector and the AUI adapter box 20 1 3 External Noise Radiated Into the Probe Tip If none of the above ferrite fixes helps the noise could be radiated Depending on the frequency and the field strength radiated noise may be picked up by the probe The best way to avoid this is to have a properly shielded cable and probe house and to have good connection to ground via the system connector It is very important that the metal plate in front of the RLY board is properly screwed into the frame All screws around the PA connectors as well as the AA connectors must be in place 20 1 4 Green Noise Straight Down in CF In the V1 2 SW noise is mapped to more green than previously This makes coher ent noise straight down with FPA probes more visible e RX128 test signal fix See V1 2 upgrade Reduces straight down noise 2 5 probe KK100001 rev A 1A on label These probes are poorly shield ed and easily pick up noise Rev B are much better 6 7 dB with respect to noise immunity 20 1 5 Green Random Dots in CF or White Dots in 2D Random color dots within the color ROI are in 9596 caused by bad Focusor chips on the BF boards This is usually a heat related problem that s been improved by put System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K13 1
102. amp sw 1 7 8 Sep 1999 F 8 Updated documents per sw 1 8 release BT 99 18 Oct 1999 G 9 Included info for sw 1 7 1 23 Dec 1999 H 10 Included info for sw 1 9 1 Oct 2000 11 Updated documents per sw 1 9 x release Intro 40 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Your Notes System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Intro 41 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Intro 42 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files A0 01 Innh Ot ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto BZETIFIVE Theory of Operation Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the mmmriVE Service manual gives you the the oretical background to understand how the instrument works The table below gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Section System Overview A1 The Front End Modules A2 The Mid Processor Modules A3 The Display and Control System A4 The Front Panel A5 The modules A6 The Peripheral Modules A7 The Power Modules A8 Theory of Operation GE Vingmed Ultrasound Notes A 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv 1 00 Innh 04 fm Man S ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User
103. change directory to usr from any directory change to previous dir from working directory ls list files directories on working directory e il list files directories on working directory long file1 file1 bac e g copy file1 to file1 bac Start up of Board Test Program e the system on Depending on if the system boots or not follow the instructions below the in structions are made for systems with harddisk SW V1 2 If the GRAPH Board Doesn t Boot In cases where the GRAPH board doesn t boot no start up screen the test soft ware will be automatically started and the menu shown in 9 6 The Board Test Menu on page K09 2 will be shown on the terminal System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 9 5 2 9 5 2 1 9 5 2 2 9 5 3 9 6 K09 2 If you wish to start the test software instead of normal booting There are two ways to do this Hold down the t key preferred way Hold down the character t on the System 5 keyboard while the system is booting You must hold the t down for 40 seconds until VINGMED SOUND SYSTEM FIVE is turned off in the keyboard display You will then automatically start the test software The menu shown in 9 6 The Board Test Menu on page K09 2 will be shown on the terminal Hold down the Shift key Hold down the Shift key on the System FiVe keyboard while
104. depth The size of the sampled blood flow is called the sample volume Only veloc ities from this depth is later displayed Conventional PW Doppler is limited to measuring velocities below the half the Nyquist limit or below the Nyquist limit if so called spectral unwrapping is used baseline moved up down Velocities above the Nyquist limit will be aliased i e be wrapped around as opposite velocities Burst Length Sample Volume Pulse Receive Gate la Depth 4 Pulse Repetition Time Fig 5 3 Pulsed Wave Doppler In high PRF PW Doppler the pulse repetition rate can be much higher than in con ventional PW However in this mode there are multiple sample volumes located along the ultrasonic beam This off course causes range ambiguity since it is impos sible to interpret from which sample volume the backscattered Doppler shifts origi nate System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 5 2 3 5 2 4 The PW Doppler technique in System 5 is two dimensional where the sample vol ume is divided into maximum 64 discrete ranges For each transmit pulse along the horizontal axis these 64 ranges can be stored along the vertical axis thus building up a matrix In order to incorporate the effect of the scatter displacement from one pulse to the other the backscattered signals for DFT estimation are picked from dif ferent delays ranges from pulse to pulse
105. ervice S5 Servicel Printed Macintosh HD User James i arb Si cember 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Temperature Sense Board Replacement Procedure rev 01 Temperature Sense Board Replacement Procedure 33 Introduction 33 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the Temperature Sense board controlling the fan speed it has nothing to do with the TE probe temperature reading 33 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of document 34 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 1 35 Description The Tempsense board is located above the CPU and MEMORY boards mounted up underneath the peripheral plate 1 Unscrew the two screws holding the right side panel and remove it 2 Disconnect the cable plugging into the Tempsense board Unscrew the two screws holding the board to the peripheral plate To get to the inner screw you might have to pull out the CPU and the MEMORY boards which are screwed in place 4 Replace the Tempsense board and attach in the opposite sequence System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 23 Temperature Sense Board Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes L1 24 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files M 01 Innh ervice S5 ServiceMan S5 sh HD User James i arb S Macinto Printed December 5 2000
106. focal zones from differ ent vectors into one vector by weighting the zone transitions and does only apply to phased linear array probes where multiple vectors can be collected in the same di rection For M Mode peak detection and edge enhancement is implemented Finally an offset can be added to the signal and clipping is performed The tissue data is then tagged and sent on to the Image Port board Color Flow Processing No Color Flow processing is performed here except for the RF demodulation previ ously mentioned The data used for Color Flow is tagged with the appropriate head ers and tails and routed through an output multiplexer to the 2D Flow Processor board Doppler Processing In addition to RF demodulation a variable digital high pass filter is implemented on the RFT board The purpose of this filter is to remove strong low frequency signals returning from wall motion valves and leaflets The filtering is performed by the local DSP Data is then tagged and sent to the Spectrum Doppler Processor board Control The RFT board has a local Digital Signal Processor DSP with an external EPROM The DSP performs multiple control tasks e it handles communication with the System CPU over the VME bus e t updates filter coefficients and other parameters the data path e When output events from the Front End Controller is received it sets up the pipelink output control for data tagging and transfer e During transfer
107. gt To 5 Relay lt gt y Boar 2 IB STEPCTRL IO PROM SCP2 PAMPTE TGC o hut ROT APAPT S 8 TV ROT LOCAL uP 6809 FRONT PANEL INTE SWITCH DECODER T B amp TOGG DECODER SWITCH MATRIX DECODER ROTARY DECODER DECODER DISPLAY DRIVER VIA VME INTERFACE IMAGE BUFFER 32 MBYTE RING BUFFERS MEMORY INTERNAL I O AC POWER INTERFACE ROTARY KNOBS Mm EB ON OFF AC POWER CONTROLLER SWITCHES SWITCH TGC DC ON OFF TRACKBALL e TOGGLE TEMP SENSOR COMPRESSION REJECT FIFO AC EN OUTLETS KN 12 Traces VME INTERFACE RECURSIVE FILTERING CFM ENCODING VME BUS SCAN CONVERTER COLOR ENCODER PIXEL MUX AND ARBITER X Y gt R TH PIXEL ADDRESS Integrating DSP 9 rotation 3 position RS232 INT2 nung 0000 nu DSP PIXEL BUS VIDEO BUFFERS a7 REMOTE CONTROL B W VIDEO OUT REM CTRL n REM CTRL n VIDEO OUT SVHS OUT PAL NTSC RGBS OUT v PRINTER o000 oo oo oo oo La KEYBOARD I O amp PERIPHERALS B
108. is to capture signal processed data from the instrument or a VCR and route this data to the appropriate locations in the on board Image Memory The generated data sets are organized as ring buffers in the Image Memory The data sets will either be picked up by the Scan Converter for real time imaging or by software for replay or history processing Revision History Rev Date Sign Description 01 10 Sep 1999 TS LHS First version of document Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature on page P 1 References Image Port on page A4 53 e Board Revision History starting page H4 1 Inputs PipeLink input The PipeLink data entities are called Frame Packet and Tuple At the Image Port the Packet will be collapsed The data entities at the Image Port will hence be refer enced Frame and Vector The Vector size will be between 64 Bytes and 8 KBytes depending on the data type Video input Video or S VHS is received from the VCR via the Internal I O board Board Description Scanner Dataflow e scanner data input format is the PipeLink format e Demultiplexing and mapping of scanner dataflow be done in up to eight data set ring buffers in the onboard Image Memory System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Image Port 2 Board rev 01 e peak data rate is
109. must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground If an extension cord is used with the system make sure that the total current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards Dangerous Procedure Warnings Warnings such as the example below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed WARNING Dangerous voltages capable of causing death are present in this equipment Use extreme caution when handling testing and adjusting Explosion Warning Do not operate the equipment in an explosive atmosphere Operation of any electri cal equipment in such an environment constitutes a definite safety hazard Electrostatic Discharge Warning Do not touch any boards with integrated circuits prior to taking the necessary ESD precautions 1 Always connect yourself via an arm wrist strap to the advised ESD connec tion point located on the card rack 2 Follow general guidelines for handling of electrostatic sensitive equipment System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Intro 5 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 1 6 Do not substitute parts or modify equipment Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards do not install s
110. probe PATEMPIN PA Temperature Sense NTC PA TEE 0 70 1 17Vpc probe AAPOSP Position for AA probes AA probe 13 Vpp AAPOSN Position for AA probes AA probe 0V RF_INP RF data input Motor pod 0 1 Vims Descriptions Annular Array and Doppler Transmitter In order to support Annular Array and Stand Alone Doppler probes 8 transmitters for a maximum of 6 annular channels and 2 Doppler channels are implemented Note that the TXboard can also be used as Doppler transmitters The receivers are located on the RXboard as for the Phased and Linear Array probes When an An nular Array probe is running the XDCTRL board see section 24 4 outputs Tissue and Flow Line Request signals which are fed to the FEC board These signals are used to generate transmit trigger pulses TX TR L or TTR L which are fed to a Transmit Pulse Generator TPG ASIC on the PRC board This is a device which can output up to 16 different differential transmit pulses at TTL level The FEC board pro grams the TPG with the proper pulse width frequency and delay between chan nels 8 of the TPG output channels are used on the PRC board and they are fed to 4 so called dual transmitter modules DTXM U61 U64 supplied with two high volt ages HV1 and HV2 which are selected depending on type of mode PW or CW A 10V VDRIVER voltage feeds the MOSFET drivers on the DTXMs During reception the MOSFET outputs are clamped to ground to reduce ringing All outputs are low
111. system verifying RLY TX128 RX and BF the following test procedure can be used 1 Puta little gel on the probe face and slide the back of a scalpel or another object with a sharp edge across the elements starting from element 1 the LED side EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K04 5 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound K04 6 2 As the scalpel is moved watch the intensity of the echo in the 2D image At each end the intensity will gradually drop Bad elements or channels will cause a drop in the intensity The problem might be the probe or a bad channel on one of the boards mentioned above In order to distinguish between the probe and the system try another probe If you don t have another probe of the same type you can use a different type together with the channel mapping drawings shown in section 4 8 The map shows the routing from an element to a channel and then to the BF board used Thus you should be able to tell if it is the probe the RLY TX128 RX boards or the BF boards that are the problem If one of the BF boards has a failure you can even determine which of the BF boards are bad EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 4 8 Element to Channel Mapping This section shows the mapping between probe element numbers and system chan nel numbers for the different types of probes This informatio
112. 1 rev 06 Harddisk hd0 Block Schematic S5 Harddisk sw v 1 5 x v 1 6 v 1 7 amp 1 7 1 rev 06 VMS vxWorks ete vxWorks sym copydisk script Script Operating scripts cpdisk batch files System for initialization init c config video std video par boottime vermod txt hwc HW Config files Directories splash map start up screen with X fonts and startup screen Files for GRAPH and FP led map fpan ram hex dmem o key map userdef bin tmp postproe superv multitanz present acquis test uv xmodmap userdefined Application Clipboard Several Direc annot macxfer clip gui measure repgen pb udtp Local patient Archive pb echo data defaults Program temporary tories with superv Ed of Post Process update stored images ng Functions FECPROM ing Functions etc Resource Files for the superv Program language files 2 Directories with files for test of GRAPH bd SCONV bd IMPORT bd bin etc keyboard language defi nition files Test Software Span and default brdt m for Users View controls Probe defaults probes etc cfp rft sdp fe pat io test Resource files for all probes dc offset files Directories local appl software Directories local appl software Directorie local appl software S Directories local appl software appl vme fec
113. 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 Page Mains Cable G1 4 General G1 4 a DED ee su MI AC IN UD G1 4 Installation amp G1 5 System FiVe Shipments G1 5 Preventive User Maintenance G1 5 Recommended Liquid Chemical Germicides G1 5 Introduction socio eee Lea H1 1 Purpose uos ane Palins E pese ex C be ERR Ge W VAN KEK H1 1 Document H1 1 System lt H1 2 Software Revision H1 2 PISTON Z ya pe CR LISSE a EIC H1 2 Introduction soci ERE W a AR ook ERR E Se EE H2 1 Elite Performance and Premium Systems H2 2 REM Systems o Ge a R W k E Erin e E H2 7 Membership Systems H2 10 Advantage H2 14 Compatibility H2 18 Special notes from the compatibility list H2 18 RX BF FEC MBD H2 19 Hardware H3 1 Probe Suppo
114. 13 High Voltage Control 33 13 1HV Programming The High Voltage Supply HVS Special Adapter SPA chip is an independent cus tomized parallel to serial converter used to set the output voltage for the two outputs of the HV Supply The HVS adapter will load 16 bits HVS SDA 15 0 over a serial line to the HV supply using a shift clock a data line and 4 select bits 5 SEN 2 1 HVS LD 2 1 addressing either HV Supply 1 or 2 for an update The FEC uses a TPC1225 FPGA to implement this function 33 13 2HV Readback The FEC employs a Maxim MAX158 or Analog Devices AD7828 eight channel ADC to convert eight separate analog signals from the HV Supply module to an 8 bit unsigned representation of the input voltage The eight analog signals represents the output voltage and current drain for both the positive and negative side of the two separate high voltage outputs from the HV Supply module The output power is cal culated and if exceeding a certain limit FEC will disable the HV Supply by enabling a HVDIS L signal 34 Control 34 1 VME Interface The FEC board is controlled by the CPU board over the VME bus The CPU com municates with a DSP on the FEC board 34 2 DSP The FEC board contains a TMS320C31 40 digital signal processor which is used for control purposes When clocked at 40 MHz this device executes instructions using a 5 stage pipeline with a cycle time of 50 ns corresponding to 20 MIPS The TMS320C31 generates tw
115. 2 POWER RSe3P GR P ETHERNET CEXT 5 1 1 5 78 1 C 9 6 C 6 9 D C 15 9 PLIWER RS2d2 UCPU 1 ETHERNET 5 1 5 9 6 6 9 POWER RS238 CPU 2 R WAVE OJT 50 26 5Y Vnl2V15V SCSI 4 8 dou de NNUS 2 1 2 1 DAE 15 SVHS OUT SV4S IN OUT SVHS N STEP ETRL O O O VIDEO OUT OLT INB W VITEO 007 O O O SYNC CUT R OUT G OUT B OUT O O O O 0O 6 REMCTRL REM CTRL REMCT 2L REMC RL RZMILTRL OO OO OO L replay L auno L VER aunir FHDTSW System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 13 Signals 05 5 1 Parallel connector Type of connector 25 pin DSUB female GE Vingmed Ultrasound Use Image and text printing on parallel printers Data transfer to post prosessing unit e g MAC Pin num Signal In out Level ber 1 Strobe output TTL 2 DO in out TTL 3 D1 in out TTL 4 D2 in out TTL 5 D3 in out TTL 6 D4 in out TTL 7 D5 in out TTL 8 D6 in out TTL 9 D7 in out TTL 10 ACK input TTL 11 BUSY input TTL 12 PE input TTL 13 SLCT output TTL 14 AUTOFEED output TTL 15 ERROR input TTL 16 INIT output TTL 17 SELECTIN output TTL 18 25 GND Table 2 Parallel interface Centronics 5 2 Patient I O connector cable no 7 Type of connector 37 pin DSUB female Use Cable connected to Patient I O module Serial and parallel interface si
116. 2 Document L 3 2 0 Tool requirements L 3 3 0 Descilptlohr occur e wal i Waw KRA ayak A L 3 DC Power Re 4 0 introduction uon Ere tees SE te L 5 placement Proce 4 1 Abstractas Li her kK ED ed SD edis L 5 dure rev 01 4 2 Document L 5 5 0 Tool requirements L 5 6 0 Description L 5 External Re 7 0 Introduction coiere fee pelota i gen or etel aga ka L 7 placement Proce 7 1 Abstract ex eB Ru L 7 dure rev 01 7 2 Document L 7 8 0 Tool requirements L 7 9 0 Description L 7 Fan Replacement 10 0 Introduction x52 9 3 59 Si wh Ken 1 9 Procedure rev 01 10 1 ABSITAC eem ewer merken SET da L 9 10 2 Document L 9 11 0 Tool requirements L 9 12 0 Description e Ree ate lala a et L 9 Front Panel As 13 0 Introductio ed ee the aa 1 11 sembly Replace 13 1 ASIC ED se Dios ec de Se bts L 11 ment 13 2 Document L 11 Procedure 01 44
117. 20x1 MBytes s or 20x2 MBytes s in bursts of 32 2048 Bytes 7 2 Video Dataflow Video input is supported in these formats SVHS PAL SVHS NTSC PAL NTSC e Physically there is one S VHS and one composite video input from VCR and one SVHS input from the Graphic Board e The VCR data is mapped separated into one Y luminance ring buffer and one UV chroma ring buffer in the Image Memory e tis possible to map only the luminance component to the Image Memory e It is possible to lower the input dataflow rate by selecting a Region Of Interest and or by lowering the spatial resolution within the selected region and or by decimation in time 7 3 Mixed Scanner Video Input Dataflow e tis possible to run the input dataflow from Scanner and Video simultaneously 7 4 Data Set Ring Buffers The Image Port 2 supports DMA to up to a total of 8 ring buffers simultaneously 7 5 Video Input VCR CHROMA 14 75 12 28 MHz Y FP Graphic Board CHROMA Luma 1475 1228 MHz A UV Chroma Decoder VCR VHS A D Graphic Board CHROMA SAA7191 E Clock Gen SAA7197 Fig 7 1 Video input quantization and decoding Fig 3 1 shows the Video input dataflow There are physically one VHS and one S VHS input for VCR and one S VHS input from the Graphic Board The digital video multi standard decoder generates the decoded luminance a
118. 3 25 MHz APAT 4 Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A el TN100119 2 14 5 0 MHz APAT 4 Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A el TT100101 16 7 5 MHz APAT 4 Pe P M A Pe P M A el APATE Probes TN100047 E 26 5 MHz adult TEE Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A not US not US not US TN100053 30 5 MHz adult Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A MTEE TN100065 22 7 5 2 ped Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A MPTE Doppler Probes TE100024 8 9 2 MHz Pedof Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A probe KE100001 gt 10 11 2 MHz Trans Cra Pe P M nial probe PW not US not US not US TQ100001 17 28 6 MHz Pencil Pe P M A probe Explanation of probe support table green means that the probe is supported on the Premium 256 channel systems Po N uama aska means that the probe is supported on the Performance 256 channel systems n dan a Ren means that the probe is supported on the Membership 128 channel systems LN means that the probe is supported on the Advantage 128 channel systems APA uu 2 aa als probes and APA TE probes are optional and support will depend on software type aa or not US itt roe tte United States support i e FDA approval NO tetti means no support E2 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files F1 00 Innh 05 Man S 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto
119. 366 8 mm 2223 ooo Oooo III arees Component Side unn EHE BEH Gam unn EHE SHE 38E 38A System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 71 Board Formats rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 27 BF1 4 FEC and RFT Boards with 185 pin connectors 2 5 mm pin spacing P1 P2 and P3 are for moth erboard connections Board size W x H 280 x 366 8 mm Component Side un niin ooo oo 38E 38A A1 72 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Board Formats rev 02 28 SDP 2DF IMPORT IP2 SCONV and GRAPHIC Boards with 96 pin Euro connectors 2 54 mm spacing P1 P2 and P3 are all for motherboard connections Board size W x H 280 x 366 8 mm 1A Component Side 32C 32A System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 73 Board Formats rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 29 CPU and IMMEM Standard double Europe size boards with 96 pin Euro connectors 2 54 mm spacing P1 and P2 are both for motherboard connections Board size W x H 160 x 233 mm IA iy Component Side 32C 32A A1 74 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Board Formats rev 02 30 INTI O Board with 96 pin Euro connectors 2 54 m
120. 5 2000 e S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servict GE Vingmed Ultrasound AC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 AC Power Replacement Procedure 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the AC Power Supply assembly 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of document 2 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 Flat screwdriver any size 3 Description The AC Power supply is located in the back of the system on the right side viewed from the rear In order to replace it the lower rear cover must be removed 1 2 9o b Ow Sen Disconnect the mains connector from the wall outlet From the back of the system unscrew the 4 screws holding the lower side panels and the lower rear panel Also unscrew the 4 screws holding the upper side panels and the upper rear cover Re move all covers Pull both lower side panels slightly out sidewards It s not necessary to fully remove them Unscrew the 3 screws holding the bottom part of the rear cover Disconnect all cables from the External I O panel Pull the rear cover straight out Unscrew the one screw on the bottom of the AC power and remove the AC power cov er by lifting the cover out and up EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 3 AC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 11 4 9 1
121. 80 LA probes X x RLY avcc avee avdd x TX128 vdd avee vdd X TX128 2 RX128 avcc avee x x RX64 PRC vdd vee vdd1 veel x BF1 4 vdd avcc avee FEC vdd avcc avee avdd avss j PATIO vdd RFT vdd avee i SDP vdd avee vdd avee 1 IM PORT avee IP2 i GRAPH vdd avee x x j SCONV vdd avee vdd CPU vdd X x INT I O vdd avcc avee vddi vee1 avdd1 aveet EXT I O vdd vddi veel avdd1 aveet FP vdd avdd avss Harddisk x x TX Supply avcc avee avccl aveel x x MBD vdd AC Ctrl The board has a local power supply with 5V and 12V System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K15 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K15 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv filesK16 FE Calibr 12 Man S ice S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 23 23 1 23 2 23 3 23 4 FE Calibration Procedure Introduction Each A D converter on the BF boards has an offset error i e gives an output code different from 00 Hex with an input voltage of OV This offset error may cause arti facts in some modes of operation 2D and due to inaccuracy in the demodula tion process In order to deal with this problem the software V1 2 has support for cancelling of these offset errors This is done by first reading the off
122. 8074 Changed PCB to accept 300mill wide SRAM s 400mill becomes obsolete FA200540 FA302540 8379 Changed FCT574 to ABT574 to normal ize vs FA574 same board but not fully populated FA200540 FA302540 8509 Change all MACHxx0 to MACHxx1 due to cost reduction Make Logic Devices components as an second source for Harris FA200540 FA302540 8869 Noise in CW and M mode on some boards Caused by use of Lattice instead of Vantis PAL Fixed by new termination on iq buffer Hang of system on some boards caused by limitations in the synchronous fifo design fixed by change of ctlpld3 V2 1 gt V2 2 ctlpld4 V2 1 gt V2 2 FA200540 FA302540 9005 New PCB BM changes FA200540 FA302540 9201 MOD introduced in order to avoid prob lems caused by fpga s switching to test state Termination of boundary scan test signals on U470 U475 U480 U485 U772 FA200540 FA302540 9508 New PCB MOD removed included in PCB New version of DCD 10 11 FA20054 FA302540 9509 New PCB rev E MOD removed included in PCB 27 RFT1 NO MLA 200574 MCD PCB PCB en RE ription P N Rev ravi P N Rev C N Change descriptio FA200574 E A FA302540 B 7999 Release of new board with 1 MLAs only For 128 ch systems only Requires SW V1 3 or higher Func rev E selected for compati bility with all RFT boards FA20057
123. A A RD5919 Doc Release FA200034 A B ED7906 Mechanical fastening change FA200034 A C ED7921 Decreased 5Vd current from 150 to 120A FA200034 A D ED7996 New 5Vd module incl PFC 100A FA200034 A E ED9155 Improved 12V regulation 2 Power Supply 200231 P N Rev MCD C N Change Description Rev FA20023 A 7636 Doc release FA20023 8191 Index 1 115V Index 2 100V A OV Added Fan Kit P N FA200706 FA20023 9139 Changed AC mains cable FA20023 9196 Changed VCR lable to FB314164 3 Power Supply Complete with Box 220 VAC System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H5 1 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound FA200040 P N Rev MCD C N Change Description Rev FA200040 A A 5910 Doc release FA200040 A B 6260 Labels included FA200040 A 7219 Moved label FA314390 and fuse to FA200107 FA200040 B D 7734 New current limiter 200558 FA200040 B E 7847 Mod of FA307040 Incl mech dwg FA200040 B F 7905 Changed mech dwg FA307120 and FA307412 FA200040 B G 8257 Corrected measurements FA200040 B H 8623 Changed mech drwg FA307040 FA200040 B 8730 Introduced 4 slots for power cable lock FA200040 B J 9197 Changed VCR lable to FB314166 4 HV Power Supply Board FA200063 P N Rev MCD C N Change Description Rev FA200063 A A 6200 Doc
124. Array Front End The annular array probes consist of maximum 5 elements which can fire transmit pulses independently forming an ultrasound beam Depending on type of mode the beam is steered in desired direction with the use of a linear motor controlling a me chanically movable transducer e Motor Controller and a power amplifier for the APAT probes is lo cated on the PRC board A scan sequence is started by the system CPU telling the XDCTRL to start a sweep Communication between the CPU and the XDCTRL is done over two serial lines TXD1 and RXD1 A motor signal is applied to the motor coil in the probe and a position signal is fed back to a position sensor thus forming a regulator loop When the element is in the desired position the XDCTRL issues a tissue line request signal TLREQ_L indicating that now it is time to fire the transmit ter This signal is fed to the FEC board which immediately after synchroniza tion fires the transmit trigger TXTRIG 1 e This transmit trigger pulse is fed to the PRC board it initiates a transmit se quence in a Transmit Pulse Generator pre loaded with delay frequency and pulse width parameters The same parameters are used throughout a scan i e one frame The outputs 5 transmit pulses which are routed to 5 transmit ters fed with high voltage HV1 and HV2 For Stand Alone Doppler probes channels 7 and 8 are used e transmit pulses are routed to the
125. B2 5 S 55 EchoPAC Transfer Kit A7 6 S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit Wireing Diagram C1 6 Sampling in Pulsed Wave A1 34 in Region of Interest A1 39 Scan Conversion A1 42 Scan Converter A1 53 A4 12 Block Diagram B2 16 Scan Sequencing A1 17 Scatterer A1 4 SCONV H2 4 H2 8 H2 11 H2 16 H4 13 Board Formats A1 73 SDP H2 4 H2 8 H2 11 H2 15 H4 11 Board Formats A1 73 Spectrum Doppler Processor Board A1 50 Service Manual Overview Intro 7 Revision Status Intro 40 R 8 Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Index Service Tools Required G1 3 Shipments G1 5 Side lobe A1 4 Software Overview N 1 Software Revision History H1 2 Software Upgrade Procedure N 5 Copying from masterdisk onto a brand new disk N 6 disk with old software N 5 Space Domain Processors A1 54 Spare Parts O 1 O1 3 Specific 2D problems K03 17 Specific Color Flow problems K03 19 Specific Doppler problems K03 20 Speckle A1 4 Spectrum Analysis A1 50 Analyzer A1 36 Doppler Processing A1 31 Spectrum Doppler Processor Block Diagram B2 1 1 Description A3 9 Spectrum Doppler Processor Board A1 50 Spectrum Doppler Processor Board SDP A1 50 Spilling liquids G1 5 Standards used Intro 6 Start up problems K03 2 AC power related K03 3 DC power related K03 4 System doesn t boot Possible board problem K03 6 Possible harddisk problem K03 5 Steering the Beam A1 9 A1 14 Supported Features Intro 12 Switching Linear Arrays A1 16 Sys
126. Block Diagram rev 02 on page B2 22 2 Inputs The input voltages to the module are 12VAC 115VAC and 230VAC Signal Description Source Level TEMPIN Temp sensor input Temp Sense board Analog HITEMPIN High temperature warning Temp Sense board Digital ONOFSW_L ON OFF Standby control Remote switch Digital TTL 3 General Description 3 1 AC CONTROLLER 3 1 Power Control and Distribution The AC CONTROLLER module is used for power control and distribution of 115 and 230V mains voltages The internal logic controls the relays according to the input signal from the remote switch and the VME master 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound AC Controller rev 02 The 115 and 230 V are used as system power to the DC power Card Rack the monitor and peripherals 3 1 2 Airflow Control The AC CONTROLLER module also includes a thermal fan speed regulation for op timal air flow through the card rack The 12V input is used for the fans The fan regulation is based on linear regulation continuously regulating the fan RPM from 4096 at 159C to 10096 at 609C air temperature measured on top of the card rack 3 1 3 High Temperature Warnings and System Shut Down An alarm output signal will go active under certain conditions Temperature above 60 Temp sensor malfunctions short circuit The AC CONTROLLER module does also include a high temperature warni
127. Change the boot device from scsi 1 0 to scsi 0 0 Press return 3 times until you come to file name Change the file name from hd1 vx040 st to hd0 vx040 st Press return a few times until you come to VxWorks boot Turn the system off and on and let it boot until it is up and scanning in 2D It has now booted from the new disk 40 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 7 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 This document describes how to upgrade System FiVe s system software using an FTP procedure Section 1 0 Effectivity This prosedure may be used for updating all GE Vingmed System FiVe Ultra sound units Section 2 0 Purpose This System FiVe Software Upgrade s sole purpose is for the installation of v 1 8 software Section 3 0 Pre requisite The system software must be on v 1 7 level Section 4 0 Related FMI s None Section 5 0 Furnished Materials BT 99 System FiVe Software Upgrade kit GEVU P N FB200081 consists of the following ITEM GEVU DESCRIPTION QTY NOTE PART NO 1 FB200084 v1 8 CD System SW 1 2 512G4100 64 MB RAM 1 Piggyback 3 040050 Release Notes 1 4 FB094038 BT 99 Upgrade Manual 1 This manual Table 1 Furnished Materials N 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Section 6 0 Introduction
128. D E E E E E E E E E F E F E F E F E G E G E G E G E H E I HZETHIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 3 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Elite Performance and Premium Systems 256 channels Notes SW v 1 7 SWv 1 74 sw v SW v 1 9 se oard P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec nos id U u 99 Nov 00 415 RFP FA200039 A A A A A A A A 6 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C RFP FA200555 A A A A A A A A 6 A B A B A B A B SDP FA200026 A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G A G A G A G A H A I A J CFP FA200027 A C A C A C A C 4 MOD A D IMPORT FA200028 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F Image Port2 FA200572 A A A A 15 A B A B A C SCONV FA200029 B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F C G C G C G C G C H C H C H C H D I D I D I D I 11 D J D K GRAPH5 FA200030 A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G A G A G A G A H A H A H A H 12 A I A I A I A I A J A K A L A M MEMORY FA200110 A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B 4 CPU FA200109 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B 18 H2 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Elite Performanc
129. Description A1 46 Controller Board Block Diagram B2 8 Description A2 47 Description A1 46 Modules A2 1 Front End and Mid Block Schematic B1 3 Front End Controller FEC A2 47 Front Panel A5 1 A05 3 K09 21 Assembly Replacement Procedure L 11 Block Diagram B2 19 Controls A5 7 Main board A1 56 Problems K03 14 Test K04 1 Front Panel Test K11 2 Display test K11 3 Key test K11 3 LED test K11 3 Paddlestick test K11 3 Rotary knob test K11 3 TGC Slidepot test K11 3 Trackball test K11 3 Frozen images K03 17 Functional Test K11 7 Color Flow controls K11 8 Controls K11 7 Doppler Controls K11 7 MPTE Test K11 8 Fuses and circuit breakers K14 1 G Gel stains Cleaning G1 5 Geometrical focus A1 4 GRAPH H4 13 GRAPH5 2 4 H2 8 2 11 H2 16 Graphic Board Formats A1 73 Graphic uP Board A4 15 Block Diagram B2 17 Graphics Buffer A1 54 R 4 Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Index H Hard Disk Booting From New Disk N 7 Copying From Master Disk Onto a Brand New Disk N 6 Disk With Old Software N 5 Replacement Procedure L 13 Software Overview N 1 Harddisk System FiVe Block Schematic N 3 N 4 Hardware Revision Level K11 10 High Pass Filtering A1 35 Variable A1 39 High Voltage Power Supply A1 49 A8 11 Component Side M 9 Solder Side M 10 Block Diagram B2 24 High Voltage Power Supply Power Distribution A1 58 High Voltage Test K04 3 HOSPITAL GRADE power source G1 5 H
130. E F F F F F F F F G G G G G G G G l I I I I I l I l J l J l J l J l K l K l K J K I L I L L J L I M I M I M J M K N K O L P M Q M R H2 12 Baar IVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Membership systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 SW SW v 1 8 SW v 1 9 Notes Board P N Apr 99 v 1 7 1 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec See page Pr Nov 99 99 Nov 00 2 18 FP AUDIO FA200076 B B B B B B B B 12 B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D C E C E C E C E MBD FA200046 C C C C C C C C 1 4 8 IV DP FA200248 A A A A A A A A Connector A B A B A B A B Board A C A C A C A C B D B D B D B D 9 B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F VME Jumper FA200075 A A A A A A A A 15 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 13 serv 1 2 03 compat b5 17 55 ServiceMan S5 Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service Compatibility Overview rev 15 5 Advantage Systems GE Vingmed Ultrasound Advantage Systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 sw v z SWv 1 8 3W v 1 2 Notes Board P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Aua 99 1 9 x Dec See page pr i 9 99 Nov 00 H2 18 RLY FA200434 A A A A A A A A 5 8 Factory A B A B A B A B option A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D RLY 2 FA200890 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B
131. EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A4 13 Scan Converter Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 13 3 4 Tissue Flow Arbitration 13 4 14 15 15 1 A4 14 The two CFM components are fed to a look up table within the Tissue Flow Arbiter block and is given an equivalent 2D Image value This value is compared to the 2D Tissue pixel value and the greater is selected in the Pixel Multiplexer Eight choices of look up tables are available thus different arbitration levels can be se lected depending on use Pixel Port Interface The Pixel Port is a synchronous multiplexed 24 bit bus It is capable of transferring up to one scan line in a single burst Data is coming from the The 24 bit address uses 12 bit for line address and 12 bit for pixel position within a line By interfacing the bus through a FIFO the SDP can run asynchronously on the pixel level with the Pixel Port The FIFO can hold up to two scan lines Before pixel data is presented out on the Pixel Bus it is multiplexed with the pixel address Control The SCONV board is entirely controlled by the CPU board through the VME bus Outputs Pixel Bus The main output of the board is the above mentioned Pixel Port taking the digital 24 bit RGB signal to the Graphics board This bus is located on the P2 connector System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Graphic Processor 16 Introduction
132. F1 15 5 4 RS232 connectors a o cable no 3 FP serial ctrl F1 16 5 5 AC CTRL connector cable no 11 F1 16 6 0 ETHERNET connectors INT and EXT F1 17 6 1 R WAVE OUT connector F1 17 6 2 SCSI cable no 10 F1 18 6 3 SVHS OUT F1 19 6 4 SVHS 1 19 6 5 RGBS OUT connector 1 19 6 6 STEP CTRL 1 19 6 7 VIDEO OUT connectors F1 19 6 8 VIDEO 1 20 6 9 B W VIDEO OUT connector F1 20 6 10 REM CTRL F1 20 6 11 FOOTSW F1 20 6 12 REPLAY L amp R connectors cable 23 F1 20 6 13 FP AUDIO L amp R connectors cable 23 F1 20 6 14 VCR AUDIO L amp R connectors cable 23 F1 21 7 0 Rack iste erae tu dne E EE ren d F1 21 7 1 RGBS OUT connector cable 6 F1 21 8 0 External uuu ek S RR ae t Rapt ea F1 22 8 1 RS232 conin cloiS Peu lu qi F1 23 8 2 ANALOG IN 1 4 connectors F1 23 8 3 TRIG O
133. FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 7 3 7 4 Interpolation It is not very likely that a sample in the r theta format coincides with the accurate po sition of the pixel thus somehow they have to be aligned Also the value of the pixel will depend on the values of several surrounding samples not only the closest This is accounted for by bi linear interpolation where 4 neighboring samples two in r and two in theta direction are simultaneously read out of memory and weighted to cal culate the pixel value It is quite obvious that there are far to many horizontal samples stored in memory for shallow depths compared to the number there are room for in the near field of a sector shaped image Thus a lot of samples are thrown away during interpolation In the far field there are not enough horizontal samples and interpolation is used to generate pixel values based upon information from neighboring samples o e n m n o pixels Q samples Fig 7 3 Interpolation Compression and Reject All though there is a compression of the signal prior to scan conversion there is also compression and reject after the scan converter As mentioned before compression will enhance low level echoes on behalf of strong signals while reject will suppress noise Output Input Fig 7 4 Compression reject System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 43 Princi
134. FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A6 7 Internal I O Board rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 14 2 2 14 3 2 14 4 2 14 5 2 14 6 A6 8 e Video Sync and Ext Video GND Composite Video and Ext Video GND A BNC connector for composite video input is included The external video input is multiplexed with the internal video input HC Video signals The signal is prepared for driving RGBS video signals to an external monitor or print er It consists of the following lines Red line and Ext Video GND Green line and Ext Video GND Blue line and Ext Video GND e Video Sync and Ext Video GND S Video signals The signals are prepared for driving one external unit The S Video signals consist of the following lines e SVHS Luma output and Ext Video GND SVHS Chroma output and Ext Video GND SVHS Luma input and Ext Video GND e SVHS Chroma input and Ext Video GND Each output signal is buffered and capable of driving one unit The external SVH video inputs are multiplexed with the internal SVHS video inputs SCSI 2 Fast bus This will be delivered with an internal and external termination from the factory The external termination is to be mounted on the outside of the system at the rear side By simply removing this and connecting SCSI devices in a chain they will be served The termination must be connected to the last one in the chain The output lines will be according the SCSI 2
135. For use of mechanical APAT and TEE probes See Relay Board assembly drawing for physical location of pins Connector B shown Signal 1 AGNDI 2 AAVSS 3 LROTB 4 AGNDI 5 AAVDD 6 AGNDI 7 AGNDI 8 AGNDI 9 AGNDI 10 POSBN 11 AGNDI 12 AGNDI 13 AGNDI 14 AGNDI 15 AGNDI 16 AGNDI 17 to P23 18 RROTB 19 MOTBP 20 MOTBN 21 TEMOTBN 22 to P24 23 POSBP 24 25 VROTAB 26 XDAACDB 27 to P19 28 to P20 29 to P21 30 to P22 AA Element Signals P19 P24 lO 6 AA transducer channels coax to RLY bd F1 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Signals 05 AA Control and Sense Signals MOTBP O AA positive motor drive MOTBN O AA negative motor drive max 12V TEMOTBN O TE probe negative motor drive max 12V POSBP l AA positive position sense 500 kHz signal POSBN AA negative position sense ground VROTAB Scan plane 2 pos for MPTE probe B 0 10Vpc LROTB O Rotate left control for MPTE probe TTL RROTB O Rotate right control for MPTE probe TTL AAVSS O 15V for TE endoscope house XDAACDB Probe Code signal 0 12Vpc System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 11 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5_ServiceMan S5_serv_files F1_04_io_sig 05 Printed December 5 2000 Signals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 4 Internal
136. FuseType ID GEVU Description P N AC Power box 10A 15A 220V Located on mains lines going into the sys mains switch circuit 052H2010 tem Breaks all AC currents to the system breaker 110V recovery 052H0003 AC Power box Current R1 Old Located on the mains lines Prevents cur limiter 046 0140 rent surges from tripping the hospital fuses New FA200558 Inside Thermal 038D1313 In series with the mains lines Breaks all AC Isolation recovery trans currents to the system if the temp inside the Transformer fuses former transformer exceeds apprx 1059 current 1309C dependant Note Not used in systems with new current limiter p n FA200558 AC Controller 10 AT 220V F1 10A In series with the 115V 230VAC mains lines board 15AT 115V F2 046A9000 to internal distribution Note Does not break glass fuse 15A power to the STBY ON OFF switch 046A9500 AC Controller 4 AT F50 046A4000 In series with tone of the 12VAC lines to the board glass fuse local stand by power supply on the board Breaks power to the STBY ON OFF switch AC Controller Relays K1 In series with the 280VAC mains lines to board K2 internal distribution Controlled by the STBY ON OFF switch on the front of the system and by a thermal fuse on the Temp Sense board see below Temperature 729C ther TF1 046T6202 In series with the coil for relays K1 and K2 Sense board mal non on AC Ctrl board Will blow if temperature recovery fuse exceeds 72 9C In that case it
137. G D G D H H2 16 Baar IVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Advantage Systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 SW v 1 7 1 sw v g SW v 1 2 Notes Board P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Aua 99 1 9 x Dec See page i 9 99 Nov 00 2 18 HVPWR bd FA200063 A C A C A C A C box FA2001 14 A D A D A D A D A E A F AC CTRL FA200107 A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D FP MAIN FA200191 E E E E E E E E F F F F F F F F G G G G G G G G l I I I l I 1 1 l J l J l J l J l K l K l K J K J L J M K N K O L P M Q M R FP AUDIO FA200076 B B B B B B B B B C B D C E MBD FA200046 B B B B B B B B 1 C C C C C C C C 4 8 IV DP FA200248 A A A A A A A A Connector A B A B A B A B Board A C A C A C A C B D B D B D B D 9 B E B E B E B E B F VME Jumper FA200075 A A A A A A A A 15 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 17 S5 serv files H2 04 compat c 17 ecember 5 2000 6 55 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic Di te 9 P Compatibility Overview rev 15 6 6 1 1 eo wa 211 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Notes Special notes from the compatibility list TX128 and MBD In order for TX128 rev B D and onwards to work board run on analog 5V ins
138. Gain Compensation ATGC 10 30 dB is performed Gain is determined by an analog signal ATGC generated by the FEC board On the very input of the RX board are transmit receive T R switches to prevent the transmitters from destroying the receivers Prior to preamplification the sig nal from the different channels is also fed through relays This is for having the possibility to route echoes from annular array probes into the receiver in addi tion to injecting a test signal TSIG The output channels from the RX board are fed to four Beamformer boards Each Beamformer board performs A D conversion of 32 channels Then the sample outputs from four A D converters are fed to one Focusor ASIC The samples in the four channels are individually delayed to focus at a certain depth and weighted so called apodization before summed to one channel The sample outputs from four Focusors are summed to one channel in a so called Beamadder ASIC level 2 BAL2 while finally the outputs from two BAL2 s are added together with the output from the preceding Beamformer board if existing in a Beamadder ASIC level 3 BAL3 The output from Beamformer 1 sum of 32 channels is fed to Beamformer 2 where it is added to the sum of the 32 channels on Beamformer 2 This summation goes on through all four Beamformer boards until all 128 channels are summed making up one sample focused at a certain depth The next sample is then focused a little deeper and so
139. I P3 A27 DOP Q Rev 02 punose1jf pauiBulA 39 amp ZO 8J 10sse20Jg 1ejddoq u n oedS e1 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S 2D Flow Board Block Diagram rev 01 REGISTERS PIPELINK INPUT P3 INPUT FIFO RFT DISPATCHER gt N FIFO PIPELINK rem _ IP OUTPUT FIFO FIFO gt 2 CONTROL REGISTERS EST 27 FIFO ORGANIZATION MASTER DSP VME INTERFACE SERIAL DSP CONTROL P1 P2 VME BUS Rev 01 punosen n 19 LO Aes QZ 81 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S A d uleis S A OEY 6 RFT SDP PIPELINK Image Port 2 Board Block Diagram 01 INT 1 0 S VHS CHROMA INT 1 0 VHS LUMA VIDEO PipeLink Dispatcher Video AD Converter amp Decoder PipeLink Data Video Y Data FIFOs FIFOs 1960 Local Bus IMMEMDR IMD31 0 Video UV Data FIFOs IMAGE MEMOR 16 256 MBYTH RING BUFFERS PCl2Vme VME BUS Bridge 1960RP PCI primary punosen n 39 amp LO Adi xoojg peog e1 050160 ENUEN 991A48S Ueis s JAIEN vl ed RFT SDP 2DF Image Port Block Diagram rev 01 FEC CLOCKS S VHS CHROMA INT 1 0 PIPELINK VHS LUMA INT 1 0 PI
140. Inc CPU Motorola MVM167 Version 5 1 1 BSP Version 1 0 Creation date Tue May 24 Press any key to stop auto boot 3 The programmable address information stored in the boot PROM s is dis played The information in the Harddisk column is printed out on the terminal The Network setup is also listed below Description Harddisk Network LAN boot device scsi 0 0 ei processor number 0 0 host name xanadu pcnet file name hd0 vx040 st usr local netboot r0 vx040 st inet on ethernet e 193 69 49 232 ffffff00 or in new systems with GE address 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 193 69 49 232 ffffff00 inet on backplane b host inet h 193 69 49 111 gateway inet g user u s5_rack s5_rack ftp password pw flags f 0x8 0x8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K07 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Description Harddisk Network LAN target name tn winds winds startup script s etc init etc init other 0 ei K07 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 7 2 V1 7 amp V1 7 1 Booting Sequence VxWurks System Boot pri dit 1384 1333 Wind River Systems Inc CPU Motorola M M E167 Version 5 1 1 BSP version 1 0 Creation dale Tue May 24 11 24 05 MET DST 1358 a any key to stop auto
141. On the first systems 15 the signals are fed to a Coaxial Trans ceiver Interface CTI and then to a BNC This interface is designed for thinwire Ethernet only and can not be used with thickwire or twisted pair On the newer systems the ethernet signals are fed to a 15 pin D connector the At tachment Unit Interface AUI on the External I O panel This allows for connection of all types of Ethernet to the system one has to use the correct Medium Attachment Unit MAU Thus there will be a cable from the 15 pin D connector on the I O panel to a similar connector on the MAU To minimize interference from the Ethernet con nection this cable should be looped through a ferrite a few turns The Ethernet connection is made to the other end of the MAU System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A6 13 External I O board rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Fig 4 1 Ethernet connection alternatives Coax MAU Coax INT Dsub15 Workstation AUI Alt 1 n E Isolation Motherboard The application protocols and necessary isolation voltage is not yet determined 4 9 Trigger output A software defined trigger signal TTL level e g an ECG trigger is output on a BNC connector The signal is generated by the DSP on the Internal I O board 4 10 Analog inputs 4 analog signal can be input on the External I O board They are buffered and fed to a multiplexing A D converter with a serial interface wi
142. Printed December 5 2000 tosh Macint The Mid Processor Modules Overview Introduction Modules and sub systems described in this part of the manual This part of the mumriVE Service manual describes the Mid Processor modules These modules and subsystems are described in this part of the manual Module subsystem Page RF and Tissue Processor board rev 04 A3 3 Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 03 A3 9 2D Flow Board rev 01 The Mid Processor Modules GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your notes A3 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Man S5 serv files A3 02 03 fm Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound RF and Tissue Processor board rev 04 RF and Tissue Processor board 1 1 1 2 Overview Abstract This document describes the RF and Tissue Processor board RFT Several versions have been used containing support for up to three 3 parallel RF processing units an IQ buffer a Tissue pro cessing unit detection compression composite beam handling peak detection and digital filter and a Doppler High Pass filter unit digital filter The board is located between the Beam Former and the PipeLink On earlier versions of the board two of the RF processing units RFP were made as sep arate add on modules daughter module
143. S5Netlnstall and Documents Open hd0 folder The hd0 folder only contains the vx040 st file Highlight it and drag and drop it in the new 00 folder on your root directory C 3 Open S5NetInstall folder the folder contains these files See the tables below Filename Module Software Revision Poles 1 9 a tar gz 1 9 Advantage Membership Europe and Asia 1 9 p tar gz 1 9 Performance Elite amp Europe and Asia Premium 1 9 us tar gz 1 9 us Americas Table 0 2 Basic software alternatives Filename System model Module soft Poles Note ware revision svision v1 9 a tar gz Advantage Integrated Europe and For System Membership EchoPAC Asia FiVes w inte grated Echo svision v1 9 p tar gz Performance Elite amp Integrated Europe and PAC ONLY Premium EchoPAC Asia svision v1 9 us tar gz US Integrated Americas EchoPAC Table 0 3 Option files 4 It is important to install the correct software file onto the System FiVe hard disk Recorded in Section 7 0 Test and Verification Prior to Upgrade step 5 Highlight the required software files on drive D N 28 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Note Note 5 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 Remember If the system has an integrated MAC Supervision highlight the respective svision file too Drag and drop them into the new S5Netlnstall folder on root d
144. SUPPLY 1 FA200040 AC POWER SUPPLY 115V 1 FA200231 44 DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM 5 1 FA200034 45 HV POWER SUPPLY SUBASSY 1 FA200114 O1 21 FA091050 rev System FiVe REM GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 1 6 Card Cage Rack H 0 15 E d Rau 46 Figure 0 7 Card Rack sketch showing Motherboard ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 46 CARD RACK W MBD SUBASSY 1 FA200112 3 1 7 Peripheral Figure 0 8 O1 22 FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe REM 0 1 Macintosh Figure 0 9 3 2 Mich Parts Figure 0 10 47 IT Name FRU Part Number Description Notes EM 48 BOARD LOCATION LABLE 2 FA314261 49 LABEL CONNECTOR PANEL 2 FA314311 50 BRACKET FP GND RIGHT 2 FA307549 51 BRACKET FP GND LEFT 2 FA307551 52 CLAMP MONITOR CABLES 2 MN307136 53 RETAINING BAR 2 FA307441 54 RETAINING BAR GUIDEBLOCK 2 FA307442 55 CABLE PROTECTOR CLAMP 1 MN307260 56 SCREW PAN HEAD 3 6 2 080A306B 57 QWERTY KEYBOARD SUBASSY 1 FA200360 58 KIT HDD CARTRIDGE LABEL 1 FB200095 59 CABLE ECG CLIP BK RD YE 2 164L0036 60 PATIENT BOX 2 FA307127 61 PATIENT I O BOX REDEL 1 FB200143 62 INTERNAL I O BOX 2 FA307304 63 EXTERNAL I O BOX 2 FA307306 64 EXTERNA
145. System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files K18 Monitor Setup 02 Man S Printed December 5 2000 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Ser GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 25 Monitor Setup Procedures 25 1 Monitor Setup Procedure This procedure applies to the Eizo 562 and 563 model monitors 1 Pressthe select button surrounding the adjustment wheel in the front of the monitor Select Color using the wheel and the select button Set sub contrast to 10096 Then rotate the wheel until the arrow in the bottom right side is highlighted Then press the select button to save the sub contrast level at maximum In the main menu select Screen and set Contrast to maximum 5 Inthe main menu select Image and set Moire Reduction ON System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K18 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 25 2 Monitor Setup Procedure from sw 1 5 and up 25 2 1 Preface These are procedures for the EIZO Color Display Monitors to be used as part of the V1 5 x System Software upgrade 25 2 2 EIZO FlexScan T57S and TX C7 models The setup of this monitor is completely changed compared to what it was before Before the color intensity and background was adjusted using the RGB Gain and Cut off adjustments Now a color temperature of 10 000K is used This simplifies and standardises the setup and it also improves the present
146. TGC values independently of the conversion rate from a dual port RAM built into the A D convert er 3 8 QWERTY keyboard and switch decoding The overall keyboard matrix is 23 rows by 8 columns giving a maximum of 192 keys One part of the matrix is used for the QWERTY keyboard the rest is used for the other push button keys The matrix is address mapped All columns are pulled high with resistors and pushing a button causes that particular line to go low 3 9 Rotary displays board 3 9 1 Rotary decoding The rotary switches are address mapped and read in pairs They have 16 positions per revolution and each position represents a four bit gray code which can be read by the uP 3 9 2 Displays The two displays DP1 DP2 are character LCD units with built in control LSI They operate under control of the uP and displays alphanumeric characters and symbols Two control signals ENO and EN1 from the address decoder enables the displays 4 Control The front panel uP communicates serially with the system over an RS 232 port Lo cally the uP controls the front panel 5 Outputs Below is a table showing the main outputs Pin SIGNAL DESCRIPTION DEST LEVEL P8 7 ACFPSY Serial communication from front GRAPH via RS 232 panel to system INT I O 12V System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A5 5 Front Panel rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 6 FP Cable Harness Front Panel FROM INT I O FP AUD
147. This is described in more detail in the Spectrum Analyzer paragraph 5 2 5 This method of performing PW Doppler spec trum analysis makes it possible to measure velocities up to 7 times the pulse rep etition rate without aliasing Max 64 ranges Sample Volume Fig 5 4 PW Sample Volume Continuous Wave In CW mode the transducer elements are divided into one section for transmit and one section for receive An ultrasound signal is continuously transmitted into the body and the reflected signal demodulated in the receiver This mode lacks range or depth resolution one do not know the location of the different scatters but the prob lem with a limited pulse repetition rate does not exist thereby giving the ability to measure high velocities High pass filtering Before spectrum analysis the signal is high pass filtered to remove low frequency components This is done in a variable digital filter on the RF and Tissue Processor board and is also called Low Velocity Reject from a user s point of view lA eS Low velocities from heart walls rejected Velocities from blood passed Cutoff frequencies available v Fig 5 5 High Pass System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 35 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 2 5 Spectrum Analyzer A1 36 A modified Discrete Fourier Transform is used to perform the digital spectrum anal ysis As mentioned previously t
148. Tissue 7 OMP RAM 23 SD PW 8 TAG RAM 24 Processing 9 WEIGHT RAM 25 Processing all 10 LOG RAM 26 Output addr gen 11 buffer 27 VME interface 12 Q buffer 28 FEC fifo com 13 All ext RAM 29 FEC serial com 14 Boot PROM 30 LED TEST EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 9 7 4 9 7 5 9 7 6 9 7 7 15 Conf E2 PROM 31 PipeLink failure 16 FE bus interface 32 rftmon gt SDP tests gt gt 39 SDP automatic test IOP MID Exception ID 121 MDOM 0 SDOM 0 cond 0 sev 1 Error in interface to SDP Request from SDP but no active traces SDP automatic test PASSED D NOTE The above listed Exception is normal CFP board gt gt 4 4 automatic test PASSED gt gt I O Processor board gt gt 5 5 IOP automatic test PASSED D NOTE If you have older versions of the ECG board warnings will be written before the testresult is written E g IOP MID Exception ID 126 MDOM 0 SDOM 0 cond 2 sev 2 HW not recommend ed version warning The Patient IO main board is not EMC compliant IOP MID Exception ID 126 MDOM 0 SDOM 0 cond 2 sev 2 HW not recommend ed version warning The Patient IO input board is not correct version periodically flat ECG could be the result IMPORT board gt gt 6 Syste
149. Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 7 Scan Converter Board SCONV 8 Graphic Processor Board GRAPH hw Get Hw versions Sw Get Sw versions probe Get Probe Information loop Toggle LOOP flag On Off Toggle MON flag Enter test monitors when MON is ON 2 Get help text m Get this menu x q EXIT Terminate testing and leave Board Test Menu The first step in order to start a board test is to press the number followed by enter NOTE that you get no feedback keystroke printout from the terminal when pressing characters on your keyboard 9 7 Help Menu When inside the local testmenus the information in the help menu is useful Test menu options for FEC RFT SDP and IOP An automatic self test is run when you enter the test number m m to get the current main menu toggles the MON flag ON OFF When the MON flag is ON You will enter the local test monitor mon A few commands when INSIDE test monitor Im to get menu when inside test monitor t to run board test number t1 to run a complete board test help to get help menu for the local monitor 9 to leave the board test monitor menu 2 to get the help text System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 3 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Enter CH to get next page GE Vingmed Ultrasound Test menu options for IMPORT and GRAPH togeta menu displayed
150. and B at a burst bandwidth of 20 Mpixels second The bus is both writable and readable System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound System Description rev 07 The board can drive two independent monitors one high resolution main screen and one video monitor or VCR the screen formats can range from 640 480 to 1024 1024 pixels Data from the pixel port is demultiplexed and fed to four banks of video RAMs providing a 24 bit underlay for imaging From the VME interface two separate overlays are provided One overlay is for the windowing system and the other is for video The Graphics board supports a window system server Both PAL NTSC and S VHS outputs are provided for VCRs and printers The board records tape status from the VCR to ease searching for specific record ings 12 5 System Control The System CPU board supports the VME controller function and provides the soft ware resources for computation and real time control It has provisions for different interfaces like SCSI to hard disk floppy disc and optical disc RS232 to VCR and XDCTRL ethernet and parallel interface to laser printer 13 Keyboard and Peripherals Miscellaneous functions are located in the last system block The Internal I O board and External I O board are the interfaces between the card cage and the rest of the system including the Front Panel and the Peripherals 13 1 Internal I O and Peripheral Control The
151. and Tissue Processor board rev 04 The input data to MLA1 or MLA2 can be selected to occur at an alternative set of input pins in case of a 128 element probe used as two 64 element probes in parallel with one Beam Former 2 FEbus interface Real time information input port Prior to data received from an Xmit a set of information is transferred from the FEC to the RFT specifying how to handle the input data stream and how to control the output data stream 3 Descriptions Full band RF MLA handler and Hilbert processing transform unit E be RF MLA 1 processing 2 unit 1 Ke RF MLA 2 processing MLA 1 or MLA 2 can receive its input unit 2 data from an alternative input port MLA 3 Tissue Tissue Data processing unit IQ IQ amp Colour flow Data xn buffer 5 PipeLink PS Spectrum spectrum Data E filter unit Control of all units FE Bus IB PipeLink Control control data unit VME Bus 4 Fig 3 1 block diagram Below the different blocks of the block diagram described in some detail 3 1 Full band handler and Hilbert transform The data transfer from the Beam Former is made synchronously To make this interface robust a set of input registers are used For test purposes the DSP can start a test pattern generator that gener ates a known test input pattern instea
152. as far as possible from the trans ducer throughout the field of view it is necessary to reduce the aperture when focus ing at shallow depths to widen the beam on purpose and gradually increase it when focusing deeper to narrow the beam thus achieving a beam with constant width This is called expanding aperture and causes the beam width to be fairly constant It is achieved by controlling the number of active elements participating in receive The purpose of keeping the beam width the same is to obtain a uniformly focused image and to reduce side lobes in the near field Focal Point End of field of view Fig 2 14 Beam Width Variable Aperture 2 4 6 Switching linear arrays In order to obtain the excellent image quality which is required for most abdominal and peripheral applications linear arrays are used As mentioned in 2 3 these ar rays have large elements focusing well straight down Due to the large aperture there is not enough delay to steer the beam out to e g 45 9 so the way to cover a sufficient field of view is to use a few arrays to construct one vector then switch in another set of arrays to construct the next vector and so on In this way the beam will sweep horizontally along the whole array surface The switching of elements is done both on the transmitter and in the beamformer In linear arrays with more than 128 channels e g 192 there is a multiplexer located inside the probe continuously reroutin
153. attached to the terminals and that no strands may cause short circuiting Inspect the strain relief and verify that the cable is properly secured Mount the plug cover bend relief Inspect the mains power cable and verify that it is free from scratches damag es that may expose any of the wires inside the collar 7 nspect the system strain bend relief and verify that it secures the cable prop erly General Cleaning 1 Using warm water with a fluid detergent on a soft clothe carefully wipe the en tire system Be careful when wiping the QWERTY keyboard if a plastic cover is not installed Tests 1 Perform the DC Power Test Procedure re chapter K section 4 6 on page K04 4 to verify that all DC voltages are present and within acceptable limits 2 Perform the HV Test Procedure re chapter K section 4 5 on page K04 3 to verify that all HV voltages are present and within acceptable limits 3 Perform an Element Test re chapter K section 4 7 on page K04 5 on each probe to verify that all probe elements and system channels are functional 4 Perform the Automatic System Test re chapter K section 9 6 on page K09 2 to verify that all boards function according to specifications 5 Perform the Front Panel Test Procedure re chapter K section 4 1 on page K04 1 to verify that all keyboard controls are functionable 6 Perform the Front End DC Offset Calibration Procedure re chapter K sec tion 23 on page K1
154. be delivered with an internal and external termination from the factory The external termination is to be mounted on the outside of the system at the rear side By simply removing this and connecting SCSI devices in a chain they will be served The termination must be connected to the last one in the chain The number of SCSI devices is limited to 8 Internal devices CPU board Flexi Disk drive EZEDIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound External I O board rev 02 4 7 4 8 Hard Disk drive Optical Disk drive Optional High Performance printers i e SONY D7000 SCSI printer e External devices Due to the 4 5 internal SCSI 2 Fast devices the amount of external devices will be limited to a number of 4 3 units The output lines will be according the SCSI 2 Fast standard for 8 bits bus RS 232 interface These signals are standard RS 232 running at a maximum of 38 400 baud One line for connection to the CPU host signal For this function we need a separate EPROM set for monitoring the system during fault conditions line for optional connection to a modem One line TBD This could either be connected to the GRAPHIC 5 board or to the CPU board Ethernet interface The signals into the board are provided by the CPU The Ethernet signals from the system CPU are looped through the Internal I O board before routed to the Ex ternal I O board
155. bere A3 14 15 2 Serial links for program loading and communication A3 15 16 0 Outputs ecu A3 15 The Display and Control System Image Port Board rev 02 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 0 2 1 2 2 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 0 4 1 A4 3 ADSIIAGUx a te ee lh eed bey A4 3 Revision 4 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 4 3 References a lt s re e eR an A4 3 Inp ts ee tee aie eres ee EE e a 4 3 PipeLink input A4 3 VIGO MOUN iue deae Gt e dO mata ear t te te Rl de 4 3 Descriptions u s wana eie 4 4 Pipelink Data Decoder A4 4 Video A D conversion and decoding A4 4 EIFO buffers ttai et ast atthe E etate uate uya atat A4 4 Image Port 4 4 Outputs sc ee DLE A4 5 Output to Image A4 5 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Intro 23 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Image Port 2 Board rev 01 Image Memory board rev 03 Scan Converter Board rev 01 Graphic
156. board jumpers the Bus Grant and Interrupt Acknowledge lines pass the unused slot The bus is both used for control setup and data flow 20 1 Control Setup All boards residing on the bus System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 65 Bus Distribution rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 20 2 Data Flow 21 A1 66 From IMPORT to IMMEM Image Port 2 IP 2 holds these functions on one board e from IMMEM or IP2 to SCONV from IMMEM to CPU GRAPH for test CPU IMP MEM SCV IP 2 SCV Pixel Bus High speed synchronous multiplexed address and data bus dedicated for imag ing purposes e Dataflow SCONV to GRAPH e Data 24 bit PD 0 23 8 bit R 8 bit G and 8 bit B e Address 12 bit line address and 12 bit pixel position address on line e Data rate 20 MPixels sec e Burst oriented Can transfer one scan line in one burst System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Bus Distribution rev 05 PIXEL BUS PIXEL CLOCK VME BUS System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 67 Clock Distribution rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Clock Distribution rev 04 22 22 1 22 2 22 3 23 A1 68 Introduction Abstract This is a description of the clock distribution in REZZIF VE Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 24 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02
157. cable assembly These connectors are suitable to be used directly on a standard 3 mm LED System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Description rev 06 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 4 2 3 5 Module Descriptions In this chapter a general description of the various modules is given Transducer Array The transducer array is built as a separate module with connectors as described in section 2 2 Cable Assembly The selected coax is a 40 AWG 50 or 75 ohm This is a dimension with tolerable losses It is a standard cable with high production volume and is commonly used and produced by various cable manufacturers System Connector The system connector to be used is an ITT Cannon DL5 260P or equivalent The connector is used together with a matching EMI shell to ensure good shielding of the interface between system and probe The electronic boards are directly connected to the system connector with connec tors as described in chapter 2 2 Mechanics The mechanics of the probe include all the remaining hardware which is not part of the other main modules The main items are probe nose piece and handle and sys tem connector housing System Connector Boards The boards are contained in the ITT Cannon 260 pin connector Connectors are used between the boards and the multi coax cable to the probe so it is possible to mount the boards without any soldering The interconnection betw
158. cables can be removed and the system will still boot System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev sh HD User James Gi arb Service 5 ServiceMan S5 serv files K03 Diagnosis 13 Macinto Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 Faults Diagnosis 3 1 Instructions on How to Use This Chapter 1 Find the observed problem in Fault Classification Overview which follows be low 2 Then in the detailed fault diagrams find the symptom description which matches the failure Follow the suggested sequence of troubleshooting Re test after each replacement of parts 3 problem still exists after all recommended parts have been tested re placed contact technical support 3 2 Fault Classification Overview Sn Piles gt duck Ebro IR REEL EIE REEPREREREES K03 2 System Doesnt B00t exa es al al 5840000000555 55 K03 2 e Start up Problems AC Power K03 3 Start up Problems DC Power Related AC Power ok K03 4 Start up Problems System Doesn t Boot Possible Harddisk Problem K03 5 e Start up Problems System Doesn t Boot Possible Board Problem K03 6 DEDI PIDDIBIIB u bs bad nada wae 2 K dl nl EA Enesa TaT EEEREN K03 7 No Display on Monitor System Appears to Have Booted K03 7 No Display in the Image Field K03 8 e Data in Image Field Frozen
159. changes to reflect that the Image Port 2 Board has been introduced 06 18 Oct 1999 LHS Corrected errors Updated to include changes from sw 1 7 1 RX64 has been introduced 07 1 Oct 2000 LHS Corrected errors 9 General Information System FiVe is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner with an option for mechanical annular array probes The system is universal and can be used for a number of various applications all a matter of software The system can do 2D black and white imaging 2D Color Flow M Mode black and white imaging Color M Mode and Doppler in addition to a number of com binations of the above It also has provisions for several analog inputs e g ECG phono System FiVe is a digital beamforming system which can handle up to 192 ele ment linear probes by use of multiplexing System configuration is stored on a hard disk and all necessary software is loaded from the hard disk on power up System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 A1 45 System Description rev 07 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 10 10 1 10 2 10 3 A1 46 e User interface via the keyboard initiates the system operation and set up via two major bus structures interconnecting the different printed circuit boards re siding in the card cage e Signal flow from the input connector panel to the monitor and peripherals is mainly done over a backplane but the final path from the section and up from the car
160. could be missing 15 V from the RLY board to the multiplexers could be missing To check the last to points Pull out the probe in connector 1 insert a strap between pin AA10 and AA9 in order to enable the probe present signal See section in service manual for location of pins 80V should be present on pin X10 80V should be present on pin Z10 15V should be present on pin V10 On at least two systems the problem has been that 15V has been missing The 15V out to the probe connector goes through a recovery fuse We have seen problems with a component SN75352 on the RLY board breaking and loading down the 15V on the connector side of the fuse The fix is to replace the bad chip localized because of its heat or replace the whole RLY board Phantom Images with CLA Probes If phantom images are shown e g inside the descending aorta on abdominal imag es with CLA probes the problem is most likely due to a down rev version of the FEC board see service Memo no 47 The FEC board shoulds be replaced with a newer version System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 9 Specific M Mode Problems TBD 3 10 Specific Color Flow problems 3 10 1 No Color Flow 2D ok or Frozen Color Flow 1 Test CFP board 2 Test RFT board IQ buffer may fail 3 Test IMPORT board 4 Test SCONV board 3 10 2 Noise Problems Also see Noise Gui
161. currently not avail able Test 45 is the same as test 0 10 DC offset calibration This is not a test but rather a mechanism to read the DC offset from the different A D converters on the BF boards so that it can be compensated for later Also see 23 FE Calibration Procedure on page K16 1 DC Offset Calibration 60 DC offset Calibration 61 DC offset Verification System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 62 Reset DC offset to factory DEFAULT 60 HACK setting nonlinear zone sequence Loading tx setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx params res AcquisitionTest feTest using default curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal Loading BF cache setup from hd0 usr app acquis etc dc_cal res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis etc dc cal res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res average beam 0 6 average beam 1 7 average beam 2 0 average beam 3 13 average beam 4 2 average beam 5 27 average beam 6 23 etc The offset for each of the channels is read Good values are within 150 61 HACK setting nonlinear zone sequence Loading tx setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx params res AcquisitionTest feTest using default curve AcquisitionTest
162. feTest disabling testsignal Loading BF cache setup from hd0 usr app acquis etc dc_cal res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Loading BF cache setup from hd0 usr app acquis etc dc_cal res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Reading IQ average beam 0 0 average beam 1 0 average beam 2 0 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 13 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound average beam 3 0 A new offset for each of the channels is read The old value is subtracted from the new value and the result is printed Good values are within 30 62 5 9 7 3 RFT tests Under this test we have shown how to enter the local test monitor For the other boards the procedure is similar but it is not shown The reason that the test monitor is not shown is that for service it is normally not necessary to do other tests that the K09 14 automatic ones Enter mon to toggle monitor on Enter mon once more to toggle monitor off gt gt 2 2 RFT automatic test gt gt mon MON flag is ON gt gt 2 PASSED Type mon to enter the test monitor Type the character q to leave the test monitor ft mon rftmon gt tm 1 All 17 MLA 0 2 Wait state 18 MLA 1 RFP on J1 J2 3 DSP ext RAM 0 4 DSP ext RAM 1 19 MLA 2 RFP on J3 J4 20 FULL BAND 5 IMP RAM 21 CF IQ 6 DEMOD RAM 22
163. for trackball plate added Updating of drawing 5 EE zaza Mounting instruction for speaker brackets changed due to new bracket version 5 5 Se 3 Julv0 CHECKED DATE ODULE NO REV Change of trackball new p n 0668340 27 Apr 00 se MERE PATE oo 00 Ni TE FA 09045 APPROVED DA L Moved spacer mounted on stud marked 1 6 Dec 98 E Gas EM EZEDFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev SCALE FILE fa045_o dwg SHEET 1 4 D 3 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front Panel GND wire cobleshos fixed te stud for lower left FRONT INSTALL GUIQE LEFT COMPRESSION SPRING a j 5 pi Front Panel w LCD P N 07241 FRONT INSTALL GUIDE RIGHT P W FA307232 nmboled on KHOE NUT COVER D 15mm GR P N 25000157 KNOB D i5mm GR PZW OBOBODOT WASHER FLAT 10mm PAN OBOCZIQD i4 pl FP AUDO BD KNOG D 15 mrn R EH FA2060076 050CO151 dn SCREW M3xi2 KHOB CAP P P N 05001815 R gt i 08045128 3 4 PYN a VA SPACER 3 2x5 KNOB D 9mm Me E DBODMXISUE PAN 05061115 Su DAE SOLS ph SPACER k10 E B5 uw P M 10 3 FP GRAPHIC PLATE 3 3 o P N amp b CABLE CW ILLUM FA200885 P N FA2DDZ17 SPACER 3 2210 Part sf 2 P N 3 10 9 Fixed by WASHER LOCK 3 2mm P N 05001932 2 MUT M
164. frequency shift of the backscattered signal can be derived using the following equation Fy 2Fov c 5 1 where Fg is the transmitted ultrasound frequency v is the scatter velocity and c is the acoustic velocity in tissue apprx 1540 m s The above equation is valid provid System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 31 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound A1 32 ed the angle between the ultrasonic beam and the direction of the blood flow is small i e beam is close to parallel to flow The ultrasound wave Fo is typically in the fre quency range of 2 7 5 MHz while the velocities of the moving blood cells are in the range of 0 40 kHz There are two ways of measuring the velocity of the blood cells utilizing the Doppler technique One is using Pulsed Wave PW Doppler and the other is using Continuous Wave CW Doppler Below is a functional block diagram of the Doppler data flow Ye REGION OF PA lt INTEREST DEMODUL SAMPLING HIGH PASS FILT FOCUSER EW ONEY A D Big Tu 2 gt SIN COS RFT c SPECTRUM SPATIAL TEMPORAL SCAN ANALYZER AVERAGE AVERAGE CONV DISPLAY Mm n SPEAKERS DOPPLER AUDIO c a FRONT PANEL SDP Fig 5 1 Doppler Data Flow System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 5 2 Detailed descriptions of data processes 5 2 1 RF demod
165. immerse the electrical connector Use additional precautions e g gloves and gown when decontaminating an infected probe The following germicides have been evaluated as being compatible only with the probe type listed EZEDTIFIVE Service Manual FA091050 G1 5 Maintenance Procedure rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe P N DISINFECTANT Cidex Cidex Cidex Spor TM PATM Ox TM FPA 2 5 64 KG100001 YES YES YES YES FPA 3 5 96 KK100005 YES YES YES YES FPA 5 0 96 100002 YES YES YES YES FLA 5 0 192 KN100003 YES YES YES YES FPA 10 0 KW100002 YES YES YES YES FPA 5 0 128 KN100001 YES No YES No CLA 3 5 192 KK100004 YES No YES No CLA 5 0 192 KK100008 YES No YES No ECLA 6 5 128 KQ100002 YES No No No FLA 10 0 KW100001 YES No No No 2MHz Doppler TE100024 YES No No No 6MHz Doppler TQ100002 YES No No No Transesophageal YES YES YES No probes Be sure to follow the germicide manufacturer s instructions for storage handling prepara tion time of exposure and disposal Use only disinfectants that are approved according to local national regulations High level Disinfection destroys vegetative bacteria lipid amp non lipid viruses fungi and de pending highly on time of contact is effective on bacterial spores This is required for cavity TV TR TE scanning when in contact with mucosal membrane CAUTION Im
166. interface consists of Input message Make it possible for the CPU to send a message to the INT I O board e Output message register Make it possible for the DSP to send a message to the CPU Make it possible for the DSP to generate a VME interrupt e interface status register interface control register System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A6 3 Internal I O Board rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 A6 4 Video buffers and video switches Composite video out S VHS out and RGBS out are buffered with operational ampli fiers before fed to the peripherals Composite video in and S VHS in from VCR or external devices are fed through video multiplexers before routed to the Image Port board Audio buffering and audio switching Audio from the SDP board is first buffered by operational amplifiers then fed through an analog switch which selects between the SDP audio and the replay audio from the VCR The output from the switch is fed to the Front Panel Audio Amplifier Footswitch Interface The three input lines from the footswitch is read directly by the DSP Assignment of the lines can be configured in software Patient I O Interface incl DSP Fig 2 1 illustrates the HW necessary for the Patient I O at the Internal I O board DSP will perform all overhead required for chip selects in out selection and other tasks required for controlling all interf
167. is set to 1V 9 7 1 2 Changing the high voltages xy z or x z increments HV voltage Eg 2 5 will give increase HV1 with 2 5V from whatever it was before xy z or x z decrements HV voltage 9 7 1 3 PW CW and PRC tests For factory test only requires special hardware 9 7 1 4 Test of ADC input noise This test is for the RX128 board and the analog part of the BF boards before A D conversion The noise level for each channel ismeasured The ATGC level is set to maximum and the noise level is digitally read from the IQ memory on the RFT board 10 Opened usr app test etc wkaiser mat Acquisition Test fe Test using default ATGC curve Acquisition Test fe Test disabling testsignal FrontEndCtrl_C enableNoProbeScan enable 1 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 5 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 9 7 2 9 7 2 1 K09 6 Reading IQ Ve INNEREN Sample RMS 1 20 853985 Sample RMS 2 20 853046 Sample RMS 3 20 837349 Sample RMS 4 0 862293 etc Front End Boards The boards in the Front End are tested in the Front End Test submenu Front End Tests MENU 1 FEC Hw and Interface tests 2 Probe Controller Board 4 Digital Tests 5 Analog Tests 6 DC Offset Calibration loop Loop On Off Toggle MON flag To enable the test monitor for each board enter mon When then pressing the de
168. is the upper right pin ISON rer 1 lt 4 6 2 Watching LEDs K04 4 1 On the INT I O there are 5 or 7 LEDs which should be lit when the system is on If any of the LEDs are off please measure the voltage s as described above before replacing the DC power supply The LED could be bad The only voltage which is not displayed here is 10V System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 New INT I O boards 5VDIG SVAN 12V 415V 5 12V 15V Old INT I O boards 5VDIG 12V 15V 12V 15V All LEDs should have apprx the same intensity and they should be stable 4 6 3 Measuring DC Voltages on the Motherboard There are test points for all voltages on the motherboard By ejecting the IMPORT and GRAPH boards these test points not pins only holes can be accesses with a voltmeter They are located in a horizontal row between the P2 and P3 connectors Starting from the right side the voltages are Nominal Voltage Test point label Voltage Range V on backplane V 5V DIG 4 75 5 25 P5V 5V AN 4 75 5 25 AVCC 5V AN 4 75 5 25 AVEE 10V 9 5 10 5 VDRIVER 12V 11 4 12 6 P12V 12V 11 4 12 6 M12V 15V 14 25 15 75 P15V 15V 14 25 15 75 M15V 4 7 Element Test In order identify bad elements in probes and bad transmit receive channels in the
169. lA 4 Low velocities from heart walls rejected Velocities from blood passed Cutoff frequencies available c H y System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 39 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 6 2 4 Autocorrelation and Range Averaging 6 2 5 A1 40 Given a range r at a certain depth with the transducer element pointing all the way to one side at line 0 The sampled values in this range will vary with time from t to ty according to the scatters within this area as shown in a These samples are stored in a memory as shown in b as well as samples from any other range at the same time intervals prt By comparing the data from this range with the neighbor ranges in a so called autocorrelator estimates reflecting movement of blood can be obtained In order to axially smoothen the color vectors range averaging of the au tocorrelation values is performed Frequency Parameter Estimation and Color Encoding Three different estimators use the autocorrelation values to estimate the velocity power and bandwidth of the signal The results are computed in signal processors Two different color coding schemes are used to map the parameter estimates in a two dimensional display c Power frequency map The color intensity is modulated with signal power and center frequency determines color hue Bandwidth frequency map The center frequency is mapped in red violet blue for low bandwidth s
170. lock Transfer EXTERNAL 1 0 S5 Dual Lock P N 080x3551 S5 Rear Cover Outer side Ethernet Adapter P N 06 0 05 e Ethernet Out lt Conn BNC T Adapter 50 chm P N 054J9222 2 places f BNC Termination 30 ohm P N OBBJ822B 2 places Ethernet peep er Mac P N DBBEO715 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev FOOTSWITCH MODULE VINGMED souno ECHOPAC SS TRANSFER KIT BY DATE SIGN TYPE OF DOC CLASSIFICATION 26 97 n file WIR CHECKED DATE SSN MODULE N CAS Or me Eh ne Em FA204621 n TOLERANCE LN ee C1 6 Mar S5 serv files C2 00 Power ice S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi Servi Printed December 5 2000 EZZEDUFIVE Power Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual describes the cables in Emm This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page AC Power 115VAC rev 01 C2 2 AC Power 230VAC rev 03 C2 3 Current Limiter amp Temperature Switch rev B C2 4 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files C2 01 AC Pwr 115 02 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound AC Power 115VAC rev 01 ee FEDI TAT 11577 100v 1 trap 3 te Strap pair 3 t 1 A
171. new board without APAT support FA200890 A 9103 PAL piggyback is released as a standalone Change in System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 1 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 RLY PAL PB2 FA200799 P N Rev Change Description FA200799 A A 9105 Doc release New piggyback used for ESD protection Plugs into FA200890 6 128 200021 MCD Rev e C N Change Description FA200021 A Initial production release Identical to MCD rev 04 FA200021 5785 Minor timing problem corrected TXFBTSEQ PLD No affect on the system performance FA200021 A C 5985 New print revision rev C Improved decoupling of high voltage supplies to reduce voltage drop on transmitted pulse in PW Doppler No major impact on Doppler perfor mance FA200021 B D 6332 Modification Analog 5V is used to power the digital cir cuitry on the board Reduction of transmit noise in CW Doppler Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200021 B E 6397 The modifications above are implemented into the new print rev D Test points on HV supplies added FA200021 B F 6738 Voltage rating of HV decoupling capacitors increased FA200021 B G Minor change in BM FA200021 C H 7924 Changed p n on hybrids FA200021 C 8183 New PCB Obsolete 93 p female PCB conn FA200021 C J 8622 New test procedure 7 TX128 v2
172. nr 1j samples from OR samples from several pulses luin several pulses in one range in more ranges SDP TO IMPORT IP2 spectrum line A1 63 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Bus Distribution rev 05 19 3 3 Flow Raw data transferred from RFT to 2DF in blocks containing either data to generate one flow estimate from one range data to generate one flow vector or data to gen erate one complete flow frame Data from 2DF to IMPORT IP2 is transferred flow vector by flow vector RFT TO 2DF t r n sess samples fom OR samples from OR 77 several pulses 1 in more ranges several pulses in one range E 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 64 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Bus Distribution rev 05 20 VME Bus 64 Bus master CPU e Slaves FEC RFT SDP 2DF 2 or IMPORT and IMMEM SCONV GRAPH INT I O e Data 32 bit D 0 31 e Address 32 bit A 0 31 There are two alternative Image Port Memory board variants in the field The upper illustration is with separate Image Port and Memory boards The lower illustrations is with combined Image Port and memory called Image Port 2 IP2 CPU EEFEE CPU rec se 2 IP2 EX sc GP NOTE In all unused VME board slots spare boards a VME BG IACK JUMPER board must be installed on the P1 connector upper This
173. of 192 keys One part of the matrix is used for the QWERTY keyboard the rest is used for the other push button keys The matrix is address mapped All columns are pulled high with resistors and pushing a button causes that particular line to go low System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 15 7 15 7 1 15 7 2 16 Rotary displays board Rotary decoding The rotary switches are address mapped and read in pairs They have 16 positions per revolution and each position represents a four bit gray code which can be read by the uP Displays The two displays DP1 DP2 are character LCD units with built in control LSI They operate under control of the uP and displays alphanumeric characters and symbols Two control signals ENO and EN1 from the address decoder enables the displays Test features A local self test of the front panel is started by pressing ALT SHIFT 1 after power has been turned on and VINGMED SOUND has been displayed in the upper dis play Note that the button 1 must be released first By pushing the buttons A2 and A4 different tests can be executed System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 23 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K11 24 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files K10 PowerUpTest 12 Man S5 sh HD User James i arb Ser
174. on monitor System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 7 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 4 2 No Display in the Image Field There is no data at all in the image field Check LEDs supposed to be on in the mode Check specifically the scan LEDs on Ref LED section FEC BF and TX128 and the data transfer in this guide LED on the RFT SDP and 2DF Check that no red LEDs are lit LEDs not ok CM ok Replace board s wit Test the boards LED problems using a PC terminal connected to the RS232 CPU connector on EXT Ref System 5 Tes Software Guide K03 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 4 3 Data in Image Field Frozen The image field appears to be frozen Check LEDs supposed to be on in 2D Check specifically the scan LEDs on FEC BF and TX128 and the data transfer E LED on the RFT SDP and 2DF Check that no red LEDs are lit LEDs not o Replace board it w Test the boards using a PC terminal connected to the RS232 CPU connector on EXT LEDs ok Ref System 5 Test Software Guide System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 9 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 4 4 Only Noise in image Field Noise in 2D no signal probably also in M mode LEDs ok Is probe sele
175. pass filtered to reduce EMI emission Annular Array and Stand Alone Doppler Probe Sense The Annular Array probes and Stand Alone Doppler probes are recognized in the same way as they are in the CFM 7XX and CFM 8XX products A 2 5V voltage ref erence VR1 will always be in parallel with one of the resistors selected by the mul tiplexer U6 by PS CUR 0 1 Thus depending on the size of the resistor one of four constant currents can be fed through the probe code resistor The currents are ranging from 3 3uA to 1mA in order to cover the range of probe code resistors from 0 to 3 3 Mohm Three different probe resistors can be selected through the multiplex 04 by PS PRBJ 0 1 In addition a fourth onboard resistor can be selected for automatic test purposes A voltage will develop across the probe code resistor This voltage is buffered low pass filtered 150Hz and scaled A 0 4 in U11 before fed as AAPRBCD to a mul tiplexing A D converter U93 The digitized values D 0 7 are read by the FEC board which then forwards the probe type information to the CPU board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 24 3 Temperature Sensors 24 3 1 Annular Array TEE Probes A temperature sensor is implemented for monitoring the temperature in the TEE probes A reference voltage 10 00V is scaled down and fed to the temperature transducer AD590 inside the TEE probe
176. piggyback removed Not used FA200028 D FA302028 E 6699 New artwork without p b FA200028 FA302028 E 7042 Corr for production FA200028 F 02028 7725 New BM 34 Image Port 2 200572 i Func MCD PCB PCB PIRA P N av tew P N Rev C N Change description FA200572 A A FA302572 F 8699 First release version Replaces Fa200028 and FA2001 10 FA200572 FA302572 F 8960 New software pfwxctl jed FA200572 C FA302572 F 9368 New SCD IPflashboot H4 12 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 35 5 FA200029 Compatibility Overview rev 15 MCD LS P N Rev we C N Change description FA200029 A A 5933 Release version FA200029 A B 6092 Simple fix of noise on PBGNT1 B signal due to ground bounce during D64 VME accesses FA200029 B C 6330 Fix of pixel port error extra functionality in ENCCTL for speed gain FA200029 B D 6380 Removed MOD resistor capacitor filter since the noise due to D64 VME block accesses was found to be at the IMEM board Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200029 B E 6758 New SCD due to error in D64 block transfers New FA200029 B F 6817 New SCD due to error in TDP test FA200029 C G 7084 New print with full video format and new DDP filter FA200029 C H 7962 New FPGA type FA200029 D 8352 New components to reduce cost FA200029
177. rev 03 11 4 Control Interface PAL U4 is used to decode the relay board control signals and controls the different relays through relay drivers U1 U2 and U5 CMOS drivers U6 to U12 provide level shifting to 15V CMOS levels for the probe multiplexer control signals System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 19 Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 12 Overview 12 1 Abstract This document describes the transmitter board TX128 board and TX128 2 board of GE Vingmed Ultrasound s System FiVe Phased Array Front End The transmitter board contains 128 individually controlled switched mode transmit channels and provides transmit pulses to the transducer array 12 2 Document History Revi Date By Description sion 01 24 Oct 1994 ALO Initial release 02 27 Dec 1994 LHS Updated layout 03 6 Feb 1998 LHS Added References 04 20 Oct 1999 LHS Corrected error Updated TX128 2 Maintenance Aids JB moved to Ch K 12 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature list starting on page P 1 12 4 References TX 128 Block Diagram Rev 02 page B2 4 Board Revision History starting on page H4 1 13 Inputs The main inputs to the board are the FE bus which controls the board and high volt age HV for the transmitter voltage SIGNA
178. scsi 0 0 ei scsi 0 0 Boots over ethernet interface Processor number 0 0 Just hit return Host name Just hit return File name hd0 vx040 st hd0 vx040 st hdO vx040 st Just hit return Inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 3 222 21 232 Address recorded fffffc00 in step 2 page 15 Inet on backplane Jusl hit return b Host inet h 3 222 21 5 period Gateway inet g Just hit return User u s5 rack s5 rack Just hit return Ftp password pw s5 Enter period to blank use rsh erase password Flags f 0x8 0x8 Just hit return Target name tn wind8 wind8 Just hit return Startup script s etc init period etc init Other o ei period ei 14 8 Finishing the Upgrade Table 0 6 BootConfiguration restoration After the last entry in the bootChange table this message will appear value 0 0X0 gt 1 Exitthe server by closing the Chameleon server Failure to close the FTP server may corrupt the drivers for your LAN card preventing you from doing upgrades in the future 2 Shut the System Five down using the power switch 3 Remove the twisted pair cable used for the FTP transfer Leave the null modem RS 232 cable installed to observe the boot If required reconnect network cable and or transceiver 4 Turn the system ON again Verify boot up sequence is similiar as shown in section Section 12 0 on page 15 5 Verify system functionality in all scanni
179. software If you wish to run the system in 2D mode the below boards must be added to the list e BF4 can be left out if there are no probes connected during power up IMMEM can be left out if there are no probes connected during power up If you want to use the system for any test purposes the following parts are also re quired EXT VO is required only when booting from ethernet or if you want to connect a terminal to the RS 232CPU connector Terminal or PC is required if you want to connect to the RS 232CPU connector on the External I O board The following boards can be left out without having to do any special modifications e RLY TX128 RX e PRC e BF2 BF3 and BF4 HV Supply If the following boards are pulled out VME jumpers FA200075 must be installed in the P1 upper connectors SDP CFP System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K02 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 2 Minimum Cable Configuration for System to Boot The following cables must be connected between the INT I O board and the rest of the system K02 2 SCSI cable to harddisk Patient I O cable to Patient I O box RS 232 GR1 serial cable to front panel ACCTRL cable between INT I O and ACCTRL power on signal DC Power cable to harddisk DC Power cable to front panel All other cables including MAC
180. support 3 LCD power con nector FA200682 A B 8512 Updated Ref other doc in this MCD System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 4 17 Compatibility Overview rev 15 48 FP Rotary amp Display Board 3 FA200989 GE Vingmed Ultrasound P N Rev e C N Change Description FA200989 A A 8698 Initial release Replaces FA200682 Output voltage VR1 is 12 VDC To be used for 4 LCD screen on Front Panel 49 FP Rotary amp Display Board 4 FB200177 P N Rev Have C N Change Description FB200177 A A 9158 Initial release Replaces FA200989 To be used for 4 LCD screen on Front Panel Includes power control on off for the LCD screen 50 FP Audio Amplifier board FA200076 D e P N Rev M C N Change Description Rev FA200076 A A 5703 Doc release FA200076 B B 8386 R1 and R3 changed to 4K7 FA200076 B C 8446 MTP added in Ref Other Doc FA200076 B D 8640 Modification of Heatzink TO 220 FA200076 C E 8705 New artwork D Input relay added Artwork C is not for use 51 Motherboard MBD FA200046 MCD Rev C N Change Description FA200046 A A 5726 Release FA200046 B 6313 Added 5V analog straps to TX128 slot for CW noise reduction purposes Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200046 C C 7341 New artw E which supports RX64
181. the terminal 4 Verify the voltages on the test points with a voltmeter remember that the mea sured values are 1 10 th of the actual values Alternative 2 1 Connect your PC to the RS232 port on External I O as described in chapter 9 Board Tests via External Terminal PC on page K09 1 2 Startthe test software as described System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K04 3 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 5 2 4 6 4 6 1 3 Enter Transmitter HV Supply and PRC test then HV1 test gt 1 HvTxPrcTest setHVtestVoltage called with 1 10 This means that HV1 is programmed to 10V Verify this with a voltmeter on TP27 10V 0 5V and on TP31 10V 0 5 2 HvTxPrcTest setHVtestVoltage called with 1 0 HvTxPrcTest setHVtestVoltage called with 2 1 This means that HV1 is set to 0V and HV2 is set to 1V Verify this with a voltmeter on TP29 41V 0 05V and on TP30 1V 0 05V Changing the High Voltages If you wish to select other high voltages the below command can be used to add or subtract to the original 10 HV1 or 1 HV2 voltages xy z or x z increments HV voltage Eg 42 5 will give increase HV1 with 2 5V to 12 5V if test 1 was selected previous ly xy z or x z decrements HV voltage DC Voltage Test Measuring DC Voltages on the INT I O Power Connector s Note that each output is protected with a recovery fuse Pin 1
182. the BF board are the MLA outputs from the beam adder 3 Outputs from BF1 are input to BF2 output from BF2 are input to BF3 output from BF3 are input to BF4 output from BF4 are input to the RFT board Signal Description Destination Level MLOo D 0 18 MLAO Data output BF RFT TTL ML10 D 0 18 MLA1 Data output BF RFT TTL ML2o0 D 0 18 MLA2 Data output BF RFT TTL A2 46 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front End Controller FEC rev 04 Front End Controller FEC 31 31 1 31 2 31 3 31 4 Overview Abstract This document is a description of the Front End Controller board FEC in System FiVe The board controls the other board in the Front End Most of the control is done through a synchronous and bidirectional bus called the Front End Bus Among the different tasks performed by the FEC board are the following System master clock generator e Transmitter control ATGC control e Receive focusing control e Analog test signal generator High voltage control Probe sensing probes Control of RLY board e AA transmit and receive synchronization FEC boards with artwork rev F and onwards also contain e Probe sensing for AA and DP probes Temperature sensing for TEE probes Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 8 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 24 Apr 1997 GRL Updated acc with pr
183. the FOCs 4 ADCs pr FOC whose outputs go to a BA 4 FOCs pr BA The output of this BA Level 2 is the sum of 16 channels and it is summed together with the output from the other BA Lev el 2 and the output from any previous BF board in the BA Level 3 see Fig 29 1 These ASICs will sum all the 32 channels together with appropriate delay to give op timal receive focusing and beam steering as a function of time All focusing and steering parameters for a scan are stored in VRAMs on the BF Board The output of System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 41 Beam Former Board BF rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound BF Board is a 19 bits word updated at 20 MHz This output can be added to any suc ceeding board if more channels are desirable as shown in Fig 29 1 qi 9 Q Pa slave RXy adc SYNC_L FE PA 0 9 V m ul RXy 2 FE SA 0 5 s ADC lt FE SA 05 FE D 0 1 lt FE 01015 FOC RXN 3 ADC lt FE bus FOC 4 of 32 ok FOC To next 19 board FOC FOC From prev board Fig 29 1 BF Board Block diagram Multiple Line Acquisition MLA is supported by adding a complete ASIC set for each additional line The input data for the additional FOCs will be the same as for the first line but the FOCs are set up w
184. the prompt gt Enter dosVolMount 1 This is done to mount the master disk hd1 If you want to ensure yourself that the disk is mounted enter devs and the sys tem will print the disks which are mounted on the SCSI bus Enter cd hd1 VMS scripts This command will move to the scripts di rectory on the master disk hd1 Enter Is to list the files Make sure that there is a file called cpdisk on this directory Otherwise copying will be impossible and the process must be aborted Enter diskInit hdO This is done to initialize the slave disk 0 EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 5 Software Upgrade Procedure 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 8 Enter cpdisk This will copy the contents of the masterdisk hd1 onto the slave disk hd0 This process takes a few minutes and must not be inter rupted Remove the masterdisk and the extra cables and boot the system with the slave disk 5 N 6 Copying from a masterdisk onto a brand new disk 1 10 11 12 13 The masterdisk must be configured with address 1 instead of 0 This is done by installing a jumper on the AO address line on the disk Position of this jumper varies from one manufacturer to anoth er The slave disk must have address 0 In order to boot from the master disk hd1 the following must be done Turn the system on and interrupt the boot process from the terminal by pressing any key right after power on E
185. the system is booting You must hold the key down for apprx 40 seconds until GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe is turned off in the keyboard display At the prompt enter usr app test bin brdtm on the terminal It is very important that the character lt is used and not gt This command will start the script batch file brdtm which loads the test software from the harddisk If you wish to start the test software after normal booting 1 After the system has finished booting press freeze 2 Enter usr app test bin brdtm on the terminal It is very important that the character is used and not This command will start the script batch file brdtm which loads the test software from the harddisk NOTE In V1 5 and V1 5 1 this method can NOT be used the brdtm file is miss ing on the disk 3 The board test menu should now be shown on the terminal The Board Test Menu A help menu can be accessed by entering h This help menu describes how to start and stop the tests for the different boards The test menu is typically looking like this Board Test Monitors c Vingmed Sound A S v 1 2 1997 MENU 0 Transmitter Tx Supply and PRC tests 1 Front End Boards 2 Radio Frequency and Tissue Processor Board RFT 3 Spectral Doppler Processor Board SDP 4 Color Flow Processor Board CFP 5 In Out Processor Board IOP 6 Image Port Board IMPORT System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE
186. tip This device outputs a current propor tional to the temperature 1uA Kelvin or 273 2 T I uA 24 1 A voltage proportional to the current develops on the inverting input of the instru mentation amplifier AD620 U12 A reference voltage corresponding to 15 C is connected to the non inverting input The voltage difference is then amplified U12 low pass filtered U7 and fed to the A D converter U93 for digitizing and transfer to the FEC board The temperature is displayed on the monitor The system monitors the temperature and when exceeding a certain limit typ 41 19C necessary actions will be taken in SW to prevent further scanning A motor current shutoff mechanism is implemented The amplified and low pass fil tered voltage AA TEMP is fed to two comparators U10 so that when exceeding certain thresholds below15 on the low end and above 41 3 C on the high end a TEMPOK signal goes low turning a MOTOFF signal high in turn disconnecting the motor and position lines in two relays K2 K3 As a self test of the circuitry 3 test resistors can be selected K6 K23 K24 by TMP SEL 0 2 to simulate three different known temperatures 24 3 2 Phased Array TEE Probes 24 4 A similar circuit as described above is also provided for the Phased Array TEE probes A PA TEMPIN voltage is proportional to the temperature at a thermistor lo cated inside the probe tip This voltage is compared
187. to Boot K02 2 3 0 Faults Diagnosis K03 1 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Intro 33 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 3 1 Instructions on How to Use This Chapter K03 1 3 2 Fault Classification K03 1 3 3 Start up Problems K03 2 3 4 Display K03 7 3 5 Peripheral Problems K03 11 3 6 Front Panel Problems K03 14 3 7 Probe Problems y i a ka are ban s W N ake AWA X eese K03 15 3 8 Specific 2D K03 17 3 9 Specific M Mode Problems K03 19 3 10 Specific Color Flow problems K03 19 3 11 Specific Color M Mode Problems K03 19 3 12 Specific Doppler K03 20 3 13 Analog Traces ECG Phono Pressure Respiration K03 20 3 14 Misc Problems uu kw kak EWA a ee K03 21 4 0 Test and Setup Procedures K04 1 4 1 Front 1 K04 1 4 2 Transmit Pulse K04 2 4 3 Transmit Trigger TXTRIG K04 2 4 4 AIGC Testes ioci
188. to have parallel processing giving increased through put rate The 5 DSPs in each group are supervised by a master DSP on sev eral serial lines The data is received by an Input Dispatcher which checks the tags of the pipelink data Data without 2D Flow tags are passed on directly to the output bypassed control information is transferred to the master DSP and data is distributed to the four DSP groups which each can handle 128 range gates totalling 512 range gates per vector The Input Dispatcher also keeps track of beam and range numbers Fixed Target Cancelling Data from the input dispatcher is stored in FIFOs before transferred into the FTC DSPs under DMA control Here fixed target cancelling is performed for each range Each DSP processes data from 32 ranges The input parameters and program exe cuting the filter algorithm has previously been loaded into the processors from the master DSP Autocorrelation System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 A1 51 System Description rev 07 6 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 12 A1 52 After filtering the autocorrelation functions for each range is estimated in the same DSPs as fixed target cancelling is performed The outputs related to signal power and velocity of the 4 FTC processors in a group are sequentially latched out to the VEL DSP via external RAM also under DMA control Range Averaging The autocorrelation numbers received from the FTC DSPs are first averaged in a re cur
189. to somewhere between 80 and 100 depending on desired intensity level With all TGC pots to minimum adjust Brighiness so that the sector edge is just visible Exit A A AA e 4 4549 te K18 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files L1 01 Innh 02 amp S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Service Printed December 5 2000 BZETIFIVEReplacement Procedures Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual holds the Replacement Procedures for mmmrivE The table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual rev 01 Contents Page AC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 L1 3 DC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 L1 5 External Replacement Procedure rev 01 L1 7 Fan Replacement Procedure rev 01 L1 9 Front Panel Assembly Replacement Procedure L1 11 rev 01 Hard Disk Replacement Procedure rev 02 L1 13 Internal I O Replacement Proc rev 01 L1 15 Monitor Replacement Procedure rev 01 L1 17 Patient Replacement Procedure rev 01 L1 19 Relay Board Assembly Replacement Procedure L1 21 rev 03 Temperature Sense Board Replacement Procedure L1 23 Replacement Procedures GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page L1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I serv files L1 02 ac power 55 Printed December
190. will be impos sible to turn the system on before the fuse has been replaced Temperature 60 ther TF2 046T6205 High Temp alarm Will cause fans to run at Sense board mal recovery full speed if the temperature exceeds 60 fuse Temperature NTC NTC 002N2202 Senses air temperature above CPU Con Sense board thermistor trols fan speed DC Power 6 25 AT F101 6 3 32 In series with one of the mains lines inside Supply non recov the DC Power In the bottom If blown ery glass there will be power in STBY ON OFF switch fuse fans and peripherals but not in the card rack System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K14 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound K14 2 Location FuseType ID GEVU Description P N Rev A and 200mAT F1 046A0200 In series with one 220VAC mains line on pri onwards TX non recov 5 20 mary side of local transformer If blown Power Supply ery glass there will be no high voltage fuse TX HV Power 200mAT F2 046A0200 In series with both 110VAC lines on second Supply non recov F3 5 20 ary side of transformer If blown there will ery glass be no HV1 0 80VDC HV 2 will be ok fuses TX HV Power 1 6AT 046 0200 In series with both 55VAC lines second Supply non recov F5 5 20 ary side of transformer If blown there will ery glass be no HV2 0 40VDC HV 1 will be ok
191. x x x only RF imaging Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Contrast imaging With contrast agents Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Octave Imaging Certain probes only Opt x x x x x x x x x Color Flow Zoom x x x x x x x x x x x TVI Tissue Velocity Imaging x x x x x x x x x x x Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt on on on on on Adva Adva Adva Adva Adva ntage ntage ntage ntage ntage Angio x x x x x x x x x x x Velocity Profiles x x x x x x x x x x Anatomic Color M Mode x x x x x x x x x x Mosaic HP color map x x x x x x x M Mode Anatomic M Mode x x x x x x x x x x Doppler Tracking Doppler Only on Premium systems x x x x x x x x x x x x Autotrace x x x x x x x x x x punosenjn pauiBulA 39 LL I 9J 060160 Jenue N 9IA19S AAEN vL 04U Feature Comments V1 0 V1 1 V1 2 V1 3 V1 4 V1 5 V1 5 3 V1 6 V1 7 V1 8 V1 9 V 1 7 1 1 9 x Different Doppler color Red blue yellow gray x x x x x x x x maps black on white M amp A Cardiac X X x x x x x x x x x PV x x x x x x x x x x x Abdominal x x x x x x x x x x Ob gyn EchoPAC EchoPAC support x x Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt 24 bit frame grabbing Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Integrated EP support Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt EchoPAC 3
192. 0 11 12 13 14 15 Press a flat screwdriver underneath the flange on the lower part of the AC power and loosen it Disconnect the power cables plugging into the top connectors on the power Pay atten tion to where the connectors are plugged in Lift the AC power partly out and disconnect the power connectors and the two D con nectors Then lift the AC power fully out Install the new AC power supply partly and connect the power cables and the two D connectors Then install it fully paying attention to the hooks on the bottom of the sup ply fitting the slots in the frame Install the AC power cover and mount the AC power with one screw the left one Mount the upper rear cover then the lower rear cover and finally the side panels Be fore pushing the lower rear cover all the way in make sure the power cable to the DC power is properly secured Connect the mains cable to the wall outlet System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files L1 03 dc power 55 Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servict GE Vingmed Ultrasound DC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 DC Power Replacement Procedure 4 Introduction 4 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the DC Power Supply module 4 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of document
193. 00 only Cable Mains Shielded 1 15M 070C5115 Cable Monitor Switch Control FA200795 For MAC 7300 and G3 Cable Monitor Switch Control FA200885 For MAC 8500 only Cable Patient I O ctrl FA200634 Cable Phono 070M0007 Cable Phono mini BNC ML200343 Cable Power DC power FA200313 O1 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 GEVU Part Description Number Notes Cable Power HV Supply FA200318 Cable RGB 1 1 070M0005 Cable RGB Mux Box to Monitor FA200775 For all MACs Cable RGB Rack to Monitor FA200256 Cable RGB S5 to Mux Box FA200774 For MAC 7300 and G3 Cable RGB S5 to Mux Box FA200881 For MAC 8500 only Cable SCSI 0 9M 070D3053 Cable SCSI 0 9M 070D3049 Cable SCSI 1 2M 070D3052 Cable SCSI 1 5M 070D3051 Cable SCSI for hard disk FA200387 Cable SVHS Mux Box to VCR FA200798 For MAC 7300 and G3 Cable SVHS Mux Box to VCR FA200884 For MAC 8500 only Cable SVHS S5 to Mux Box FA200797 For MAC 7300 and G3 Cable SVHS S5 to Mux Box FA200883 For MAC 8500 only Cable Temp Sense and Fans FA200147 Cable VCR ctrl FA200155 Cable VGA Monitor 2 00M 070D2910 Cable Video 070 0006 2 9 Labels GEVU Part Description Number Notes Label for Hard disk FA314535 Label Pedal Functions FB314040 Your Notes System FiVe Service Ma
194. 00682 For systems with int MAC FP Rotary Display board 3 FA200989 Systems with 4 LCD screen Front Cover F MAC PAS I O B W MO FB307067 Front Panel Assembly complete FA200045 Front Panel w LCD 3 FA200714 Front Panel w LCD 4 FB200030 Gooseneck Lamp 058B0060 LCD Display 058Y4020 For rotary knobs Speaker 160A0005 Trackball 066C8338 2 5 Peripheral and MAC Devices GEVU Part Description Number Notes ATI Card S VHS Video for MAC 066E1043 For int MAC with C C Bird position sensor box FA200512 Option Computer Apple PowerMAC 7300 Internal FA200863 Computer Apple PowerMAC G3 Internal EP200110 Mac for Integrated Systems Dec 1999 Computer Apple PowerMAC G4 Internal EP200125 Mac for Integrated Systems Dec 1999 gt O1 6 System Service Manual FA091050 rev I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 GEVU Part Description Number Notes Computer Apple PowerMAC 7300 200 066E0271 For int MAC Computer Apple PowerMAC 8500 180 066E0275 For int MAC Computer Apple PowerMAC G3 066E0277 For int MAC Computer Apple PowerMAC G3 350MHz 066E0278 For int MAC gt Dec 1999 tower Computer Apple PowerMAC G4 066E0279 For int MAC Dec 1999 gt Disk for MO Drive 5 2 GByte 066E0519 DRAM 128MByte 512G3640 DRAM 32MByte 512G33
195. 024 C801 47pF 130 ohm R813 New 120 ohm Strap pin 33 to pin 61 on U601 Stability problem due to change of external RAM vendor fixed FA200373 E F FA302024 ED 7407 Doc change only FA200373 F G FA302024 ED 7460 Change in software PAL Pltest from v 1 0 v 1 1 26 RFT1 2MLA FA200540 MCD rev Func P N Hev PCB P N PCB Rev C N Change description FA200540 A A FA302540 B 7855 Release of new board with 2 MLAs on board piggyback implemented on main board Requires SW 1 3 or higher Introduced Nov 1997 FA200540 E B FA302540 7922 Local sw on the RFT1 board use the functional version to adjust it s control of the board It did not handle func rev A correctly The default func rev in the sw was E and that version handles the board correctly also Note that RFT FA200373 func rev F was the basis for the RFT1 board so selecting func rev E is questionable but was done to make the change as simple as possible FA200540 E C FA302540 7999 A small fix so RFT1 NOMLA can be detected New version of DCD 07 08 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 P N Func Rev MCD rev PCB P N PCB Rev C N Change description FA200540 E FA302540
196. 080050 2 SS fo ba on Fa Ma b e an Fp BRACKET F ROT UPPER etin te bce KNOB SLIDE POT P N FASOS206 i P M MN307427 8 pl pH FP ROTARY DISPLAY BD KNOB CAP Om21mm PAN 200057 P N 05024015 5 pi KNOB D 21mm SPEAKER GRILLE P N 050686420 5 pi MB3SOZ175 2 SCREW 7 amp P H 4 pl SLIDEPOT FILTERING MODULE P h 18050005 2 M P N FAZO0501 N 2 pi BRACKET F SPEAKER FP MAN BD 2 eisai FAN FB307075 2 pl ADHESIVE F TRACKBALL ACT PLATE P N FAJTA WASHER LOCK 4 3mm TRACKBALL ACT PLATEZ KNOB CAP D 14mm FAN 080 1044 4 pl FAXTTABR PAW DEOC3d15 3 pi MUT EAE KNOB D 14mm SPACER 4 2x3 PAN 08080040 4 pl Mounted en alld P N 05083115 3 pL 08004505 8 pl marked 1 BRACKET ROTART PADDLE SUPP Fort of FA200191 TRACKBALL Bracket for the two other rotaries on main board not visible PAR 066C8330 BRACKET F ROTARIES LOWER PAN Fa302207 Marking WASHER ISOL 32MM FRONT PANEL P N 200045 on FP Man Boord MOD Y SPACER 3 2419 FAN 08003219 20 Sec sourco 08002212 08003207 Far X insert eorrect language index NUT M3 P N OBOBOO30 24 pl For Y insert correct MCD rev WASHER LOCK J 2mm NUT M3 O80C1032 3 pl OBOBOOS 3 pl 1 Pe SPACER 3 206 PAN 08002206 5 pl MODULE MAME ce vre Wird FRONT PANEL Achesive
197. 091050 I Intro 7 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 3 2 4 2 5 Intro 8 How to Use the Manual Effectively In order to use the manual effectively it is essential that you have read or at least browsed through the whole book When using the manual for troubleshooting the following sequence should be followed 1 Characterize the fault symptoms as specifically as possible 2 Use the troubleshooting guide as a reference and try and isolate the problem down to board level if possible The guide will have references to other parts of the manual In most cases fault isolation would imply running a test software routine Note One part of the diagnostic software will be accessible for the user 3 Replace the indicated part s Technical Skills Required The manual is intended for use by qualified technical personnel with knowledge and experience in servicing advanced medical instrumentation The reader should have basic electronic knowledge and should have an understanding of techniques gen erally used in troubleshooting and repair As mentioned before a System FiVe Training Seminar is a requirement for servicing the equipment Repair No printed circuit boards nor power supplies must be repaired in the field All such parts must be returned to the manufacturer GE Vingmed Ultrasound Norway for re pair System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 3 Test Equ
198. 0M0005 115 CABLE MONITOR GND 2 FA200507 116 CABLE SHIELDED W PHONO CONN 2 070M0007 117 CABLE MAINS SHIELDED 2 05M 2 070C5205 118 CABLE PHONO MINI BNC ADAPT 1 ML200343 119 CABLE COLOR PRINTER 2 FA200446 120 CABLE B amp W PRINTER 2 FA200633 121 CABLE PATIENT I O CTRL 2 FA200634 122 CABLE ETHERNET JUMPER 2 FA200370 123 CABLE DC POWER SCSI HD 2 FA200386 124 CABLE SCSI HD 1 FA200387 125 CABLE SIGNAL SHIELD VIDEO 2 070M0006 126 CABLE MAINS SHIELDED 1 15M 2 070C5115 127 CABLE MAINS SHIELDED 1 40M 2 070C5140 128 CABLE POWER HV SUPPLY 1 FA200318 129 CABLE RGB RACK 2 FA200256 3 4 Figure 0 12 FA091050 rev 01 25 System FiVe REM GE Vingmed Ultrasound ITEM Name Part Number Description Notes 130 APAT CONTACT FINGERS FA307416 131 EMC SKJERM HARDDISK FA307981 132 EMC PLATE LOWER LEFT FA307713 O1 26 FA091050 rev erviceMan FA091050 I Serv m I GLO fm e S5 5 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature Numerics 2DF 2D Color Flow Processor Board A3 7 A4 3 A AA Annular Array A2 3 A2 15 A2 25 A2 29 A2 40 A2 47 AC Alternating Current A8 2 A8 6 ACCTRL AC Controller board K02 2 K03 3 K03 21 ACPWR AC Power module K03 3
199. 1 2 On the diagnostic PC start HyperACCESSq software Click on the New button to create a new System FiVe entry or click on the System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 29 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Settings button to review or modify an existing entry NEW BUTTON SETTINGS BUTTON HyperACCESS fnr Windows Phnnehnnk Figure 0 2 HyperACCESSq Controls 1 Enter the settings shown in Table 0 5 on page 34 for the System FiVe entry Phone No leave empty Settings 8 1 Click arrow to show choices Terminal Emulation VT220 Click arrow to show choices Terminal Setup Enter select Terminal keys not Windows Rest of the choices are all off or default Baud Rate 9600 click on nearby arrow to get choices Priority Normal Port type Standard Com Port Port name COMI if this is the laptop port you will use Port Setup HW handshake RTS CTS on turn SW handshaking off by clicking on the x s to get rid of it Modem Direct Connect Cabled Table 0 4 Settings required for terminal communication 1 Click on the square button with the down arrow to see select from choices 2 Click on the OK button to accept and close screens N 30 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 klice Edit Yicw Lroperiics Automatia
200. 1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 3 serv files F1 02 io sig 05 Man S5 amp S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Service Servi Printed December 5 2000 Signals 05 2 Patient I O 2 1 ECG connector GE Vingmed Ultrasound Type of connector 6 pin circular Use A 3 lead ECG cable can be connected to this input ECG Connector Pin Signal A ELECTRODE RA right arm B ELECTRODE LA left arm ELECTRODE LL left leg D E F SHIELD Parameter Min Typ Max Units Gain 40 0 40 5 41 0 dB Input Range 25 25 mV Bandwidth 1600 Hz Input Impedance 2 33 MO Input Noise Voltage 100 Hz 30 nV Input Noise Current 100 Hz 16 fA Hz Common Mode Rejection 100 Hz 100 dB 2 2 Phono connector Type of connector 6 3 mm phono Use A heart microphone can be connected to this input See Patient I O assembly drawing for physical location of pins Phono Connector Pin SLV Signal Sleeve PHONO GND Tip PHONO HOT non inverting input T S PHONO COLD inverting input F1 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Sig nals 05 2 3 Respiration connector Parameter Min Typ Max Units Gain 40 0 40 5 41 0 dB Input Range 25 25 mV Bandwidth 1600 Hz Input Impedance 2 3 3 MQ Input Noise V
201. 15 A B A B A C SCONV FA200029 B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F C G C G C G C G C H C H C H C H D I D I D I D I 11 D J D K GRAPH5 FA200030 A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G A G A G A G A H 12 A I A I A I A I A J A K A L A M EAIIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 11 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Membership systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 SW SW v 1 8 SW v 1 9 Notes Board P N Apr 99 v 1 7 1 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec See page Nov 99 99 Nov 00 2 18 MEMORY FA200110 B B B B B B B B 4 CPU FA200109 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B 18 INT I O bd FA200103 C D C D C D C D assy FA200115 C E C E C E C E C F C F C F C F E I E I E I E I E J E J E J E J 8 E K E K E K E K E L E L E L E L EXT I O bd FA200104 B B B B B B B B assy 200116 C C C C C C C C PAT main FA200193 A B A B A B A B board FA200105 B C B C B C B C box C D C D C D C D C E C E C E C E C F C F C F C F C G PAT I O FA200194 C C C C C C C C amplifier D D D D D D D D board D E D E D E D E D F D F D F D F D G D G D G D G D H HVPWR bd FA200063 A C A C A C A C box FA2001 14 A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F AC CTRL FA200107 A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D FP MAIN FA200191 E E E E E E E
202. 1C e KK100001 3 5 FPA 1C e 100004 3 5 CLA 1A e KN100001 5 0 FPA 1A e KN100002 5 0 FPA 2B e KW100001 10 FLA 1A TE100024 PEDOF non imaging probe 18 13 12D Mode 1 In 2D mode set 2D gain and the TGC knobs to get even signal distribution for all depths when measuring on a phantom Pay careful attention to both axial and lateral resolution as well as penetration Note the shape and quality of density patches ability to resolve nearby blips far field blips There should be no visible zone transitions With maximum 2D gain check the noise level when coupling the probe in your hand Pay special attention to noise straight down through the image With no external devices connected to the panels there should be no excessive coherent noise patterns 18 13 2Doppler Mode 1 With default setup of each probe not Pedof obtain a good 2D image enter CFM press active mode cursor and position the sample volume within an area with flow Then enter Doppler 2 Verify good sensitivity and no excessive noise bands when velocity range is changed Check both with and without 2D frozen This applies to both PW and CW not FLA and CLA 18 13 3Color Flow Mode 1 With default setup of the actual probes obtain a good 2D image on the appropriate anatomy and enter CFM mode 2 Verify good sensitivity and acceptable noise level no coherent noise nor excessive white noise A little noise straight down is currently norm
203. 2 Jan 1995 LHS Updated layout and corrected some minor errors 03 19 Oct 1999 LHS Updated text 04 20 Jun 2000 LHS Updated text References Block Diagram for mmmmFIVE Clock Distribution on page B3 3 Description In order to provide synchronous data transfers throughout the system a global 40 MHz clock is distributed to all boards The clock signals are generated on the Front End Controller board A 160 MHz clock from an ECL oscillator is divided down to four quadrature 40 MHz clocks a differential and L clock and a differential and L Q clock These clocks are buffered and distributed on ECL level to the other boards through three different paths 1 2 and 3 All boards in the Front End receives clock 1 while clocks 2 and 3 are distributed in an interleaved fashion to the boards in the mid and display section The clocks are terminated to 2V through 47 W resistors at the physical end of the clock traces on the motherboard The 2V voltage is generated by a regulator on the FEC board Typical high and low levels for ECL logic are 0 9V and 1 8V respec tively Each board receives one pair of the and Q clocks except RLY RX board CPU and IMMEM However the SCONV board has its own local clock oscillator used to gen erate the 20 MHz clock for data transfers to the GRAPH board on the Pixel bus A global reset signal is also distributed to all boards in the same way as the clocks The reset signal is derived from the S
204. 20 DRAM 64MByte 512G4100 EchoPAC CD EP200009 EMC Shield Hard drive FA307981 Ethernet Isolation Box EP200032 Ethernet Media Converter 066E0708 Ethernet TW PAIR 4 Port HUB 066E0725 Ethernet Isolated Kit EP200100 Floppies DS HD3 1 2 MAC 084D0545 Frame grabber board MN200524 For int MAC with C C Graphic Bd ATI XCLAIM VR 066E1043 From Jul 1998 To CV amp S Video Out Graphic Bd TWIN TURBO 128 MV2 066E0043 From to Jul 1998 S Video Out Hard Disk SCSI 3 5 Low Profile 066E0525 System software disk specify SW version Hard Disk SCSI System 5 066E0526 ISDN Board 066E0795 Harmonic ISDN Manager 082B0016 SOFTWARE V4 3 Keyboard Overlay F MAC G3 ENG EP314161 Keyboard Overlay F MAC G3 FRE EP314157 Keyboard Overlay F MAC G3 GER EP314159 Keyboard Overlay F MAC G3 ITA EP314158 Keyboard Overlay F MAC G3 POR EP314160 Keyboard Overlay F MAC G3 SPA EP314156 Keyboard Apple Design French 066E0156 Keyboard Apple Design French EP192018 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I O1 Spare Parts rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GEVU Part Description Number Notes Keyboard Apple Design German 066 0155 Keyboard Apple Design Portug 066 0158 Keyboard Apple Design Spanish 066 0151 Keyboard Apple Design Spanish EP192073 Keyboard Apple Design US 066 0154 OS English EP200166
205. 26 and A27 They are fed to the front panel and the VCR via the Internal I O board EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A3 11 2D Flow Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2D Flow Board 12 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 13 A3 12 Overview Abstract This document describes the 2D Flow Processor board 2DF performing Fixed Tar get Cancelling Autocorrelation averaging and Velocity Parameter Estimation The board utilizes DSPs to accomplish the functions listed above Data is received from the RFT board processed and fed out on the pipelink bus to the Image Port board Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 5 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 11Nov 00 JB Moved Test Features to Ch K Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature RFT RF and Tissue Processor board DSP Digital Signal Processor FTC Fixed Target Cancelling IQ In phase Quadrature phase components of complex signal LUT Look Up Table References 2D Flow Board Block Diagram rev 01 on page B2 12 Board formats on page 1 73 2D Flow Board this document System description on page A1 51 Theory of Operation on page A1 24 Inputs The main data input to the 2DF board is the pipelink a bus located on the P3 con nector Data is transferred range by range from the IQ buffer on the RFT board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2D Flow Boa
206. 28 channel 2 simultaneous lines MLA front end there will be 2 Mbytes of parameter data for a complete scan The System processor calculates all these parameters and through the Front End Controller loads the data into the Beam Former board To avoid Front End Bus ac tivity during the acquisition period all parameter data for a complete sweep are load ed into Dual Port VRAMs located on the Beam Former board Each beam has one Page in the VRAMs and this page is transferred into the FOCUSOR after the current beam is acquired Firstthe page is transferred into the Parameter RAM inside BAL2 in 4 bit serial form clocked by a BA generated SCLK This action is triggered by LD_DATA e Then the Parameter RAM is transferred to all four FOCs connected to this BAL2 by reversing the direction of the busses between the BA and the FOCs This action is triggered by PGM_FOC The VRAM is a high speed dual port CMOS dynamic random access memory con taining 1 048 576 bits They can be accessed either by a four bit wide DRAM port or by a 512 x 4 bits serial access memory SAM port Data can be transferred bidirec tionally between the DRAM and the SAM In our application the DRAM port is used System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Beam Former Board BF rev 03 for Front End Bus access and the SAM port is used for transferring one page of 256 X 4 bits into four FOCUSORs 29 5 Clock Distribution It is essential to con
207. 3 P N 08080050 2 Connect conn KHOB SLIDE P MANT PYM MN307427 B FP ROTARY DISPLAY BD 4 KHOR Umzimm T J FE200177 05004015 S pL hi KNOB Om21mm ha SPEAKER GRILLE P M 05085430 5 pl P N MB307176 2 pl SCREW M2x4 Hm P N 02042046 4 SLIDEPQT FILTERING MODULE SPEAKER P N FA200501 16040005 Z pl Boord before Installing the board BRACKET F SPEAKER FP MAN BD Z B P N FB307075 2 pl P7H FA200131 r Mounted with widest frame on outer sida ADHESIVE F TRACKBALL PLATE P N FB307735 WASHER LOCK 43mm TRACKBALL ACT PLATE 2 KMOB D 14mm Sd PAN 4 p P N 4 P N 05003115 3 pl SPACER 3x10 a P N ot B0040 PAN n KHOE Dm14mm SPACER 4 255 Mounted on stud 05085115 3 marked 1 FAN O8004503 pi BRACKET ROTARY PADOLE SUPP Part of FAZOO131 Bracket for the two other rotnrias on maim board not visibia oe BRACKET F ARIES LOWER TRACKBALL P N FAS03267 Marking PAN 06608340 b E WASHER ISOL 3 2MM FRONT PANEL W LCD 4 P N FB200175 X Connected ta Pi 08004005 24 MCD rev Y en FP Mala Board c s SPACER 3 2419 For X insert correct index P N 08003219 20 Secsourca OB003212 4 08003207 For Y insert correct rev NUT M3 N y 080B0036 24 pl
208. 3 1 Oct 1996 LHS Corrected typo added nominal load in DC Power Supply table 03 1 5 Mar 1998 LHS Added two new crossreferences under 14 3 04 19 Oct 1999 LHS Updated pr sw 1 7 1 release 05 20 Jun 2000 LHS Updated pr BT 00 release References Block Diagram of System FiVe Overall Power Distribution rev 05 on page B3 7 AC Controller rev 02 description on page A8 2 DC Power Module rev 03 description on page A8 6 Description There are three types of power supplies in KEIF VE an AC power supply a DC power supply and a High Voltage power supply AC Power Supply The mains power cable is fed to a combined on off switch and circuit breaker located in the back of the system in the AC power assembly Rating of the circuit breaker depends on the nominal mains voltage in each country Correct voltage setting is configured using jumpers on a terminal block Then the mains is fed through an iso lation transformer to the AC Controller board This board contains a o a local 5V 12V DC power supply which purpose is to provide stand by power for the power switch in the front of the system and for e g a VCR s tape counter When pressing the stand by power switch the AC controller generates an interrupt via the INT I O board to the CPU board which in turn starts a power off routine Upon completion of this the CPU returns a grant signal to the AC Controller which shuts off the rela
209. 32 interface are located on the CPU and the GRAPH 5 module Required components are only 9 pin D SUB connectors The internal I O board have as a total of 7 serial lines These are supported from the CPU 4 and the GRAPH 5 board 3 respectively The following modules will use these signals VCR remote control CPU Front Panel GRAPH 5 2 Internal RS 232 TBD CPU 3 External RS 232 GRAPH 5 CPU The internal lines will be connected to standard configurated 9 pins DSUB connec tors The number of control signals vary from line to line AIIGRAPH 5 and CPU line 1 contains only TD RD RTS CTS CPU line 2 and 3 contains in addition DTR DCD CPU line 4 contains in addition DTR DCD RTXC TRXC System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal I O Board rev 03 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 14 1 AC Power Remote Control Remote control lines from IV amp DP Connector Board to the AC power are supported The AC power remote control interface detects a remote button action and gives an interrupt to the system CPU The AC power will not switch off until a grant signal from the CPU is activated Battery backup power The Internal I O board will include a lithium or a rechargeable NiCad battery for sys tem data backup RAM Remote Control These are single lines used to control Hard Copy from Cameras and Printers Two lines will be supported f
210. 4 E B FA302540 C 8075 PCB Release Rev C due to new SRAMs No functional change FA200574 E C FA302540 C 8331 BM change FCT to ABT No functional Change System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 9 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound i MCD PCB PCB P N Rev aus P N Rev C N Change description FA200574 E D FA302540 C 8510 OChange all MACHxx0 to MACHxx1 due to cost reduction Make Logic Devices compo nents as an second source for Harris FA200574 E E FA302540 C 8728 New MOD Termination of DCLK FA200574 E F FA302540 C 8870 Noise in CW and M mode on some boards Caused by use of Lattice instead of Vantis PAL Fixed by new termination on iq buffer Hang of system on some boards caused by limitations in the synchronous fifo design fixed by change of ctlpld3 V2 1 gt V2 2 ctlpld4 V2 1 gt V2 2 Remove all GND straps and test points FA200574 E G FA302540 D 9006 New PCB SW800 removed BM changed FA200574 E H FA302540 D 9202 MOD introduced in order to avoid problems caused by fpga s switching to test state Termina tion of boundary scan test sig nals on U470 U475 28 RFP FA200039 Func MCD PCB PCB EN P N Bav deus P N Rev C N Change description FA200039 A A FA302039 B Release of doc FA200039 A B FA302039 B ED Change Assy P1 P2 7001 FA200039 A C F
211. 40 MHz cycles i e 200 ns A1 60 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Bus Distribution rev 05 18 MLA Buses Data buses routing data through the Beamformer boards to the RFT board e Data 19 bit MLn D 0 18 n 0 1 2 Currently only 0 1 supported by the BF boards Data rate 20 MHz Control 3 status signals both going out of and in to each BF board MLn_RDY MLA data ready MLn_VAL MLA data valid MLn_ERR MLA error 32 RX CHANNELS 32 RX CHANNELS 32 RX CHANNELS 32 RX CHANNELS RFT SUM OF SUM OF 32 CHANNELS 64 CHANNELS 96 CHANNELS 128 CHANNELS System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 61 Bus Distribution rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 19 Pipelink Bus e Bus dispatcher RFT e Slaves MID1 MID5 SDP 2DF IMPORT or Image Port 2 Unidirectional from RFT to IMPORT or Image Port 2 via mid processors e Data transfer rate 20 MHz The bus is used for transfer of Tissue Doppler and Flow data in a sequential way to the Image Port IMPORT board or the Image Port 2 board which maps the data into the proper memory buffer in the Image Memory If the Image Port IMPORT board is used the Image Memory is located on the Image Memory board IMMEM and if the Image Port 2 board is used the memory is included on the board RFT SDP 2DF IMPOR SPARE SPARE MIDI MID2 MID3 MID4 MIDS VME VME E A VME VM VME The Image Port board or Ima
212. 41 When upgrading from sw v 1 7 x please proceed on the steps below Where applicable restore system presets written down prior to the upgrade Verify that correct video standard PAL NTSC is selected in the Setup gt Configuration amp Test gt GE Service gt Video Settings menu two passwords may be used service or setfive Verify that different setting is the same as recorded initially in Section 7 0 on page 26 If the system has an integrated MAC with full screen RGB option MUX BOX es verify that Switchbox is selected If the system does not have an integrated MAC with this option deselect the option Switchbox installed In the Setup gt Location menu verify that correct date format is selected Enter hospital specific information per site In Measure gt CONFIG SP gt Caliper Config restore setting of Spectrum Caliper button as point 15 3 Storing Restoring System Setups by using Note This procedure is only valid for system sw v 1 8 and above One of the new features in this sw version v 1 9 is the ability to store and restore System Setups by using FTP Follow the procedure below if you wants to store restore system setups after v 1 9 has been installed 15 3 1 Store Setups 1 Choose from the Front Panel a Setup b Configuration amp Test c GE Service Password two passwords may be used service or setfive System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev a
213. 5 0 et ark ka e o aka a bale kan A1 57 15 1 AC Power Supply nex ie tere ee pod add oe L A1 57 15 2 DC Power A1 58 15 3 High Voltage Power A1 58 16 0 Introd ction 22 uy tee ee aa edn oe I Euri Ue A1 59 16 1 ADSttact z co shi ee ed RS der tame A1 59 16 2 Document A1 59 16 3 Heterences wad aA dd ber 5 eS A1 59 17 0 Front End BUS aaay kik Ein A1 59 17 1 B s Master tases 1 59 17 2 eT Bale erate 1 59 17 3 DeseriptiOniz e suiit ive eR bed wis A1 60 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 18 0 MLA A1 61 19 0 Pipelink A1 62 19 1 Pipelink Bus A1 62 19 2 Pipelink Control CTL A1 63 19 3 Pipelink Dataflow A1 63 20 0 VME Bus VME 64 A1 65 20 1 1 65 20 2 Data
214. 5 Endo probe and 2 MHz TC probe Octave on CLA 3 5 expanded gain range for ECG and Phono See Release Notes for more details V1 3 2 Feb 1997 V1 3 2 release with the same 8 different configurations as mentioned above Production release for support of new RLY board FA200464 new FEC board FA200764 and new RFT board FA200574 only for Membership Increased TEE temp limit minor bug fixing See Release Notes for more details V1 4 May 1998 V1 4 release Support of Vingmed PAMPTE probe improved System 5 to EchoPAC reliability improved Dop pler display improved Octave quality See Release Notes for more details V1 5 V1 5 1 Sept 1998 V1 5 release V1 5 is only for Premium systems Support of Vingmed PAMPTE probe note V1 4 1 did not support PAMPTE after all Support for continuous capture together with EchoPAC V6 1 Improved Doppler audio and display improved Octave quality V1 5 2 18 Dec 1998 V1 5 2 release for both Premium and Membership First version with PAMPTE support for Membership Corrected an intermittent lock up problem from V1 5 1 GRAPH board problem V1 6 Jan 1999 Introduction of new System FiVe products with the pro duction release v1 6 for Advantage and Performance only V1 7 Jul 1999 V1 7 release for all System FiVe models V1 5 2 V1 6 bug fixes Support for new RX64 FA200777 and new RX128 FA200907 First version of 10 MHz Pediatric FPA probe S
215. 560 warning Table 6 AC Power Remote Control 6 ETHERNET connectors INT and EXT Type of connector 15 pin DSUB female Use The Ethernet signals from the system CPU are looped through the Internal I O board before routed to the External I O board Pin Name Description 2 EC Collision Input diff pos 3 Transmit Output diff pos 5 Receive Input diff pos 6 GND Ground 9 EC Collision Input diff neg 10 ET Transmit Output diff neg 12 ER Receive Input diff neg 13 12V 12V for AUI unit 6 1 R WAVE OUT connector Type of connector BNC female Use This R WAVE OUT signal is used for ECG triggering e g when transferring cinellops to a MAC Level TTL Table 7 Ethernet connector System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Signals 05 F1 17 Signals 05 6 2 F1 18 SCSI cable no 10 Type of connector 50 pins CHAMP male Use For communication with floppy disk hard disk optical disc and e g a SONY D7000 printer GE Vingmed Ultrasound Pin num Signal In out Description ber 1 12 GND 13 nc 14 25 GND 26 DBO in out Data 27 DB1 in out 28 DB2 in out 29 DB3 in out 30 DB4 in out 31 DB5 in out 32 DB6 in out 33 DB7 in out 34 DBP in out Parity 35 GND 36 GND 37 GND 38 TERMPW
216. 6 1 to compensate for possible BF A D converter offset drift 7 Check the monitor VCR and the other peripherals If required and applicable clean printer head s EmmriVE Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Maintenance Procedure rev 04 3 6 Installation amp Maintenance 3 7 System FiVe Shipments e System FiVe should be unpacked installed and cleared for operation by an au thorized service representative Packing Unpacking instructions are found on the outside of the transport package System FiVe must be mains connected to a HOSPITAL GRADE power source DO NOT attempt to assemble the system or connect it to a power source until qualified approval for operation has been given 3 8 Preventive User Maintenance Cleaning the System DO NOT pour water on System FiVe or immerse any part of it in any liquid Avoid spilling liquids into ventilation grates Weekly The exterior surface of the System FiVe should be cleaned with a dry cloth When more extensive cleaning is required the unit should first be powered down and then wiped with a soft cloth that has been dampened with either water or a very mild detergent NEVER use abrasive cleaners or steel wool After use Wipe away gel stains from the control panel and keyboard as soon as possible because some ultrasound gels are mildly aggressive towards plastics 3 9 Recommended Liquid Chemical Germicides In order to provide users with options in cho
217. 6 1 Tools and Test Equipment Standard GE Vingmed Field Service Tool Kit please see Test Equipment and Tools Required on page Intro 9 for details Ethernet cable crossed twisted pair GE part 2244684 Optional direct hub connect cable A non crossed twisted pair cable must be used Optional direct hub connect with coax 2 terminators 50 ohm and 2 BNC T adapters are required Ethernet adapter 10 base T GE part 4 2195664 PC Laptop with Ethernet card support Ethernet card with PC Card Lan cable adapter for 10 Base T and Coax Null modem cable GE part 2117638 3 6 2 Software Requirements for PC Laptop To install System FiVe software from PC Laptop the PC Laptop must meet the following requirements 1 2 3 Operating system Windows 95 or NT Terminal Emulation software e g Hyperterminal setup baudrate 9600 8 bits no parity 1 stopbit A FTP program that can function as a FTP Server Note Chameleon FTP server software can be downloaded from the GEMS Home Page 6 3 Compatibility vs EChoPAC software The System FiVe s system software v 1 8 is compatible with EchoPAC sw 6 2 and above Section 7 0 Test and Verification Prior to Upgrade Note 1 2 Run an automatic test prior to starting the upgrade See Performance Test System Test Procedure on page 11 1 for detailed instructions Correct any problems reported or observed before proceeding Since there is currently no
218. 74 New artwork rev C Compatible with old rev FA200264 C 6444 Power distribution modification 5V analog strap to reduce transmit noise in CW Doppler Removed ferrites on AA tx channels to avoid oscillations in 2D APAT only Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200264 B D 6504 The above modifications are implemented into artwork rev D FA200264 B E 7196 Revised board test procedure FA200264 F 7779 Changed value of fuses F1 and F2 to 5A and resistors R346 R347 R360 and R373 to 10k FA200264 C G 7838 4 straps for support of new RLY FA200434 and new FEC FA200764 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 P N Rev Mire C N Change Description FA200264 D H 7925 New p n on hybrids FA200264 D 8163 Change artw P3 change from 93 to 185 pin 15 Xducer Bus Board FA200064 P N MOD C N Change Description Rev FA200064 A A RD5722 Release FA200064 A B ED7538 Added ground strap in BM and new mod instruction 200064 C ED7913 Ground strap removed 200064 D ED8717 Ground strap reintroduced 16 XDCTRL ML200078 P N Rev MCD Rev C N Change Description ML200078 SW version V3 2 T6 or later to support mech MPTE probe on System 5 17 2 2 MLA 20 MHz A D FA200001
219. 8 AA Probe A Xducers AA Probe B Xducers AAXDS Channel 5 AA Probe Temp Sense Doppler Probe Xducer A Doppler Probe Trans Xducer B formers Probe A Motor amp Pos Motor Control and Position Sense Probe B Motor amp Pos Probe A SP2 Pos MPTE Probe Scan Plane 2 Positioning Probe B SP2 Pos Probe Sense A XDAACDAP Probe Sense B XDAACDBP Probe Sense Doppler XDDPCDP The transducer channels for the currently active AA probe are routed to the ana logue front end through relays K133 to K138 probe A and relays K143 to K148 probe B AA probe transducer channel 5 can be routed either to the analogue front end bus for standard probes or to the temperature sense input on the probe con troller board for TE probes through relay K149 The doppler probe transducer channels are routed to the analog front end bus through balancing transformers T1 and T2 For systems without the probe controller board the transducer channels are also routed to two transmitters on the TX board through relay K150 Relays K129 to K132 probe A and K139 to K142 probe B are used to route the motor control and position sense signals between the currently active AA probe and the probe controller board Probe sense signals for the AA probes and the doppler probe are routed straight through to the probe controller board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Relay Board RLY
220. 9 Tool requirements L 11 15 0 Description Front Panel replacement L 11 16 0 Description QWERTY keyboard replacement L 12 Hard Disk Replace 17 0 Introduction l u u Carat L 13 ment Procedure 17 1 D4 wean An DPI DEL L 13 rev 02 17 2 Document L 13 18 0 Tool requirements L 13 19 0 Description i bala n rta tog ead alaye eb L 13 Internal I O Re 20 0 Introduction L 15 placement Proc 20 1 EM L 15 20 2 Document L 15 21 0 Tool requirements L 15 22 0 Description o kala de nya L 15 Monitor Replace ment Procedure rev 01 1 23 0 Introduction e sk ke haa dh k ballad al dul Way L 17 Intro 36 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 23 1 Abstract iia beet mu HHHH He L 17 23 2 Document History L 17 24 0 1 lt L 17 25 0 Description Older Systems L 17 26 0 Description newer Systems L 18
221. 92984 Italian System Five 93 Anv ndarhandbok 2 FA092908 Swedish System Five 94 Bruksanvisning 2 FA092546 Norwegian System Five 95 UPGRADE MANUALS 2 EP284017 Rev A Upgrade from sw 6 0 to 6 0 x EchoPAC 96 UPGRADE MANUALS 2 EP284017 Rev B Upgrade from sw 6 0 x to 6 1 EchoPAC 97 UPGRADE MANUALS 2 EP284017 Rev CUpgrade from sw 4 2 and above to EchoPAC 6 1 1 98 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 EP194010 Rev A Sw 6 1 1 EchoPAC 99 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 EP194010 Rev B Sw 6 2 EchoPAC 100 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 EP194010 Rev C Sw 6 2 x EchoPAC 101 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 EP194010 Rev D Sw 6 3 EchoPAC 102 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 EP194010 Rev E Sw 6 3 1 EchoPAC 103 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 EP194010 Rev F Sw 6 3 2 EchoPAC 104 Connecting installation 2 EP294052 Rev C Work Station EchoPAC O1 24 FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe REM 3 3 Cables Figure 0 11 ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 105 CABLE FP CTRL INTERNAL 2 FA200078 106 CABLE FP CTRL EXTERNAL 2 FA200081 107 CABLE TEMP SENSE amp FAN 1 FA200147 108 CABLE VCR CONTROL 1 FA200155 109 CABLE FP POWER EXTERNAL 2 FA200282 110 CABLE FP POWER INTERNAL 2 FA200079 111 CABLE AC CTRL 1 200312 112 CABLE POWER DC POWER 1 FA200313 113 CABLE DC POWER SCSI HD 1 FA200386 114 CABLE SIGNAL 1 1 RGB 2 07
222. A B RLY PAL PB2 FA200799 A A A A A A A A TX128 FA200021 B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F B G B G B G B G C H C H C H C H 1 C I C J TX128 2 FA200999 A A A A A A RX64 FA200522 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A F A G RX64 FA200777 A A A A A A A A A B PRC FA200264 B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E 5 8 Factory B F B F B F B F option C G C G C G C G D H D H D H D H D I D I D I D I XDCTRL ML200078 V3 2 T6 V3 2 T6 V3 2 T6 V3 2 T6 2 Factory V3 3 V3 3 V3 3 V3 3 option BF32 FA200538 A A A A A A A A 1 MLA A B A B A B A B BF32 FA20081 1 A A A A A A A A 1 MLA A B A C H2 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Advantage Systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 SW v 1 7 1 sw v g SW v 1 2 Notes Board P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Aua 99 1 9 x Dec See page pr i 9 99 Nov 00 H2 18 BF32 FA200765 A E 16 2 MLA B B B C B D B E B F B G FEC FA200764 A A A A A A A A 5 8 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A E A F A G RFT FA200574 A A A A A A E A 6 No MLA A B A B A B E B A C A C A C E C A D A D A D E D A E A E A E E E E F E G E H 200540 16 E I SDP FA200026 A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G A G A G A G A H 1 A J CFP FA200027 A C A C A C A C 16 4 MOD
223. A RD 5956 Release of doc FA200104 B CN 6123 New artwork rev C FA200104 C ED 8465 New artwork rev D New components to accommodate UL specifications 41 Patient I O Main Board FA200193 P N Rev e C N Change Description FA200193 A A 5908 Release of doc 200193 B 6141 Removed transient suppressor FA2001 93 B C 6333 New print rev E with new DC DC converter For purposes FA200193 C D 6993 Removed the unused A D converter FA200193 C E 7084 Corrected pull up in BM and MOD FA200193 C F 8312 Doc change FA200193 C G 9347 Included CD new DCD 42 ECG Phono module Patient Amplifier Board FA200194 P N Rev H va C N Change description FA200194 A A 5909 Release FA200194 B B 6387 C3 and C7 changed to 33nF FA200194 C C 6846 R7 changed to reduced ECG gain FA200194 D D 6497 New rev C FA200194 D E 7959 Changed R1 and R2 back to 38 Mohm System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 15 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound MCD SAD P N Rev E C N Change description FA200194 D 8148 New Artwork Increased ECG contact pin diameter FA200194 D G 8311 Separated MTP from FA103 PCB rev D was not listed MOD instruction FA200194 D H 9350 New BM and DCD included CD MTP moved up one level Con nectors chang
224. A z o e 25 8 Tm Different Im 2 shades of o color E oa e range Fig 6 2 2D Flow Velocity Estimation System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 41 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 7 Post Processing 7 1 Recursive Filtering In order to reduce random noise in the image recursive filtering or temporal aver aging is performed This is averaging of data located at the same pixel position from frame to frame Signal from structures will be present from one point in time to the other while noise usually will appear once and will be averaged out over time New WEIGHT Old MEMORY Fig 7 1 Recursive Filtering 7 2 Scan Conversion The main purpose of the scan conversion process is to convert the image data stored in a rectangular format in memory to a geometrical correct image on the mon itor i e the data has to be presented on the screen in the same format as it was ac quired e g in sector shape for AA or PA probes This is done by converting the x and y addresses from the pixel domain to r and theta addresses in the angular for mat These r and theta addresses are used as inputs to the memory The pixels are given a grey scale for tissue Doppler or a color for flow value which depends on the data stored in the memory MEMORY samples ji pixels vectors Fig 7 2 Scan Conversion A1 42 System FiVe Service Manual
225. A200890 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B RLY PAL PB2 FA200799 A A A A A A A A TX128 FA200021 B D B D B D B D 1 B E B E B E B E 1 B F B F B F B F 1 B G B G B G B G 1 C H C H C H C H C I C I C I C I C J C J C J C J TX128 2 FA200999 A A A A A A RX64 FA200522 A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E 7 A F A G PRC FA200264 B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F C G C G C G C G 5 8 D H D H D H D H D I D I D I D I XDCTRL ML200078 NOT NOT NOT NOT 2 STD STD STD STD BF32 FA200550 B B B B B B B B 1 MLA FEC FA200669 A A A A A A A A FEC FA200764 A A A A A A A A 5 8 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G H2 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Membership systems 128 channels SW v 1 7 SW SW v 1 8 SW v 1 9 Notes Board P N Apr 99 v 1 7 1 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec See page pis Nov 99 P 99 Nov 00 H2 18 RFT FA200373 E E E E E E E E E F E F E F E F F G F G F G F G RFT1 FA200574 A A A A A A E A NO MLA A B A B A B E B A C A C A C C C E D E E E F E G E H SDP FA200026 A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G A G A G A G A H A I A J CFP FA200409 A A A A A A A A 2 MOD A B IMPORT FA200028 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F Image Port 2 FA200572 A A A A
226. A302039 B ED Doc change only 7408 29 RFP 200555 Func MCD PCB PCB M P N Rav I raus P N Rev C N Change description FA200555 A A FA302555 A ED Release of doc 7352 4 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Func MCD PCB PCB ELE Rev rev P N Rev WA Change descriptio FA200555 A B FA302555 A ED SCD Rev A gt B Typing errors 7485 30 SDP FA200026 Func MCD PCB PCB DENM P N P N Rev C N Change description FA200026 A A FA302026 C 5897 Production release same as rev 02 FA200026 A B FA302026 C 5991 PLD change corrected data buffer timing FA200026 A C FA200026 C 5991 PLD change Corrected pipelink register timing FA200026 A D 02026 C 6257 Changed resistors R4 R6 R17 R37 R40 to correct intermittent problems with the ECL clocks caus ing intermittent Doppler lock up problems Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200026 A E 02026 C 6603 Corrects a lock up problem in Duplex Triplex Doppler Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200026 A F 02026 C 7373 PLD change FA200026 A G 02026 D 8197 New PCB FA200026 A H 02026 D 9325 New SCD FA200026 A 2026 9448 0122 0123 changed to 74 574
227. ABLE TO SYSTEM MONITOR Rev 01 punosen n 19 LO Ads xoojg 53iudeio e1 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S 81 24 CPU Block Diagram rev 01 RS232 SERIAL I O vw ww ETHERNET INTF EPROM SCSI INTF DRAM PARALLEL PIGGYBACK INTE VME CONTROLLER VME BUS INT 1 0 INT 1 0 INT 1 0 INT 1 0 Rev 01 punosen n 19 amp LO A 1 ureJDeiq Y20019 ndo e1 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S 61 24 Front Panel Block Diagram rev 01 TO FROM SYSTEM SERIAL SYSTEM INTF ROTARY DECODER ROTARY KNOBS D m ROTARY DISPLAY ROTARY BOARD DECODER ROTARY KNOBS oona LOCAL uP LED ACTIVATERS V N LED_EN_L BRIGHT BLEN L TGC DECODER MUX amp A D e TOGGLES FRONT PANEL MAIN BOARD CHIP SELECTS ADDRESS REVISION DECODER DETECT VIA TRACKBALL DECODER TOGGLE DECODER BEEPER CONTROL LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH MATRIX DECODER SWITCHES QWERTY KEYBOARD LT BEEPER FROM SDP VIA INT I O Y AUDIO A AUDIO B AUDIO AMPL SPEAKERS Rev 01 punosen n
228. AND MECHANICAL HAZ ARDS ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601 1 AND CAN CSA C22 2 NO 601 1 TEC 1157 EN 61157 1994 Requirements for the declaration of the acoustic output of medical diagnos tic ultrasonic equipment EN 60601 1 2 1993 Medical Electrical Equipment part 2 Collateral standard Electromagnetic compatibility Requirements and tests NOTE 1 Any rest energy within our scanners or their components will be below 60V DC or 2 mJ Intro 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 2 2 1 2 2 About This Manual Abstract The purpose of this manual is to provide information which will enable the technician to diagnose and repair most problems encountered in the use of System FiVe It is not a guide to operation Information pertaining to this is found in the System FiVe User Manual The manual is not intended to be used for troubleshooting on board level This will be done on the factory Some of the modules in the System FiVe are older designs thus occasionally signal names on the module might not be the same on another module even though the signal is the same This is done to ease troubleshooting on board level at the factory Overview The service manual is divided into several main chapters e Theory of Operation chapter consists of two major sections a Principles of Operation section which gives a lesson in the basics of ultrasound and a Sys
229. AVASCULAR REV lt REVISION DETECT L PA HIGH VOLTAGE READBACK HVOENSE HV POWER CATHETER POSITION CATH CODE HV ON OFF MOTOR POSITION CONTROL IV PATIENT ISOLATED TXTRIG_L FEC P2 FEC RXD TXD CPU SENSORS REV FEC PREAMP A D AND ECG MODULE ISOLATION O MODULE P503 SERIAL DATA SERIAL DATA INTERNAL I O PHONO EI PARALLEL INTERFACE c INTERNAL I O AMP FILTER RESPIRATION PRESSURE O OPTIONAL MODULE PRESSURE O AMP FILTER PRESSURE Q AMP FILTER PRESSURE O PRESSURE O AMP FILTER ISOLATED POWER 5V AMP FILTER System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev PATIENT I O SYSTEM 5 FRONT END DRAWING NUMBER SYSTEM 5 CHECHED DA DESIGNERTDA SIGN GRL 17 10 96 N FILE TYPE OF DOCUMENT SHEET s5 fe block 1 OF 1 DETAILED BLOCK DIAGRAM 5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B1 05 mid 02 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound BF MLAO OPTIONAL BF OPTIONAL BF MEZ FE BUS FEC FEC SYNCL FEC TXTRIG L FEC EOL_L FEC gg VME BUS OUTPUT EVENTS OUTP ADDRESS IQ READ WRITE FULL BAND HANDLER HILBERT TRANSFORM FRONT END INTERFACE 1 MID Processor rev 02 RF_MODE INP ADDR DETECTOR COMPRESS DSP CONTROL PROCESSOR VME INTERFACE
230. Abstract This description is a brief description of the black and white BW printers used in System FiVe Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 Apr 1998 LHS Initial document release 02 2 Nov 1999 LHS Updated 03 8 Dec 1999 LHS Updated new printer Table 1 Revision control Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature BW Black and white References Keyboard I O and Peripherals on page A1 55 I O rev 02 on page 1 8 Internal Subassembly rev A on page D 6 Signals 05 starting on page F 3 Spare Parts rev 13 on page 1 3 Installation Procedure Video Printer b w Sony UP890MDG GEVU PN FB194016 Descriptions The SONY UP890 printers are used both on NTSC and PAL System FiVe systems Note Before May 1999 There are different GE Vingmed Part Numbers for the NTSC and the PAL version of the printer so please check for the correct GE Vingmed Part Number before order ing see the Spare Parts rev 13 on page 1 3 After May 1999 The Sony video printer UP 890 MDG Supports both NTSC and PAL and both 120 VAC and 220 240 VAC 50 60 Hz System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound BW Printer rev 03 SONY UP890 printer is connected to Video Out and Rem Cntrl on the Internal I O See Internal I O without PosDet and PAMPTE support page F 12 for more info System FiVe Service Ma
231. B B 8525 New PCB LC power supply filters on analog 5V removes noise in CW and HPRF 11 RX128 2 FA200907 P N Rev ae C N Change Description FA200907 A A 8616 Initial production release of RX128 2 with improved power supply filtering New SMD coils mounted System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 3 Compatibility Overview rev 15 12 RX64 200522 GE Vingmed Ultrasound MCD us P N Rev kin C N Change Description FA200522 A A 7273 For 64 channel system Release of 64 channel board with multiplexers and AD604 TGC amplifier FA200522 A B 7552 Changed values for R751 and R759 to reduce straight down noise in Color Flow FA200522 A C 7641 Changed values for C449 C512 to reduce 2D near field artifacts FA200522 A D 8081 Changed prom RXMUX to V1 1 to support 2 5 FPA rev C probe FA200522 E 8190 Connector obsolete Change PCB FA200522 F 8447 Added LC filter at analog 5V to remove noise from HPRF and CW FA200522 A G 9533 New Test Procedure Production test 13 RX64 v 2 200777 MCD t P N Rev C N Change Description FA200777 A A 8595 New board for 64 channel system with LC filter mounted on board FA200777 A B 9534 New test procedure 14 PRC 200264 MCD e P N Rev ae C N Change Description FA200264 A 5874 Production release FA200264 59
232. BF cache setup from hd0 usr app acquis test etc dig_test1 res System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 11 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 9 7 2 7 9 7 2 8 K09 12 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx_delays0 res Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig_test1 res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Digital test 2 MLA 0 PASSED Opened hd0 usr app test etc digtest2x mat Loading tx setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx params res AcquisitionTest feTest using default curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig test1 res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig test1 res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Reading Soir uuu uu u ka kan Sad a k na d n ok Digital test 2 MLA1 Analog Tests 40 Analog test 1 All beams one channel 41 Analog test 2 32 beams one channel BF output to file 42 Analog test 3 single channel BF out and EPS to file 43 Noisetest One BF board timing errors test 44 ADC bit test One BF board bit error test 45 ADC input noise All BFs noise on input to ADCs These tests except 45 require special probe terminator boxes
233. C E C E C E C E MBD FA200046 B B B B B B B B 1 C C C C C C C C 4 8 IV DP FA200248 A A A A A A A A Connector A B A B A B A B Board A C A C A C A C B D B D B D B D 9 B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F H2 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 REM Systems Compatibility Overview rev 15 REM Systems Board P N SW v 1 9 x Nov 2000 Notes See page H2 18 RLY FA200434 A A A B A C A D 5 8 Factory option RLY 2 FA200890 A A A B TX128 FA200021 B D B E B F B G C H C l C J TX128 2 FA200999 A A RX128 2 FA200907 A A BF32 2 MLA FA200765 A E B B B C B D B E B F B G 16 FEC FA200764 A A A B A C A D A E A F A G 5 8 RFT No MLA FA200574 E A E B E C E D E E E F E G E H RFT1 FA200540 E H 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 7 Compatibility Overview rev 15 REM Systems Board P N SW 1 9 2000 Notes See page H2 18 SDP FA200026 A E A F A G A H A I A J CFP 4 MOD FA200027 A C A D 16 Image Port 2 FA200572 A A A B A C 15 SCONV FA200029 B D B E B F C G C H D I D J D K GRAPH5
234. C G RX128 FA200638 A A A A A A A A 3 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E RX128 FA200776 A A A A A A A A 10 B B B B B B B B RX128 2 FA200907 A A A A A A A A PRC FA200264 B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E B F B F B F B F C G C G C G C G 5 8 D H D H D H D H D I D I D I D I XDCTRL ML200078 V3 2 T6 V3 2 T6 V3 2 T6 V3 2 T6 2 V3 3 V3 3 V3 3 V3 3 H2 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Elite Performance and Premium Systems 256 channels Notes SW v 1 7 SW v 1 7 1 SWv 18 see oard P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec Ade E 99 00 216 BF32 FA200001 A D A D A D A D 3 2 MLA A E A E A E A E 3 A F A F A F A F 3 A G A G A G A G 3 BF32 FA200382 A B A B A B A B 3 2 MLA BF32 FA200765 A A A A A A A A 2 MLA A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E B B B C B D B E B F B G FEC FA200009 B B B B 17 C C C C D D D D E E E E FEC FA200669 A A A A A A A A FEC FA200764 A A A A A A A A 5 8 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F A G RFT FA200373 B B B B B B B B C C C C C C C C D D D D D D D D E E E E E E E E E F E F E F E F F G F G F G F G RFT1 FA200540 A A A A A A A A 6 E B E B E B E B E C E C E C E C E D E D E D E
235. C Power 115VAC rev 01 cClal arc 4 zani HE EA HI m z cart I I z 7 T TT T s Sul Litia HAIN SAT TCH ice x Lior YE lu 15 YE cH 16 En TEZ 9 and pin B tm 12 11 amd pin 4 ta 12 LIN OT VIMGMED ea eel Re o4 GR ee em a a ea sade Aq um a lia ee er ee ma a a ma A B sad Tm a a ram qu omniam en rice Snanre LAUP m k FTI TER LE rrer t LIE I pat tt ee ee ee ees 1 RB 15 Da L r cd To RB To Tle OE gt gm T og THe BL To Y ge 6227 M System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev C2 2 Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files C2 02 AC Pwr 230 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound YERRITE z SUOWPC TL n MALE EnmIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 2 AC Power 230VAC rev 03 Current Limes MAIN SWITCH YEJ UN x T x LI Y IR Zl E ME mama al TRORRETTTARY THRE MATT Hl Ti FEMALE OUTLET UHIZSZOUL rcd ana sue 81 Er
236. CLT LA AX A 1 4 vu _ MA a Nov B E mn x uw RLY Cl SS WR ALT MA ER CE LOTO Imp Rl T na DET aW wp 200 WB PL 3I ECCS um Wool Cable Harness MAC rev B C1 3 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204727 rev C Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204727 rev C NAT __ E du De d H norm grs a LAS fe ar y MAC fetid T TAY wie o E Mu N HA wa P I Ce n we 5 ek 2 TZ E x bru Er s ar FIN files C1 04 Cabl MAC Elit 01 Z 2 CUT Sf TE IM 3 5 un N P N N FEED ESOS VALL DUC C x C Niw ao 4 GUT Pri K PVAS PRAJL v0 600 0900 vara Gne pef S uy DOME y sd UT USA nm Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servi Turks m dee BROT 2 TT A TRL ALT iol y 89 ts E ERI c ER We A M S QUIET Up FT NOIL T A TI A i 1 EN MU EER A z ms War vss F d 5 Loon FPE COD ae T n 5 T TT gu 6x ares mood
237. CUSORs and sums and scales these inputs to 22 bit output word DATA OUT 0 21 16 bit DATA OUT 2 17 are used for input to BAL3 Additionally the chip delivers three status signals CHIP VALID DATA READY and DATA ERROR that tells the subsequent stage the BAL3 when to accept data BAL2 will also be used for parameter storage during the FOC parameter loading We will need 2 BAL2s for each MLA BAL3 accepts the data from two BAs Level 2 each 16 bit and one 22 bit data word from any preceding board and sums and scales these inputs to one 22 bit word In a 128 channel Front End a data word length of 19 bit is sufficient so to reduce the number of signals between the BF boards only the 19 LSBs are used This 19 bit word is the output of the Beam Former board and will be the input for any succeeding BF board or for the Scan Line Processor in the RFT board Additionally the chip de livers three status signals see above that tell the subsequent stage next BF board or the RFT board when to accept data 1 BAL3 is needed for each MLA The BF board therefore uses 3 BEAM ADDERs to support 32 RF channels for each MLA Video RAM and Parameter loading The Beam Former parameters need to be updated for each beam in a 2D scan new steering delay and one scan may consist of two or more different Scan Modes re quiring different setup of the FOCUSOR These parameters must be loaded into the FOCUSOR before the firing of a new beam For a full 1
238. Contrast resolution A1 4 Copying from masterdisk onto disk with old software i e a software update N 5 from masterdisk onto a brand new disk N 6 CPU H2 4 H2 8 H2 12 H2 16 H4 14 Board Formats A1 74 CPU Board A4 17 Block Diagram B2 18 Current Limiter C2 4 Curved Linear Array A1 6 A1 8 Imaging A1 5 Curved Linear Array CLA Probes E2 3 Curved Linear Array Probes E1 4 D Dangerous Procedure Warnings Intro 5 Data Buffer A1 49 from Mid Processors A1 53 from VCR A1 53 Data in image field frozen K03 9 DC Power DC Power module A8 6 DC Power Supply Block Diagram B2 23 Extention Board A8 9 Outputs A8 8 Power Supply Connectors A8 8 Replacement Procedure L 5 Revision history H5 1 DC Power Supply Power Distribution A1 58 DC Voltage Test K04 4 Debug Commands K17 1 Depth of Focus A1 4 Detection A1 29 Digital Beamforming 1 11 Digital Signal Processor DSP A1 50 Display and Control A1 52 Display and Control system A4 1 Display Problems K03 7 Doppler A1 24 Doppler Controls Listing A5 9 Doppler Probes E1 5 E2 4 Doppler Processing A1 50 Doppler Probes E1 5 DSP Digital Signal Processor 1 50 Dynamic focus A1 4 E Edge Enhancement A1 31 Effective Aperture A1 3 A1 11 Electric Shock Hazard Intro 5 Electronic Steering of the Probe Transmit Focusing A1 9 Electronically Steered Probes A2 3 E1 3 Electrostatic Discharge Warning Intro 5 Element test K04 5 Element to Channel mapping K04 7 Ethernet Signal A1 56 Expa
239. D J 9562 New SCD due to Power up error in DTBCTL FA200029 D K 9781 New Print and added JTAG programming 36 GRAPH FA200030 Func PCB PCB Eau P N Bay C N Change description FA200030 A A FA302030 C 5981 Released version FA200030 A B FA302030 C 6124 Changed VME MS and VME from V1 0 to V1 1 FA200030 FA302030 6124 Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200030 02030 6739 Oscillator for NTSC video changed to 12272725 Hz FA200030 A E FA302030 6986 VxWorks label added FA200030 FA302030 7083 PLD change Pentium only FA200030 A G 02030 7866 ASSY CD DRILL PCB BM SCD DCD updated FA200030 A H 02030 8339 Video improvement Change BM FA200030 A FA302030 9094 Change BM R72 Introduced FA200030 A J FA302030 D 9137 Change BM Latchup fix Removed un used RAM FA200030 A K FA302030 E 9181 New PCB Change BM System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 13 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Func PCB PCB TT P N na re P N Rev C N Change description FA200030 A L FA302030 E 9681 New SCD FA200030 A M 02030 9821 New SCD VMS RI FBPP TX 37 MEMORY FA200110 P N Rev MED C N Change Descr
240. D support Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Continuous Capture Including Frame Grabber Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt support and RGB S VHS switch box Other Patient archive x x x x x x x x x x Clipboard support x x x x x x x x x x User defined defaults x x x x x x x x x x Annotation recall x x x x x x x x x restore Update function x x x x x x x x x 3D acquisition FLA CLA Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt VCR remote control X x x x x x x LL 94 punosenjn pauiBulA 39 amp 91 080160VJ enuen 99I1A49S GI 0OJ U Feature Comments V1 0 V1 1 V1 2 V1 3 V1 4 V1 5 V1 5 3 V1 6 V1 7 V1 8 V1 9 V 1 7 1 1 9 x M amp A on playback x x x x x x x x x Foot switch support x x x x x x x x x x 2D Frame counter x x x x x x x x x x Heart rate indicator x x x x x x x x x x ECG trigging x x x x x x x x x x Stress echo raw data x x x x x x x x x x Up down left right x x x x x x x x x x Bodymarks x x x x x x x x x Biopsy Support x x x x x x x x x TEE temp override x x x x x x x x x 43 C EchoMAT support Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Selectable phono filters x x x x x x x X punosenjn pauiBulA 39 amp LL 81 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes Intro 16
241. Delays esas Fig 2 5 Steering Delays 2 4 3 Transmit Focusing So far we have achieved to steer the beam in the direction we want to The next step is to also focus the beam at a desired deplh This is done by introduction of so called focus delays The purpose of these is to form an electronically steered lens where the ROC Radius of Curvature can be altered according to selected focal point A1 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 LEY elays RIT Focusing Delays DIRECTION Fig 2 6 Focus Delays The steering delays and focus delays are added together to a total delay component For each line or angle these delays are calculated when a probe is connected to the system They will depend on probe frequency number of elements aperture probe maximum allowed scan angle etc and are stored in a memory on the Trans mitter board ready to be used when the desired scan patterns are called for 2 4 4 Effective Projected Aperture A disadvantage with phased array probes is that the effective aperture of the trans ducer is reduced at larger angles 4 Effective Aperture Effective Aperture Fig 2 7 Effective Aperture Resulting problems are increased width of the ultrasound beam and decreased sen sitivity on receive side since we are now operating at the outer
242. EC rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 33 11 AA and DP Probe Sense from artwork F only The Annular Array probes and Stand Alone Doppler probes are recognized in the same way as they are in the CFM 7XX and CFM 8XX products A 2 5V voltage ref erence will always be in parallel with one of the resistors selected by a multiplexer by PS CUR 0 1 Thus depending on the size of the resistor one of four constant currents can be fed through the probe code resistor The currents are ranging from 3 3uA to 1mA in order to cover the range of probe code resistors from 0 to 3 3 Mohm Three different probe resistors can be selected through a multiplexer by PS PRBJ 0 1 In addition a fourth onboard resistor can be selected for automatic test purposes A voltage will develop across the probe code resistor This voltage is buffered low pass filtered 150Hz and scaled A 0 4 before fed as AAPRBCD to a multiplexing A D converter The digitized values D 0 7 are then fed to the CPU board 33 12 Temperature Sensors from artwork F only 33 12 1Annular Array TEE Probes A temperature sensor is implemented for monitoring the temperature in the TEE probes A reference voltage 10 00V is scaled down and fed to the temperature transducer AD590 inside the TEE probe tip This device outputs a current propor tional to the temperature 1uA Kelvin or 273 2 T l uA T C 33 1 A voltage proportional to the current develops on the invert
243. EC Board 10 to 10 V non inverting ATGCVN TGC control voltage FEC Board 10 to 10 V inverting AASEL Select AA inputs FEC Board TTL System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 25 Receiver Board RX 128 rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 18 General Description 18 1 Overview Buffer TEST SIG Buffer LP Filter Fig 18 1 Block diagram Refer to Fig 18 1 for a block diagram of the receiver board The RX128 board contains 128 identical receive channels and a common control in terface Each receive channel consists of a T R switch for transmit signal isolation a low noise preamplifier and a voltage controlled TGC amplifier A set of relays is A2 26 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Receiver Board RX 128 rev 02 18 2 18 3 18 4 18 5 18 6 used to switch between phased array PA mode where each transducer element is connected to one receive channel and annular array AA mode where each transducer element is connected to sixteen receive channels T R Switches The T R switches limit the voltage swing at the receiver inputs during transmission High voltage diode bridges D1 to D256 are forward biased as long as the input volt age is between the supply voltages When the input voltage exceeds the supply volt ages the diodes are reverse biased isolating the receiver inputs from the transducer Voltage regulators U217 to U220 generate the
244. ECTION COMPR C P Q RX Board NE SCAN STITCHING EDGE DETECTION CONV DISPLAY ATGC c 45 SC RFT Fig 4 1 2D Tissue Data Flow System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 4 2 Detailed descriptions of data processes The different data processes after focusing and before the scan conversion will be described in this section 4 2 1 Time Gain Compensation Because of the attenuation of ultrasound in tissue 1dB cm MHz the reflections from tissue at far depths are much weaker than reflections from structures at shallow depths In order to compensate for this intensity drop Time Gain Compensation is provided The amplification is increased with increasing depth In System 5 there are two types of this Analog Time Gain Compensation with a 0 40 dB range is imple mented on the Receiver board The purpose of this is also to optimize the input volt age to the A D converters Digital Time Gain Compensation is implemented on the Tissue Processor board This is the TGC which is user controlled via slide potenti ometers on the front panel A Reflected Signal Depth A Depth Fig 4 2 Time Gain Compensation Depth System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 27 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 2 2 RF Demodulation An ultrasound burst with a certain length a few us is transmitted from the tra
245. ENI EW iesu k Xan u tate Bas Gag ua aeta A2 3 Connector A2 4 Module Descriptions A2 5 Mechanically Steered A2 9 Trans thorax Probes A2 9 Transesophageal probes A2 9 Introduction A2 11 ADSIIaCE S ef Da o tema ke aai uu A2 11 Document History A2 11 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 11 References us edens eg t Sua A2 11 lt 2 11 Introduction RR Na aran A2 12 ADSIIACEs maari natami teal dae bexe a AE A2 12 Document History A2 12 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 12 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Intro 19 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 7 0 Physical Dimensions A2 12 8 0 General Description and Block Diagram A2 13 8 1 Block Diagrams 2 13 8 2 Standby Power A2 13 8 3 2 MHz CW
246. ERATOR DA AA IE AA W A A VME BUS INTERFACE CPU MESSAGE PORT FRONT END BUS INTF GENERATOR f Say j TEST SIGNAL 1 f f XDCTRL INTE eec EL PROBE ID EL PROBE SELECT EL PROBE MUX CTRL HIGH VOLTAGE CTRL REVISION DETECT r r r hw r a HIGH VOLTAGE READBACK TXTRIG L gt SINCE gt RFT VME BUS CPU SERIAL HV CTRL TX POWER HV SENSE vom TX POWER Rev 02 punosen n 19 amp ZO Ads pueog DUZ 81 050160 ENUEN 399S 15 6 24 PATIENT ISOLATED SENSORS PREAMP MODULE PHONO 1 C RESPIRATION PRESSURE O OPTIONAL PRESSURE O PRESSURE O PRESSURE Q PRESSURE O Patient I O Block Diagram rev 02 TSOLATION PATIENT MODULE ISOLATION SERIAL DATA P3 CABLE TO INT I O SERIAL DATA ISOLATED POWER UNISOLATED 5V 5V CTRL INT I O INT I O Rev 02 punose1jf pauiBulA 39 amp 30 Ads ureJDeiq xoig 1ueged A281 050160 ENUEN eorues 15 01 24 RF amp Tissue Proc Block Diagram rev 02 ZONE OFFSET DETECTOR STITCHING ADIUS
247. F32 1 MLA H2 10 40 MHz A D H4 6 2 MLA H2 3 H2 14 20 MHz A D H4 5 40 MHz A D H4 6 2 1MLA H4 6 Block Diagrams B3 1 2D Flow Board B2 12 AC Power B2 22 Beam Former Boards B2 7 Boards B2 1 Clock Distribution B3 3 CPU Board B2 18 Data Flow Schematic B3 5 DC Power Supply B2 23 Display B1 7 Display Control and I O SuperVision with integrated Mac and RGB S VHS Switch Box es B1 5 External I O B2 21 Index GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front End B1 5 Front End Controller Board B2 8 Front Panel B2 19 Graphic uP 2 17 High Voltage Power Supply B2 24 1 8 Image Memory 2 15 Image Port B2 14 Internal I O B2 20 MID Processor B1 6 Motherboard with Major Buses B3 6 Overall Power Distribution B3 7 Patient I O B2 9 Probe Controller B2 6 Relay Board B2 3 RF and Tissue Processor B2 10 RX128 Board B2 5 RX64 Board B2 5 Scan Converter B2 16 Spectrum Doppler Processor B2 1 1 Table of Contents B 1 TX 128 Board B2 4 Block Diagrams Complete B1 1 Block Schematic Front End and Mid B1 3 System FiVe Harddisk N 3 N 4 Board Assembly Drawings M 1 Board Compatibility List H2 1 Board Formats A1 69 2D Flow A1 73 BF A1 72 CPU A1 74 FEC A1 72 Graphic A1 73 HV POWER A1 76 IMMEM A1 74 IMPORT A1 73 INT I O A1 75 IP2 A1 73 PRC A1 71 RFT A1 72 RLY A1 70 RX128 A1 71 RX64 A1 71 SCONV A1 73 SDP A1 73 TX128 A1 71 Board revision history H4 1 H5 1 Board Tests via external terminal
248. FA200765 B E 8806 Mod updated Spacers changed to nylon 6 GND straps removed FA200765 B F 9253 New MOD Heatsink on Beam adder removed A new heat sink on the Focusor ASIC introduced Noise removal in Color Flow with the CLA probes FA200765 B G 9545 MTP updated DC Offset calibration and ADC bit test included 21 2 1MLA 200811 MCD Rev it i C N Change description FA20081 1 A A 8475 First revision Based on FA200765 rev C with 1 MLA To be used together with FA200777 RX64 v 2 FA20081 1 A B 9417 New MOD Heatsink introduced H4 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 P N Rev MCD rev C N Change description FA20081 1 9817 Improved decouplingin order toremove noise in Doppler and FPA probes 22 FEC FA200009 MCD P N Rev js i C N Change description FA200009 A A Initial production release FA200009 Test signal modification in order to get correct signal level for the test signal to the RX128 board Necessary for CW improvement Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200009 Changed VMEIF2 from v1 0 to v1 1 FA200009 Mod for reduction of near field color noise with FLA probes FA200009 7680 Updated MCD Noise reduction in 2D for some CLA and FLA probes Corrected polarity on the signal PMX LE
249. Fast standard for 8 bits bus RS 232 signals These signals are standard RS 232 running at a maximum 38 400 baud if possible e One line for connection to the CPU host signal For this function we need a separate EPROM set for monitoring the system during fault conditions line for optional connection to a modem One line TBD This could either be connected to the GRAPHIC 5 board or to the CPU board Ethernet signals The signals into the I O board is supported by the CPU On the I O board the signals are converted to a Thin Wire Ethernet BNC RG58 coaxial cable old systems or to AUI on newer systems See Fig 2 2 Ethernet connection alternatives System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal I O Board rev 03 2 14 7 Digital signals The signals are prepared for the following input output 3input lines and GND for Foot switch connection This signal will be decoded on the I O board e Output of a 5V signal trigger pulse 2 14 8 Analog Signals There will be 4 inputs on the External I O module All the analog signals will be A D converted on the External board and scaled before they are transferred to the SDP board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A6 9 Internal I O Board rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page A6 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files A6 03 Extern
250. FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Probe Controller Component Side Lu fen 1 WS SE E ali ut DET ti ales B 1 n BEB EZE HEE EB E FE R JE 1 ig l j h an EE EEE Pus als NL PEBE meve J wa ERE EE ee m GE Vingmed Ultrasound EE REN RU TPA Tr 101 FRE i 177 BREA Ha E Eid rao yy p iua jk ai T SH 13 JEJE 4 dy TER ar B ges EE oe he iiid kk L sy g Ett i T Gt TEL L XU i E Ti Ho EE 3 EE JEE EsHigd3 ELI beter qae sa d he Pate vw TT HEF FE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev HE B eges ig ER E ES B Bi zi CU a 313 J F E era od Esk 513 FATA o s Probe Controller Solder Side Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files M 05 Int 1 02 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal Component Side rev E LDS 1 10500
251. GE Vingmed Ultrasound Service Manual Rev Online System FiVe Sw Up to v 1 9 x Click to choose Index Table of Contents e Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature 5 serv files 01 Intr 01 04 Man S ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto The Service Manual Main Overview Introduction Topics described in this manual This page lists the main topics covered by the mmumriVE Service Manual These topics are described in the Service Manual Subject Section Warnings and Cautions Intro 5 Table of Contents Intro 17 Theory of Operation A Block Diagrams Complete B Cables C1 Power C2 Mechanics D Probes E signals F Maintenance Procedure G Config amp Rev Control H Revision Req List Troubleshooting Guide K Replacement Procedures L Board Assembly Drawings rev 01 M Software Overview N Spare Parts 02 O Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology P Nomenclature Index R mmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Intro 1 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Software versions Service Manual Up to v 1 9 x 091050 November 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound MANUAL STATUS Copyright 1994 2000 by GE Vingmed Ultrasound A
252. ILTERS INTERPOL FILTERS N FILTER COEFF A WW k YAL lt FILTER COEFF B amp C Tissue Tissue TISSUE RGB ENCODER COMPR REJ FLOW BE PIXEL DATA ENCODER Bx D nn PIXEL ADDR Z4 4E UM W A usur PIXEL PORT ADDRESS Tissue TISSUE FLOW CFM_SEL ARBITER MUX_SEL PIXEL BUS 24 BIT RGB Rev 01 punosen n 19 amp LO Aes ureJ amp eiq xoo g JeueAuoo ULIS e1 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S uleis S 2 SCV PIXEL BUS P2 Graphic uP Board Block Diagram rev 01 VME BUS P1 P2 VME INTERFACE BRIDGE VRAM a EE lt S lt gt gt 4 Ar Ar ar zn Xi yy a vvv YZ wy tes MI 5 lt RAMDAC J dr ad N O O0 O P3 P3 P3 Y Y Y Y VIDEO S VHS nop INT I O gt VCR PRINTERS FRONT PANEL COAX CONNECTORS AND EXT VIA INT 1 0 AND C
253. IO J HPAL DE HEJ FILE 19529 r Internal I O Solder Side B M 6 Mar S5 serv filesM 07 Ext 01 ervice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb S GE Vingmed Ultrasound mn i s uk E Eo al E g o ii kej EE ss Ell ea lili ala Eble 85139 Aida Belg EAEI da E EZEDIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 gabe ndi Ele MOLLE we L 1 THE FED Mall FH zL z D a External I O Component Side M 7 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Er nes Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files M 08 ACctrl 01 Printed December 5 2000 pus du IITE peat otaga mar keel Lx pes El riu la l l t Latari spend iej System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 BEIM FPE ul HEC EL L H LH D Lnd AL AC Controller Component Side M 8 Macintosh HD User James Q9 arb Service 85 ServiceMan S5 serv files M 09 HVs 1 01 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound orn tbe pev LET m EZEDIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 11 a 2 FUSE LREF 77 solderirg ESI SHEP PPE WEL Hi
254. IO L PHONO FP AUDIO R AUDIO AMPLIFIER BOARD FP POWER 9PIN D SUB AA POWER ROTARY DISPLAY 5V RED 15V ORANGE P5 BOARD 15V VIOLET GND BLACK DISPLAY2 P1 P5 ADAPTER BOARD QWERTY KEYBOARD MAIN BOARD FP CTRL 15PIN D SUB 7 Control The front panel uP communicates serially with the system over an RS 232 port Lo cally the uP controls the front panel A5 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files A5 03 FP ctrl 04 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front Panel Controls rev 04 Front Panel Controls rev 04 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract This document lists the Front Panel Controls and the boards which are affected when these controls are adjusted The controls are implemented via keyboard knobs e assignable rotaries assignable keys or paddlesticks 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 2 May 1995 GRL First version of document 02 18 Oct 1996 GRL Updated per V111 release 03 21 Oct 1999 LHS Updated text 04 01 Nov 00 JB Corected text 2 Description Table 1 2D Controls Control parameter Implemented on
255. IS Printed in Norway All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be reproduced stored in Eleventh edition a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means elec November 2000 tronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of GE Vingmed Ultrasound A S COMPANY DATA GE Vingmed Ultrasound A S Telephone 47 3302 1100 P O Box 141 Telefax 47 3302 1350 N 3191 Horten Telex 70405 sound n Norway Internet email NORWAYSERV euromsx gemse fr Intro 4 Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Introduction rev 11 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Warnings and Cautions The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this equipment Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the equipment Authorization Operating personnel must not remove the system covers Servicing should be per formed by authorized personnel only Only personnel who have participated in a System FiVe Training Seminar are authorized to service the equipment Electric Shock Hazard To minimize shock hazard the equipment chassis must be connected to an electri cal ground The system is equipped with a three conductor AC power cable This
256. Interface Adapter VIA contains two 8 bit parallel I O ports used to control the below described devices Beeper The beeper can be activated by pulling the BEEP L signal low LED activators backlighting The keys are lit in two steps Backlighting is provided by enabling a BLEN L signal giving a quit dim light This signal is automatically turned low when the ambient light is low sensed by a light dependant resistor RL 1 Whenever a button is depressed the LED EN L signal specific for each LED is enabled causing the current through the LED to increase again increasing the light strength Trackball The trackball interrupts the uP through the VIA when moved Both it s X Y and two quadrature outputs are connected to the VIA System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front Panel rev 02 3 6 4 Toggle switches The state of both toggle switches are sensed through the VIA 3 6 5 Infrared IR Remote Control The remote control interface has provisions for 32 different keys The receiver and amplifier located on the Rotary display board sends serial data to a receiver chip on the Main board This device is connected to the VIA with five data signals and a IRDR L data ready signal 3 7 TGC slide potentiometers The center tap of each of the 8 slide pot s are buffered and fed to a multiplexing 8 bit A D converter giving out a digital value every 9 ms The uP reads the
257. Internal I O board performs buffering and distribution of video and control data from various sources inside the card cage to multiple destinations The board also contains a VME Interface and can thus generate its own control signals and read the status of peripherals e B and Sync are fed from the Graphics board directly up to the system monitor Another set of RGB can be fed to a color printer Composite video black and white video and S VHS video are buffered and dis tributed to VCR and printers e The analog Doppler signals fed from the Spectrum Doppler board to the VCR audio inputs and through a switch where audio from VCR playback also is input up to the audio amplifier and then to the speakers e A parallel port is generated on the Internal I O board where data to e g a laser printer can be output e Serial RS 232 interface signals from the System CPU and the Graphics board are fed to the destinations Front Panel Interface VCR XDCTRL on Probe Controller board e A SCSI 2 bus is fed from the System CPU buffered and routed to multiple in ternal discs Remote control signals for printers are generated on the board The Footswitch is connected to the I O board board controls the Patient I O board and provides serial trace data to the SDP board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 A1 55 System Description rev 07 6 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 13 2 13 3 A1 56
258. It is important to install the correct software file onto the System FiVe harddisk recorded in Section 7 0 Test and Verification Prior to Upgrade step 5 a Highlight the required software files on drive D b Remember If the system has an integrated MAC Supervision highlight one of these files too svision bt99 a tar gz or svision bt99 p tar gz Europe Asia or svision bt99 us tar gz Americas Drag and drop them into the new S5 Netlnstall folder on root directory 5 Recordin the spaces below the names of all the files copied Also note which of the copied files is the largest about 17 MB ending with tar gz of the software version being loaded The name of these files will be entered in later during the software load Filenames Size Throughout this procedure you will be instructed to enter information into the laptop pay strict attention to how it is shown in the procedure and type the information in exactly as it is presented bold type If for instance if it shows quotes use quotes Most errors in performing this procedure occur when the information is entered incorrectly System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Section 10 0 Connect VT220 Terminal Emulator to System FiVe 1 Connect the Ethernet adapter 10 base T to external I O port CPU1 connector 2 Connect the crossed ethernet c
259. James i arb Servi Macinto BZETIFIVE System Overview Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the mmmriVE Service manual gives you the the oretical background to understand how the instrument works The table below gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Principles of Operation rev 06 A1 3 System Description rev 07 A1 45 Power Distribution rev 05 A1 57 Bus Distribution rev 05 A1 59 Clock Distribution rev 04 A1 68 Board Formats rev 02 A1 69 System Overview GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes A1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I serv files A1 01 06 fm 55 s Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 Principles of Operation rev 06 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract The purpose of this document Principles of Operation is to give the service technician engineer the theoretical background to understand how System FiVe works both with re spect to functionality data flow and control This knowledge together with the System De scription block diagrams and the aid from the Troubleshooting chapter should enable the engineer to diagnose localize and repair any service problem that might occur 1 2 Overview The document starts with definitions and descriptions of various terms and techn
260. K L h generated by local sequencer QSWR L e XDOE_L AN AN FE_D 15 0 D 15 0 NV NV 15 Outputs The outputs from the TX128 board are the 128 transmitters channels XD1 128 They are fed from the P4 and P5 connectors over the Front Plane to the Relay board and then to the selected PA connector A2 24 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Receiver Board RX 128 rev 02 Receiver Board RX 128 16 Introduction 16 1 Abstract This document describes the receiver board RX128 board The RX128 board con tains 128 identical receive channels and provides transmit receive T R switching preamplification and time controlled gain TGC amplification to signals received from the transducer array It also supports annular array transducers containing up to eight elements 16 2 Document History sion 01 12 Apr 94 ALO Initial release 02 27 Dec 94 LHS Updated layout corrected some minor errors 03 O1Nov 00 JB Moved maintenance Aid to Ch K 16 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature AA Annular Array BITE Built In Test Equipment PA Phased Array T R Transmit Receive Switch TGC Time Gain Compensation 17 Inputs Description Source XD 1 128 Phased Linear Array Relay Board Max 200mvrms Transducer channel AAXD 1 8 Annular Array Relay Board Max 200mVrms Transducer channel Test SIG Analog test signal FEC Board 2Vrms ATGCVP TGC control voltage F
261. L from FPGA U918 to Probe SPAs changed from 01 to 02 23 FEC FA200669 P N Rev MCD rev C N Change description FA200669 A A For 64 channel system Release of new board with support for RX64 board with multiplexers 24 FEC FA200764 P N Rev n C N Change description FA200764 A A 7917 For all systems Release of new board Built in temp sense and probe sense support Requires SW V1 3 2 or onwards 200764 8018 New SCD 200764 C 8192 Mod for JTAG FA200764 A D 8543 Check of components legs 200764 E 8676 ECL mod U1 14 FA200764 A F 8832 Doppler noise MOD Temp Sense Fix FA200764 G 9120 New PCB System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 4 7 Compatibility Overview rev 15 25 RFT FA200373 GE Vingmed Ultrasound MCD rev Func P N Rev PCB P N PCB Rev C N Change description FA200373 A A FA302024 Release of doc FA200373 FA302024 INCTL pld V1 0 gt V1 1 this change fixes a design error in CW Doppler FA200373 C C FA302024 CTLPLDS V1 0 V1 1 fix read failure from FE fifo on some boards with TMS320C31 date code ED 55A900W RFTB V1 1 RFTB V1 2 FA200373 D D FA302024 More gain in spectrum Doppler More gain selections in the SATSP pld New version FA200373 E E FA302
262. L DESCRIPTION TYPE LEVEL FE D0 15 Front End Data bus Digital TTL FE 0 9 Front End Page Address bus Digital TTL FE 5 0 5 Front End Device Select Address bus Digital TTL TX TRIG L Transmit trigger Digital TTL HV1P TX High Voltage supply Analog 0 80V HV1N TX High Voltage supply Analog 0 80V HV2P TX High Voltage supply Analog 0 40V 2 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE LEVEL HV2N TX High Voltage supply Analog 0 40V VDRIVER TX Driver Supply Analog 10V 14 General Description 14 1 Overview C40 40MHZ clock Control FEBUS I F Address FE PA 0 9 FE SA 0 5 5s FE D 0 15 Fig 14 1 TX 128 board block diagram System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 21 Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 14 2 14 3 14 4 A2 22 Refer to Fig 14 1 for a block diagram of the TX128 board The TX 128 board contains 64 dual transmitter modules DTXM U1 to U64 eight 16 channel transmit pulse generator TPG ASICs U65 to U72 used to control the TX modules a VRAM cache U73 to U82 and logic circuitry to interface the TPGs to the front end bus Dual Transmitter Module The DTXM is a 28 pin SIL hybrid module containing two identical switched mode transmit channels each consisting of two separate half bridge output stages and a common
263. L I O PANEL 2 FA307307 65 PATIENT I O 1 FA200193 66 PATIENTI O 1 FA200194 67 BRACKET F PAS BOTTOM 2 FA307598 68 BRACKET F PAS TOP 2 FA307599 69 PATIENT I O FRONT PLATE 2 FA307376 70 LOCK F PATIENT I O BOX 2 FA307377 71 I O ISOL PLATE F 6 3JACK 2 FA307378 72 I O ISOL PLATE F ECG 2 FA307379 FA091050 rev 01 23 System FiVe REM GE Vingmed Ultrasound 47 IT Name FRU Part Number Description Notes EM 73 CARD RACK TOP COVER 2 FA307459 74 LOCK F ADAPTERPLATE 2 FA307589 75 LOCK FOR EIZO T57 S F5 2 FA307632 76 FESTEPLATE FOR HARDDISK 2 MN307805 7T BRACKET B W PRINTER TOP 2 FA307667 78 BRACKET B W PRINTER BOTTOM 2 FA307668 79 BRACKET F VCR PANASONIC AG830 2 FA307665 80 BRACKET F VCR PAN AG830 TOP 2 FA307666 81 JORDINGSPLATE FOR KABLER 2 FA307736 82 BRACKET CABLE SUPPORT SVHS 2 FA307759 83 MAIN MTG PLATE F CPV SONY2950 2 FA307766 84 SIDE MTG PLATE F UP2950 MD 2 FA307768 85 FOOTSWITCH BOX 2 FA307849 86 EIZO CABLE LOCK 2 FA307887 87 BOX INTERNAL CONN COVER 2 FA307590 88 MANUAL USER MANUAL 2 FA092423 English System Five 89 Manuel D utilisation 2 FA092444 French System Five 90 Bedienungsanleitung 2 FA092443 German System Five 91 Manual do Usu rio 2 FA092998 Portuguese System Five 92 Manuale Utente 2 FA0
264. L3 Sie f ON NEXT e e e e BF BOARD FRONT END INTERFACE CACHE BF 3 32 CHANNELS PER BF BOARD 2 1 32 8 BEAM BEAM A D CONV FOCUSORS MLA ADDERS MLA ADDER MLA e e A e e 4 NI n F MLAO 4 Ba B TOBAL3 Ag A D 5 S gt RX128 2 lt lt BF BOARD RX33 48 p1 P3 amp ea RX97 112 A D E A D 41 l TO BAL3 e e ON NEXT e e f BF BOARD FRONT END INTERFACE CACHE BF 2 REV 32 CHANNELS PER BF BOARD A i 32 8 BEAM BEAM A D CONV FOCUSORS MLA ADDERS MLA ADDER MLA e e 16 A e e 4 RX128 RXI I6 p1 P3 A D F 2 MLAO RX65 80 4 lt TO BAL3 a A a ON NEXT A D 2 iE S gt 5 S 5 En BF BOARD z ea ea A D A D MLA1 nan TO BAL3 Y c e ON NEXT e e e e BF BOARD FRONT END CACHE INTERFACE BF 4 RFT RFT punosen n 19 amp ZO Aol 1euuo 81 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S uleis S JAEN 8 29 ALL FE BOARD RFT 128 TX 128 PRC BOTTOM COAX RX 128 PRC UPPER COAX RX 128 PRC PRC RLY ALL FE BOARDS Front End Controller Board Block Diagram rev 02 FE BUS P2 TXTRIG 1 P2 A25 ATGCVP P2 B37 P2 D37 TSIG P2 B35 AA SCAN CTRL LSCAN L etc P3 EL PROBE CTRL P3 REV P3 D25 P3 D26 GLOBAL 40 MHz CLOCKS AND RESET P2 B24 P2 SYSTEM CLOCK GEN
265. LAY A REPLAY B FP AUDIO B FP AUDIO A FOOTSWITCH Display Control and I O rev 09 VME INTF HARDDISC SCSI EXTERNAL I O SCSI INTF I ANALOG INPUTS 14 RS232 GR RS232 CPU L TRIG OUT ETHERNET ETHERNET Bi 4 1 VIDEO IN FOOTSWITCH VIDEO OUT INTERFACE i DSP S VHS IN S VHS OUT RGBS OUT FOOTSW M Foolsy RGBS OUT ETHERNET ETHERNET LCD MACRGB MAC VIDEO EchoPAC MAC S VHS OUT A Z SERIAL DATA aoe S VHS OPTIONAL TDI es SWITCHBOX MAC KEYBOARD S VHS OU Y S VHS IN VCR o o oooo 0000 oo SERIAL INTEGRATED ECHOPAC DRAWING NUMBER DESIGNER DATE SIGN MODULE LIEN EU CHECHED DA q DATAFLOW amp CONTROL ES APPROVET FA299050 FILE TYPE OF DOCUMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM 5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B1 04 fe 04 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S GE Vingmed Ultrasound 0 Front End rev 04 FEC TXTRIG L HV POWER HVI amp 2 TRANSMIT PULSE Front End rev 04 49142 HV POWER
266. LHS Corrected error updated per 1 9 x release References Display Control and I O rev 09 block diagram page 1 4 Front End 04 block diagram page 1 5 Front End Bus Bus Master Front End Controller Board FEC see A2 47 Slaves e Transmitter Board TX128 see page A2 20 Probe Controller Board PRC see page A2 35 e Beam Former Boards BF1 4 see page A2 40 RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT see page A3 3 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 59 Bus Distribution rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound FE STROBES FE SA 0 5 T EE Fig 17 1 The Front End Bus 17 3 Description The Front End Bus is a synchronous and bidirectional bus for control and setup Data 16 bit FE D 0 15 Address 6 bit device address FE SA 0 5 and 10 bit page address FE PA 0 9 Control FE C20 FE bus address control valid strobe 20 MHz clock FE SAS L Synchronous address strobe FE SWR L Synchronous write select FE PGTR L Page transfer select for TX board and BF caches FE RFSH L Refresh strobe for TX board and BF caches FE SUDS L Synchronous upper FE D 8 15 data strobe FE SLDS L Synchronous lower FE D 0 7 data strobe FE TACK L Transaction acknowledge driven by the slaves The bus is used to read from and write to the various registers residing on the front end bus Each transaction usually takes eight
267. MAC OS French EP200168 MAC OS German EP200167 MO disk 2 3 GByte 066E0517 MO Drive 1 3 GByte 3 5 066E0672 MO Drive 5 2 GByte Complete 066E0675 MO Drive 2 6 GByte ext 5 1 4 066E0670 For int MAC Inside MAC MO Drive 3 5 066E0672 MO Drive 5 25 066E0675 MO Drive 5 2 GByte internal 5 1 4 066E0671 For int MAC Inside MAC Module MAC KEYB LPT EXT MN200081 Module RGB Relay Mux MN200569 Module RGB Mux Box FB200101 Monitor 17 Eizo 562 220V 066E0017 Monitor 17 Eizo T57S 220V 066E0019 Monitor 17 Sony GDM17SE1T 110V 066E0018 Printer UP890 MDG 110 220 V Sony FB108016 120VAC 220 240VAC Video printer B W 066E0087 Printer BW Sony UP890CE MN108454 220 VAC 066E0089 Use FB108016 066E0087 as a replacement Printer B W Sony UP890MD MN108841 110 VAC UL approved O66E0090 Use FB108016 066E0087 as a replacement Printer Color Epson Stylus Color 740 066E0400 Stand Alone 220 VAC Printer Color Epson Stylus Color 740 066E0406 Stand Alone 110 VAC UL approved Printer Color Sony UP2800P MN108775 220 VAC 066E2800 Printer Color Sony UP2950MD MN108778 100 220 VAC UL approved 066E2950 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 GEVU Part Description Number Notes RGB S VHS Mux box MN200574 For int
268. MAC with C C SCSI Terminator 50P Centronics 066E0770 SCSI Terminator 50P D Sub HD 066 0771 STK Cable EchoPAC S5 Int Transf FA200762 STK Module Frame Grabber III MN200524 Switch RGBS SVHS NTSC Kit FA200847 VCR SVO9500 NTSC VCR SVO9500MD2 NTSC FB100013 Apr 1999 VCR SVO9500 PAL VCR SVO9500MDP2 PAL FB100012 Apr 1999 2 66 Probes GEVU Part Description Number Notes Adapter for Bird detector KZ307247 For position sensor Adapter for Bird detector KZ307248 For position sensor APAT 2 5 MHZ 5 el TG100101 APAT 3 25 MHz 4 el TK100104 APAT 5 0 MHZ 4 el TN100119 APAT 7 5 MHZ 4 el TT100101 CLA 3 5 MHz 192 el KK100004 CLA 5 MHz 192 el KN100003 Doppler stand alone 2 MHz TE100024 Doppler Tc probe 2 MHz KE100001 Doppler pencil probe 6 MHz Vermont TQ100002 Doppler pencil probe 6 MHz Vingmed TQ100001 ECLA 6 25 MHz 128 el TV KQ100002 FLA 10 0 MHz 192 el KW100001 FLA 10 0 MHz 192 el 10LV KW100004 FLA 5 0 MHz 192el KN100003 FLA 7 5 MHz 192 el KT100001 FPA 2 5 MHz 64 el KG1 00001 FPA 3 5 MHz 96 el Diasonics KK100005 FPA 3 5 MHz 96 el Echo KK100001 FPA 5 0 MHz 128 el KN100001 FPA 5 0 MHz 96 el KN100002 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Spare Parts rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GEVU Part Description Number Notes MPTE adult mu
269. Minimum Boot Configuration K02 1 3 Faults Diagnosis K03 1 4 Test and Setup Procedures K04 1 8 LEDs K05 1 6 Test Connectors K06 1 7 Booting Sequence K07 1 8 Introduction to Test Software Guide K08 1 9 Board Tests via External Terminal PC K09 1 17 Power up Test K10 1 18 Performance Test System Test Procedure K11 1 19 Lock ups and Bus Errors K12 1 20 System FiVe Noise Guide K13 1 21 Fuses and Circuit Breakers K14 1 22 Voltage Distribution Overview K15 1 23 FE Calibration Procedure K16 1 24 Debug Commands K17 1 25 Monitor Setup Procedures K18 1 Troubleshooting Guide GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract The purpose of this guide is to give the field service engineer help with troubleshoot ing different problems that might occur with the system 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 11 10 Nov 1998 GRL Updated according to V1 5 release 12 30 Sep 1999 LHS Added some missing Part Numbers Minor lay out changes Divided section in several separate files Updated Part Numbers Updated the LED section Added Boot Sequence for sw v 1 8 Replaced the System Test Updated the FE Calibration Procedure 13 10 Nov 1999 LHS Up
270. N A2 38 26 0 Outputs ot Ae it ee Ve al res A2 38 Beam Former 27 0 OVerVIBW oo CU gu d hio a et Cb He A2 40 Board BF rev 03 27 1 horario MN MMC HT A2 40 27 2 Document History A2 40 27 3 Nomenclature A2 40 28 0 Inputs osos 2 41 29 0 Beam Former Board Functional Specification A2 41 29 1 OVGIVIEW 2 d oe AO A et TNR IET A2 41 29 2 A D Converter A2 42 29 3 Beamforming A2 43 29 4 Video RAM and Parameter loading A2 44 29 5 Clock A2 45 29 6 Front End Bus A2 45 30 0 Outputs n cha a k d e ak e a ee A2 46 Front End Control 31 0 OVOFVIBW crore cts care a aS OE UR a A2 47 ler FEC rev 04 31 1 ABSIrAG MR TANE A2 47 31 2 Document History A2 47 31 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A2 47 31 4 References A2 47 32 0 Inputs nee eats pete A2 48 33 0 Description y ys k kU ll kawan kk A e kulk be A2 48 33 1 System Clock A2 48 33 2 Front End Bus A2 48 33 3
271. NT BLOCK DIAGRAM System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files B2 01 Innh 02 95 lt 55 ServiceM Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi Printed December 5 2000 Block Diagrams Boards Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual holds the block diagrams for the mmmriVE boards This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Relay Board Block Diagram rev 04 B2 3 TX 128 Block Diagram 02 B2 4 RX128 RX64 Block Diagram 03 B2 5 Probe Controller Block Diagram rev 02 B2 6 Beam Former Boards Block Diagram rev 02 B2 7 Front End Controller Board Block Diagram rev 02 B2 8 Patient I O Block Diagram rev 02 B2 9 RF amp Tissue Proc Block Diagram rev 02 B2 10 Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 02 B2 11 2D Flow Board Block Diagram rev 01 B2 12 Image Port Block Diagram 01 B2 14 Image Memory Block Diagram 01 B2 15 Scan Converter Block Diagram rev 01 B2 16 Graphic pP Board Block Diagram rev 01 B2 17 CPU Block Diagram re
272. NTROLLER 72 C FUSE TF NUN TEMP SENSE BOARD FANS 3 6 CTRL 1 5 9 mS 16V DC SUC POWER SUPPLY DC EXTENSION ON OFF CONTROL CURRENT BOARD OPTIONAL RAIL HIGH TEMP INT TIN DC VOLTAGES ALWAYS SDIG 5 10 12 15 x i INTEGRATED MAC OPTIONAL STBY POWER INDICATOR ON OFF LEDs SWITCH 200mA POWER REGULATOR 45V HV1 HV2 HV MUX 12V 12V REMOTE ON OFF LED PWR 15V 15V GND GND GND GND FRONT PANEL LI LI LI Li ET Li ET Li Li Li LI Li Li LI Li Li Li Li Li LI LI LI LI Li Li Li Li Li L JL L SQ OD ON Um E DC VOLTAGES 12V 5V 15V 5V 12V 12V 45V 45V 12V HARDDISK DC FANS FOR AC BIRD ined POWER S VHS 0LD SYSTEMS CONTROL SWITCHBOX DC FANS BOX O O do System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev B3 7 serv files C1 01 Cables 02 Man S5 sh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel Macinto Sen Printed December 5 2000 Barr IVE Cables Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual describes the cables in This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Internal Cable Harness rev E C1 2 Cable Harness MAC r
273. ONN EXIT TEST CLEAR BOOT SW VER is the current local front panel software version DATE is the date of software release OK is the status of a serial comm test Otherwise ERROR will be displayed CONN EXIT test mode TEST enters test mode CLEAR BOOT is used during in house module test of serial communication e Enter test mode You will now have the following text in the lower display DONE DOTS LEDS KEYS Display Test e Press DOTS All dots in the display should light up LED Test Press LEDS The backlighting LEDs for all keys except ADD MODE CURSOR and ACTIVE MODE should be lit Key Test e Press KEYS the LED will blink e Pressing each of the keys will result in a beep and the hex code for that partic ular key will be displayed in the upper keyboard System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K04 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 1 5 4 1 7 4 2 4 3 K04 2 Rotary Knob Test Turn the rotary knobs A 4 digit code in the upper display shows up The first two digits is a code for the 8 rotaries 00 03 are the knobs between the display 04 is the ACTIVE MODE knob 05 is the 2D GAIN knob 06 is the ZOOM knob and 07 is the DEPTH knob The last two digits indicates the speed of rotation low numbers clockwise and high numbers counterclockwise Paddle Stick Test e Move the paddle sticks A
274. PC K09 1 Booting From New Disk N 7 Booting Sequence K07 1 Bus Distribution A1 59 Front End Bus A1 59 MLA Buses A1 61 Pipelink Bus A1 62 Pixel Bus A1 66 VME Bus VME 64 A1 65 BW Printer Black amp White Printer A7 8 C Cable Harness Internal C1 2 MAC C1 3 MAC Elite C1 4 C1 5 Cables C1 1 Care Cleaning etc G1 5 CFP 2 modules H2 11 H4 12 CFP 4 modules H2 4 H2 8 H2 15 H4 11 Changes to System FiVe Intro 7 CLA Curved Linear Array Probes E2 3 Cleaning Gel stains G1 5 The System G1 5 Cleaning with Water G1 5 Clock 160 MHz clock A1 68 40 MHz clock A1 68 Distribution A1 68 Block Diagram B3 3 I clock A1 68 Q clock A1 68 Color Encoding A1 40 Color Flow A1 24 Processing A1 37 A1 50 Color Flow Controls Listing A5 8 Color M Mode A1 25 A1 37 Color M Mode specific Controls Listing A5 9 Color M mode Test K11 8 Color Printer A7 10 Combinations RX BF FEC MBD 2 19 COMPANY DATA Intro 4 Compatibility List R 2 Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Index Boards H2 1 Compatibility Overview H1 1 Composite Beam Handling 1 30 Composite Transmit Focus A1 4 A1 30 Compound scanning A1 4 Compression A1 4 A1 43 Precompression A1 29 Config amp Rev Control H 1 Configuration PROM Receiver Board RX 128 K09 20 Receiver Board RX 64 K09 21 Relay Board K09 19 Connector Boards Probes A2 5 Connector Interfaces Probes A2 4 Continuous Wave A1 35
275. PELINK AID AID DATA TYPE DECODER LUMA cHRoMA CLOCK LUMA CHROMA GEN DATA DECODER DISPATCHER PAL NSTC MULTIPLEXERS ease NER ESEN ene ie onm IMAGE PORT FIFOs control CONTROLLER MULTIPLEXERS MEMORY u dw wur URS RR GENERATOR Vector Address J Vector Data f x VME TRANSCEIVERS WY ZX P1 P2 N Vector Start Address N NNAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAA AN ANANAAN NAA VME BUS TO IMMEM Rev 01 punosen n 19 LO A 1 wesbeig yoo g e1 0S0160V3 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S 91 9 Image Memory Block Diagram rev 01 PARITY CHECKER ADDRESS DECODER P1 P2 DATA FROM IMPORT DATA TO SCONV VME DATA BUS COLUMN ADDRESS MEMORY ARRAY LATCH LATCH COUNTER COUNTER P1 P2 ADDRESS VME ADDRESS BUS REFRESH GENERATOR ROW ADDRESS ADDRESS DECODER P2 VSbus ADDRESS amp DATA not used Rev 01 punosen n 19 amp LO A 1 wesbeig oojg 81 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S ueis S 9 24 DATA FROM P1 P2 VME BUS P1 P2 Scan Converter Block Diagram rev 01 Seven FRAME RATE CFM RESAMPLER 555 ENCODE RECURSIVE FILTER DEMULTIPLEXER INTERPOL FILTERS VIDEO PIXEL ENCODING INTERPOL FOR FRAMEGRABBED VIDEO FRAMES ONLY F
276. Patient I O Re 27 0 Introduction L 19 placement Proce 27 1 Abstract kn au Tasu cien mabaya HB r rn L 19 dure 27 2 Document History L 19 rev 01 28 0 1 19 29 0 Description iyi s bak uk lel Wi a Sk Uu dl L 19 Relay Board As 30 0 Inttoductlol DN DD rm eco dg Un derer um L 21 sembly Replace 30 1 Hb kez h k ke RINE di ends bad er epe ids L 21 ment 30 2 Document History L 21 Procedure 31 0 L 21 32 0 L 21 Temperature 33 0 Introduction ba Ee dep L 23 Sense Board Re 33 1 eee DD an L 23 placement Proce 33 2 Document History L 23 dure rev 01 340 L 23 35 0 Description ua ERE oh SE isu L 23 Board Assembly Drawings rev 01 Relay Module Component Side M 2 Probe Controller Component Side M 3 Probe Controller Solder Side M 4 Internal Component Side rev E M 5 Internal I O Solder Side M 6 External Component
277. Premium there may therefore be some deviations in functions between systems 18 3 Initial Checks 18 3 1 Software 1 Turn the system on and display the Software Revision Menu Setup Configuration amp Test Software Config 2 Verify that the sw version is at the level stated in the Device History Record DHR 3 Check also that the sw is correct according to the Packing List 18 3 2 Hardware 1 Display the Hardware Revision Menu Setup Configuration amp Test Hardware Config 2 Verify that it matches the printed configuration data in the Device History Record 18 3 3 User Interface 1 Verify that the monitor is operational and properly adjusted refer to Service Note 2 Verify that the Front Panel backlighting and LEDs are working Ref Front Panel Test on page K11 2 18 4 Automatic Tests 18 4 1 Tests via SysTest Menu 1 Connect a FPA probe in connector 1 2 Press the Setup button 3 Enter the Configuration amp Test menu 4 Start the Automatic Test in the Diagnostic Test and verify that all tests pass 18 4 1 1Analog BF Test Only if the dummy connector is available To do this test you need a dummy connector GEVU Part Number AA2001 90 1 Put the dummy connector in connector 1 and start analog BF test set up system test menu 2 Do this test with all connectors 18 4 2 FE Calibration of DC Offset Please refer to the FE Calibration Procedure starting on page K16 1
278. Probe Support List in the Probe chapter page E2 1 in this Service Manual for details EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files H4 06 compat e 17 Man S5 Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Board Revision History 1 RLY P N FA200020 P N Rev e C N Change Description FA200020 A Initial production release Identical to rev 06 FA200020 6024 EMC modifications on print revision D FA200020 B C 6157 New print revision rev E Changes for improved EMC performance Installed from system s n 144 FA200020 D 6396 Corrected doc error on ASSY drawing FA200020 6995 PAL startup delay changed R17 2 RLY FA200434 D TN P N Rev ve C N Change Description FA200434 A A 7577 Initial production release PAMPTE support Must be used with FEC FA200764 Not compatible with FA200020 FA200434 8354 New PAL piggyback FA200434 8701 New version of test procedure FA200434 9104 New BM New piggyback with protection diodes on PRB PRES lines Piggyback has got its own BM 3 RLY FA200870 D A P N Rev Hak C N Change Description FA200870 A A 8456 Release of new board without APAT support 4 RLY 2 FA200890 P N Rev s C N Change Description FA200890 A A 8476 Release of
279. Processor rev 01 Intro 24 Chapter Description 5 0 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 6 0 6 1 6 2 7 0 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 7 8 0 8 1 8 2 9 0 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 11 0 11 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 12 0 13 0 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 4 14 0 15 0 15 1 16 0 16 1 16 2 16 3 16 4 Page 4 6 an esae 4 6 Revision 4 6 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 4 6 References ao ecd e se ta D PURO HERR Sus A4 6 Inp ts tss ER A4 6 PipeLink 1 A4 6 Video INPUTS ER r a ed A4 6 Board Description A4 6 Scanner A4 6 Video A4 7 Mixed Scanner Video Input A4 7 Data Set Ring Buffers 4 7 Video Input A4 7 FIFO buffers se eu aet ee b e e A4 8 Output to Image A4 8 Dataflow Control Description A4 9 Input Flow Decode A4 9 Output Flow
280. Q2 provides current to the receiver on the RX128 board Switching between PW and CW is done by a control signal PW CW L generated on the FEC board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Relay Board RLY rev 03 Relay Board RLY 9 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 10 Introduction Abstract This document describes the Relay Board RLY board used the mmzmrIVE Front End The Relay Board contains three phased array probe connectors and provides a switchable connection between the probes and the 128 channel phased array Front End It also supports two annular probes containing up to six transducer ele ments and one stand alone Doppler probe containing two transducer elements Document History Revi Date By Description sion 01 23 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 15 Dec 1994 LHS Updated 03 1 Oct 2000 LHS JB Updated Xref Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature PA Phased array AA Annular array TE Transesophageal probe MPTE Multiplane transesophageal probe SP2 Scan Plane 2 MPTE References Relay Board Block Diagram rev 04 page B2 3 Board Formats rev 02 page A1 69 Relay Module Component Side page M 2 Relay Board Assembly Replacement Procedure rev 03 page L1 21 Physical Dimensions The RLY board is attached to the left side panel of the rack and connects to the motherboard at the back and two transducer bus XDBUS boards
281. Quadrature phase components of complex signal A3 12 IQ buffer A data buffer used to transform the input data flow sequence and rate to an output data flow se quence and rate A3 6 L LA Linear Array A2 29 A2 49 A2 60 Lateral resolution The ability to separate two neigh boring reflectors transverse to the beam horizontally Inversely pro portional to beam width A1 4 LED Light Emitting Diode A4 10 A05 3 K04 1 K05 1 LUT Look Up Table A3 12 MAC Macintosh Computer or comput er running the MacOS K02 1 Main lobe The area of where the ultrasound beam travels where the signal in tensity is within a certain limit A1 4 Membership Mid Range sys tems 128 channels 128 tx channels 64 analog rx channels 64 digital BF channels H1 2 Mid Range systems 128 channels 128 tx channels 64 analog rx channels 64 digital BF channels H1 2 MLA Multi Line Acquisition A3 4 Multiple Line Acquisition A2 40 MPTE Multiplane transesophageal probe A2 15 MSE Missing Signal Estimation A3 9 Mux Multiplexer A2 3 N Near field The area of the ultrasound beam where its width is less than the ap erture of the transducer A1 4 NTC Negative Temperature Coefficient A8 4 NTSC Color television standard used in USA Japan and in many other countries A7 2 A7 4 P PA Phased Array A2 15 A2 25 A2 29 A2 40 A2 60 Phased array A2 49 PAL Color television standard used in Europe and i
282. R output Terminator Power 39 GND 40 GND 41 ATN in out Attention 42 GND 43 BSY in out Busy 44 ACK in out Acknowledge 45 RST in out Reset 46 MSG in out Message 47 SEL in out Select 48 C D in out Control Data 49 REQ in out Request 50 in out Input output Table 8 SCSI 2 Fast Connector System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev SVHS OUT connectors Type of connector 4 pin MINI DIN female Signals 05 Use Super VHS outputs luma and chroma to VCR and printers Signals of interest Signal Pin Voltage Imped Band ance width GND Y 1 GND C 2 SVHS Y 3 714 mV 75 ohm 5 0MHz SVHS C 4 300 mV 75 ohm 5 0MHz Table 9 SVHS Outputs SVHS IN connector Type of connector 4 pin MINI DIN female Use Super VHS outputs luma and chroma from VCR Signals of interest Same as above RGBS OUT connector Only available on boards without support for PosDet and PAMPTE of connectors 9 pin DSUB female BNCs female Use R G B and SYNC NTSC or PAL to color printers and cameras Signals of interest Signal Voltage Imped Band ance width R G B 714 mV 75 ohm 50 MHz SYNC 300 mV 75 ohm 1 MHz Table 10 RGB and SYNC outputs STEP CTRL connector Only available on boards with support
283. RFACE DRAWING NUMBER SIGN TYPE OF DOCUMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM MODULE SYSTEM 5 MID PROCESSORS 330 FA299048 AN_DOP DOP Q PIPELINK OUTPUT IP VME BUS CPU SYSTEM 5 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5_ServiceMan S5_serv_files B1_06_dspI 02 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 S VHS CHROMA PIPELINK INT 1 0 RFT SDP 2DF INT 1 0 VHS LUMA VIDEO IMAGE PIPELINK A D Am PORT DATA TYPE DECODER LUMA CHROMA CLOCK LUMA CHROMA GEN DEI DECODER DISPATCHER PAL NSTC MULTIPLEXERS Data in out IMAGE PORT CONTROLLER control MULTIPLEXERS N XU 7N 7N 7S Xy Vector Address MEMORY ADDRESS GENERATOR p g VME TRANSCEIVERS Vector Start Address Display rev 02 MEMORY RING BUFFERS IMAGE BUFFERS FOR STORAGE OF MAX 8 SIMULTANEOUS LIVE DATA TYPES VME INTERFACE VME BUS TIME DOMAIN l VME K ae SEVEN 8 INPUT FRAME RATE INTE rros EM menm RESAMPLER cl ENCODE RECURSIVE FILTER DEMULTIPLEXER SPACE DOMAIN PROC INTERPOL FILTERS VIDEO PIXEL ENCODING INTERPOL FOR FRAMEGRABBED VIDEO FRAMES ONLY FILTERS INTERPOL FILTERS N FILTER COEFF A QN N EA w B WB WB N N N N N N N N N BE SE N WAA
284. RIDGE S VHS OUT VIDEO OUT VME INTERFACE E E HIGH RES RGBS MACRGB D SUB VME INTF CPU VME CONTROLLER RS232 XDCTRL INTF HARDDISC SCSI SCSI DCST INTF INTF C 3 3 EXTERNAL I ANALOG INPUTS RS232 INTF EN RS232 GR SERIAL ETHERNET INTF RS232 CPU VCR ETHERNET INTE SIS ES TN 3 3 7 TRIGOUT ETHERNET RA N ETHERNET AJS pom AUDIO SWITCH VIDEO IN LIVE FOOTSWITCH VIDEO OUT a INTERFACE VIDEO BUFFERS o DSP gt S VHS IN PLAY S VHS OUT VIDEO d S VHS RGBS OUT R G B and S mrwqTp FOOTSW RGBS OUT RS232 CPU REPLAY A REPLAY B FP AUDIO FP AUDIO A ETHERNET ETHERNET FOOTSWITCH VCR AUDIO B VCR AUDIO A FRONT PANEL AUDIO AMPL gt o o 00 00 INTEGRATED OPTIONAL EchoPAC S VHS MAC VIDEO some Systems the Image Port 2 board replaces the Im age Port and Memory boards PipeLink IMAGE PORT 2 Dispatcher Video AD Converter amp Decoder PipeLink Data Video Y Data Video UV FIFOs FIFOs Data FIFO
285. RL First version of document 02 20 Sep 1995 LHS Updated layout corrected minor errors 03 27 Aug 1999 LHS Included references Moved Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature to the Glossary Section P 04 21 Oct 1999 LHS Updated text in illustration Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature list starting on page P 1 References e Front End and Mid 10 Block Diagram on page 1 3 e Front End rev 04 Block Diagram on page 1 5 Board Revision History starting on page H4 1 Description The XDBUS boards are two identical and interchangeable boards mounted on the System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 59 Transducer Bus Board XDBUS rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound front of RLY TX Board RX Board and PRC TX RX RLY Board Board BF1 BF2 BF3 XD1 64 AAXD3 4 5 8 XD65 128 AAXD1 2 6 7 e The rx tx signals for the PA and LA probes are routed between RLY RX Board and TX Board Eight rx tx signals for the AA and DP probes are routed between RLY RX Board and PRC Several AA control signals for e g motor position probe sense and tempera ture sense control are routed between RLY and PRC A2 60 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I serv flles A8 01 Mid Proc Innh 02 55 e S5 Service
286. Relay board via the Xducer Bus board Here they are fed to the selected one out of two annular probe or directly to the Stand Alone Doppler probe The reflected signal is fed back to the RX board where relays on the input feed each of the 5 annular channels into 16 receiver channels Same signal condi tioning is done to the signal as for the phased linear array probes 80 or 64 or 32 depending on of elements in AA probe active channels 5 16 4 16 2 16 are fed to the Beamformer boards for receive focusing Multi Line Acquisition is not possible with annular array probes e The output of Beamformer board 4 is fed to the RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT Isolated inputs incl ECG and Phono ECG Phono Pressure and Respiration sensors be connected to the Patient board Dedicated preamplifiers and filters are designed for each of the sensor types The analog signals are multiplexed gain controlled and A D converted serial output before fed through opto couplers for isolation to the Internal I O board DSP interface forwards the trace data to the Spectrum Doppler Board which pre sents traces on the pipelink bus to the Image Port or the Image Port 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound System Description rev 07 10 6 11 High Voltage Power Supply The transmitters on the TX board and PRC boards are fed with high voltage from the HV supply This modu
287. S OUT REM CTRL n PAL NTSC RGBS OUT PRINTER um KEYBOARD VO amp PERIPHERALS PIXEL PORT BRIDGE VIDEO D Tum ka la E R r4r vrsc VIDEO BUFFERS MV VME INTERFACE REM CTRL 4 On some Systems the Image Port 2 Board replaces the Image Port and Memory Boards PipeLink IMAGE PORT 2 Dispatcher PCl2Vme Video AD Converter Bridge amp Decoder PipeLink Data FIFOs Video Y Data FIFOs Video UV Data FIFOs 1960RP Processor IMAGE MEMORY 16 256 MBYTE RING BUFFERS System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev CONTROL BOX INSIDE SYSTEM BIRD POSITION SENSOR OPTIONAL BIRD RECEIVER FERRITE oe RECEIVER BIRD TRANSMITTER LOCATED ON PROBE DOPLB_LIVE DOPLA_LIVE HIGH RES RGBS VCR AUDIO B VCR AUDIO A RGB RGB BNC SYSTEM MONITOR CPU VME CONTROLLER RS232 XDCTRL SCSI INTF INTE uP 68040 RS232 INTE ETHERNET INTF SERIAL INTF AUDIO SWITCH LIVE PLAY VIDEO BUFFERS S5 SVHS OUT RS232 CPU REP
288. S5 serv files B3 01 Innh 03 ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto Block Diagrams Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual holds the block diagrams for mmmrivE This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Clock Distribution rev 01 B3 3 Control and Data Flow rev 01 B3 4 System FiVe Data Flow Schematic rev 05 B3 5 Motherboard with Major Buses rev 02 B3 6 System FiVe Overall Power Distribution rev 05 7 Block Diagrams amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page B3 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Mar S5 serv files B3 02 distr e S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound C4012H Clock Distribution rev 01 Only I phase shown 40121 C4011H TX128 CLOCK C40I3H 40111 GENERATOR C40I3L A27 28 A27 A28 MIDS MID3 IP Comments All clocks are distributed on the P2 connector except to INT I O which uses P3 In addition to the clocks a sync reset signal SRESnH and SRESnL n 1 2 3 is also distributed in the same way All clocks and reset signals are at ECL level Typically between 0 9V high and
289. SYNC to synchronize re ception and a EOL L End Of Line indicating that the bottom of FOV is reached After a tx pulse is fired received data is continuously digitized delayed filtered and stored System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 17 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound in IQ memory During this time the FE BUS is dead After EOL L is reached FEC loads data for another vector FEC SCAN PROGRAM cache addr Start 1 addr for line 1 addr for line 1 addr for line 1 4 addr for line 4 addr for line 4 addr for line 4 FE_BUS Repeat scan g Start OL_L SYNC_L TXTRIG_L FE_BUS TXTRIG_L FE_BUS SYNC_L TX board Delay Freq Width I of samples 1024 max 2 3 T 5 Delay Gain Apod etc I 2 3 Z DISPLAY 5 14 23 69 TIMING TXTRIG L SYNC_L EOL L E gt 4 Ps FE_BUS quiet Addr for new vector loaded 3 Annular Array Imaging 3 1 Introduction The Vingmed Annular Array probes con
290. Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound Sig nals 05 3 Probe Connector Panel 3 1 Doppler connector Type of connector 10 pin LEMO Use A Vingmed Stand alone Doppler probe is connected to this input See IV amp DP Board assembly drawing for physical location of pins Table 1 Doppler Connector Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 GND Ground from RLY board 2 AAXD7P RX TX signal RX in CW 3 AAXD7N Ground reference for RX TX signal above 4 GND Ground from RLY board 5 XDDPCD Resistor code signal 6 AAXD8P RX TX signal TX in CW 7 AAXD8N Ground reference for RX TX signal above 8 GND Ground reference for resistor code signal 9 GND Ground from RLY board 10 GND Ground from RLY board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 7 Signals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 3 2 probe connectors 3 Type of connectors 260 pin Cannon DL Use For use of phased array linear array and curved linear array probes See Relay Board assembly drawing for physical location of pins Connector 1 shown XDI1 1 XD2 1 XDI7 XD18 XD33 XD34 XD49 XD50 AGND XD3_1 AGND XDI9 AGND XD35 AGND XD51 XD4 1 XD5_1 XD20 XD21 XD36 XD37 XD52 XD53 XD6 1 AGND XD22 AGND XD38 AGND XD54 AGND XD7_1 8 1 XD23 XD24 XD39 XD40 XD55 XD56 XD9 XD10 XD25 XD26 XD41 XD42 XD57 XD58
291. Source pipe pipe heartRate Registering ProbeEventSource pipe pipe probeEvent Registering EventSource3D pipe pipe acq3D Registering ScanPlane2EventSource pipe pipe scanPlane2 RFT_RPC loadprogram ok FEC_RPC loadprogram ok SYSTEM FIVE Version High End SDP_RPC loadprogram ok CFP_RPC loadprogram ok IOP_RPC loadprogram ok done Create Remote control done Create setup dialog done Create screen conf dialog done Create patient browser PatientBrowser readUDTData failed done Create macXfer EchoPAC talk successfully started Waiting for EchoPAC to con done Create Clipboard ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay getObject failed Name r ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay getObject failed Name mmode ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay getObject failed Name mmo dec done Create report generator Task VMSDiskWriter successfully started Ready to rec done Create M amp A done Create Annotation done Initialize VCR calibration done EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 33 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Initialize VideoScreen done started initialized applications states created Entering running mode Entering scanning mode Entering users view mode talk establishContact Contact established with Echo PAC dmem GCTask started gt 2 Once the boot sequence has comp
292. Support for APA5 0 and mech ped MPTE Extensive bug fixing see release notes V1 1 2 Nov 1996 Corrected green artifact in CFM Improved image qual ity Several new applications added Several bugs fixed see release notes V1 2 23 May 1997 Added functionality General improvements See release notes for details V1 2 1 30 May 1997 Corrected three bugs in V1 2 one of them regarding setup on boards without conf prom id System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 System SW version Date Description V1 2 2 20 June 1997 5 different V1 2 2 configurations are made available for the mid range 128 ch systems and the high end 256 ch systems Reduced power for Oldelft probe Default image storage to EchoPAC V1 2 3 Sept 1997 5 different V1 2 3 configurations available V1 2 3 together with EchoPAC V5 4 improves reliability of sys tems with EchoPAC connections For details see Release Notes V1 3 18 Oct 1997 V1 3 release with 8 different configurations Body Marks Biopsy lines Update function M amp A on playback VCR remote control Octave imaging Contrast and RF Options support for 6 MHz pencil probe and 5 MHz TEE probe See Release Notes for more details V1 3 1 Dec 1997 V1 3 1 release with the same 8 different configurations as mentioned above Support for ECLA 6 2
293. T COMPRESS RF PROCESSOR 0 M MODE CLIPPING PEAK DET en FULL BAND PL HILBERT TRANSFORM TISSUE PROCESSOR RF PROCESSOR 1 OPTIONAL COLOR FLOW P2 FIR PIPELINK BF MLAI DOPPLER P3 2DF HIGH PASS FILTER 2DF IQ BUFFER IP RF PROCESSOR 2 J JE OPTIONAL REP Pb M MA2 P2 59 gt FOR TEST PIPELINK TAG GENERATOR FE_BUS FEC RF_MODE DEMODUL FEC SYNCL 2 24 FRONT END n GO QEN TXTRIG_L 2 2 FEC TXTRIGL INTERFACE PADDR FEC EOL L 2 025 ADDRESS GENERATOR OUTP ADDR OUTPUT ADDRESS GENERATOR DSP CONTROL PROCESSOR FEC CLOCKS P CLOCK DISTRIBUTION VME INTERFACE MESSAGES STATUS AND CONTROL VME BUS Rev 02 punosen n 39 amp 20 Adsl 72014 enssi A281 050160 ENUEN eorues 15 Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 02 PIPELINK PIPELINK INPUT P3 INPUT RFT DATA TYPE DECODER DATA BUFFER SPECTRUM RING BUFFER P2 RFT CLOCKS SERIAL TRACE DATA INT 1 0 BS EGF VME INTERFACE PARAMETER TRANSFER ECG TRIG INTERRUPT RESET P1 P2 VME BUS BYPASS OF TISSUE DATA SPECTRUM ANALYZER DFT SPECTRUM TIMESHARE SPECTRUM TRACE GENERATOR CONTROL ADDRESS CONTROL gt I OUTPUT FIFO RECONTR MISSING SIGNAL ESTIM FOR AUDIO PIPELINK pg OUTPUT IP FRONT PANEL AUDIO AMPL P3 A26 AN DOP
294. TOP COVER ELITE 2 FA307613 15 TOP COVER REAR ELITE 2 FA307614 16 PLASTIC COVER BOTTOM 2 FA307237 LEFT 17 PLASTIC COVER BOTTOM 2 FA307238 RIGHT 18 FOOTREST ROUNDED 2 FA307814 19 CABLEHOLDER ELITE 1 FA307616 Elite 20 REAR HANDLE 2 FA307816 21 CONNECTOR COVER 2 FA307136 22 GEL HOLDER 2 FA307681 Table 0 1 Covers etc System FiVe 4 REM 31 Card Rack Card Cage 3 1 1 Front End Boards Front End Huma m a iz Mi kamal ees L K WM Figure 0 2 Card Rack Cage FA091050 rev 01 17 System FiVe REM TX RX 23 RLY Board Board PRC 24 A M mm mm Ll XD1 64 x AAXD3 4 5 8 EE XD65 128 AAXD1 2 6 7 Figure 0 3 Front End FE Modules BF1 BF2 BF3 BF4 FEC RFT y GE Vingmed Ultrasound ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 23 RELAY BOARD 1 FA200434 RLY 2 NO APAT SUPPORT 1 FA200890 24 TX 128 MAIN BOARD 1 FA200021 MODULE TX128 I 1 FA200999 25 RX 128 BOARD VER 2 1 FA200907 26 MODULE BEAM FORMER 32 1 FA200765 4 in each scanner 27 FRONT END CONTROLLER 1 FA200764 28 RFT1 1 FA200540 Table 0 2 Card Rack Card Cage Front End Boards O1 18 FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe REM 3 1 2 Mid Processor Modules Mid P
295. TP6 TPG 6 transmit cycle in progress TP7 TPG 7 transmit cycle in progress TP8 TPG 8 transmit cycle in progress TP9 SAS L Synchronous address strobe TP10 RFSH L Cache Refresh Receiver Board RX 128 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 19 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 12 Maintenance Aids 12 1 Test Points TPn Signal Description Name TP1 TSIG Buffered test signal TP2 VCTLP Buffered TGC control voltage non inverting TP3 VCTLN Buffered TGC control voltage inverting 12 2 Test Connectors Pn Signal Description Name P6 TESTSIG Analogue test signal 12 3 Configuration PROM The configuration PROM U224 has a hard wired address of 010 Its contents are to be decided Receiver Board RX 64 13 Maintenance Aids 13 1 Test Points TPn Signal Description Name TP1 TSIG Buffered test signal TP2 XVCTL Buffered TGC control voltage TP3 XVREF 2 5V Reference voltage 13 2 Test Connectors Pn Signal Description Name P6 TESTSIG Analog test signal K11 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 13 3 Configuration PROM The configuration PROM U109 has a hard wired address of 010 Refer to the Master Control Document MCD for information about its contents Patient I O 14 Maintenance Aids 14 1 Patient Main Board 14 1 1 Te
296. Test signal TSIG Analog test signal used by the RX Board and PRC Analog Time Gain Compensation voltage ATGCVP and ATGOVN Differential signals used to control the VCAs on the RX Board and PRC High Voltage Control One serial data line and several select lines to the HV Supply System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Patient I O rev 01 Patient I O 36 36 1 36 2 36 3 36 4 37 37 1 Overview Abstract This document is a description of the Patient I O board PAT I O in This module records and process the analogue traces in The signal condition ing circuitry instrumentation amplifiers and analogue filters are located on separate daughter boards that are plugged into a main board containing the A D converters and the isolation barrier The DSP performing the final signal processing is located on the Internal I O board and is therefore not described in this document Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 9 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 01 11 00 JB Maintenance Aids moved to Chapter K Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature DSP Digital Signal Processor ECG Electro CardioGram QRS QRS complex Characteristic part of the ECG signal SDP Spectrum Doppler Processor Board References Patient I O Block Diagram rev 02 page B2 9 Mechanical Assembly Refer to Fig 37 1 for an assembly dr
297. Turn Freq counterclockwise and verify that the penetration increases b Turn Freq clockwise and verify that the resolution increases Pay special attention to the Octave settings 5 Turn Focus and verify improved image sharpness within the focused area 6 The Zoom control a Press Zoom once b Adjust proper zoom span Press Zoom once more and verify a proper zoomed image d Press Zoom a third time to exit 7 Change Reject and verify how low level echoes are rejected when Reject is increased 8 Change Compress and verify increased contrast for low compress settings and softer image for high compress settings Verify functionality in Freeze 9 Change Dynamic Range and verify soft images for high settings and harder increased contrast images for lower settings 10 Verify performance of DDP on a moving target no averaging at minimum DDP and increasing averaging with increasing DDP 11 Freeze the image then use the trackball to scroll back into the memory 12 Press the Image Store button to store a frozen image to the harddisk clipboard Press Image Recall to restore this image Must select this configuration in EchoPAC clipboard 13 Connect a 10 MHz FLA probe press Compound and verify increased resolution not available on FA000410 18 11 2Doppler Controls 1 If necessary reselect the probe to bring it to default settings and select PW 2 Increase Gain to maximum and change the Horizontal swe
298. UT F1 23 8 4 SVHS OUT F1 24 8 5 SVRS IN connector chats F1 24 8 6 VIDEO OUT F1 24 8 7 VIDEO F1 24 8 8 B W VIDEO OUT connector F1 24 8 9 RGBS OUT connector F1 25 8 10 ETHERNET F1 25 Maintenance Procedure Maintenance Pro 1 0 cedure rev 04 1 1 1 2 2 0 3 0 3 1 3 2 Introduction G1 3 ADS UPA CE La kaqt pal oem rg Lon hera G1 3 Document History G1 3 Tool Requirements G1 3 G1 3 Air Filter Cleaning G1 3 Probe Connector Cleaning G1 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Intro 31 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Config amp Rev Control Compatibility Overview rev 15 Board Compatibili ty List 128 vs 256 chan nel systems Board Revision History Intro 32 Chapter Description 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 0 2 1 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 6 1 6 2
299. Use the arrow that point s to the left i e from the scanner to the pc Connect Crossed Ethernet cable and Serial cable to External 1 0 Establishing FTP Client Connection To System FiVe a b reo rer Start Chamelon FTP Client Select Settings Select Preferences Verify that the choice Retrieve Detailed File Listing is switched OFF Close preferences window Select Connect to Under Host write the scanners IP address recorded in step 2 page 15 Under Password write s5 Select OK In the Local window the files on your PC will appear In the Remote window the files on root level of System FiVe will be listed Copy the file udd tar gz from the pc to the scanner by using the copy System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 button in the FTP Client window Use the arrow that point s to the right i e from the pc to the scanner 4 Choose from the frontpanel a Setup b Configuration amp Test GE Service Password setfive User Defaults Extract Files Reebotthe scanner and verify that the user defaults have been restored e 15 4 Restoring Laptop Settings Restore TCP IP settings previously modified under the laptop s network control panel previously recorded in Set Laptop IP Address on page Intro 15 15 5 FE Alignment 1 Install a FPA probe in connector 1 2 Perform FE alignme
300. Ve Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 4 4 4 5 4 5 1 e Connect scope to coax connector P4 on FEC P4 is the lower connector e Enter 2D and verify a low TTL pulse of 50 ns width Prf will vary with system setup ATGC Test The purpose of this test is to verify that the FEC board generates the correct analog TGC control signals ATGCVP and ATGCVN Connect a scope to P5 on FEC P5 is the upper connector Enter 2D and verify a voltage ramp signal on the scope typically ranging from OV 10dB to 8V 30dB The full range is from 10V to 10V High Voltage Test HV1 and HV2 Tests On systems with TX128 boards with artwork rev D and newer there are test points for the high voltages located between the two XDBUS boards The voltages on the test points are scaled down with a factor of 10 Voltage range TX126 test points HV1 0 to 80V 4thfromtop HV1 80 to OV 5th from top 2 0 to 40V 3rd from top HV2 40 to 0V 2nd from top There are two ways to verify that the voltages are correct Alternative 1 1 Connect your PC to the RS232 port on External I O as described in 9 Board Tests via External Terminal PC on page K09 1 2 Write modSetupDebug 0x2 at the gt prompt the terminal note the capital letters 3 Change Power and the estimated HV1 and HV2 voltages will be printed on
301. Vingmed digital beamformer the delays are implemented in custom made in tegrated circuit called FOCUSORs One focusor handles the delays for four neigh boring elements and also adds them together Adding of focusor outputs is done by another custom made integrated circuit called a BEAMADDER Imaginary Element Focusors Beam Adders Curvature Fig 2 9 Focused It takes a total of 32 focusors and 8 beamadders to focus and sum the 128 channels in the beamformer System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 One Focusor delays and sums signal from four elements One BeamAdder level 2 sums signal from four Focusors One Beamadder level 3 sums signal from two BeamAdder2 s and the previous BF board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 13 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 4 5 1 Steering the beam The same parameters are used for generating the steering delays for the beam dur ing receive as during transmit Fig 2 10 Steering Delays 2 4 5 2 Receive Focusing The same principles are used for generating the receive focus delays as the transmit focus delays The purpose is to generate an electronically steered lens with a vari able ROC However during receive the delays are updated calculated inside the Focusors for each range or depth step starting with large delays at the array edges focusing at a n
302. X fm 155 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service Printed December 5 2000 Index Numerics 128 vs 256 channel systems H3 1 Hardware differences H3 1 Probe Support differences H3 2 2D 2D Controls Listing A5 7 2D Tissue A1 23 A1 26 2D Flow A1 37 2D Flow Board A3 12 Block Diagram B2 12 2D Flow Processor A1 51 Board Formats A1 73 A About this manual Intro 7 AC Controller A8 2 Component Side M 8 Board Revision History H4 16 Compatibility overview H2 5 H2 9 H2 12 H2 17 AC Controller Board Revision Control H4 16 AC Power 115VAC C2 2 230 VAC C2 3 Block Diagram B2 22 Heating Problems System Shut down K03 21 Replacement Procedure L 3 Revision history H5 1 AC Power Supply Power Distribution A1 57 Additional LEDs turned on in Color Flow K05 13 Doppler K05 13 Annular Array Front End Description A1 48 Imaging A1 18 Annular Phased Array Transducer E1 2 APAT E1 2 APA Probes E2 4 APA TE Probes E2 4 APAT Probes E1 2 Aperture A1 3 Expanding Aperture A1 3 Size of the transducer with respect to number of wavelengths or in mil limeters A1 3 Apodization A1 4 A1 14 Arbitration A1 44 Assembly Drawings Boards M 1 ATGC test K04 3 Audio Doppler A1 51 FP Audio H2 6 H2 9 H2 13 H2 17 Authorization Intro 5 Autocorrelation A1 40 A1 51 Automatic Tests K11 1 Axial resolution A1 4 BEAM ADDER A2 40 ASIC Description A2 44 Beam Former Board Block Diagram B2 7 Description A2 40 BF Board Formats A1 72 B
303. YSRESET L signal on the VME bus System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Board Formats rev 02 Board Formats rev 02 24 Introduction 24 1 Abstract This is a description of the board formats in EEEEIFIVE 24 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 29 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 19 Oct 1999 LHS Updated content System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 69 Board Formats rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 25 RLY Board with 185 or 93 pin connectors 2 5 mm pin spacing P1 is located on the IV amp DP Connector board mounted as a piggyback on the upper left corner of the RLY board P1 and P3 are for motherboard connections and P1 and P2 are for XDBUS connections P5 P7 are for PA LA probes and P8 and P9 are for APAT probes Board size W x H 280 x 350 mm 38E 38A oo ooo oo ooo ooo Connector Side mnn Eun HEEE 38A 38E A1 70 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Board Formats rev 02 26 128 RX128 RX64 and PRC Boards with 185 or 93 pin connectors 2 5 mm pin spacing P1 P2 and P3 are for motherboard connections and P4 and P5 are for XDBUS connections Board size W x H 280 x
304. a gu measure Files for repgen pb the superv udtp Program Local patient Archive pb echo data probes etc Resourcefiles dc offset files for all probes Directories local fe test software modtest Atgc dat Tgen dat Analogtest Digitaltest EZEDTIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 4 55 tosh HD UserJames i arb Service ember 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Software Upgrade Procedure 01 Software Upgrade Procedure 3 3 1 3 2 Introduction Abstract This document contains two procedures for copying the contents of one harddisk master onto a second harddisk slave Parts Requirements SCSI cable with two 40 pin flat cable connectors one for the master disk and one for the slave An extra power cable to connect from the INT I O board to the slave hard disk PC terminal to connect to EXT I O RS232 CPU port via a crossed RS232 serial cable Copying from a masterdisk onto a disk with old software i e a software update The masterdisk must be configured with address 1 instead of 0 This is done by installing a jumper on the AO address line on the disk Position of this jumper varies from one manufacturer to anoth er The slave disk already has address 0 Turn the system on and let it boot until it is up and scanning in 2D The system now boots from the old harddisk Push the Freeze button Press the return key on the PC terminal to get
305. a Cable and some Covers to the lists Corrected errors Updated per sw v 1 9 release 2 Parts List 2 1 Card Rack Boards GEVU Part Description Number Notes Air Temp Sense board FA200255 Beam Former Board 2 MLA BF FA200001 Obsolete used with RX FA20022 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I O1 3 Spare Parts rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GEVU Part Description Number Notes Beam Former Board 2 1 MLA BF 2 FA200538 For 128 ch systems Use with RX FA522 Beam Former Board 2 1 MLA BF 2 FA200811 For 256 channel system Use with RX64 2 FA200777 Beam Former Board 2 2 MLA BF 2 FA200382 For 256 channel systems Use with RX FA200638 Beam Former Board 2 2 MLA BF 2 FA200765 For 256 channel system Use with RX FA200776 Color Flow Processor board CFP FA200027 For 256 ch system Color Flow Processor board CFP FA200409 For 128 ch system CPU board FA200109 Front End Controller board FEC FA200009 For 256 ch system Front End Controller board FEC FA200669 For 128 ch system Front End Controller board FEC FA200764 For 128 256 ch systems Graphic 5 board GRAPH FA200030 Image Port 2 board Image Bd 2 IP2 FA200572 Image Port board IMPORT FA200028 Memory board IMMEM FA200110 Motherboard MBD FA200046 Pipelink Jumper board AA200138 For test purposes only Probe Control board PRC FA200264 RF and Tissue pr
306. able between the PC Card Lan cable adapter connected to your ethernet card in your laptop and the System FiVe Ethernet adapter connector 3 Connect 1 of VT220 Terminal Emulator laptop to System FiVe s External I O port RS232 CPU connector using null modem cable EXTERNAL VO PORT Figure 0 1 System FiVe External 1 Section 11 0 Set Up VT220 Terminal Emulator Note This procedure uses a diagnostic PC with HyperACCESSq HA software to serve as a VT220 Terminal Emulator but any VT220 Terminal Emulator can be used as long the settings from Table 0 3 on page N 14 are entered correctly into the alternative terminal 1 Onthe diagnostic PC start HyperACCESSq software 2 Click on the New button to create a new System FiVe entry or click on the Settings button to review or modify an existing entry NEW BUTTON SETTINGS BUTTON HyperACCFSS fnr Windows Phonehnnk Automation Window FPE View Options Figure 0 2 HyperACCESSq Controls System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 13 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 Enter the settings shown in Table 0 4 on page N 15 for the System FiVe entry Phone No leave empty Settings 8 none 1 Click arrow to show choices Terminal Emulation VT220 Click arrow to show choices Terminal Setup Enter select Terminal keys not Windows Rest of the choices are all off or def
307. aces r buffer XFO gt serial line 4 control E DSP serial line to SPD 9 buffering O of local DSP bus lt po address amp data VME PAL address decode VME bus Fig 2 1 HW block schematics for the DSP at the Internal I O board The Patient Interface is built around the TMS320C40 Digital Signal Processor The DSP has a data and address bus multiplexed for Patient Module gain program ming A 37 pins DSUB FEMALE connector includes all serial and parallel signals and power 15V for the Patient I O module All transducer input signals are A D con System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal I O Board rev 03 2 5 1 2 6 2 7 verted and transferred serially from the Patient I O module to the Internal I O mod ule The DSP on the Internal I O board performs all required signal processing like decimation powerline filtering and detection of ECG QRS heart sound respira tion Hardware for data transfer to the SDP module and the Patient I O for configu ration setup is also included on the Internal I O board SDP Interface After processing of the traces they are fed to the SDP board When the SPD re quests data all channels are resampled and the data are sent serially to the SPD Information about the detected features are embedde
308. ain board and on a sep arate Rotary Switch and Display board connected to the main board via a cable Decoding of rotary movement is done through a set of parallel registers Each of the 8 TGC slide potentiometers generates analog voltages which all are A D converted and read by the local uP The function and mode push buttons switches are decoded in a matrix and read through parallel registers The two displays are programmed directly from the local uP bus Movement of the trackball is read through a versatile interface register A standard QWERTY keyboard is used for type writing purposes The matrix formed by the switches are decoded and read by the uP The two analog Doppler signals are fed from the Internal I O board and up to a Front Panel Audio Amplifier board where volume control and current amplification is per formed A connector for headphones is also provided on this board From the audio amplifiers the Doppler signals are routed to loudspeakers via a cable System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Power Distribution rev 05 Power Distribution rev 05 14 14 1 14 2 14 3 15 15 1 Introduction Abstract This is a short description of the power distribution in Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 25 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 20 1995 LHS Updated layout Included page references 0
309. al especially if external cables e g ethernet is connected to the system 18 14 Apat Probes If an Apat Probe Support kit FA200536 is installed and an 3 25 MHz Apat probe TK100104 A is available this test is to be performed m 0 m 1 Testthe apat probe in different modes as described for phased array probes in Section 18 13 It may be some miner deviations and some noise may occur in doppler modes 2 Check also M mode and CFM 18 14 1AA MPTE Mechanical Probe or Simulator 1 Connect a TE Probe TE100053 or simulator ML200366 2 Adjust the temperature and verify that it updates Verify that the system freezes when the temperature exceeds 41 1 C 3 Verify that the multiplane rotation can go from 0 to 180 degrees System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 9 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 18 15 Options e Check and confirm proper functionality on ordered options listed on the packing list 18 16 Hardware Revision Level Press the Setup button Select the SysTest menu Select Hardware Config Verify that there is a match between the read out of the hardware revision numbers and the information on the Configuration sheets Bomc K11 10 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv filesK12 Lockups 15 Man S ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi amp GE Vingmed Ultrasou
310. al 02 55 Servicel Printed Dec Macintosh HD User James QGi arb Servict ember 5 2000 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound External board rev 02 External I O board 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 Introduction Abstract This document is a description of the External I O board EXT I O in System 5 The board performs buffering and galvanic isolation not in the first version of the signals present on the External I O Connector Panel Document History Rev Date Sign Description 11 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 20 Apr 1995 GRL Changes to Etherner interface Table 1 Revision control Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature In the following the various signals are divided into groups The following defini tions are used Internal I O All signal used of peripherals mounted in the system with power from internal isolation transformer External I O signals made available to the user at the outside of the system These signals are galvanically isolated to take care of patient safety EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility Input Output signals SDP Spectrum Doppler Processor Board DSP Digital Signal Processor ECG Echo Cardio Gram References External I O Block Diagram rev 02 on page B2 21 Descriptions Video out The composite video signal is buffered and capable of driving several devices like monitors and printers It consists of the following li
311. al Description and Block Diagram 8 1 Block Diagrams COMPLETE BOARD P1 CONNECTOR TO RELAY BD P3 P4 DP 2 MHz CONN gt FILTER PWRCTRL STBY lt 4 SWITCH LED MBD 2 MHz CW FILTER P3 K1 ZA AJ K2 P4 RXP 2 0 1 06 3 t AAXD7P F j 2 0 MHz AAXD7N PW RX P mm DOPPLER 0 CONNECTOR CONN TO RLY BD TX P AAXDSP TX N AAXDSN NOTE A 20 k resistor is permanently installed from pin 5 XDDPCD to GND on this version of the board with 2 MHz CW filter This resistor which is in parallel with the probe code resistor alters the probe code ID thus providing a way for the system to identify the presence of the CW filter 8 2 Standby Power Switch Four signals are routed between the AC controller board and the Power Switch over the backplane to the P1 connector They are all referenced to digital ground STBTGL L is low pass filtered to avoid glitches from toggling power on and off System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 13 IV amp DP Connector Board rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 8 3 A2 14 2 MHz CW Filter This filter is a narrowband notch filter which purpose is to attenuate the 2 MHz carrier frequency from the 2 MHz Pedof probe in CW Doppler This is done to prevent the receiver from being saturated by this frequency component The differentia
312. and the Vingmed PAMPTE probe H4 18 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 52 IV amp Connector Board FA200248 P N Rev Be C N Change Description FA200248 A A 5902 Documentation release FA200248 A B 6093 New artwork rev C FA200248 A C 6503 New artwork rev D with studs for improved mounting FA200248 B D 7228 New artwork rev E with 2 MHz Pedof filter Requires V1 2 SW or newer Optional V1 2 upgrade FA200248 B E 7900 Changed R6 to 100 ohm to reduce saturation with 2 MHz Pedof probe FA200248 B F 8184 PCB 064E5010 Conn PCB female 93p is obsolete 53 VME BG IACK Jumper VME Jumper FA200075 P N Rev ie C N Change Description ev 200075 RD5723 Release System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H4 19 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes H4 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files H5 07 compat e 17 Man S5 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 HD User James i arb Servic GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Power Supply Revision History rev 01 1 DC Power FA200034 P N Rev MCD C N Change Description Rev FA200034
313. ands K09 1 9 5 Start up of Board Test Program 09 1 9 6 The Board Test Menu K09 2 9 7 Help K09 3 10 0 Maintenance Aids K09 19 10 1 Configuration K09 19 11 0 Maintenance K09 19 11 1 E K09 19 12 0 Maintenance Aids K09 20 Intro 34 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 12 1 Test PONS i emere nre T E eben K09 20 12 2 Test Connectors K09 20 12 3 Configuration K09 20 13 0 Maintenance Aids K09 20 13 1 Test PONS iuc eei sons Bieb ge K09 20 13 2 Test GonnectorsS as ku 4 Hl h W b media aha REY CERES K09 20 13 3 Configuration K09 21 14 0 Maintenance Aids K09 21 14 1 Patient I O Main Board K09 21 15 0 Test features K09 21 15 1 Address K09 21 15 2 Revision K09 21 15 3 Serial 1
314. anized as two 32 bit wide banks that support 8 16 32 bit read accesses They are mapped at address 0 following a local bus reset thus the uP can access the stack pointer and execution address following a reset Static RAM The 128 kB of 32 bit wide static RAM supports 8 16 and 32 bit accesses provid ing possibilities for debugging and limited diagnostics without having to access the DRAM piggyback Dynamic RAM The DRAM is located on a piggyback board These boards are available with 4 8 16 and 32 MB and two boards can be used with one CPU board One stacked on top of the CPU as a piggyback and the other requiring a separate slot in the rack NVRAM and Clock A combined RAM and clock chip MK48T08 provides the time of day clock oscilla tor crystal power fail detection memory write protection 8KB of RAM and a battery all in one chip VME bus Interface An ASIC VMEchip2 provides the interface between the local bus and the VME bus and the local VME bus DMA controller functions Serial Port Interfaces Four serial ports are provided by a CD2401 serial controller chip Baud rates ranges from 110 to 38 4K Serial port 1 is a minimum function asynchronous port using RXD CTS TXD and RTS Serial ports 2 and 3 are both full function asynchronous ports and serial port 4 is a full synchronous or asynchronous port All four ports have drivers and receivers routing the input output lines to the P2 connector Pa
315. anual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound RF and Tissue Processor board rev 04 3 6 Color flow data will be sent directly out from the IQ buffer since all filtering needed will be done one the 2DF board Local processor For the control of the RFT and for some signal processing tasks in SDCW a DSP of type TMS320C31 40 is used The local DSP have its EPROM based start up program containing the following functions 1 Local power up self test 2 Routines for receiving a downloaded application program from disk 3 A local test monitor used for production board level test and board level failure localization As soon as the application program is downloaded and the rest of the instrument is operating the DSP will handle the following tasks 1 Communication with the cpu Most changes of the instrument control will result in a message sent from the CPU to the RFT specifying how the RFT shall be used The local DSP program must react according to these specifications There is only communication from the CPU to the RFT when the operator changes a setting on the instrument except for during certain test modes 2 Xmit to Xmit control The FEC controls most of the data flow until data have been written into the IQ buffer There might be cases where the DSP needs to update some filter coefficients before data from a new Xmit occurs In that case a message is sent from the FEC to the RFT via the FEbus The RFT receives messag
316. ar Array Table 7 Linear Array Probes P N Frequency Footprint Elements KN100003 5 0 MHz 192 60 17 KT100001 7 5 MHz 192 50 17 KW100001 10 0 MHz 192 50 17 KW100004 10 0 MHz 192 50 17 S emu 5 ij RI L TT m 1 Fig 4 2 Linear Array probe 4 3 Curved Linear Array Table 8 Curved Linear Array Probes P N Frequency Radius of Field of Ele curvature view ments KK100004 3 5 MHz 40 85 192 KN100008 5 0 MHz 40 68 192 i ab A i L Sob L4 5 a Fig 4 3 Curved Linear Array Probe 4 4 Transvaginal Probe Table 9 Transvaginal Probe P N Frequency Radius of Field of Ele curvature view ments KQ100002 6 5 MHz 9 124 128 E1 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 5 Phased Array TE Probes Table 10 Phased Array TE Probes Probes rev 05 P N Frequency it Elements Tip Endoscop KN100006 5 0 MHz 64 14 mm Storz KN100007 5 0 MHz 64 14 mm ACMI PUR KN100010 8 0 MHz 48 10 7 mm ACMI 4 6 Doppler Probes Table 11 Doppler Probes P N Name Shape ID Resis tor KE100001 2 MHz Straight 5k6 TE100024 2 MHz Angled Pen 3k9 TQ100002 6 MHz Straight 150k Fig 4 4 Doppler Probe Angled Pen System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev E1 5 Probes rev 05 GE Ving
317. aracter istics of the analog front end and can also give an indication of transducer faults since a change in transducer impedance will influence the test signal gain and phase TGC Control and Test Signal Interface The TGC control voltage enters the circuit board as a differential 20 V signal and is converted to a single ended 10 V signal in 6 dB differential line receiver U110 An alog Devices SSM 2143 before it is scaled and filtered in one half of dual opera System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 21 6 tional amplifier U112 The output of voltage reference U111 is inverted in the other half of U112 and added to the TGC control voltage at the output of the line receiver in order to generate a control voltage range of about 0 to 2 9 V The TGC control voltage is then buffered by one half of dual operational amplifiers U117 to U120 be fore it is filtered again R777 to R780 and C691 to C694 and distributed to the gain control inputs of the TGC amplifiers The filter sections combine to give a third order Bessel low pass response with a group delay of about 2 ms The output of reference U111 is also buffered by the other half of dual operational amplifiers U117 to U120 and distributed to the reference inputs of the voltage controlled amplifiers A common test signal can be injected at the preamplifier inputs for test purposes Operational amplifiers U122 and U123 buffer the
318. ard The FEC board represents two VME Address spaces one for the direct download of data from the CPU to the other FE boards e g to the TX Board and BF caches and the other for communi cating control information like loading of scan programs error handling etc be System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front End Controller FEC rev 04 33 4 33 5 33 6 33 7 33 8 33 9 tween the CPU and the FEC The FEC board can issue interrupts to the CPU and it will always respond to CPU accesses provided it is not scanning FE bus quiet ATGC Generator An Analog Time Gain Compensation ATGC Counter ATGCCT and Prescaler counter ATGPCT is the FEC hardware sequencer responsible for stepping through a table of ATGC values stored in the ATGC RAM during beam data acqui sition The values in the RAM are fed to a DAC followed by a buffer a low pass filter and single ended to differential conversion giving two signals ATGCVP and AT GVVN with a range of 10V Test Signal Generator An analog test signal TSIG is generated by a DAC followed by a low pass filter XDCTRL Interface A Timer Event Controller TIMCTL chip is used to poll the scanner control signals from the XDCTRL board section of the PRC board and make them available to the DSP TIMCTL also controls the signals returned to the XDCTRL board PA LA Probe Select In order for the system to know if probes are connected th
319. arrow range gradually decreasing the delays to open up the lens until infinite focusing straight lens is obtained AIRE r j o Focusing Delays FOCAL POINT Fig 2 11 Focus Delays DIRECTION 2 4 5 3 Apodization In order to control the side lobe level of the beam apodization is introduced This is a windowing function applied to all channels where the receive signal is gradually attenuated when approaching the outer elements of the transducer aperture Apodization is used together with expanding aperture see section 2 4 5 4 A1 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 Gain Gain gt side lobes main main lobe lobe Fig 2 12 Apodization 2 4 5 4 Expanding Aperture The width of a focused ultrasound beam depends on the focal point and the size of the probe aperture according to the following formula Dr k l F D 2 2 where F is distance to focal point is wavelength and D is transducer aperture The beam width will Focal Point 4 Dr 19 2 13 Beam Width Constant Aperture with a constant aperture be as shown on the figure above the thick line for that par ticular focal point For a shallower focal point the beam width will be narrower System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 15 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound In order to maintain approximately the same width
320. art done System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K07 3 Troubl K07 4 eshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Boot sequence connues Loa dng usrtibr dm am Free memory at 0x0 1Fd25 78 rot allocated tt diri em Free memory at OO TF 3124 rot allocated by dm em lost dram Free memory al tall TFAD780 not allocated by dnem ost dram Free memory al tal TF 3D EO not allocated by dnem ost dream Free memory at Cre TF 7 2858 not allocated by dm em lost dram Free memory at cO TF A4F n allocated by driem last d r erm Free memory al Cen TF 7 1DCC nob allocated by dm em lost dmen Free memory al 01 7 TEFC n allocated by lost dm eri Free memory at e TF AF 58 not allocated by ost done Awailing graphs bad done Awailing serwer stat drem Free memory at Ox01FS6BCO nd allacabed by den en tt AONE Awalling Ir ant panel start done Waitingfor app to finish dng done Executing C corfig done Calling static conbuctors All svstans go dream Free memory ab Crean TF 17 08 rit allocated by dn em Free memory al x TF3yC58no allocated by dm em lost dream Free memory at Cen TF 2 708 8 rot allocated by dm em lost spawningfilecache update task Done gt Create dispatcher done Create Dalamodule Exception task stated IroagePort Hardware presen
321. arts 2 5 Peripheral and MAC Devices 2 6 PIODOS eed sS Inr een 2 7 Misc PartS ves ek iiber vL 2 8 Gables i i kanan n a eec cam o 2 9 3 0 System FiVe REM 3 1 Card Rack 3 2 Mich 3 3 CE TU 3 4 EMIL N el Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature GE Vingmed Ultrasound Intro 38 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files 05 Revstat 11 Man S5 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Servict Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Revision Status for the EZEIIFIVE Service Manual Date Rev Edition Description and comments 11 Oct 1994 01 1 First version Draft 20 Sep 1995 02 2 Corrected errors New documents included 1 Dec 1995 A 3 Service Manual Release Corrected errors New documents included New Index 14 Oct 1996 B 4 Service Manual divided in three parts Corrected errors Updated documents New documents included 19 Jun 1998 C 5 Documents not needed for field service have been removed Updated documents sw 1 3 New documents included Updated documents sw 1 4 14 Dec 1998 D 6 Updated documents sw 1 5 Updated company name and logo 5 Aug 1999 E 7 Updated documents sw 1 5 3 sw 1 6
322. asks not directly implemented in hardware The hardware implemented control functions are set up controlled by the local DSP The VME interface is used for CPU to RFT communication The VME interface may also be used for replay of IQ data The interface is quite slow System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A3 7 RF and Tissue Processor board rev 04 5 5 1 Connectors The RFT board VME bus Clock distribution PipeLink Front End bus MLA section 0 MLA section 1 MLA section 2 RF processor 1 RF processor 2 TMS320C31 emulator RS232 serial line P1 P2 P3 are at the rear side of the board P4 P5 are at the front of the board J1 J2 are at the component side of the board Pn is male connector Jn is a female connector 5 2 RFT1 board 6 6 1 8 VME bus Clock distribution PipeLink Front End bus MLA section 0 MLA section 1 TMS320C31 emulator RS232 serial line P1 P2 P3 are at the rear side of the board P4 P5 are at the front of the board Pn is a male connector Outputs PipeLink interface The PipeLink interface is an output port only Data and control signals are sent out on the PipeLink to SDP 2DF or Image Port P5 P5 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 03 Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 03 7 Overview T 1 Abstract
323. at the front The connectors for phased array and annular array probes are attached directly to the Relay Board while the Doppler probe signals are routed through a 10 pin SIL connector to Doppler connector board IV amp DP The IV amp DP board is attached to the System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 15 Relay Board RLY rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 11 Relay Board as a daughter board but has its own connections to the motherboard for the standby power signals Connectors and descriptions 11 1 Connector locations P10 11 2 Phased and Linear Array Connectors A2 16 The transducer channels are routed between the PA probes and the analogue Front End through two sets of 64 dual relays K1 to K128 One set K1 to K32 and K65 to K96 is used to switch between probe 1 and 2 while the other set K33 to K64 and K97 to K128 is used to switch between probe 3 and probe 1 or 2 Latching relays are used in order to reduce the current consumption and they are activated by dis charging the energy stored in capacitors C61 to C76 through non latching relays K153 to K156 Capacitors C61 C62 C65 C66 C69 C70 C73 and C74 are charged to 5 V and discharging them sets the latching relays while Capacitors C63 C64 C67 C68 C71 C72 C75 and C76 are charged to 5 V and discharging them resets the latching relays The relay board also routes the probe multiplexer control s
324. ate the transmit delays and load the data into the TPGs through the Front End Controller FEC board In order to avoid Front End Bus activity during data acquisition all parameters for a complete scan are loaded into dual port VRAMs on the transmitter board Each vector is stored one page in the VRAMs and this page is transferred to the TPGs before triggering the next transmit pulse The VRAM cache is organized as shown in Fig 14 1 Four transmit pulse generators share a 12 bit wide cache consisting of three 256k x 4 VRAMs U73 to U75 and U78 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 to U80 The TPGs and their cache are accessed through bidirectional transceivers U76 U77 U81 and U82 in order to reduce the capacitive load seen at their outputs D 8 11 1042 L Fig 14 2 VRAM cache data flow 14 5 FE Bus Interface The FE Bus interface provides address decoding and buffering between the TPG ASICs and the Front End Bus Two MACH PLDs U91 and 092 are used to decode the address bus to access the eight TPG ASICs and their VRAM cache System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 23 Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound FE SA 5 0 SA 5 0 V N FE PA 9 0 PA 9 0 FE SAS L L FE SWR L SWR L FE PGTR L PGTR L FE RFSH L RFSH L FE SUDS L 5005 L FE SLDS L SLDS L FE C20 C40 local clock FE TACK XTAC
325. ation of color images in particular This procedure is written specifically for field used The system production procedure uses an optical color balance meter to make the final adjustment of the color balance Screen Manager Initial settings Press the MIDDLE switch to enter the Screen Manager Select Color Color Mode and then Standard lt Exit back to Screen Manager select Screen Contrast and select 50 brightness and 90 contrast levels Getting into the Service Menu lt Press the MIDDLE switch to enter the SCREEN MANAGER menu Select Information menu In Information menu page of 4 press gently not too hard down to mid position on the DOWN arrow lt While holding the DOWN arrow press and hold AUTO The monitor will beep and blank out after a few seconds At this time release both keys lt Press the MIDDLE switch You are now in the SERVICE menu Verify that the menu is not identified as sereen manager menu Color Menu Setups in Service Menu Select COLOR menu Select Temperature Set temperature to 10000K Press middle select button to set 18 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Select GAIN menu Set sub contrast the black half moon to 250 NOTE This is a preset Final contrast level is set later Press middle select button to set Select CUT OFF menu There
326. ations that are performed in hardware and soft ware Patient I O Daughter Board Patient I O Main Board Pre filteri A D Decimation re tiltering Conversion nd Filtering Signal Feature to SDP board gt Processing P Extraction gt DSP on Internal I O Board Fig 39 1 Signal Flow Diagram The daughter board connects to the patient I O sensors ECG phono pressure res piration etc and provides sensor dependent amplification and first order pre filter ing The main board performs the analogue to digital conversion of the sensor signals in a high resolution sigma delta convertor This A D converter also contains a decimat ing IIR filter that provides most of the bandwidth limiting and provides a low rate se rial data stream to the DSP s serial input port The DSP first performs simple signal processing such as decimation low pass high pass filtering and power line filtering The last block in the figure includes ex traction of features such as QRS complexes respiration direction heart sounds etc In addition it detects whether there are physiological signals present at all e g sen sors connected Processed signals and detected features are then transmitted serially to the SDP board on request System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 55 Patient rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 39 2 Main Board A2 56 Refer to Fig 39 2 for a block diagram
327. ature 3 References sees ey Y ev RI Un Va RR ewe A3 3 Mechanical specifications A3 4 INPUTS 2 exte vM E YR A3 4 Descriptions ior a Ee sp uum S rq A3 5 Full band handler and Hilbert transform A3 5 RF processing unit RFP A3 6 ok state a uh us uhay ce A3 6 Tissue Processing Unit A3 6 Doppler High Pass A3 6 Local processor cer xa e bie A Rims A3 7 Control unit e si x kya et edad cei A3 7 Connectors 30 5 fic mU WERL RP EG dana A3 8 The RFETD OStd riu pea Ree tes Rot ER A3 8 The RFT1 A3 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Table of Contents continued Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 03 2D Flow Board rev 01 Chapter Description Page 6 0 8 6 1 PipeLink interface A3 8 7 0 OVerview peu xxu pus A3 9 7 1 ADSI ico ea taces Rabe Rene Ra ake Q car n a A3 9 7 2 Document History A3 9 7 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A3 9 7 4 References sos KRA tes neers des NS e kia b we 9 8 0 InDUIS S
328. ault Baud Rate 9600 click on nearby arrow to get choices Priority Normal Port type Standard Com Port Port name COMI if this is the laptop port you will use Port Setup HW handshake RTS CTS on turn SW handshaking off by click ing on the x s to get rid of it Modem Direct Connect Cabled Table 0 3 Settings required for terminal communication 4 Click on the square button with the down arrow to see select from choices 5 Click on the OK button to accept and close screens er amp CCESS fur Windows Sesuvium Ewle ud Plus Edit Yicw roperies Jjranetcr Automation Window Help Figure 0 3 Creating an entry for extended interface 6 Once the settings from Table 3 have been entered click File then Save and save this setup as system five has 7 If necessary double click the system five icon on the laptop to start HyperACCESS Terminal emulation program N 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Section 12 0 Record System FiVe Settings Refer to Booting Sequence starting on page K07 1 1 Once the boot sequence has completed type bootChange on the laptop window and the following will be displayed on the laptop bootChange clear field _ go to previous field D quit 2 Hit Enter on the laptop and record the following information Note Continue pressing Enter on Laptop to Sc
329. automatic way of saving and restoring setups and user defaults the following manual procedure should be used Please ensure the customer is aware of this All probe presets will be lost 3 4 5 Press Setup on the keyboard select each menu item in the setup menu and note down the specific details on a piece of paper Press the Application menu and verify if there are specific user setups make a note of them verify all available probes Enter Setup menu on the Front Panel a In the menu that appears on screen select System Test menu button b In the System Test menu choose Module SW version System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 9 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Options c Write down the System Software Name listed in the Module Software Revisions List File name date System options Table 2 System Software Name listed in the Module Software Revisions List Note Membership and Advantage will need a password for all functions covered by the introducing offering on Advantage Functions 6 Select the Applications menu when having the 2 5 FPA probe connected The following software options must be verified and noted for Contrast TVI any combination of these options Section 8 0 Install Memory Upgrade Turn of the power rear of system Remove both the Upper and the Lower Covers on
330. avoid having reflections from the so called grating lobe which is a mirror of the main lobe at an angle given by the element pitch and the steering angle The main lobes for one element with two different sizes are shown on the figure above When firing the element such a lobe can be defined as the area where the acoustic intensity is above a certain limit e g gt 12dB compared to the intensity at the center of the lobe The shape of the main lobe gives the maximum angle one can steer a beam without loosing too much sensitivity e g lt 12dB From this can be seen that linear and curved linear have can have larger element size and pitch since it is not necessary to steer the angle as far out as for phased arrays Steering the beam When firing a pulse into an element an ultrasound wave will start to travel from the element into the body It will spread out inside the main lobe If all elements in an array are fired simultaneously the resulting main wave from all elements will travel perpendicular to the array surface System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 A1 9 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Fig 2 4 Simultaneous firing However if the elements are fired with certain delays the beam can be steered in an angle In the figure below the right element is fired first and then with a small delay the element next right etc until the left element is fired last and with the largest delay 7
331. awing of the patient I O modules The daughter board is attached to the main board through two dual row 100 mil pitch connectors Main Board The patient main board is a modified single Europe circuit board with overall di mensions of 160 0 x 104 8 mm System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 53 Patient rev 01 37 2 Daughter Boards GE Vingmed Ultrasound The patient I O daughter boards have overall dimensions of 95 0 x 70 0 mm type 1 or 95 0 x 150 0 TBD mm type II Type boards support up to four analogue chan nels while type boards support up to eight analogue channels For the time being only one board has been implemented a type ECG amp Phono module with four channels ECG phono respiration and pressure System connection Patient I O Main Board l o uno a m NEM TypeI p Type II 4 gt Connectors Type II Type I Daughter Daughter Board Board System Front Fig 37 1 Mechanical Assembly 38 Inputs 1 ECG input For connection of 3 lead ECG electrode cable 2 Phono input For connection of heart microphone A2 54 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Patient I O rev 01 3 Respiration input For connection of respiration transducer 4 Pressure input For connection of pressure transducer 39 Descriptions 39 1 Overview Fig 39 1 illustrates the different oper
332. ble XXX XXX XXX XXX series number a In old systems enter 193 69 49 5 the range is 193 69 49 0 193 69 49 255 but don t use 193 69 49 232 193 69 49 233 or 193 69 49 234 which are used by System FiVe Subnetmask must be set to 255 255 255 0 b In new systems enter 3 222 21 5 the range is 3 222 21 0 3 222 21 255 but don t use 3 222 21 232 3 222 21 233 or 3 222 21 234 which are used by System FiVe Subnetmask must be set to 255 255 252 0 C In networked systems enter XXX XXX XXX 5 network IP address except use X s for 1st three segments 2 After IP address has been changed reboot the Laptop Section 14 0 System FiVe Software Upgrade 14 4 Loading Software Using Laptop as an Server Note This procedure uses the laptop as an FTP server and boots System FiVe from the PC over the ethernet connection The new software will be trans ferred and unpacked in one command The procedure can be used on brand new disks or disks that are corrupted but not destroyed There are several FTP servers on the marked but this procedure will only refer to the two most known FTP servers used by GE service personnel serv u32 and Chameleon FTP 14 2 Starting Serv u32 Server Start the serv u32 exe file Choose Setup Click User then New At the User Name prompt type 55 rack Password is displayed on laptop At the Password prompt type s5 Homedirectory c Enable Enable account Select Add write c
333. ble below shows the mapping between the shift register data and the 64 re ceive channels in linear array mode Note that data for the highest channel numbers are loaded first MUX_SDA1 MUX_SDA2 RX9 10 RX11 RI2 14 RXI5 RXI6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 33 Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Dy Ones Dyes Dye MUX_SDA3 RX18 19 RX20 21 RX22 RX23 RX24 MUX_SDA4 RX26 RX27 RX28 RX29 RX30 RX31 RX32 MUX SDA5 RX34 RX35 RX36 RX37 RX38 RX39 40 MUX SDA6 RX42 RX43 RX44 RX45 RX46 RX47 48 SDA7 RX50 RX51 RX52 RX53 RX54 RX55 RX56 MUX SDA8 RX58 RX59 RX60 6 RX62 RX63 RX64 A2 34 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 22 Overview 22 1 Abstract This document is a description of the Probe Controller board PRC in System FiVe The Probe Controller Board performs multiple tasks one version of the board is mainly concerned with reading and controlling probe parameters related to the An nular Array probes Stand Alone Doppler probes and TEE probes The board resides on the Front End Bus and is fully controlled by the Front End Controller Board with the exception of the onboard XDCTRL board which is controlled directl
334. boot atto booting WaitingFor disk to spin up done Altachingto sesi device done Loa dnigihd hexb4 0st 655308 112484 540652 Starting at Ox20000 Host Name bootHost Altaching neb ark interface eil dane Initaliang backplane net with anchor at Ok600 done Back plane anchor al cB Attaching network terface smi done Backplane address 3 222 21 255 j NOTE Creating proxy network 3 222 081 233 Altaching network interface lol done Backplane address indcal es Attaching shared memory objects at 0x600 dong whether system is an old system ora new system Adding 447 symbols for standalone 3222 setjes addresses CPU Motorola M VETE Processor 0 are new systems and Merion Size Oca lll OO CL BSP version 1 0 19369 series addresses are old systems orMebwvork Executing startup scri pc Brelinit systems cint Star upScript Ox10000 0 0 101 PORUM value 0 0 differert address than these two indicates network Done executing startup script etc rit connection Executing C startup script Write the down P address here nfs export done Loa lib dmem o done driem Allocated memory pool 31538337 2 0 bytes Starting dynamic memory garbage col ecto done Todayvis MOM JAN 11 15 17 38 1999 Yering graphs data path test Loa lib g5imqg onto graph drem acTask waiting icksto st
335. called Time Domain Processor TDP The FIFOs can hold up to two vectors each containing 1024 samples The TDP performs recursive filtering of the data which is still on a sample vector format and stores the data in one of three memory banks depending on data type The three banks are for simultaneous storage of tissue da ta flow frequency data and flow bandwidth data Space Domain Processors The different types of data are now stored in separate memory banks and can be read out in three parallel paths for further simultaneous processing in the Space Do main Processors SDP It is when addressing these memories that the actual scan conversion takes place Each of the banks have separate addresses since the out put formats shapes are different for e g a 2D Tissue sector and a 2D Flow sector The addresses to the memories are derived from the CRT x and y counters and the selected format shapes e Sector for 2D tissue and 2D flow phased array and annular array probes e Rectangle for tissue and parallelogram for color linear array probes e Rectangle for tissue M Mode tissue M Mode color spectrum traces video Parallelogram for both 2D tissue and 2D flow Samples are read out four by four in three parallel paths Four samples are first mapped through compression PROMs before they are used for interpolation of the value of the closest pixel There are different interpolation filters for tissue flow fre quency and flow ban
336. cer element is moved mechanically by a motor The linear motor is driven by a controller in regulator loop A reference sweep is generated on the controller This sweep is compared to a position feedback signal from the probe reflecting the position of element The difference between the ref erence and the position feedback is used to drive the element in the desired direc tion CONTROLLER Motor Ctrl PROBE Position Feedback Fig 3 2 Motor Controller Type of sweep will depend on mode of operation and system setup The frequency and amplitude of the reference sweep will determine the scan angle and framerate of the displayed sector Below is shown a sweep used in Triplex mode with a tissue scan going left a flow scan going right and Doppler when element stands still A tis sue scan is usually significantly shorter than a flow scan due to the required data col lection time in the two modes Angle Flow Tissue Right Stationary Doppler M Mode p gt Time Tissue Left SCAN SIGNALS LSCAN L EL 2 RSCAN L r tJ STAT L ui TLREQ L HII O0 Fig 3 3 Scan Signals The controller generates several scan signals that will vary depending on the sweep type These signals are used by the system to synchronize transmit firing and re ceive sampling of echoes LSCAN_L Left Scan is active when the element moves from right to l
337. ch to EchoPAC mode b Enter stress test mode in EchoPAC Turn Continuous capture on Step on the middle footswitch Verify that EchoPAC starts grabbing a new window with the live 2D scan pops up in the middle of the EchoPAC screen e Verify that no lockups occurred when filling the hole memory and verify that all the ECG traces are transferred during the capture f Finish Procedure and Delete Capture Right footswitch System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 5 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 18 9 3 Communication with Scanner Use System Front Panel not external keyboard when doing this test to be sure communication is ok 1 Choose Patient IO on Scanner verify screen switches to EchoPAC and create a new Patient 2 Enter some patient data and click the save button 3 Verify screen switches to scanner and make sure the info window is updated with the same information you entered in EchoPAC 4 Transfer data by selecting Image Store key when a Scanner is running or replaying a cineloop b A frozen 2D tissue scan is present 5 Also transfer data from a Color Flow mode CFM b M mode c Doppler mode 18 9 4 Hardware Check 1 Connect a mouse or keyboard to the keyboard port and make sure it works properly 2 Connect a Stylewriter printer to the printer port and print a report from the patient archive If proper printer driver i
338. ch will be accessed via the Setup button on the key board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K08 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K08 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev HD User James G arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files K09 BoardTests 12 Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 9 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 5 1 Board Tests via External Terminal PC Parts Requirements e Terminal or PC with a terminal emulator program The terminal must have the following configuration Baudrate 9600 Stopbit 1 Parity None Crossed RS 232 cable rx and tx swapped i e pins 2 and swapped The cable must have a 9 pin female D connector on the System 5 side and what ever connector that is appropriate on the terminal PC side e If Hyperterminal is used Interconnections Connectthe cable between terminal PC COM connector and RS 232 CPU con nector on External I O on System 5 System Requirements A probe preferably an FPA probe must be installed in connector 1 VxWorks Operating System Commands In order to move between directories and view what s on them the following com mands can be used usr is a directory used as an example print working directory hd0 is the highest working di rectory e cd usr change directory to usr from 0 working directory e usr
339. clamp Two output stages supplied by different high voltages HV1 and HV2 are used for each channel in order to enable very fast switching between dif ferent power levels in mixed tissue doppler modes The output of each channel is clamped to ground during reception to avoid transducer cable ringing at the end of a transmit pulse The DTXMs are located at positions U1 to U64 The outputs of the DTXMs are AC coupled through capacitors C1 to C128 to pre vent high voltage DC from damaging the probe if a transmitter output stage fails Back to back diodes D1 to D128 are used to isolate the transmitters from the probes during reception Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC The Transmit Pulse Generator TPG ASIC is designed to control 16 transmit chan nels by generating pulses of programmable width delay and frequency Each chan nel has a pair of complementary outputs to drive the upper and lower half of a half bridge output stage The TPG contains four 11 bit registers for each channel ad dressed as shown in table 1 The address bus consists of two parts a 2 bit function code FC 1 0 and a 4 bit channel address ADR 3 0 The TPG ASICs are located at positions U65 to U72 RAM Cache VRAM The TPG delay registers need to be updated for each vector in a 2D scan in order to set up a new transmit beam direction and focus zone These parameters must be loaded into the TPGs before firing a new transmit pulse The system processor will calcul
340. complex exponential function and accumulates the result The resulting complex frequency component is fed to Master DSP for further signal processing Digital Signal Processor 1 The Master DSP block computes the magnitude squared performs the spatial and temporal averaging calculates the magnitude of the averaged spectrum and esti mates the velocity traces The Master DSP administer the overall data flow to and from the PipeLink It is interfaced as a slave module for data transfer via the VME bus The Master DSP is connected to a Boot Strap Flash PROM which is used for Master DSP initialization and test programs It also contains a bootstrap initialization pro gram for MSE DSP This program is down loaded from Master DSP to MSE DSP via the serial port System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spectrum Doppler Processor rev 03 9 2 9 2 1 9 3 10 10 1 10 2 11 Audio and Missing Signal Estimation MSE Digital Signal Processor The main task for the MSE DSP is to perform the data acquisition for the audio an alog to digital conversion as well as generate the MSE for the audio in Time Shared Mode TSM The data used to generate the analog Doppler signals is transferred from the Pipelink via the Audio FIFO s to the MSE DSP Digital to Analog Converter The output of MSE DSP is a digital Doppler signal or a combination of the real and a synthesized Doppler signal whic
341. connector 4 pin MINI DIN female Use Super VHS outputs luma and chroma from VCR Signals of interest Same as above VIDEO OUT connector Type of connector BNC female Use Composite video NTSC or PAL to VCR and printers Signals of interest Signal Voltage Imped Band ance width Comp Video 1V 75 ohm 15 MHz Comp sync 300 mV 75 ohm 1 MHz Table 15 Composite video VIDEO IN connector Type of connector BNC female Use Composite video NTSC or PAL from VCR Signals of interest same levels as above B W VIDEO OUT connector Type of connector BNC female Use Black and White video NTSC or PAL to B W printer Signals of interest same levels as above System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 8 9 8 10 RGBS OUT connector Type of connectors 9 pin DSUB female and BNC female Use R G B and SYNC NTSC or PAL to color printers and cameras Signals of interest Signals 05 Signal In out Voltage Imped Band ance width RGB output 714 mV 75 ohm 50 MHz SYNC output 300 mV 75 ohm 1MHz Table 16 RGB and SYNC outputs ETHERNET connector Type of connector 15 pin DSUB female Use The Ethernet signals from the system CPU are looped through the Internal I O board before routed to the External I O board Pin Name Descripti
342. cription FA200191 D D 6121 New SW V3 1 for current artw FA302191A 1 new jumper FA2001 91 E E 6319 4 new capacitors for trackball filt on 02055 Part of V1 1 upgrade FA2001 91 F F 6320 4 new capacitors for trackball filt on FA3021914 Part of V1 1 upgrade FA2001 91 G G ED7454 Changed SW to V3 2 It is not necessary to upgrade old systems with this PROM FA2001 91 H H ED7728 Changed SW to V3 3 FA2001 91 ED7733 New trackball bracket New artwork Removed mod s FA2001 91 J ED7916 New paddles amp trackb switches Support bracket for paddles impl FA200191 J K ED8409 New FP sw V3 4 FA2001 91 J L ED8514 MTP added in Ref Other Doc 200191 J M ED8532 Change in Mounting Instructions 200191 K N ED8653 New FP sw V4 0 FA2001 91 K O ED9062 Change of FA307780 FA200191 L P ED9156 New FP sw V4 2 Self test modified Part of On off con trol for LCD screen 200191 9549 New FP sw V4 3 FA2001 91 M R 9805 Paddle switches changed and new support bracket FB762 46 FP Rotary amp Display Board FA200057 MCD P N Rev Rev C N Change Description FA200057 A A RD5702 Release FA200057 A CN6377 New artwork Holes grounded FA200057 A C 08511 Updated Ref other doc 47 FP Rotary amp Display Board FA200682 P N Rev s s C N Change Description FA200682 A A 7681 Release of board for int MAC
343. cted Move probe to different connector not ok ok If problems with probe select FEC board then RL If probe correctly w board if still problems check transmit bursts Ref Test 2 Transmit burst not ok Ref Test Procedure ATGC voltage Check ATGC voltage Check TXTRIG 1 signal Ref Test Procedure ok not ok TX Trigger ok Replace Check FEC board high voltages not ok Replace FEC board Replace Replace Replace FEC board HV power TX128 Replace FEC board K03 10 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 5 Peripheral Problems 3 5 1 VCR Related Problems Ref Wiring Diagram Video Distribution No video playback Check jumper settings on VCR front panel Check that video is recorded onto the tape by playing the tape on a different VCR and by measuring the input sig nal to the VCR with oscillo scope Hecord not ok Record ok Record not oR signals not present signals present Check cable from S V Check cable from S VHS out on VCR to S VHS Replace the VCR out on INT I O to S VHS on INT TI in on VCR cae Check E on S VHS in Check signals on S VHS out at INT I O with oscilloscope at INT I O with oscilloscope Ref Test Procedure video cabling
344. ctification is a process where the signal amplitude is derived from the RF signal i e the sign is neglected In System 5 this is done digitally on the RF and Tissue Processor board by a square root operation of the two phase compo nents and Q Do Time r Fig 4 5 Detection Compression pre Detection of a signal is usually combined with compression where low level signals are amplified more than strong signals This is done to reduce the dynamic range so that the weak echoes can be visualized together with strong ones A typical trans fer function of a compression curve is shown below Output Input Fig 4 6 Compression System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 29 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 2 6 Composite beam handling Zone stitching A1 30 As one can see from the descriptions on focusing the transmitted beam has one fo cal point only usually placed in the center of the field of view Better focusing would be achieved if one could combine the received data originating from different beams with different transmit focus points This can be accomplished in System 5 with so called Composite Transmit Focusing Several beams with different focus and differ ent transmit frequency are fired in the same direction though not consecutively and the received data is combined in such a way that the focused zones from each beam are stitched together Th
345. d rev 01 DC Power Extention Board 13 Overview 13 1 Abstract This document describes the DC Power Extention board On this board all the DC voltages from the P3 and P4 on the DC Power module are filtered Diodes ensures that the voltages are coming up correctly The AC Fail signal is routed from the DC Power module to the VME bus 13 2 Document History Table 6 Document History Revi Date By Description sion 01 07 11 95 L H Semb Initial release 13 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature DC Direct Current 13 4 References 14 Inputs e The DC voltages from P3 and P4 on the DC Power module e The AC Fail signal from P3 on the DC Power module 15 General Description 15 1 Overview All the DC voltages are filtered by use of five line filters and 14 discrete capasitors Seven diodes are used to ensure that the voltages are coming up correctly when the power is turned on The AC Fail signal from the DC Power module is routed to the VME bus System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A8 9 DC Power Extention Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 16 Outputs Filtered DC voltages to the Mother board AC Fail signal to the VME bus A8 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev files A8 06 HV Power 02 Man S5 serv cember 5 2000 6 55 Servicel Printed De Macintosh HD User James Gi arb Servict amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound High V
346. d echoes in time Receive echoes Variable Element EI E2 A m Reflectors A A pC A A am RI 52 Rn J A A A o A A A A A 1 A A with focusing without focusing J A AMA WA E1 E2 EI E2 Fig 3 5 Receive Focusing In System 5 the reflected signal from each ring is fed to 16 different Focusors System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 3 4 Image Formats 3 4 1 M Mode In M Mode the probe element is standing still in Stationary mode pointing at the area of interest M Mode is displayed in the time domain with the time on the x axis and depth along the y axis As time elapses one will see the movement of the tar geted objects on the display Depth v waww wm c Valve 4 Leaflets 1024 Samples Kn an W xan Gur a En qr Eka Hear wa YYY Lines Fig 3 6 M Mode Display p gt Time 3 4 2 2D Tissue In 2D mode the probe scans through a sector while transmitting ultrasonic pulses and receiv ing echoes from structures and tissue When doing one scan from left to right or right to left a total of maximum 128 transmit pulses are fired and 128 scan lines or beams are con structed Each scan line consists of maximum 1024 samples Element Maximum 1024 Samples Right Sample Maximum 128 Lines Fig 3 7 2D Tissue Sec
347. d cage is done via cables Front End General information The System FiVe Front End consists of the following boards e Relay Board RLY e Transmitter Board TX e Receiver Board RX Probe Controller Board PRC e Beamformer Boards BF 4x Front End Controller Board FEC It presents a digital representation 18 bit of the backscattered reflected signal from blood and tissue to the Mid Processor section Front End Bus Most of the FE boards are controlled by the Front End Controller board via a Front End Bus FE BUS The FE BUS is a synchronous and bidirectional bus built up by 16 bit data 6 bit device address select 10 bit page address and 8 strobe signals controlling the data transactions The Front End Controller board can also read the revision status of the Front End boards through a serial line to a EPROM located on each board Phased and Linear Array Front End e The phased and linear array probes consist of several identical transducer ele ments e g 64 128 192 Three probes can be connected to the system The connectors are physically located on the RLY board where one of them is se lected and connected to the transmitter TX and receiver RX through a num ber of relays e Depending on probe type and system setup a certain scan pattern is selected on the FEC board This board loads scan parameters for both the transmitter and the beamformer steering and focusing delays into local RAM
348. d converted to the respective out put voltages through three switched power converters The output voltages are galvanic separated from the input voltage DC Power 230VAC Supply Fig 11 2 DC Power supply Block Diagram EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A8 7 DC Power Module rev 03 12 12 1 12 2 A8 8 Outputs AC Fail This signal will be active low when the input is below 184 VAC During normal oper ation System Five turned on this signal will be high 5V The AC Fail signal is connected via the DC Power Extention board to the VME bus on the Mother board Power Supply Connectors P1 and P2 Copper bars with screw fixing These two terminals are fixed to the Current Rails by allen screws P3 and P4 H15 male Connector layout P1 5V d P2 GND d Table 5 Connector layout P3 and P4 Pin P3 P4 4 15 4A 5 15A 6 15 4A 5 15A 8 15 3A 5 15A 10 15 3A 5 15A 12 12 4A 10 3A 14 12 4A 10 3A 16 12 1A 5 25A 18 12 1A 5 25A 20 0V ACFAIL 5 25A 22 nc 5 25A 24 ACFAIL 5 25A 26 nc 5 25A 28 nc 5 25A 30 nc 5 25A 32 nc nc System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 55 ServiceMan S5 serv files AB 05 DC 01 Printed Dece Macintosh HD User James i arb Servict ember 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound DC Power Extention Boar
349. d iR EC ris b iml l aa a u ams naX eon Mr ran pa mea ara res VIBMGMED EEEE THETIS ET FT Pr E LINE FILTER m an xn wj L LE 4 LINE FILTERE z Da L r cl AA FPP B z30wv H HAEN Faz201040 AC Power 230VAC rev 03 SYSTEM C2 3 Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files C2 03 Cur Lim 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Current Limiter amp Temperature Switch rev B Current Limiter amp Temperature Switch rev B THO 10 AH Ke Tr 4r1 T LIK E ao ra DOLE FEREOJECT EG EE ND m Wo I BB gt amp TEHP SWITCH DT5SICEZTT D TE OF Boc CLASSIT ICATIOH pr fee DBE CGF E D IL H F _ et P Ten FT ATENH TA i 5 5 H peu j j SCALE FILE DELE ET ko C2 4 VINGMED sourni serv filesD 01 Mechanics Man S5 Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Service Macintosh HD User James i arb Service amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Mechanics Mechanics Overview Introduction This part of the Service Manual describes the Mechanics in mmmrivE Table of Contents This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Pa
350. d of using data from the input registers The test data will be System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A3 5 RF and Tissue Processor board rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 6 processed by the input processing part of the RFT as if it had been normal data received from the Beam Former One MLA section will produce data with a rate of 20 MHz If a data rate of 40 MHz is needed used for high frequency probes MLAO and MLA1 will be used to each produce every other data respec tively Conceptually the full band handler will merge the data stream from MLA 0 and MLA 1 to one data stream with a data rate of 40 MHz A data rate of 20 MHz is called half band mode while a data rate of 40 MHz is called full band mode GEVU have not yet started to utilize the Hilbert transform nor the fullband mode All RFT boards pro duced have this feature de populated RFT1 boards have it removed The Hilbert transform converts the two sided spectrum of its real input signal to a positive sided complex signal on the output The Hilbert transform will decimate the data stream by two nearly without loss of information Input data rate to the RF processing units will therefore be 20 MHz in all modes The Hilbert transform is only used in full band mode RF processing unit RFP An RF processing unit consist of a complex multiplier and two real FIR filters The following signal processing tasks will be made on th
351. d with the data samples SCSI Interface This interface is located on the CPU and is dedicated for hard disks or other data storage devices Required components are only the connector The SCSI Interface follows the SCSI 2 standard for 8 bits bus Ethernet The Ethernet signals from the system CPU are looped through the Internal I O board before routed to the External I O On the first systems 15 the signals are fed to a Coaxial Transceiver Interface CTI and then to a BNC This interface is designed for Thinwire Ethernet only and can not be used with thickwire or twisted pair On the newer systems the Ethernet signals are fed to a 15 pin D connector the At tachment Unit Interface AUI on the External I O panel This allows for connection of all types of Ethernet to the system one has to use the correct Medium Attachment Unit MAU Thus there will be a cable from the 15 D connector on the I O panel to a similar connector on the MAU To minimize interference from the Ethernet con nection this cable should be looped through a ferrite a few turns The Ethernet connection is made to the other end of the MAU EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A6 5 Internal I O Board rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 8 A6 6 Fig 2 2 Ethernet connection alternatives Coax MAU Coax INT Dsub15 Workstation AUI Alt 1 n E Isolation Motherboard RS 232 lines All RS 2
352. dated per sw v 1 7 1 and 1 8 release i 14 20 Dec 1999 LHS Updated per sw v 1 9 release H Removed boot sequences for v 1 2 v 1 3 and v 1 5 x 15 June 2000 LHS Updated per 1 9 x release JB 1 3 Abbreviations Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature list starting on page P 1 kai 2 s 9 5 2 E 5 8 2 5 2 5 8 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 01 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K01 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files K02 MinimumBoot 14 Man S sh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel Macinto rvi Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 2 2 1 Minimum Boot Configuration Minimum Board Configuration for System to Boot In order to get the system to boot to the so called no mode screen the below listed boards parts are required NOTE No probes must be connected e CPU board e GRAPH board board e FEC board generates clocks for GRAPH e INT I O link between disks ethernet and CPU and required for on off switch ing e Patient I O box Front Panel e must be in since we have VME jumpers to install in this position Hard disk with system software or connection to ethernet with server MAC PC with system
353. dated pr 1 9 x release System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H1 1 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 1 3 System Definitions Elite Systems Performance systems Premium Systems High End 256 channels 128 tx and analog rx channels 256 digital BF channels Membership Systems Mid Range 128 channels 128 tx channels 64 analog rx channels 64 digital BF channels Advantage Systems Same as Premium except that CLA probes and PAMPTEE probes are optional 128 channels 128 tx channels 64 analog rx channels 64 digital BF channels Advantage V HFR Systems Same as Advantage but with High Frame Rate Software Revision History History In order to display the system software revision press the Setup button and select Configuration amp Test and then SW Both the system software revision and the revi sion of the local DSP software will be shown See the System FiVe User manual 092423 for more details m SW WA Syste Date Description version V1 0 Dec 1995 First release of System 5 software V1 1b33 Apr 1996 Improved functionality M amp A improved APAT support only 3 25 and adult MPTE CW Doppler sensitivity response time decreased V1 1b51 May 9 1996 Improved reliability less lock ups V1 1 Jul 5 1996 General improvements See release notes for details V1 1 1 Oct 1996 Added TVI and Coronary applications B color
354. de Chapter The mosttypical noise problem is coherent noise patterns straight down in the image field Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body 1 Disconnect all external cables to the EXT I O board if mounted to establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices There are pos sible ferrite solutions to most of the cable connections including the ethernet connection On video cables Wind the cable twice through a split ferrite 038X1012 038X1112 On RS232 cables Wind the cable 5 6 times trough a ferrite ring 038X0028 On ethernet Use the GE Vingmed ethernet noise filter cable p n FA200460 between the system connector and the AUI box Try another probe and cable if APAT Disconnect all probes that are not in use keep only the active probe connect ed 4 Make sure that the shield for the Patient cable is connected to ground Oth erwise you may have flashes of noise straight down Check that all noise modifications in the V1 1 upgrade have been done Other possible internal noise sources HV Power Supply DC Power Supply peripherals 3 10 3 Poor Flow Quality 1 Try another probe and cable if APAT 2 Test FEC board and BF cache and TX128 cache and TPGs 3 Check ATGC voltage Ref Test Procedure ATGC Voltage 4 Test HV Supply 3 11 Specific Color M Mode Problems TBD System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 19 Troubleshootin
355. des G1 5 Recursive Filtering A1 42 Reflector A1 4 Reject A1 43 Relay Board Assembly Replacement Procedure L 21 Block Diagram B2 3 Component Side M 2 Configuration PROM K09 19 Description A2 15 K09 19 Repair Intro 8 Replacement Procedures AC Power L 3 DC Power L 5 External I O L 7 Fan L 9 Front Panel Assembly L 11 Hard Disk L 13 Internal L 15 Monitor L 17 Overview K 1 L 1 Patient I O L 19 Relay Board Assembly L 21 Temperature Sense Board L 23 Resolution and Penetration A1 21 Reverberations A1 4 Revision Status Service Manual Intro 40 Revisions Software H1 2 RF and Tissue Processor A3 3 Block Diagram B2 10 Description A1 49 RF Demodulation A1 28 A1 33 A1 38 RF filtering A1 29 RF Processing A1 49 RFP H2 4 H4 10 RFT A1 50 H2 3 H2 11 H4 8 Board Formats A1 72 Description A1 49 RFT1 H2 3 H2 7 H2 15 H4 8 RFT1 NO MLA H2 11 RFT1 NO MLA H4 9 RLY H4 1 H4 2 Board Formats A1 70 Relay Board H2 2 H2 7 H2 10 H2 14 Rotary amp Display Board H4 17 H4 18 Rotary Switch and Display board A1 56 RX BF FEC MBD combinations H2 19 RX128 H2 2 H2 7 H4 2 H4 3 Board Formats A1 71 RX 128 Board Configuration PROM K09 20 Receiver Board A2 25 Test Connectors K09 20 Test Points K09 20 RX128 Board Block Diagram B2 5 RX64 H2 10 H2 14 H4 4 Board Formats A1 71 RX 64 Board Configuration PROM K09 21 General Description A2 30 Receiver Board A2 29 K09 20 Test Connectors K09 20 Test Points K09 20 RX64 Board Block Diagram
356. displayed on the laptop Continue to press Enter on Laptop to Scroll from one entry to the next For each new entry the Change to must be entered Do not backspace System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Entry Name Original data Default entry Change to Comments Boot device scsi 0 0 scsi 0 0 ei Boots over ethernet interface Processor number 0 0 Just hit return Host name Just hit return File name hd0 vx040 st hd0 vx040 st Just hit return Inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 ffff 3 222 21 232 ff Just hit return fc00 fffc00 Inet on backplane Just hit return b Host inet h 3 222 21 5 Gateway inet g period User u 55 rack 55 rack Just hit return Ftp password pw s5 Same password as you blank use rsh entered in your FTP server Flags f 0x8 0x8 Just hit return Target name tn wind8 wind8 Just hit return Startup script s etc init etc init period Other o ei ei period Table 0 5 Bootchange entries After the last entry in the Bootchange table this message will appear value 0 0X0 gt 14 5 Installation of the System FiVe Software 1 Type reboot at the hyperaccess terminal prompt and hit Enter The following is displayed on the laptop boot device ei processor number 0 hostname file name 0 040 51 inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 inet on backplane b host inet h 3 222 21 5 gateway
357. dows for the two new folders click View then details Do not close the windows at this time 9 2 Transfer files from the CD ROM GEVU Part Number FB200084 1 On the windows desktop return to the My Computer icon then open the CD Rom icon D On the CD there are two folders hd0 S5Netlnstall and Documents Open hd0 folder The hd0 folder only contains the vx040 st file Highlight it and drag and drop it in the new hd0 folder on your root directory C System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 11 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 Open S5NetInstall folder the folder contains these files See the tables below Filename Module Software Revision Poles bt99 a tar gz 1 8 Advantage Membership Europe and Asia bt99 p tar gz 1 8 Performance Elite amp Premium Europe and Asia bt99 us tar gz 1 8 us Americas Table 0 1 Basic software alternatives Filename System model Module Poles Note software revision svision bt99 a tar gz All System FiVe with Integrated Europe For System Integrated EchoPAC EchoPAC and Asia FiVes w in tegrated svision bt99 p tar gz All System FiVe with Integrated Europe EchoPAC Integrated EchoPAC EchoPAC and Asia ONLY svision bt99 us tar gz All System FiVe with Integrated Americas Integrated EchoPAC EchoPAC Note Note Table 0 2 Option files 4
358. dwidth The interpolation scheme for the flow frequency com ponent is done in such a way that frequency aliasing is avoided The output of the interpolator is fed to a pixel encoder Pixel Encoder The different data types have different encoders or look up tables to get from data codes to RGB After conversion to RGB all data types are input to a multiplexer where only one type can be output at the time pixel by pixel Video information back from the VCR which is demodulated by the Image Port and stored in the Image Memory can also be fed through the Scan Converter board Video is stored as digital luminance and chrominance and is fed through an encoder and converted to digital RGB Tissue data is fed through RAM based look up tables for the purpose of compress and reject functions The outputs of the RAMs are three 8 bit R G and B paths fed to the output multiplexer Color Flow data frequency and bandwidth is fed to an arbiter where it is compared to the tissue signal Depending on the weight of the flow signal either tissue RGB or flow data which also has been fed through a RGB look up table is selected as the output pixel through the multiplexer Before pixel data is presented out on the Pixel Bus it is multiplexed with the pixel address Graphics Buffer The Graphics board gets its data from the Scan Converter board over the Pixel bus which is a high speed bus providing 24 bit true color 8 bit each for R G
359. e r 4 e i5 e e e e e e e e T 7 Fig 5 7 Example For CW mode the data acquisition is done as a function of time only i e in one range as time elapses System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 Color Flow Processing General Description 2D Flow In PW Doppler the velocity intensity power and direction of the blood is interrogat ed within one sample volume utilizing DFT which is rather time consuming Thus this method is unsuited for Color Flow velocity estimation Color Flow information is obtained using Multigated Doppler where the signal from multiple samples along a line are analyzed Unlike 2D Tissue imaging where it is only necessary to fire one pulse for each direction and then perform sampling along this line 2D Flow imaging requires firing of several pulses in the same direction ref Fig 6 2 and repeated demodulation and sampling of the signal from the same scat terers This must be done in order to observe the movement of the scatters over time otherwise it is impossible to tell if they have moved or not The longer they are observed the better is the frequency estimation When sufficient time is spent to gather data in one direction one can start collecting data from the next A functional block diagram Fig 6 1 shows the complete data flow for the color flow processing from transmit to display As for Doppler th
360. e M Mode tissue M Mode color spectrum traces video Parallelogram for both 2D tissue and 2D flow Full circle for tissue intravascular catheters Samples are read out four by four in three parallel paths Four samples are first mapped through compression PROMS before they are used for interpolation of the value of the closest pixel There are different interpolation filters for tissue flow fre quency and flow bandwidth The interpolation scheme for the flow frequency com ponent is done in such a way that frequency aliasing is avoided The output of the interpolator is fed to a pixel encoder Pixel Encoding The different data types have different encoders or look up tables to get from data codes to 24 bit RGB After conversion to RGB all data types are input to a multiplex er where only one type can be output at the time pixel by pixel Video Encoder Video information back from the VCR which is demodulated on the Image Port board and stored on the Memory board can also be fed through the Scan Converter board Video is stored as digital luminance and chrominance and is fed through an encoder and converted to digital RGB in a special matrix multiplier chip Tissue Encoder This is a look up table which purpose is to provide the compress and reject func tions Flow Encoder The CFM signal is re encoded from two components velocity intensity or velocity bandwidth to the three component RGB signal in look up tables
361. e number of components only the active elements are tuned It implies that the un used elements are not terminated Different boards for serial and parallel tuning have been designed due to space limitations CHA PAR SER CHB TUNING OR TUNING AE MUX CLK FROM MUX_SDA PLUGS INTO CABLE CANNON 2 x 16 ch CONN per board MULTIPLEXER amp TUNINGBOARD TWO TO ONE CHANNELMULTIPLEXING SHOWN 123 64 65 127 128 192 1 1 128 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Description rev 06 3 Mechanically Steered Probes 3 1 Trans thorax Probes The probes are divided into the following parts Transducer array 4 5 elements formed as concentric rings Motor coil Position sensing coil Lemo connector Mechanics probe chassis handle dome color coding ring E Lemo W Wires Motor ll Cord Axle Element Fig 3 1 Element Movement The transducer is mounted on an axle which connects to the motor via a cord The elements are electrically connected to the Lemo connector through flexible wires Each probe contains a code resistor which is read by the system 3 2 Transesophageal probes TE These probes are principally working in the same way as the trans thorax probes but in addition contains the following parts Endoscope Probe cable
362. e 4 n test mode transducer channels 1 to 32 and 97 to 128 are connected to the receive channels The channel mapping is fixed System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 31 Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 21 4 21 5 A2 32 Each multiplexer consists of four switches A B C and D configured as shown in Fig 21 2 Switch D connects unused inputs to ground in order to reduce CW crosstalk for PA probes AAXD 1 8 O O XD 33 96 is pa SW B XD 1 32 97 128 SWD Mode SWA SWB SWC SWD Description 1A On Off Off Off For Linear Array probes 1B Off On Off Off 2 On Off Off On For Phased Array probes 3 Off Off On Off For Annular Array probes 4 Off On Off Off Test mode Fig 21 2 Multiplexer switch configuration TGC Amplifiers Dual ultra low noise variable gain amplifiers Analog Devices AD604 U1 to U32 provide time variable gain to the multiplexed transducer signals The amplifiers con sist of two cascaded sections a fixed gain preamplifier with a gain of 14 dB is fol lowed by a voltage controlled amplifier with a gain that can be varied between 14 and 34 dB by applying a control voltage between 0 1 and 2 9 V A control voltage below about 50 mV shuts down the voltage controlled amplifier A test signal can be injected at the input of the preamplifiers for off line BITE Built in Test Equipment tests This enables measurements of the gain phase ch
363. e FEC board reads a probe present line from each of the 3 PA LA probe connectors This line will be grounded when a probe is installed In order to select one of the three probe connectors 3 lines PRSEL1 3 are fed to the relays on the RLY board thus routing the tx rx signals between the system FE and the selected probe PA LA Probe Identification All PA LA probes contains a EEPROM where information about the probe is stored After a probe has been selected the contents of the EEPROM is read over one of the serial lines PCF SDA1 3 going to each of 3 connectors The information is used to set up the front end correctly and it can also be used to correct for unlinearities inaccuracies in the probe LA Probe Multiplexer Select The Probe Multiplexer PMX Special Adapter SPA chip is an independent custom ized parallel to serial converter used to set the probe multiplexer switches The PMX adapter will load 128 bits PMX SDA 127 0 serially to the probe multiplexer using a shift clock eight data lines and a load strobe The FEC uses a TPC1225 FPGA to implement this function 33 10 Revision Detect Each of the board in the FE contains a serial EEPROM containing information like part number serial number and revision The contents of each EEPROM is read by the FEC board and can then be transferred to the CPU so that the FE can be cor rectly programmed System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 49 Front End Controller F
364. e Front Panel RS232 GR 2 spare RS232 CPU 1 Serial communication between CPU board and VCR RS232 CPU 2 spare RS232 INT 1 Bird only available on boards with support for PAMPTE support RS232 INT 2 Bird only available on boards with support for PAMPTE support Signals of interest Signal Pin In out Baud rate DCD 1 RD 2 input 300 38 400 TD 3 output 300 38 400 DTR 4 input GND 5 DSR 6 RTS 7 output CTS 8 input 9 Table 5 RS 232 AC CTRL connector cable no 11 Type of connector 9 pin DSUB male Use A power remote control line STBTGL 1 from the IV DP and STBY Board to the AC power is implemented The AC power remote control interface detects tthis signal and gives an interupt PODREQ to the CPU which prepares power down The AC power will not switch off until a grant signal POFGNT from the CPU is ac tivated The LEDs on the power STBY board are activated by the thre signals LEDPWR 45V STBLED L and 1 HITEMP L is a signal generated by the ACCTRL board when a hifg temperature condition is detected System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Signals of interest Pin Name Description 1 LEDPWR 5 2 STBLED L Led drive 3 ONLED L Led drive 4 POFREQ Power off request 5 STBTGL L From remote switch 6 GND 7 POFGNT Power off grant 8 GND 9 HITEMP L High temp 2
365. e RF signal is amplified A D converted and demodulated i e the ultrasound component F is removed from the backscattered signal The samples from the region of interest inside the color sec tor are used for processing by the 2D Flow unit It is necessary to high pass filter the backscattered signal so called Fixed Target Cancelling due to presence of strong low frequency components from the slowly moving heart walls valves and leaflets Color M Mode Data for Color M Mode is acquired in the same way as for 2D Flow with exception that the beam is pointing in one direction only not scanning Thus the same func tional data flow diagram Fig 6 1 and velocity estimation Fig 6 2 is valid when all sector shapes are replaced with vertical vectors and rectangles The advantages of Color M Mode over 2D Flow are better accuracy of the velocity estimation and better signal to noise ratio since more pulses can be fired in the de sired direction the probe does not move as in 2D Flow In addition this mode pro vides superior temporal resolution but the spatial resolution is poor System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 37 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound AA PRC REGION TX Board OF INTEREST DEMODUL FILTER SAMPLING FOCUSER E TU E gt Board SIN COS E RFT ni AUTO PARAMETER CONVERSION ASSIGNMENT DISPLAY FILTER LATOR
366. e and Premium Systems 256 channels Notes 5 SW v 1 7 SWv 1 74 SWv 18 SW v 1 9 see oard P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec Ade e PE 99 Nov 00 218 INT bd FA200103 C D C D C D C D assy 200115 E I E I E I E I E J E J E J E J 8 E K E K E K E K E L E L E L E L EXT I O bd FA200104 B B B B B B B B assy FA2001 16 C C C C C C C C PAT main FA200193 A B A B A B A B board FA200105 B C B C B C B C box C D C D C D C D C E C E C E C E C F C F C F C F C G PAT I O FA200194 C C C C C C C C amplifier D D D D D D D D board D E D E D E D E D F D F D F D F D G D G D G D G D H HVPWR bd FA200063 A C A C A C A C box FA2001 14 A D A D A D A D A E A E A E A E A F A F A F A F AC CTRL FA200107 A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D FP MAIN FA200191 E E E E E E E E F F F F F F F F G G G G G G G G I I I I l I l I l J l J l J l J l K l K l K J K I L L L J L l M I M J M K N K O L P M Q M R System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 5 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Elite Performance and Premium Systems 256 channels Notes SW v 1 7 SWv 1 74 sw v SW V 9 se oard P N 99 Nov 99 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec nos u 99 Nov 00 415 FP AUDIO FA200076 B B B B B B B B 12 B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D
367. e clock the first 1 is intended for the Front End only This copy of the clock can be slowed to 1 25 MHz 40 Mhz further divided by 32 to conserve power when possible Special care is taken so that when the clock switches system integrity is preserved i e no Front End reset is necessary after switching the clock back to full speed Front End Bus Interface The front end bus consists of a 16 bit data bus a 6 bit device address bus a 10 bit page address bus and 8 strobe signals controlling the data transactions The FEC board is the bus master and the other boards in the Front End RFT are the slaves The bus is among other things used to load focusing and steering delays into the transmitter TX Board and the Beam Former BF1 4 During data reception the bus is quiet meaning there are no bus transactions during this period Loading of new data is done between reception of one beam and the tx pulse for the next The FE Bus can be accessed directly through the VME interface or from the FE se quencer and controller DSP In the first case the FEC board functions just as a port between the CPU and the other FE boards In the second and most used case the FEC board controls the FE bus VME Bus Interface The VME interface consists of bidirectional data buffers unidirectional address buff ers and a controller handing strobes interrupts etc Only the 16 least significant bits of the 32 bit VME data bus are used on the FEC bo
368. e data stream while the data flows through the RF processing unit TGC Complex demodulation Filtering Decimation IQ buffer The IQ buffer is used for transforming the input data flow sequence and rate to an output data flow sequence and rate that is more suited for the signal processing of the data to follow The IQ buffer will also have some timing elastic regarding the input data rate vs output data rate Typical transformations are Data from N tissue Xmits with different TX focused in the same direction gt one composite tissue beam gt 1 Data from flow or spectrum Xmits in the same direction gt Na data set each with No data from the same range is the number of range samples Data from one Xmit two or more data set contains the same data but with different use The IQ buffer can handle a simultaneous input and output data rate of 20 MHz complex data Tissue Processing Unit The Tissue Processing Unit contains signal processing hardware for Detection 12 Q Compression Composite beam handling Zone stitching Line compounding Peak detection and Edge Enhancement Tissue filtering Doppler High Pass Filter The Doppler filter unit contains a digital filter where the cutoff frequency can be changed according to the Low Velocity setting on the front panel The filter reduces the dynamic range of the signal down to 16 bit System FiVe Service M
369. e drawing on page F 12 7 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 inh 02 5 serv files A8 01 Power in X Man S Printed December 5 2000 josh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel Macint The Power Modules Overview Introduction Modules and sub systems described in this part of the manual This part of the mumriVE Service manual describes the Power modules in the instrument The listed modules and subsystems in this part of the manual Chapter Module subsystem Page 1 4 AC Controller rev 02 A8 2 5 8 Temperature Sense Board rev 01 A8 4 9 12 DC Power Module rev 03 A8 6 13 16 DC Power Extention Board 01 A8 9 17 20 High Voltage Power Supply rev 02 A8 11 serv files A8 02 AC P Cont eMan S5 sh HD User James i arb Service S5_Service Macinto Printed December 5 2000 AC Controller rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound AC Controller 1 Overview 1 1 Abstract This document describes the AC Controller The AC Controller take care of Power distribution Power control and system fan regulation 1 2 Document History Table 1 Document History Revision Date By Description 01 09 08 94 L H Semb Initial release 02 14 07 95 L H Semb Added references 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature AC Alternating Current RPM Rotations Pr Minute 1 4 References AC Power
370. e g rft immediately after the system is powered on If you now write mon followed by enter you will enter the local board monitor rft mon enter rftmon gt You can now write help followed by enter or you can directly enter t m meaning test monitor followed by enter rftmon gt tm enter and the different tests will be displayed To start the tests e g test no 1 enter rftmon gt t 1 enter and this test will be executed System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K06 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K06 2 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files K07 BootSequence 15 Printed December 5 2000 6 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 7 7 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Booting Sequence By connecting a PC terminal to the RS 232 CPU connector on the External I O pan el you can observe the messages the CPU is printing during booting Note Please be aware that some of the messages written may be different from sw ver sion to sw version Boot sequences for the following sw versions are included in this service manual e V1 7 amp V1 7 1 Booting Sequence see page K07 3 e V1 8 x amp V1 9 x Booting Sequence see page K07 6 Autoboot Start The CPU starts autobooting from its boot PROMs VxWorks System Boot Copyright 1984 1993 Wind River Systems
371. e input flow and corre sponding mapping to up to 8 different data set ring buffers Dataflow Control Description Input Flow Decode Capture PipeLink The data and control parts of the incoming data flow are demultiplexed and dis patched to the respective FIFOs Video The luma data chroma data and status data parts of the incoming data flow are de multiplexed and dispatched to the corresponding FIFOs Output Flow Control The Image Port DRAM Image Port 2 supports up to 4 SIMM banks of either 16MByte bank or 64MByte bank of 72 pins SIMM EDO modules There are 4 SIMM sockets 1 4 which can contain one or 2 banks all 4 sockets can be used when using 1 bank SIMM modules while SIMM sockets 1 and 3 may be used for 2 bank SIMM modules There must always be mounted a SIMM module in SIMM socket 1 The Image Port FLASH The boot code and the production configuration information is situated in the so called boot block of the FLASH This block has hardware protection which can be overrided by inserting the un protection jumper on the board The minimum size of the FLASH will be 512 Kilobyte with optional sizes up to 2 Mbyte The Image Port will after power up i e PCI reset Retry PCI configurations cycles until the boot code has set our PCI memory size Vendor Subsystem ID Subsystem ID and turned off the control bit that makes the PCI slave interface Retry PCI config urations cycles In this way our boot code is able to program ou
372. e one Xmit before a new coefficient set is needed and the hardware is de signed so the DSP without any synchronization can update the coefficient set as soon as the message is received 3 The output event tags generated by the FEC are used for starting pre calculated downloaded PipeLink data transfers As soon as an output event occur the DSP can set up the output con trol hardware for transferring a data set out on the PipeLink 4 Based on the timer interrupt with a rate TS 2 0ms or 4 0ms the DSP must set up a time slot data transfer In some instrument scan modes the timer interrupt is replaced with a output event message with a fix interval 4 0 8 0 or 16 0 ms 5 In SDCW mode the DSP shall perform a matched filter calculation on the data stream The filter consists of adding a number of samples together and the result is passed through a filter The DSP is mainly involved with two processes a react on output events received from the FEC and b react on the timer interrupts at a rate of TS 2 0ms or 4 0ms and set up for a time slot transfer These two are asynchronous in time Control unit The RFT board contains hardware for control of different sections of the board The following is im portant input control ICTRL controls the data flow until the data has been written into the IQ buffer output control OCTRL controls the data flow out from the buffer and out on the PipeLink the local DSP is used for all control t
373. e panel up then put something between the keyboard and the console to hold it up before fully unscrewing the two screws Lift the front panel slightly up in the front Disconnect the cable between the QWER TY keyboard and the main board Note that the front panel is hinged on top by two angles fitting two slots in the frame Pull the front panel carefully and slightly out also in the top Turn it on the edge and let it rest on the metal compartment Disconnect the ribbon cables and the power cables before lifting it fully out EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 11 Front Panel Assembly Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 16 L1 12 10 11 12 Replace the whole front panel assembly or parts of the assembly depending on nature of problem See exploded view drawing for the front panel in the Mechanical Assem blies chapter Remember to connect the ribbon cables cables and power cables When installing the keyboard first insert the top hinges into the slot then carefully lower the front part down On the first systems pay special attention to the intercon nection between the QWERTY keyboard and the front panel keyboard A guide pin should ensure that the connectors mate properly On newer systems connect cable be tween QWERTY keyboard and main board Connect the audio cable Mount the front panel with the two screws from underneath Install the side panel In order to test the new f
374. e table this message will appear value 0 0X0 gt Installation of the System FiVe Software 1 Type reboot at the hyperaccess terminal prompt and hit Enter The following is displayed on the laptop boot device ei processor number 0 hostname file name hd0 vx040 st inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 inet on backplane b host inet h 3 222 21 5 gateway inet g user u 55 rack ftp password pw blank 2 use rsh s5 flags f 0x8 target name tn wind8 Attaching network interface ei0 done Attaching network interface 100 done Loading 606464 110204 28264 Starting at 0x20000 Host Name bootHost Attaching network interface ei0 done EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 37 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Note Initializing backplane net with anchor at 0x600 done Backplane anchor at 0x600 Attaching network interface smO done Backplane address 3 222 21 233 Creating proxy network 3 222 21 233 Attaching network interface 100 done Attaching shared memory objects at 0x600 done gt If an error occurs and you do not have a prompt refer to Appendix E for troubleshooting 14 6 Formatting the Hard Disk Note 1 Type dosVolMake 0 at the hyperaccess terminal prompt Separate dosVolMake and 0 with a space The following is displayed on the laptop value 847828 Oxcefd4 foll
375. e technique is most commonly used with linear ar rays to obtain excellent image quality sacrificing frame rate It is also usually com bined with swept receive filters RECEIVE FILTER TRANSMIT FOCUS FOR ZONES TX PULSE BW A n Depth gt A we a Fig 4 7 Composite beam System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 4 2 7 Peak detection and Edge Enhancement Peak detection is done in order to reduce black holes in the image It is accom plished by comparing two or more consecutive samples along a beam picking the larger for further data processing Edge enhancement is a filter technique where a rapid change in the amplitude of the received signal will be emphasized thus easier visualizing moving targets and struc tures like leaflets The degree of enhancement will usually be higher in M Mode Precompresses emt N After derivation Precompressed derivated Offset added 14 After clipping inm Shadow enhancing Fig 4 8 Edge Enhancement Spectrum Doppler Processing General Description When an ultrasound wave is transmitted into the body the velocity of any moving scatter will be modulated onto the frequency of the transmitted signal The backscat tered signal will have a higher or lower frequency depending on if the target is mov ing away from or towards the transducer The
376. each element is quite nar row and angling of the vectors is limited The linear array images are displayed in a rectangle or parallelogram 60700777 a Curved linear array probes can be used for all the previously mentioned applica tions It is operated the same way as a linear array probe however due to the geo metrical shape of the aperture the scan format resembles that of a phased array The beam is swept in an arc by gradually switching the subsets of the curved array It has a major advantage in a wider image field and better skin contact than linear array A1 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 2 Electronic Steering of Probe Transmit Focusing Transducer element basics As mentioned in the introduction the electronically steered transducers are con structed of several elements isolated from each other The element size and inter spacing pitch depends on probe type and is usually lt 0 5 for phased arrays where l is the wavelength given by l c f 2 1 c is propagation velocity in tissue 1540 m s and f is transducer frequency large element small element wide lobe narrow lobe Fig 2 3 Main Lobes One of the criteria for selecting the pitch and element size is given by the maximum angle one wants to steer the beam and at the same time
377. ected Enter hospital specific information per site In Measure gt CONFIG SP gt Caliper Config restore setting of Spectrum Caliper button as point System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 21 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 15 3 Storing Restoring System Setups by using Note This procedure is only valid for sytem sw v 1 8 and above One of the new features in this sw version v 1 8 is the ability to store and restore System Setups by using FTP Follow the procedure below if you wants to store restore system setups after v 1 8 has been installed 15 31 Store Setups 1 15 3 2 Restore Setups 1 2 Choose from the frontpanel a b d e Setup Configuration amp Test GE Service Password setfive User Defaults Compact Files Connect Crossed Ethernet cable and Serial cable to External 1 0 Establishing FTP Client Connection To System FiVe a b w reo Start Chamelon FTP Client Select Settings Select Preferences Verify that the choice Retrieve Detailed File Listing is switched OFF Close preferences window Select Connect to Under Host write the scanners IP address recorded in step 2 page 15 Under Password write s5 Select OK In the Remote window the files on root level of System FiVe will be listed a b Copy the file udd tar gz to the pc by using the copy button in the FTP Client window
378. ectors are grouped in a certain way Maximum vector length is 1024 bytes 2D Each FIFO is 512 bytes deep and they operate at 40 MHz using 32 bit interleaving The output of the FIFOs are read at 25 MHz System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Scan Converter Board rev 01 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 3 1 13 3 2 13 3 3 Time Domain Processor Address and data is fed from the Input FIFOs into a so called Time Domain Proces sor TDP The TDP performs recursive filtering of the data which is still on a sample vector format and stores the data in one of three memory banks depending on data type The three banks are for simultaneous storage of tissue data flow frequency data and flow bandwidth data Space Domain Processor The different types of data are now stored in separate memory banks and can be read out in three parallel paths for further simultaneous processing in the Space Do main Processors SDP When addressing these memories the actual scan conver sion takes place Each of the banks have separate addresses since the output formats shapes are different for e g a 2D Tissue sector and a 2D Flow sector The addresses to the memories are derived from the CRT x and y counters and the se lected format shapes Sector for 2D tissue and 2D flow phased array and annular array probes Rectangle for tissue and parallelogram for color linear array probes Rectangle for tissu
379. ed 43 HV Power Supply Board FA200063 MCD P N Rev e C N Change Description Rev FA200063 A A 6200 Release of doc Both HV1 and HV2 have extended shutdown limits compared to older versions FA200063 6262 Included fuse labels onto the board box FA200063 C 6861 Corrected doc error NOTE R74 22k and R66 33k per V1 2 2 upgrade procedure FA200063 A D 7166 Added protection zener diodes Increased maximum power limit FA200063 E 8685 Introduced FA200982 as repl for 012E2208 FA200063 F 8772 Increased power for HV1 HV2 to 12W 44 Controller Board ACCTRL FA200107 P N Rev MED C N Change Description Rev FA200107 A A 5907 Release of doc FA200107 B B 7019 Changed R203 to increase default fan speed FA200107 B C 7091 New print Added heat sink to diodes FA200107 B D 7584 Changed R203 Decreased fan voltage fan speed 45 FP Main Board 2 FA200191 P N Rev 5 Change Description FA200191 A A 5704 Release of doc FA200191 5782 New artw FA302191A with better power filtering and grounding FA200191 C C 6120 New SW V3 1 for old artw FA302055C H4 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 MCD T P N Rev an C N Change Des
380. ed Probes Overview The probes are divided into the following modules e Transducer array e System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 3 Probe Description rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System connector Mechanics The system connector comprises the following sub modules e Tuning boards e Multiplexer boards when applicable e D board Interface board On the figure below the various modules included in a probe is shown EE s Coble Assy Connector Handle Shell BT Tuning Module Interfoce Module Connector 2 2 Connector Interfaces A2 4 In the following section the various interfaces between modules are described Probe Assembly System The connector used is ITT Cannon DL5 260 or equivalent System Connector Tuning ID Interface Multiplexer Boards The electronic boards plug directly into the pin rows on the Cannon connector The board connectors used here are 26 pin double row 0 1 inch female grid connectors Tuning ID Interface Multiplexer Boards Cable Assembly The cable plugs into the electronic boards through 0 05 inch double row connectors Interface for active probe indication LED In the probe there is a requirement for an indicator in the transducer assembly The connectors used on the interface board and cable assembly is based on Hi Rose A4B 2 terminal crimp connectors with female contacts on the
381. ed and green alternate a few seconds before the red goes off and the green on permanently 3 first yellow LED local bus active is intermittently lit 5 2 11 SCONV 1 The red LED is lit 2 Then the red goes off and the green on after a while gt 30 s 5 2 12 IMMEM No LEDs lit 5 2 13 CPU 1 FAIL goes off Stat off SCSI off SCON and 12V goes on RUN starts to blink when software is loaded from harddisc to internal memory VME blinks initially during power up pU eoe LAN off but blinks during software loading via ethernet K05 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 5 3 LEDs turned on in 2D 5 3 1 TX128 TX128 2 1 Yellow LED scan goes on not always due to bug 5 3 2 1 The TEE Temp ok LED goes on if TE probes are connected and the tempera ture is ok TEETEMP OK M 5 3 3 BF1 4 1 Yellow LED scan goes on not always due to bug System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 9 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 3 4 FEC 1 Yellow LED scan goes on OK SCAN VME ACCESS DSP RUNS BLINKING u 5 3 5 RFT 1 The yellow Data out on pipelink LED goes on ok DSP RUNS BLINKING PIPELINK DATA OUT
382. ee release notes for more details V1 8 Sep 1999 V1 8 release for all System FiVe systems EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H1 3 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System W Date Description version V 1 7 1 Nov 1999 Introduced new TX128 2 board SW 1 7 updated to support this new board Sw 1 8 already supports the board V 1 9 Dec 1999 Sw 1 9 supports one new probe HFR available as an option for System FiVe Advantage V1 9 x Nov 2000 Support for REM Products System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv flles H2 02 compat 13 Man S5 6 85 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servici amp Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Board Compatibility List 1 Introduction This is a list showing what different boards part numbers and revisions that can be used together in System FiVe with different software versions Most of the boards have E7PROMS where part numbers and revisions are programmed These can be read in the SysTest menu after having pressed the Setup button first re vision is the module revision The second is the MCD revision Usually the module revision is changed only if the change is significant or if other boards are also affect ed by it The MCD revision is updated each time there is a change minor or major on the boa
383. een the interface board and the multiplexer boards is by soldered wires between the boards The wires are accessible from the outer board edges and are easily removable The boards are designed to be mounted on the Cannon connector with 0 2 C C spacing System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 5 Probe Description rev 06 A2 6 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Interface Description The Interface board is used in probes with more than 128 elements and connects necessary power supply data clock and latch enable signals to the multiplexer boards The Id board do not contain these functions only the ones listed below There is also an interconnection to the Active Probe indicator LED in the probe head The power supply lines contain some filter components to reduce the component count on the multiplexer boards All logic lines are terminated in 100k resistors to bleed static charges The boards contain an EEPROM circuit with enough capacity to keep the data for the probe identification The control signals are generated on the Front End Control ler The address for the EEPROM circuit is hardwired to 000 SERIAL MUX CTRL MUX PLUGS CTRL INTO CANNON LINES PROBE CONF CONN EEPROM TO FROM FEC TO LED PRB ACT INTERFACE BOARD LA PLUGS INTO CANNON PROBE CONF CONN TO FROM EEPROM FEC TO LED PRB_ACT ID BOARD PA System FiVe
384. eep only the active probe connect ed Is the FE Alignment performed 5 sure that the shield for the Patient I O cable is connected to ground Oth erwise you may have flashes of noise straight down 6 Check that all noise modifications in the V1 1 and V1 2 upgrades have been done 7 Other possible internal noise sources HV Power Supply DC Power Supply Peripherals System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 17 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 8 4 3 8 5 3 8 6 K03 18 Poor Image Quality 1 Check setup of monitor according to setup procedure 2 Perform the element test 3 There have been problems with the quality of the 3 5 FPA probe loose lenses causing poor image CFM and Doppler quality Probes with rev C are im proved 4 Try another probe and cable if APAT Disconnect all probes that are not in use keep only the active probe connect ed Test FEC board and BF cache and TX128 cache and TPGs Check ATGC voltage Ref Test Procedure ATGC Voltage Test HV Supply Hef Test Procedure HV Supply Test BF boards digital FE tests Only Center Part of FLA CLA Probes Image Shown If in 2D with a linear probe only one third of the image is shown and the rest is black this could be the problems N 9 All multiplexers in the probe connector could be bad not very likely 80 V from the TX Supply feeding the multiplexers
385. efinitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature GE Vingmed Ultrasound A6 11 Expanding Aperture The number of elements in the re ceiver is reduced for shallow depths and gradually increased with depth in order to obtain a uni form focus width throughout the image field A1 3 EXT I O External In Out K02 1 External I O All signals made available to the user at the outside of the system These signals are galvanically isolated to take care of patient safety A6 11 F Far field The area of the ultrasound beam where it expands beyond the ap erture of the transducer A1 4 FE bus Front End data bus A4 20 FEC Front End Controller Board A2 22 A2 40 A2 47 A3 5 A8 11 K02 1 K03 17 FLA Flat Linear array A2 3 FOC FOCUSOR ASIC Vingmed Sound custom made Beamform ing circuit A2 40 FPA Flat Phased array A2 3 FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array A2 29 Front Panel K02 1 FTC Fixed Target Cancelling A3 12 G Geometrical focus The center of the curvature in a curved transducer A1 4 GRAPH board Graphical Processor Board K02 1 In phase A3 9 Input Output signals 6 11 IMMEM Image Memory Board K02 1 IMPORT Image Port board A4 3 INT I O Internal board 02 1 K02 2 K03 3 K03 21 K03 22 04 4 K04 5 K14 2 K15 1 Internal I O All signal used of peripherals mounted in the system with power from internal isolation transform er A6 11 IQ In phase
386. eft A1 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 RSCAN L Right Scan is active when the element moves from left to right STAT L Stationary is active when the element is standing still TLREQ L Tissue Line Request is pulsed active each time a tissue scan line should be gener ated maximum 128 times per scan It initiates the transmit firing sequence FLREQ L Flow Line Request is pulsed active each time a flow scan line should be generated maximum 64 times per scan 3 3 Ultrasound Beam Resolution and Penetration In order to obtain sharp well defined images the ultrasound beam must be as narrow as possible in the region of interest Lateral resolution the ability to separate two adjacent hor izontal reflectors is directly proportional to the beam width which again is determined by the element radius and curvature in addition to distance depth from transducer and frequency of the ultrasound Axial resolution the ability to separate two adjacent vertical reflectors is inversely proportional to the ultrasound frequency not affected by the beam width Axial res olution will improve with increasing frequency However since tissue absorption of ultra sound increases with frequency the penetration will decrease Penetration is a measure for how deep one can visualize structures Transmit Focusing From the field of optics it is known that to focus a ligh
387. el RLY TX RX among channels 65 128 will turn up as one point with less intensity in the center part of the probe One bad channel RLY TX RX among channels 1 64 will turn up as two points with less intensity one point on each side of the center part 4 8 2 128 Element Probes ELEMENTS El no 1 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 BF4 BF3 BF2 BF1 BF4 BF3 BF2 1 SYSTEM CHANNELS Lo Ch no 1 64 128 BEAM FORMER BOARDS BF1 BF2 BF3 BF4 Ch El no Ch El no Ch El no Ch El no 49 49 33 33 17 17 1 1 P1 P1 P1 P1 64 64 48 48 32 32 16 16 113 113 97 97 81 81 65 65 P3 P3 P3 P3 128 128 112 117 96 96 80 80 This mapping is true for 5 0 FPA 128 KN100001 all revisions On a 128 element probe there is a one to one mapping between element numbers and channel numbers All channels are used All BF boards are used A bad element or a bad channel will turn up at the same spot in the test K04 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 4 8 3 96 Element Probes Old Mapping ELEMENTS El no 1 16 32 48 4 80 96 BF4 BF3 BF2 BF4 BF3 BF2 SYSTEM CHANNELS USED Ch no 1 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 USED BEAM FORMER BOARDS BF1 BF2 BF3 BF4 NOT USED 49 33 33 17 17 1 1 64 48 48 32 32 16 16 113 97 81 81 65 65 49 128 112 96 96 80 80 64 Ch El no Ch El no Ch no Elno Ch Elno
388. elow This type of array has a fixed value negative for the geometrical focus but with the use of electronic focusing and stepping of the elements see later each line can be focused H Lddd lt 2 3 Image Formats Some of the most common scan formats for the different array probes are shown Type of scan will depend on application and mode A1 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 A phased array scan is typically used for cardiac applications where one has to ac cess the area of interest the heart through the ribs The elements must have a small width lt l 2 is wavelength e g 3 mm for a 128 element 2 5 MHz probe The ultrasound beam is steered in a sector by delaying transmit time for the various elements A linear array scan is typically used for abdominal peripheral and ob gyn applica tions In these cases the ultrasound beam is steered in the same direction mode wise and only a subset of elements is used to generate the beam By switching to another subset the beam can be swept horizontally Beams for 2D Flow and Dop pler are usually angled compared to 2D Tissue in order to obtain optimal access for acquiring the different types of data blood flow and tissue structure System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 7 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Due to the relatively large elements 1 3 l the beam for
389. els with mux FA200022 AD602 or V1 5 and onwards FA200777 with muxes FA200638 AD604 or FA200777 requires 64 channels with CW FA200776 with muxes V1 7 and onwards doppler improvements 128 channels FA200907 requires FA200907 with muxes V1 7 and onwards new coils 128 channels BF BF32 1MLA BF32 2MLA FA200765 requires FA200538 AD9042 or FA200001 AT amp T or V1 5 and onwards FA200811 Burr Brown FA200382 AD9042 or FA200765 Burr Brown FEC FA200669 with RX64 mux FA200009 or FA200764 requires support or FA200669 or V1 3 2 SW and FA200764 FA200764 onwards FA200009 does not work with sw v1 8 and higher RFT FA200373 without RFP 200373 with p b p b or FA200574 or FA200540 RFP p b Not installed FA200039 old or FA200555 CFP FA200409 2 modules FA200027 4 modules XDCTRL Not standard but can be Standard APA support requires APA supp installed special software System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H3 1 Compatibility Overview rev 15 2 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Support Differences Probe 128 channel systems 2 5 FPA KG100001 Rev A not supported 3 5 FPA KK100001 Rev A not supported 5 0 FPA 96 el small KN100002 Rev A not supported 5 0 FPA 128 el large KN100001 Not supported 5 0 MPTE Oldelft KN100007 Rev A not supported All other probes are supported depending on SW version See
390. emale System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Sig nals 05 6 14 Use Doppler Audio to front panel audio amplifier and loudspeakers Signals of interest ANDOP I and ANDOP Q both 1V ims VCR AUDIO L amp R connectors cable no 23 Type of connectors Phono female Use Doppler audio to VCR for recording Signals of interest ANDOP and ANDOP Q both 1V ims Card Rack RGBS OUT connector cable no 6 Type of connectors BNCs female Use R G B and SYNC NTSC or PAL to system monitor Signals of interest Signal Voltage Impedance Bandwidth R G B 714 mV 75 ohm 50 MHz SYNC 300 mV 75 ohm 1 MHz Table 12 RGB and SYNC outputs System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 21 io sig 05 serv files F1 05 Man S5 amp S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Service Servi Printed December 5 2000 Signals 05 8 External I O GE Vingmed Ultrasound The drawing below shows the different connectors and pin numbers E AG g ERRA BUM 0 8 i MAS n O 177 41 4 3 E o wv SETS Guy ARS IR T l i Ew m N af ISS ST VICES Cy _ N _ A HL GLT oc 1 gt 5 B 25 ERRES ET F1 22 Sr ALAN E363 Da TS N J N AMA JON 4 M BR UU ASI x
391. ent ECG amp Phono Board Only one daughter board has so far been implemented the ECG amp Phono board This is a four channel type board which interfaces to Electro cardiogram heart mi crophone respiration and pressure sensors Refer to drawing 330 FA201193 for the circuit diagram of the ECG amp Phono board The ECG signals enter the board through circular AMP connector The signals from the left and right arm electrodes are buffered by dual JFET opamp U1 before they are amplified by instrumentation amplifier U2 Dual opamp U3 drives the left leg electrode and the ECG cable screen with signals derived from the common mode voltage at the instrumentation amplifier inputs Input filter R3 C1 and R4 C2 reduces susceptibility to RF noise while output filter R8 C3 limits the signal bandwidth to about 1600 Hz The phono signals enter the board through phono connector P4 and are amplified by instrumentation amplifier U4 with input filter R16 C5 and R17 C6 One half of dual opamp U5 is used as a shield driver in order to improve the AC common mode re jection The signal bandwidth is limited to about 1600 Hz by output filter R20 C7 The respiration sensor an NTC resistor thermistor connects to the board through phono connector P5 and is the variable element in a standard wheatstone bridge with fixed elements R22 to R24 and reference U6 Dual opamp U7 is used to linear ize and buffer the bridge signals while filter R27 C10 is
392. ep from minimum to maximum and verify 1 2 3 4 6 8 12 and 16 seconds of data across the TM field Freeze and check the scrolling memory using the trackball 3 Obtain a good Doppler spectrum measuring on yourself or on a flow phantom Change Velocity Range and verify that the vertical scaling of the spectral display changes accordingly 4 Move Baseline up and down and verify proper response 5 Decrease LV Reject and verify that low velocities are displayed Increase LV Reject and verify that the low velocities are rejected System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 7 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Increase Compress and verify increased brightness in the spectrum Increase Reject and verify that the low level signals noise are rejected Increase Sample Volume from minimum to maximum and verify that the sensitivity increases Obtain a strong and good signal Increase Tracking and verify that the signal is getting weaker but the quality of the spectrum is getting better not available on FA000410 ON 18 11 3Color Flow controls 1 If necessary reselect the probe to bring it to default settings Then obtain a good 2D image while scanning yourself or a flow phantom 2 Decrease PRF to minimum and verify that the Nyquist limit is decreased aliasing and that low flow filling is improved With PRF to maximum Nyquist is increased but sensitivity appears to be less
393. er to Macintosh with Continuous Capture on page K11 5 K11 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 18 8 5 ECG 1 Connect ECG simulator or electrodes 2 Turn traces on 3 Verify an ECG trace on the monitor 18 8 6 Phono Optional Test 1 Connect a Heart microphone and turn Phono on 2 Verify quality and presence of phono trace 18 8 7 Respiration Optional Test 1 Connect a Respiration transducer and turn Respiration on 2 Verify quality and presence of respiration trace 18 8 8 Pressure Optional Test 1 Connect a Pressure transducer and turn Pressure on 2 Verify quality and presence of pressure trace 18 9 Integrated Mac 18 9 1 Setup Check Exit Select EchoPAC Application in HD A and choose Get Info in the File menu See that EchoPAC has the correct preferred size of memory When starting EchoPAC verify that the EchoPAC modules specified on the packing list are enabled with the password delivered 5 If systems is going to be used in USA Check that Ob Gyn is not an option in the application menu E OLN Ss 18 9 2 Macintosh with Continuous Capture You need the EchoStress option installed for this test to work 1 Select FPA probe 2 Select Video Stress Application 3 Enter live 2D tissue scanning mode on S5 make sure that there is an ECG signal to the scanner while doing the test a Swit
394. er with BF FA200382 but BF FA200765 can only be used with the new RX FA200776 RX FA200776 requires FEC FA200669 or FA200764 SCONV rev 0 1 requires SW V1 5 or later in order for the self test to pass It will function well with older SW versions during normal operation but the test will fail 12 V1 5 upgrade GRAPH rev A H gives higher RGB output to better match live system RGB with playback 13 14 15 S VHS levels NOTE Monitor needs realignment This rev of GRAPH can be used in systems with older SW FP Audio amplifier rev B B with higher audio gain is required in V1 5 NOTE that this rev can be used with older SW versions but the volume control knob must be turned down RX64 FA200777 can only be used from SW V1 7 and onwards and only in Membership systems The new RX board can be used together with BF FA200538 but BF FA200811 can only be used with then new RX FA200777 RX FA200777 requires FEC FA200669 or FA200764 RX128 FA200907 can only be used from SW V1 7 and onwards and only in Performance and Premium systems The new RX board can be used together with BF FA200382 and FA200765 but BF FA200765 can only be used with the new RX FA200776 and FA200907 RX FA200907 requires FEC FA200669 or FA200764 Image Port 2 FA200572 plus the VME Jumper FA200075 replaces the Image Port IMPORT FA200028 and the Image Memory IMMEM MEMORY FA200110 The Scan Converter Board FA200029 must be function
395. ese Mew NUM ioo i ict A4 14 Introduction A4 15 una sa eite re 4 15 Document 4 15 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A4 15 o enc DC SUR S E ife or Saco eic icu A4 15 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description 17 0 Descriptions 17 1 Pixel 17 2 Video RAMs 17 3 VME Interface 17 4 17 5 RAMDAC and RGB outputs 17 6 Video and S VHS outputs 17 7 Serial Interfaces 17 8 MC68040uP CPU board rev 02 18 0 Introduction 18 1 OVENI EW ossis 18 2 Document History 18 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 18 4 References 19 0 Descriptions 19 1 MC68040 Microprocessor 19 2 Internal Data Bus Structure 19 3 EPROM inae iS 19 4 Static 19 5 Dynamic 19 6 NVRAM 197 VME bus Interface 19 8 Serial Port Interfaces 19 9 Parallel Port Interface 19 10 Ether
396. ess APA Coaxes on RLY bd FA200281 Cable Harness MAC FA200864 Cable Harness MAC FB200106 Cable ACCTRL FA200312 Cable B W printer FA200633 System FiVe Service Manual 091050 rev I O1 13 Spare Parts rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GEVU Part Description Number Notes Cable Bird Power FA200567 For position sensor Cable Bird RS 232 FA200568 For position sensor Cable Color printer FA200446 Cable Comp Vid Ext LCD3 FA200694 Aug 1997 Cable Comp Vid Int LCD3 FA200693 Aug 1997 Cable DC power for hard disk FA200386 Cable ECG cable for clip on electrodes 164L0036 Cable EchoPAC System 5 FA200528 Cable EchoPAC S5 Transfer EP200015 Cable Ethernet jumper FA200370 Cable Ethernet EchoPAC I O FA200537 Cable Ethernet Patch 5 00M 070D2950 Cable Ethernet RJ45 2 00M 070D2901 Cable FP Audio On Off FA200958 Cable FP Control ext FA200081 Cable FP Control int FA200078 Cable FP Power ext FA200282 Cable FP Power int FA200079 Cable Ground for HD FA200792 Mar 1998 Cable Ground for monitor FA200507 Cable INT I O HUB AUI FA200592 Cable MAC SVHS Mux Box FA200796 Cable MAC to RGB mux box FA200773 For MAC 7300 and G3 Cable MAC to RGB mux box FA200880 For MAC 8500 only Cable MAC to S VHS mux box FA200796 For MAC 7300 and G3 Cable MAC to S VHS mux box FA200882 For MAC 85
397. ev B C1 3 Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204727 rev C C1 4 Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204864 rev A C1 5 S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev A C1 6 GE Vingmed Ultrasound FRAME Tass d Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files C1 02 Cabl Harn 02 ur rm DH 10095 Maas y C S DRA _ 11 1 T D E S m eee f Re e APOE AA pedale dd 73 ay Dmm 1 1 Internal Cable Harness rev E dese 1 ow Wo ST FUN eee N cnr 2 CLASS S 1 SO e BER Boord R na Ya 9 1 1 4 4 TA ME RE Rb L d nO MARE OI T JsIECLA D ce wig RA ka ar og GP cC sepe y F Pawer storie wate ee Tepes Borge Foo r l 2a eal At nuno MD ower IN Men ott sets System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GU 7 E 29 wl 72 6 ga NES 8 X4 2 57 Dn lee mo mmn L HG J i Per uz nN wf Y Y i ee 24 ON j EN N i 2E z i E au PE 1 e E 3 i loto E M ud ru See 9 e ERT 62 200 u SUAE IPT DAY 204
398. ev I Mar S5 serv files AG 02 Internal 03 Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Service Macintosh HD User James i arb Service amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal I O Board rev 03 Internal I O Board rev 03 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 Overview Abstract This document describes the Internal I O board INT I O in System FiVe The board buffers all signals used for internal peripherals for disk drives and for the Front Pan el and is also the interface between the External I O board and the system Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 5 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 20 Apr 95 GRL Change on Ethernet interface 03 22 Apr 99 LHS Updated the Ethernet description pluss some smaller changes Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature list starting on page P 1 References e Internal I O Block Diagram rev 01 page B2 20 Board formats INT I O on page A1 75 Board Compatibility List on page H2 1 e Internal I O and Peripheral Control on page A1 55 e Assembly drawing Internal Component Side rev E on page M 5 Assembly drawing Internal I O Solder Side rev B on page M 6 Internal I O Replacement Proc rev 01 on page L 15 Descriptions VME Interface The VME interface consists of acommon VME DSP control interface used on all MID boards The VME
399. ev C C and and onwards FA20081 1 FA200764 onwards Advantage Systems From V1 6 FA200522 FA200538 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA200764 onwards From V1 7 FA200777 FA200538 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA20081 1 FA200764 onwards From V1 9 FA200777 FA200538 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA20081 1 FA200764 onwards Advantage HFR Advantage Systems High Frame Rate From V1 9 FA200777 FA200765 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA200764 onwards SYSTEM FIVE REM From V1 9 x FA200907 FA200765 FA200764 Rev C C and and onwards onwards System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 19 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes H2 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv flles H3 05 compat d 17 Man S5 Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh 55 Servicel GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 128 vs 256 channel systems 1 Hardware differences Only valid for Premium and Membership Advantage is not upgradeable to Performance Board 128 channel 256 channel Notes system system MBD Rev C C or later All revisions RX64 support required for 128 ch system RX RX64 FA200522 RX128 200776 requires 64 chann
400. f it isn t already on Select the PAMPTE probe It will after selection calibrate the second scan plane position by going to 180 degrees and then back to zero Verify that the temperature reading is reasonable there is no need to do an exact temperature calibration Verify that the scan plane can be rotated using the two scan plane control buttons fast and slow left rotation fast and slow right rotation Verify that the scan plane indicator on the screen is updated when these controls are manipulated 15 9 Password Options Note Enter System Menu Select Configuration amp Test gt Options Yellow indicates Enabled Password Grey indicates Not Enabled Password Verify that the supplied Password coresponds to the System s Serial Number listed on the screen For systems with motherboard Serial Numbers up to 290 the Serial Number must be typed in manually 4 Enter the given password to enable the options for the system 15 10 Paperwork Completion PWN a Complete and return the Product Locator Card Leave the Password paper sheets with the customer Leave the BT 99 CD with the customer Hand the Release Note FA040050 and User Manual Update supplied with the kit to the customer EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 This document describes how to upgrade System FiVe s syste
401. ferent propagation velocity causing ghosts artifacts and noise in the image A1 4 RFP A daughter module that contains optional RF processing units A3 3 RFT K02 1 RF and Tissue Processor board A2 48 A3 3 A3 9 A3 12 A4 3 RGB Red Green Blue K03 7 RGBS Red Green Blue Sync A6 4 RLY Relay board A2 12 A2 48 A2 59 RPM Rotations Pr Minute A8 2 RTS Request To Send A4 17 RX Receive A2 40 RX Board Receiver board with preamplifiers and TGC amplifiers A2 60 RX128 Receiver board with 128 pream plifiers and TGC amplifiers A2 52 RXD Receive data A4 17 S Scatterer A small object compared to the wavelength spreading the trans mitted signal in all directions re flecting a small portion A1 4 SCL Serial Clock A2 3 SCONV board Scan Convertion Board K02 1 SD Spectrum Doppler CW or PW A3 7 SDA Serial Data A2 3 SDCW CW Doppler A3 7 SDP Spectrum Doppler Processor A1 50 Spectrum Doppler Processor Board A2 53 A4 3 A6 4 6 11 Spectrum Doppler processor board A3 8 Side lobe Small fields outside the main lobe caused by the nature of the trans mitted signal A1 4 SP2 Scan Plane 2 MPTE A2 15 Speckle Texture from a homogeneous ma terial e g tissue Will be finer grained with higher frequency A1 4 SPST Single Pole Single Throw Switch A2 3 STBY Stand by A2 12 T T R Transmit Receive Switch A2 25 A2 29 TE Trans Esophageal Probe A2 15
402. for AA probes AA probe 13Vpp System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 39 Beam Former Board BF rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Beam Former Board BF 27 27 1 27 2 27 3 A2 40 Overview Abstract This document describes the Beam Former Board s Digital Phased Array Front End 20 MHz 12 bit ADC version The Beam Former board converts the analog RF input signal from 32 transducer el ements to digital form and performs receiver focusing and steering by digital delay All digital signal processing to filter and delay each channel is performed in two ASICs named FOCUSOR and BEAM ADDER The output of this board is either connected to a new BF board to increase the num ber of channels or to the RFT board for digital RF processing By feeding the same ADC data to several ASIC sets Multiple Line Acquisition MLA is accommodated The BF board is also used to A D convert and focus the RF signal from Annular Array probes Each AA element is connected on the receiver board to several RF input channels of the BF board to increase the total Signal Noise ratio Beam steering is performed by mechanically moving the transducer under control of the Probe Con troller board PRC board Document History Revision Date By Description 01 21 Mar 1994 A Lohne Initial release 02 21 Mar 1995 LHS Added A D converter section 03 1 2000 LHS JB BF Board Testing moved to
403. for PosDet and PAMPTE VIDEO OUT connectors Type of connectors BNC female Use Composite video NTSC or PAL to VCR and printers F1 19 Signals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 13 F1 20 Signals of interest Signal Voltage Imped Band ance width Comp Video 1V 75 ohm 15 MHz Comp sync 300 mV 75 ohm 1 MHz Table 11 Composite video VIDEO IN connector Type of connector BNC female Use Composite video NTSC or PAL from VCR Signals of interest same levels as above B W VIDEO OUT connector Type of connector BNC female Use Black and White video NTSC or PAL to B W printer Signals of interest same levels as above REM CTRL connectors Type of connectors BNC female Use Remote control print signal to printers and cameras Device and polarity must be selected in system configuration Signals of interest All are TTL levels FOOTSW connector Type of connectors 5 pin DIN female Use User selectable footswitch control e g FREEZE PAUSE etc Signals of interest TTL level signals SW 1 pin 1 SW 2 pin 3 SW 3 pin 4 GND pin 2 REPLAY L amp R connectors cable no 23 Type of connectors Phono female Use Audio from VCR during playback Signals of interest REPLAY and both 1Vims FP AUDIO L amp R connectors cable no 23 Type of connectors Phono f
404. fore The fuses are used to control a relay inside the new current limiter The extra fan kit below the AC box is not required with this solution Neither is parallelling of the ther mal fuses 3 14 3 Power Switch Problems K03 22 On the early systems there were problems with turning the system on You had to push the power switch several times The fix is to cut the wire to pin 8 on the AC CTRL cable that goes from the INT I O board to the AC Power module On the first systems we also had problems with the STBY power signal from the power switch to the AC CTRL board being shorted to ground by a screw on the small IV amp DP board the piggyback board on the RLY board The fix is to just unscrew the top center screw that attaches the IV DP board to the RLY board EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files K04 Test SetupProc 14 Man S 6 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 HD User James i arb Servic Macint amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 4 1 4 1 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Test and Setup Procedures Front Panel test Start of Test Turn on the system e Wait a while until the Front Panel is reset by the system until VINGMED or SYSTEM FIVE is turned off in the display e Push down ALT SHIFT and 1 after VINGMED is displayed Release 1 first then the other two buttons You should now have the following text in the two displays SW VER DATE OK C
405. g and has no electrical inputs General Description Overview PKO TYPE SwWI 1 TlPl HITEMPIN TEMPIN HITEMPIN Fig 7 Temp Sense board function diagram The Temp Sense board contains an NTC resistor R1 and two temperature fuses TF1 and TF2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Temperature Sense Board rev 01 H1 is sensing the air flow temperature in the card rack The sense signal is used for controlling the fan speed TF1 and TF2 are temperature fuses TF1 will break if the temperature is higher than app 70 TF2 will break if the temperature is higher than app 60 8 Outputs The outputs from the Temp Sense board are the TEMPIN and the two HITEMPIN signals They are fed from the P1 connector to the AC Power Controller Signal Description Destination Level TEMPIN Temperature sensing signal AC Power Controller Analog HITEMPIN Temperature sensing signal AC Power Controller Digital HITEMPIN Temperature sensing signal AC Power Controller Digital System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A8 5 serv files A8 04 DC Pwr 03 Man S5 Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Servic DC Power Module rev 03 DC Power Module 9 Overview 9 1 Abstract This document describes the DC Power module The DC Power module generates all DC voltages req
406. g 128 of the 192 channels into the 128 receiver channels Sweep Direction Fig 2 15 Linear Array Sweeping A1 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 2 4 7 Multi Line Acquisition The standard System 5 beamformer generates one vector or line when receiving data from one transmit pulse Optionally two additional beamformers can be imple mented working in parallel with the first one generating three simultaneous lines Each of the beamformers will in this case have different steering delay parameters The lines must be located relatively close together within the main lobe of the trans mitted beam The advantage of Multi Line Acquisition is increased framerate MLA is implemented physically by installing more focusors and beamadders after the A D converters on the Beamformer boards Delays lobe MLAO 32 FOC MLAI 32 FOC MLA2 32 FOC 128 A D Fig 2 16 Multi Line Acquisition 2 4 8 Scan Sequencing Initially before start of scan FEC loads all parameters into TX and BF cache Then the scan program is started on FEC FEC loads tx parameters from TX cache into TPGs for vector n listed in program Then it loads bf parameters from BF cache into Fo cusor ASICs for vector FEC tells RFT to start loading the preceding data for vector n from start addr FEC issues a TXTRIG L to fire the transmitter a
407. g Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 12 Specific Doppler Problems 3 12 1 No Doppler 2D ok 1 2 3 4 Test SPD board Test RFT board LV reject function performed on RFT Test FEC board If no CW only PW ok check HV Supply HV2 Ref Test Procedure High Voltage 3 12 2 Noisy Doppler Also see Noise Guide Chapter The most typical noise problem is horizontal lines Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body 1 7 8 Disconnect all external cables to the EXT I O board if mounted to establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices There are pos sible ferrite solutions to most of the cable connections including the ethernet connection On video cables Wind the cable twice through a split ferrite 038 1012 038X1 112 On RS232 cables Wind the cable 5 6 times trough a ferrite ring 038X0028 On ethernet Use the GE Vingmed ethernet noise filter cable p n FA200460 between the system connector and the AUI box Try another probe and cable if APAT Disconnect all probes that are not in use keep only the active probe connect ed Make sure that the shield for the Patient cable is connected to ground Oth erwise you may excessive noise lines when the cursor is placed straight down Check that all noise modifications in the V1 1 upgrade have been done In order to determine if the noise is coming from the HV Supply turn power a fe
408. g circuitry 4to 64 MB DRAM 8kB NV RAM with battery backup 128 kB static RAM e Clock with battery backup Ethernet transceiver interface Four serial ports with EIA 232 D interface Four tick timers e Watchdog timer EPROM sockets e SCSIbus interface e Centronics parallel printer port VME bus interface and VME bus controller 18 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 19 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 22 Sep 95 LHS Updated layout 03 01 Nov 00 JB Moved Test and Diagnosticsto Ch K 18 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature RXD Receive data TXD Transmit data CTS Clear to send RTS Request To Send ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit 18 4 References CPU Block Diagram rev 01 on page B2 18 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 4 17 CPU board rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 19 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 19 9 A4 18 Descriptions MC68040 Microprocessor The device has on chip instruction and data caches and a floating point processor Internal Data Bus Structure The bus is a 32 bit synchronous bus that is based upon the MC68040 bus The var ious devices use this bus to communicate The devices are given different priorities in a arbiter and in general any master device can access any slave However there are restrictions EPROM The 4 EPROMs are org
409. g the copy button in the FTP Client window Use the arrow that point s to the right i e from the pc to the scanner Choose from the Front Panel a Setup b Configuration amp Test C GE Service Password two passwords may be used service or setfive d User Defaults e Extract Files f Rebootthe scanner and verify that the user defaults have been restored 15 4 Restoring Laptop Settings Restore TCP IP settings previously modified under the laptop s network control panel previously recorded in Set Laptop IP Address on page 35 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 41 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 15 5 15 6 15 7 15 8 15 9 FE Alignment 1 Install a FPA probe in connector 1 2 Perform FE alignment refer to FE Calibration Procedure on page K16 1 3 Ifthe FE alignment fails reboot the scanner and try again 4 Reboot system after FE alignment is finished and verify proper operation Setup of EchoPAC and System FiVe for Continuous Capture Note For Integrated systems that run Continuous Capture 1 On System FiVe press Setup 2 Reenter the setup settings saved in Record System FiVe Settings on page 31 3 Under footswitch settings in setup menu reserve footswitch for EChoPAC for all probes System Test Note Not all tests are applicable for all system configurations with without MAC with without Continu
410. ge Front Panel D 3 Front Panel w LCD display D 4 Keyboard Subassembly rev A D 5 Internal Subassembly rev D 6 Extern I O Subassembly rev D 7 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I D 1 Mechanics GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page D 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Macintosh HD User James Qhi arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files D 02 Front Panel 03 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front Panel FRONT INSTALL GUIDE LEFT FA307241 1 Front Panel PORT Oro E UP TUS FRONT INSTALL GUIDE RIGHT P N FA307242 installed on opposlis mide ont Pane Y COMPRESSION SPRING KNOB Srm GR x i PAN 004399 2 pl 0 2045 2 pl KNOB CAP D 15mm GR HUT M4 W LOCK P N 050 0151 P N 08089040 2 pl BONY cm MER FLAT 10mm CAP Dm mm PAN 21 4 pl SPACER 3 10 P N 1 1 2 PAN OBOFZO1O 7 pl FP AUDIO AMP ED BRACKET CONSOLE SUPP FP STD KNOB Dean P N 200076 FB307017 PAR 05081115 mae VR US dam FP GRAPHIC PLATE E PL LCD DISPLAY P N ae FA200192 NUT 05874020 2 pL i oook P N O8080003 57 pl ert or SPACER 32x10 Fixed by P N 08003010 12 pl WASHER LOCK 3 2mm RUTAS P N 0801052 2 pi P N 68080050 8 pi 08
411. ge Port 2 board must always be located next to the last of the mid processor boards E g if a system does not have a 2DF board the IMPORT or Image Port 2 board must be moved to the slot next to SDP and an BG IACK VME JUMPER board GE Vingmed Part Number FA200075 must be inserted in the P1 connector in the IMPORT IP2 slot see VME Bus VME 64 on page A1 65 19 1 Pipelink Bus Format A1 62 18 bit wide PLINK 0 17 with 16 bit information and 2 bit msbs control indicating type of data in the information word Control word 1 control word 2 or data INFORMATION 1 01 15 0 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Bus Distribution rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 19 2 Pipelink Control CTL 00 Control word 1 The information field identifies signal process and controls synchroniza tion and dataflow 01 Control word 2 The information field identifies logical vector number 10 Data 16 bit data The information field contains 16 bit data words i e tissue Doppler or flow data 11 not used 19 3 Pipelink Dataflow 19 3 1 Tissue Data processed and transferred from RFT to IMPORT IP2 in blocks of vectors or complete frames MEETS 5 4 27 2 OR 4X 19 3 2 Doppler Raw data transferred from RFT to SDP in blocks containing data from one or all range gates of data Data from SDP to IMPORT is transferred spectrum line by spectrum line RFT TO SDP t r r
412. gh Voltage HV Supply Component Side M 9 Macintosh 55_ 55 serv files M 10 HVs 2 01 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp J 8 8 s Ria pea iw BI pua F3 Teal Foe rn Hs SBME Li High Voltage HV Supply Solder Side Mar S5 serv filesN 01 Innh 05 e S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 josh HD User James i arb Servic Macint Software Overview Overview Introduction This part of the Service Manual gives you an overview of the software in mmmrIVE Table of Contents The table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Block Schematic S5 Harddisk sw v 1 5 x v 1 6 N 3 v 1 7 amp 1 7 1 rev 06 Block Schematic System FiVe Harddisk sw v 1 8 amp N 4 v 1 9 rev 02 Software Upgrade Procedure 01 N 5 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 N 8 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 N 25 Software Overview GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes N 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files N 02 HD bloc 06 Man S5 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Block Schematic S5 Harddisk sw v 1 5 x v 1 6 v 1 7 amp 1 7
413. ght Emitting Diode 9 4 References Image Memory Block Diagram rev 01 on page B2 15 Image Port Board rev 02 on page A4 3 10 Descriptions 10 1 General The Image Memory board is fully compatible with the VME bus specifications It can handle data widths of 8 16 32 or 64 bits and address widths of 24 or 64 bits The memory array can be addressed as 8 bit bytes 16 bits words or 32 bit longwords using conventional Read Write Read Modify Write or high performance block trans fers 10 2 Memory Size The board can be stuffed with different amount of RAM ranging from 32 MBytes to 512 MBytes It is designed to accept 4096K x 9 dynamic RAM modules with 80 ns typical delay Eight of the 9 bits are used for data one for parity A4 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Image Memory board rev 03 10 3 10 4 10 5 Address Decoding The board contains its own address register and data buffers for each port and re sponds to various Address Modifier Codes decoded by an address decoder PLD Various combinations are available Parity Control A parity Generator Checker stores and checks an even parity bit for each byte writ ten on write cycles In case errors are found a bit can be set in a Control Status Reg ister and a bus error signal activated lighting up a red LED Refresh The RAM is refreshed once every 15 us The cycle interval is generated by a free running oscilla
414. gnals in addition to power and ground Pin Name Type Description 1 3 5 7 16 17 DGND 0V Ground 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 Table 3 Patient I O Connector F1 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Sig nals 05 Pin Name Type Description 2 CLKR TTL Transfer clock from PAT I O 4 DR TTL Serial data from PAT I O 6 FSR TTL Frame Sync 8 15 DSP DO0 7 TTL Configuration data from PAT I O 22 SEL1 L TTL Chip select to configuration reg 1 24 SEL2 L TTL Chip select to configuration reg 2 28 PRST L TTL Reset PAT board 32 33 5V 5V 5V Table 3 Patient I O Connector 5 3 Power connectors cables no 8 and no 9 Type of connector 9 pin DSUB female Use Power distribution to front panel and harddisk Power note that each output is protected with a recovery fuse Pin Voltage Color Current Code max 1 45V Red 2A 2 12V Yellow 1A 3 12V 1A 4 15V Orange 1A 5 15V Violet 1A 6 GND Black 7 GND 8 GND 9 nc Table 4 Power Connectors 1 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 15 Sig nals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 5 4 5 5 F1 16 RS232 connectors cable no 3 FP serial ctrl Type of connector 9 pin DSUB male Use RS232 GR 1 Serial communication between Graphics board and th
415. gs horizontally in the phantom in the plane normal to the middle scanning plane select lower left window use 2D M amp A and verify that it is correct 10 96 This is to ensure that Bird System reports correct positions of each scanplane relative to each other C Select the upper right window and select Raw Path in the left dialog bar By grabbing the slidebar in K11 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 the window it is possible to browse through the original 2D scan planes while looking at their positions in the geomtry window Verify that the movement of the scanplanes is smooth like the movement that was done with the probe during acquisition This is to ensure that there is no noise affecting the position sensor system which would make the 3D data look jumpy 18 10 Monitor Setup f neccesarry adjust monitor according to Monitor Setup Procedures on page K18 1 18 11 Functional Test 1 Connect a 2 5 or 3 5 PA probe to the system 2 Reselect probe to obtain default settings 18 11 12D Controls 1 In 2D mode set 2D Gain and the TGC knobs to get even signal distribution for all depths when measuring on a phantom 2 Vary depth from minimum to maximum and verify that the field of view changes accordingly 3 Vary Angle Width and verify that there is no distortion for any combination of depth and width 4 The Freq control a
416. h is converted to a complex analog signal by the Digital to Analog Converter DAC to analog and Q components The analog sig nals are low pass filtered in order to obtain a clean and crisp audio Control VME Interface The VME Interface provides for communication between the system CPU and the SDP The Master DSP is a slave of the VME bus and responds to interrupts signal ling the transfer of data from the CPU to the Master DSP Memory block The VME Interface on the SDP is based on a general architecture used for several modules in the system Master DSP Control and Administration Tasks The Master DSP administers the data flow and parameter update on the SDP The following tasks are performed by Master DSP e Respond to VME Interface interrupt at initialization Respond to VME Interface interrupt for updating of parameters and tables Provide for Data and Window READ WRITE Address Generation control and synchronization e Perform interpolation on spectral output data Supply output FIFO with spectrum and trace data in the appropriate sequence Outputs The SDP board has two major data outputs 1 Pipelink Interface Spectrum data is transferred from the output FIFO onto the pipelink bus when one spectrum line is processed and the board at the same time receives new data on the pipelink input 2 Audio Output The analog Doppler signals l and AN are output on two pins on the P3 connector A
417. he automatic test and the SDP state tests Note Never try to alter any parameters in the Configure menu GRAPH board gt gt 8 GRAPH test WARNING Some tests leaves the Graphic board in a locked mode This will obstruct a subsequent Scan Converter test Enter CH to continue or any other key to skip tests GRAPH automatic self test PASSED To print out status of internal tests p To enter the Graphic board test monitor y else return to BTM menu Please input a character p y n gt n gt gt Note Never try to alter any parameters in the Update Configuration PROM menu System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 17 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K09 18 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Relay Board RLY 10 Maintenance Aids 10 1 Configuration PROM The configuration PROM U3 on the relay board has a hard wired address of 000 It contains information about the board like part number and revision Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 11 Maintenance Aids 11 1 Test Points TPn Signal Description Name TP1 TPG 1 transmit cycle in progress Active low TTL signal TP2 TPG 2 transmit cycle in progress TP3 TPG 3 transmit cycle in progress TP4 TPG 4 transmit cycle in progress TP5 TPG 5 transmit cycle in progress
418. he installation of EchoPAC is described in the EchoPAC Installation Manual see the references above A wiring diagram for the S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev A is included on page 1 6 in this Service Manual System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Macintosh 55 ServiceMan S5 serv files A7 05 Footswitch Printed December 5 2000 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Footswitch rev 01 Footswitch 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract This description is a brief description of the footswitch on System FiVe 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 31 03 1998 LHS Initial version Table 1 Revision control 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References Footswitch Interface on page A6 4 Display Control and rev 09 on page 1 4 2 Descriptions The Footswitch is connected to the Inter nal I O where the Footswitch signals are routed to the Footswitch Interface Patient I O interface There are three switches on the Foot switch The Footswitch functionality is selected in software System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 7 7 SYSTEM serv files A7 06 BW Printer 03 ervice S5_ServiceMan 5 Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb St Macinto BW Printer rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound BW Printer rev 03 1 1 1 2 _ _ A 7 8 Introduction
419. he whole sample volume in PW is divided into max imum 64 discrete samples or ranges thus there are 64 discrete ranges making up one sample volume per transmit pulse Samples ranges from maximum 512 pulses are stored in a matrix as shown in Fig 5 6 n maximum 512 pulses r x 0 1 x 0 N 1 e x 1 1 x 1 N 1 E keD x r N 1 lt x x R 2 1 1 0 Fig 5 6 PW Data Storage By organizing the data in this fashion the backscattered signal from a scatter will move up or down according to its velocity as time elapses for every new pulse n Thus by performing DFT on different slopes where the data is picked from different ranges from pulse to pulse see example in Fig 5 7 below one can estimate the various frequency velocity components present within the sample volume Assuming in the example below that scatter A is located at depth r47 at time t then at time t it has moved to r44 and so on Since both time pulse repetition time and distance derived from range delay of travel is known the velocity v4 can be esti mated r47 r44 t4 to Scatter B moves slower vp since it needs the time t4 t4 to travel the same distance as scatter A There are a total of maximum 256 frequency components slopes or velocities which are estimated in the complete spectrum analysis t c o to ta t4 e e e e r 3
420. hs Composite Transmit Focus A vector is constructed from samples from several transmit pulses with different focal points Contrast resolution The ability to show a signal from a weak target close to a strong target also called local dynamic range Axial resolution The ability to separate two neighboring reflectors in the beam direction vertically Proportional to fre quency Lateral resolution The ability to separate two neighboring reflectors transverse to the beam horizontally Inversely pro portional to beam width Reverberations Multiple reflections between materials e g tissue and fat with different propagation velocity causing ghosts artifacts and noise in the image TGC Time Gain Compensation used in the receiver to compensate for the fact that reflections from larger depths are attenuated more than reflections from shallower depths Speckle Texture from a homogeneous material e g tissue Will be finer grained with higher frequency Penetration A measure for how deep one can visualize structures Compression Amplification of low level echoes and attenuation of high level echoes so that both can be displayed and visualized at the same time Compound scanning System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Principles of Operation rev 06 Using linear arrays an object can be scanned from different direc
421. ield Vary the depth setting and verify that the image changes accordingly With the probe in the standard position place the cursor on the string target found at 8 cm depth 4 cm to the right of center Enter M mode and verify that the target is displayed in the TM field 8 12 2Color M mode Test g N m O If necessary reselect the probe to bring it to default settings Obtain a proper 2D image then enter Color M Mode Increase M Mode gain and see how signal noise is increased Check that there are no signs of coherent noise Switch to Color Flow settings and adjust color gain to verify response The color noise intensity in the color flow window will increase when the color gain is increased Look for color spots with higher intensity and size than the rest If you find any decrease the color gain slowly until the color noise fades away If the spot you noticed fades away after the rest of the color noise you may have a noise problem in Color Flow ROM K11 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 6 Vary depth span and see how the size of the color section can be altered 7 Increase sample volume and verify increased sensitivity 8 Verify all sweep speeds 18 13 Image Quality and Noise Image quality and noise tests must be done in all modes with the probes listed below if available e KG100001 2 5 FPA
422. ignals gradually changing to green for higher bandwidths The above mappings are used as the basis for the displayed color in the particular pixel picture element corresponding to the position of that range after scan con version e Intelligent mapping used together with an advanced algorithm for autocorrelation features a color coding without aliasing or wrap around for frequencies above the Nyquist limit System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 As time elapses and the flow line position is changed the above process is repeated d for each range in each flow scan line until the transducer element points all the way to the other side e g at line 63 for AA probes and one complete color frame has been generated Signal samples at to to ty in range ry a Ampl A 522 e e 1 2 A ss TENE to tN Transmit Pulses for Line 0 c b p Drt l prf to ty ty 8 2 2 2 tN Flow Scan Line 0 TE d amp Ing Different e 8 E shades of E O color Flow Sector S e v 0 63 range mU O e e e 8 1 r 7 Transmit Pulses for Line 63 4 pP prt l prf e O to t to t ess ic Flow Scan Line 63 e e e i ES D
423. ignals and HV power sup plies to the currently active PA probe The HV power supplies are routed through re lays K157 to K159 and are disconnected if the selected probe is not present Relays K160 to K165 are used to route the temperature sense signal and MPTE scan plane 2 positioning signals between the currently active PA probe and the probe controller board PRC The configuration PROMs in the PA probes are read by the Front End controller board FEC through the relay board The three PA connectors share a common bi System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Relay Board RLY rev 03 directional serial bus and each PA connector has its unique address through two hardwired address pins on the relay board PA connector 1 address 00 PA connec tor 2 address 01 PA connector 3 address 10 Probe 1 Xducers Probe 2 Xducers Probe 3 Xducers Probe 1 Mux Probe 2 Mux Probe 3 Mux Probe Mux Control Probe 1 Mux HV Probe 2 Mux HV Probe 3 Mux HV Probe Mux High Voltage Probe 1 Temp Probe 2 Temp Probe 3 Temp PA Probe Temp Sense Probe 1 SP2 Pos Probe 2 SP2 Pos Probe 3 SP2 Pos MPTE Scan Plane 2 Positioning Probe 1 Conf Probe Configuration Probe 2 Conf Probe 3 Conf System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 17 Relay Board RLY rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 11 3 Annular Array and Doppler Probe Connections A2 1
424. iguration on the System FiVe 1 Enable the hyperaccess terminal window located on your Desktop 2 bootChange to change the boot change sequence at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following entry name items in Table 0 6 on page 37 will be displayed on the laptop Note Continue to press Enter on Laptop to Scroll from one entry to the next For each new entry the Change to must be entered Do not backspace Entry Name Original data Default entry Change to Comments Boot device Scsi 0 0 Scsi 0 0 ei Boots over ethernet interface Processor number 0 0 Just hit return Host name Just hit return System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 14 5 File name hdO vx040 st 00 040 51 Just hit return Inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 f 3 222 21 232 Just hit return ffffc00 fffffc00 Inet on backplane Just hit return b Host inet h 3 222 21 5 Same address as laptop Gateway inet g period User u 55 rack 55 rack Just hit return Ftp password pw s5 Same password as you blank use rsh entered in your FTP server Flags f 0x8 0x8 Just hit return Target name tn wind8 wind8 Just hit return Startup script s etc init etc init period Other 0 ei ei period Table 0 6 Bootchange entries After the last entry in the Bootchang
425. inet g user u 55 rack ftp password pw blank 2 use rsh s5 flags f 0x8 target name tn wind8 Attaching network interface ei0 done Attaching network interface 100 done System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Note System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Loading 606464 110204 28264 Starting at 0x20000 Host Name bootHost Attaching network interface 0 done Initializing backplane net with anchor at 0x600 done Backplane anchor at 0x600 Attaching network interface smO done Backplane address 3 222 21 233 Creating proxy network 3 222 21 233 Attaching network interface 100 done Attaching shared memory objects at 0x600 done If an error occurs and you do not have a prompt refer to Appendix E for trouble shooting 14 6 Formatting the Harddisk Note 1 Type dosVolMake 0 at the hyperaccess terminal prompt Separate dosVolMake and 0 with a space The following is displayed on the laptop value 847828 Oxcefd4 followed by the command prompt gt Type disklnit hdO at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following is displayed on the laptop 0 initialized value 0 0x0 The largest software tar gz file must be installed prior to all other software files Type netinstall filename tar gz where filename tar gz is a software file from Table 1 then Enter at
426. ing input of the instru mentation amplifier AD620 A reference voltage corresponding to 15 C is con nected to the non inverting input The voltage difference is then amplified low pass filtered and fed to the A D converter for digitizing The temperature will be displayed on the monitor The system monitors the temper ature and when exceeding a certain limit typ 41 1 necessary actions will be tak en in SW to prevent further scanning A motor current shutoff mechanism is implemented The amplified and low pass fil tered voltage AA TEMP is fed to two comparators U10 so that when exceeding certain thresholds below15 C on the low end and above 41 3 C on the high end a TEMPOK signal goes low This signal is fed to the PRC board and is used to switch off the motor signals to the mech MPTE probe As self test of the circuitry 3 test resistors can be selected by TMP SEL 0 2 to simulate three different known temperatures 33 12 2Phased Array TEE Probes A2 50 A similar circuit as described above is also provided for the Phased Array TEE probes A PA TEMPIN voltage is proportional to the temperature at a thermistor lo cated inside the probe tip This voltage is compared to a 0 volt output level set at 15 C Since the thermistor is nonlinear correction for this is done in a formulae software System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front End Controller FEC rev 04 33
427. ing network interface ei0 done Initializing backplane net with anchor at 0x600 done Backplane anchor at 0x600 Attaching network interface 0 done Note Backplane address indicates whether system is an old system or a new system 3 222 series addresses are new systems 193 69 series addresses are old systems or Net work systems K07 6 Backplane address 3 222 21 233 Creating proxy network 3 222 21 233 Attaching network interface 100 done Attaching shared memory objects at 0x600 done Adding 3447 symbols for standalone CPU Motorola MVME167 Processor 0 Memory Size 0x2000000 BSP version 1 0 Executing startup script etc init cintStartupScript etc init c 0x10000 0 0 101 value 0 0 0 Done executing startup script etc init Executing C startup script etc init c Mounting hd0 nfs export done Loading lib dmem o done dmem Allocated memory pool of 31593372 0 bytes Starting dynamic memory garbage collector done Today is MON JAN 11 18 17 39 1999 Verifying graph5 data path test done i oading lib g5 img onto graph5 dmem GCTask waiting ticks to start done Loading usr lib X11 fs fs o dmem Free memory at 0 01 82578 not allocated tt dmem Free memory at 0x01F73124 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0 01 780 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0 01 79 0 not al
428. ing proxy network 3 222 21 233 Attaching network interface 100 done Attaching shared memory objects at 0x600 done Adding 3447 symbols for standalone CPU Motorola MVME167 Processor 0 Memory Size 0x2000000 BSP version 1 0 Executing startup script etc init cintStartupScript etc init c 0 10000 0 0 101 value 0 0x0 Done executing startup script etc init Executing C startup script etc init c Mounting hdO nfs export done Loading lib dmem o done dmem Allocated memory pool of 31593372 0 bytes Starting dynamic memory garbage collector done Today is MON JAN 11 18 17 39 1999 Verifying graph5 data path test done Loading lib g5 img onto graph5 dmem GCTask waiting ticks to start done Loading usr lib X1 1 fs fs o dmem Free memory at 0x01F82578 not allocated tt dmem Free memory at 0x01F73124 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01FAD780 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F79DEO not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F728A8 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01FA4F6C not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F71DCC not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F71EFC not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01FA4F58 not allocated by dmem lost done Awaiting graph5 boot done Awaiting X server start dmem Free memory at 0 01 86 not allocated by dmemtt
429. ins input circuit consists of a step down transformer and full wave rectifiers for generation of the 55 VDC voltage and the 110 VDC voltage to the output regula tors HV1 and HV2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 11 High Voltage Power Supply rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 19 2 20 A8 12 In order to minimize excessive regulator heat dissipation in CW mode the transform er include two 10V windings When HV2 output voltage decrease below 6V a com parator controls a relay for selection of 7V transformer outputs The output voltages are controlled by two serial 11 bit interfaces from the FEC board one for each output in order to program each output individually The output currents are sensed through shunt resistors and converted to 0 to 3 75 V voltages that can be read externally The output voltages are converted to 0 to 4 V voltages that can be read externally The output voltages and currents can be monitored by the FEC board for transmit power calculation Output Power Protection A power surveillance circuit senses the output voltage and current and calculates the power fed to the Front End transmitter boards If a preset limit is exceeded this circuit will switch off all outputs and set HVDIS L low This signal TTL OC is sensed by the Front End Controller module and if ac tive the FEC module will switch off HV1 and HV2 outputs The HV output may be disabled by storing
430. ipment and Tools Required 3 1 General Tools This is a list of the minimum required tools for service on GE Vingmed Ultrasound s products PC Laptop with MS Windows 95 or MS NT 4 Minimum 200 MB free disk space Ethernet adapter CD ROM RS 232 Cable crossed Twisted Pair Ethernet Cable crossed Twisted Pair Transceiver MAU Service Floppy Disks Service MO Disk 1 3 GB Phillips Screw Drivers Flat screw drivers Box spanners Allen keys Oscilloscope Multimeter Service Manuals Anti static mat wrist band IC removers Antistatic brush for PCBs APA Probe cable APA Probe optional PA Probe optional Macintosh Keyboard Macintosh Mouse USB to ADB converter Multi voltage SCSI CD ROM drive from Apple SCSI cable for CD ROM Drive Mac Power Cable for Multi voltage SCSI CD ROM drive Simple External Video Grabber Board optional 3 2 Tools Mobility Kit Changing Wheels In addition to the tools above Sax jack GEVU Part Number 098C0001 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Intro 9 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Tri pod stand 2x GEVU Part Number 098C0010 Umbrako wrench 5 mm front wheels Umbrako wrench 6 mm rear wheels Intro 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introduction rev 11 Your Notes System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Intro 11 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 New Functions Feat
431. iption 1 e amp de Unscrew the two screws holding the lower left side panel Remove the panel to get to the lower peripheral compartment Loosen the screws holding the bracket around the harddisk Disconnect the SCSI cable and power cable from the harddisk Replace the harddisk Connect the cables tighten the cover and mount the side plate For configuration of the hard disk see Software Overview on page 1 Warning Handle Hard Disk with Care System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 13 Hard Disk Replacement Procedure rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page L1 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files L1 08 int io Man S5 e S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal I O Replacement Proc rev 01 Internal Replacement Proc 20 Introduction 20 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the Internal I O subassembly 20 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of document 21 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 22 Description The Internal I O subassembly is located on the left side of the system in the rear inside the peripherals compartment In order to replace it the left side cover must be removed 1 From the back of the system unscrew the 2 screws ho
432. iption Rev FA200110 01 N A N A Added to enable the possibility of further changes This ver sion is not necessary for the production of the board FA200110 A A 6378 Update of firmware on previously delivered boards This revi sion corrects a VME bus problem known to cause a 2D lock up Part of V1 1 upgrade FA200110 B B 7353 Cut all pins on P2 row a and c Must be used when MBD is rev C C and onwards 38 CPU FA200109 P N Rev E C N Change Description FA200109 A Release of document FA200109 B 6987 Vxworks label added 39 INT I O FA200103 P N Rev C N Change Description FA200103 A A 5905 Release of doc FA200103 A B 6067 Correction of BM error FA200103 B C 6122 New artwork rev C FA200103 C D 6328 Modification on SWPWOF L signal FA200103 C E 6813 Fix RDYINTF updated test procedure FA200103 C F 6847 New PROM for test of new Pat I O FA200103 C G 7068 Updated test procedure FA200103 E 7368 New PCB with 3D Pos Det and VMS PAMTPE support FA200103 E J 7665 Improved PAMPTE support FA200103 E K 8039 Fix of power on problems H4 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 P N Rev e C N Change Description FA200103 E L 8315 The correct MTP is rev E and new ASSY explain dips for MAC 40 EXT I O FA200104 MCD a P N Rev C N Change Description FA200104 A
433. iques used in the system This section describes the operation of phased and linear array imaging in cluding digital beamforming annular array imaging tissue processing methods spectrum analysis and color flow processing techniques and post processing methods 1 3 Revision History Rev Date Sign Description 01 15 June 1994 GRL First version 02 2 Jan 1995 LHS Updated layout Corrected some minor errors 03 30 May 1996 GRL Added Scan Seq diagrams for PA and AA 04 28 Feb 1999 LHS Fixed a few grammatical and spelling errors 05 19 Oct 1999 LHS Updated to include changes from sw 1 7 1 06 20 Jun 2000 px Corrected errors 1 4 Terminology A number of different terms are used when describing medical ultrasound how it is implemented how probes are made basics on the ultrasound beam image quality etc This section is provided to give a short explanation of the terminology used in the field Later some of the terms are outlined in more detail Transducer A device made of piezoelectric material that will vibrate at its resonance frequency when a voltage is applied to it emitting a wave Aperture Size of the transducer with respect to number of wavelengths or in millimeters Expanding Aperture The number of elements in the receiver is reduced for shallow depths and gradually increased with depth in order to obtain a uniform focus width throughout the image field Effective Apert
434. irectory C Record in the spaces below the names of all the files copied Also note which of the copied files is the largest about 17 MB ending with tar gz of the software version being loaded The name of these files will be entered in later during the software load Filenames Size Throughout this procedure you will be instructed to enter information into the laptop pay strict attention to how it is shown in the procedure and type the information in exactly as it is presented bold type If for instance if it shows quotes use quotes Most errors in performing this procedure occur when the information is entered incorrectly Section 10 0 Connect VT220 Terminal Emulator to System FiVe EXTERNAL VO PORT Connect the Ethernet adapter 10 base T to external I O port CPU1 connector Connect the crossed ethernet cable between the PC Card Lan cable adapter connected to your ethernet card in your laptop and the System FiVe Ethernet adapter connector Connect COM1 of VT220 Terminal Emulator laptop to System FiVe s External I O port RS232 CPU connector using null modem cable Figure 0 1 System FiVe External 1 Section 11 0 Set Up VT220 Terminal Emulator Note This procedure uses a diagnostic PC with HyperACCESSq HA software to serve as a VT220 Terminal Emulator but any VT220 Terminal Emulator can be used as long the settings from Table 0 4 on page 30 are entered correctly into the alternative terminal
435. is an old system a new system or a networked system reboot the system See Record System FiVe Settings on page 31 and record the Backplane Address during the Boot Sequence The Backplane address will be a 193 series number a 3 222 series number or if net worked any possible XXX XXX XXX XXX series number a In old systems enter 193 69 49 5 the range is 193 69 49 0 193 69 49 255 but don t use 193 69 49 232 193 69 49 233 or 193 69 49 234 which are used by System FiVe Subnetmask must be Set to 255 255 255 0 b In new systems enter 3 222 21 5 the range is 3 222 21 0 3 222 21 255 but don t use 3 222 21 232 3 222 21 233 or 3 222 21 234 which are used by System FiVe Subnetmask must be set to 255 255 252 0 c In networked systems enter XXX XXX XXX 5 network IP address except use X s for 1st three segments 2 After IP address has been changed reboot the Laptop Section 14 0 System FiVe Software Upgrade 14 4 Loading Software Using Laptop as Server Note This procedure uses the laptop as an FTP server and boots System FiVe from the PC over the ethernet connection The new software will be trans ferred and unpacked in one command The procedure can be used on brand new disks or disks that are corrupted but not destroyed There are several FTP servers on the marked but this procedure will only refer to the two most known FTP servers used by GE service personnel serv u32 and Chameleo
436. is unwrapping of frequency aliasing When doing the ad vanced algorithm two ranges must overlap into the neighboring FTC processors Below is shown one of sixteen FTC processing modules 16b DSP 32bit VEL DSPs Data from four FTC DSPs are fed to one VEL DSP Here both radial averaging and velocity parameter estimation is performed The 3 types of velocity parameters in tensity or power 4 bits velocity 8 bits and bandwidih 4 bits are packet into one 16 bit word sent to the Master DSP Below is shown one of the four VEL processing modules Master DSP The Master DSP controls all the processing System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A3 13 2D Flow Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 15 15 1 14 Booting The 2DF programs and Look Up tables are stored at the CPU During system start up these are loaded to the Master DSP The Master DSP has a demulti plexer at the output of the serial link With this demultiplexer the Master DSP can decide which FTC or VEL module to write to It is possible to write to a sin gle module or to all modules at the same time Some special combinations of modules can also be written to This way we can have different programs in the different processors in the different modules Look Up Tables The CPU loads the Master DSP external RAM this one contains the LUTs The Master DSP then transfers these on to the Velocity DSPs via the serial links Configure Input Dis
437. ist 13 serv files O1 02 Man S5 e S5 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 Spare Parts rev 13 1 Introduction 1 4 Abstract The purpose with this document is to give a listing of the different spare parts which can be ordered for repair of System FiVe 1 2 Document History Rev Date By Description 01 23 Nov 1994 GRL First version of document 02 29 Feb 1996 GRL Minor update 03 12 Apr 1996 GRL Marked out unsupported probes in V1 1 04 30 Apr 1997 GRL Marked out unsupported probes in V1 2 05 30 1997 GRL Added monitor p n s Corrected and Doppler probe 5 Added 128 ch p n s 06 3 Nov 1997 GRL Added parts for the Elite low frame systems 07 23 Dec 1997 GRL Differenciated parts for Elite and Membership systems 128 ch sys tems 08 10 Jun 1998 GRL Added some new p ns 09 9 Nov 1998 GRL Added parts per V1 5 release 10 7 Apr 1999 LHS Added parts 11 30 Sep 1999 LHS Added parts per v 1 8 release Divided the Parts List in smaller tables Sorted the descriptions alphabetically 12 29 Oct 1999 LHS Updated per sw 1 7 1 release Moved the GEVU Part Number col umn from left position to middle Changed some of the descriptions so the table will be better sorted and easier to use Some new entries 13 22 Dec 1999 LHS Added
438. itch rev B C2 4 Mechanics 1 0 Front Panel 1 whee ed gl y TELE W E dee D 3 2 0 Front Panel w LCD display D 4 3 0 Keyboard Subassembly rev D 5 4 0 Internal Subassembly rev D 6 5 0 Extern Subassembly rev D 7 Probes Probes rev 05 1 0 OVBEVIBW zit op Ce eos ULM E1 1 1 1 o pent tied Net aliat ene Pat ceo dex E1 1 2 0 Document History E1 1 3 0 Mechanical Steered Probes E1 2 3 1 Annular Phased Array Transducer E1 2 3 2 PV PrODO 2 cscs ou ente HHHH kB i De pied eet E1 2 3 3 Transvaginal Probe E1 2 3 4 Transesophageal Probes E1 3 4 0 Electronically Steered Probes E1 3 4 1 Phased Aay visus edd vedo Roe e eni au E1 3 4 2 LiriGar ATAYA v NN ESAE SEN is E1 4 4 3 Curved Linear E1 4 4 4 Transvaginal Probe E1 4 4 5 Phased Array TE E1 5 4 6 Doppler Probes E1 5 Probe Support List 1 0 ADSIFAG osos etes tA E e bak AR DA RU Wa E2 1 13 2 0 Document History
439. ith different parameters 29 2 A D Converter section This version is using a 12 bit 20 MHz ADC from AT amp T CSPA1220 It contains an internal T H and a voltage reference The input signal coming from the Receiver board is isolated and converted to a dif ferential signal centered around the mid range voltage of the ADC 2 25 Volt by a 1 0 5 0 5 RF transformer and low pass filtered 3 dB at 10 MHz by a LC filter The digital output from CSPA1220 is buffered and connected to one FOC input port for each MLA A2 42 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Beam Former Board BF rev 03 A block diagram of an ADC section is shown in Fig 29 2 CSPA1220 R r AIN From C Latch RX128 EE Mis 12 12 D 0 11 7 Y Y Y AIN SEG 1 0 5 0 5 VourT Hee ECL TTL ENC C20 H ENCODE C20L Fig 29 2 ADC Section Block Diagram 29 3 Beamforming Section The digital beamformer uses two ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits to filter and delay each individual channel and sum all channels The ASICs are called FOCUSOR FOC and BEAM ADDER BA Their master clock is 40 MHz and they are synchronized with a SYNC signal coming from Front End Controller which is synchronized with the transmit trigger 29 3 1 FOCUSOR ASIC The FOCUSOR accepts digitized signals up to 12 bit from four elements of an elec
440. l Flat Linear Array FLA Probes KN100003 9 5 0 MHz 192 el Pe P M A KT100001 10 7 5 MHz 192 el Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A not US not US not US KW100001 A 23 10 MHz 192 el Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A KW100004 A 59 10 MHz 192 el NO NO Curved Linear Array CLA Probes KK100004 A 17 3 5 MHz 192 el A Option A Option A Option KN100008 A 18 5 0 MHz 192 el A Option A Option A Option TV Probes KQ100002 A 30 6 25 MHz 128 el Pe P M A Option A Option A Option System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 2 3 Probe Support List rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe plone Type 1 7 1 7 1 1 8 1 9 Part Rev ID number Description Apr 1999 Sep 1999 Dec 1999 FPA MPTE Probes KN100006 13 5 0 MHz PAMPTE BM A Option P M A Option P M A Option Vingmed 64 el KN100007 A 14 5 0 MHz Oldelft Pe P Pe P Pe P MTEE 64 el not US not US not US KN100007 B 25 5 0 MHz Oldelft Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A MPTE 64 el new orientation new mapping KN100010 A 53 8 0 MHz Oldelft NO Pe P M A Pe P M A Ped PAMPTE 48 el APA Probes TG100102 6 2 25 MHz APAT Pe P M A Pe P M A Pe P M A bel TK100104 12
441. l FA091050 rev A3 3 RF and Tissue Processor board rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 1 5 Mechanical specifications A3 4 The RFT board consists of a baseboard with one RF processing module Op tional can one or two RFP daughter module s be added to fit the need for RF processors The number of RF processors is the same as the number of MLA sections Even if the RFT board was originally designed to support up to three MLAs that have never been utilized in System FiVe The RFT1 board holds one or two RF processing modules as an integrated part of the board The RFP daughter modules will not be used on this board FRONT RF processor RF processor RFP 1 2 REAR P3 P2 P1 Fig 1 1 RFT board with two RF processors Fig 1 1 shows a RFT board with the maximum number of RF processor modules In Fig 1 2 a drawing of the RF processor stacking is shown viewed from the side RF1 S Es Fig 1 2 Side view of the RFT with RF processors Inputs The RFT board RFT1 board have the following major inputs Beam Former Interface Real time data input port 1 2 or3 parallel data streams can occur simultaneously in case of MLA or two data streams containing range intermixed data can occur simultaneously in case of full band mode The MLA streams are named MLAO MLA1 and MLA2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound RF
442. l Rx and Tx also called AAXD7 and AAXD8 signals to from the re ceiver transmitter are routed from the RLY board stiftlist P4 onto this board In PW Doppler the relays K1 and K2 are energized thus the Rx signal AAXD7 is bypassing the filter circuitry The TX signal AAXD8 is routed directly from P4 to P3 In CW Doppler the Tx signal AAXD8 is also routed directly from P4 to P3 The re lays are de energized thus feeding the Rx signal from the probe via P3 through re lay K1 into the filter A 4 1 transformer is provided for impedance matching The first stage in the filter is an amplifier with a tuned circuit 121 C7 CV1 in the col lector The circuit has a Q of apprx 5 with its maximum adjusted to peak at 2 MHz This is done to remove undesired out of band noise The gain of the amplifier is determined by the ratio of the R7 Zy4 divided by R6 The impedance of the Xtal X1 is low typically 70 ohm at resonance 2 MHz and high several kohms at frequencies outside 500 Hz from 2 MHz Thus for frequencies outside 500 Hz from 2 MHz the gain is approximately 13 dB 1000 220 while at resonance the gain is 3 dB 70 100 giving a 16 dB atten uation of the 2 MHz carrier frequency provided that this carrier exactly matches the frequency of the Xtal There are provisions for installing two Xtals in parallel to widen the bandwidth and or increase the attenuation The emitter follower stage consisting of Q1 and
443. l data serial clock and a frame sync signal The A D converters are configured during sys tem reset by serial transfer of configuration data from a PAL PALCE 22V10 U5 Counter U4 divides the master clock by eight to provide a suitable transfer rate for the configuration data Opto couplers PC1 to PC5 provide galvanic isolation of the digital signals running between the isolated patient and the non isolated system side of the patient I O main board The isolated side is powered through isolation DC DC convertor U8 a System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Patient I O rev 01 39 3 PWR1303 from Burr Brown Extensive decoupling is used on both sides of the DC DC convertor to reduce conducted switching noise to a minimum One half of tri state line driver U6 buffers the digital control and data signals to and from the main board while the other half is used as a four bit board configuration register with solder pads SP1 to SP4 determining its contents For the current ver sion of the patient I O main board the configuration register is set to 1111 The contents of 8 bit configuration register U7 is determined by the type of daughter board that is attached to the main board The following configurations are supported Address Description 00 7F Reserved for type 11 daughter boards 80 FD Reserved for type daughter boards FE ECG amp Phono Board type l FF No daughter board pres
444. lding the left lower side panel Remove the side cover Disconnect all cables from the Internal I O panel Pay attention to where they were mounted in case labelling is unclear Unscrew the three panhead phillips screws holding the Internal I O subassy to the ver tical frame bar The assembly is now loose in the sense that it is connected to both the motherboard and the External I O subassembly via connectors Pull the subassy slightly forward to get it clear the External I O connectors Then pull it straight out of the motherboard Install the new Internal I O subassembly by first pushing it into the motherboard then into the External I O connectors Mount it with the three panhead screws Connect all cables See Internal Wiring Diagram if uncertain where to connect Mount the left lower side panel System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 15 Internal I O Replacement Proc rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page L1 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files L1 09 monitor assy 01 Printed December 5 2000 55 Service Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi GE Vingmed Ultrasound Monitor Replacement Procedure rev 01 Monitor Replacement Procedure 23 Introduction 23 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the monitor 23 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of doc
445. le consists of three linear power supplies one providing a symmetrical output voltage ranging from 0 to 80 V HV1 the other providing a voltage ranging from 0 to 40 V HV2 and the third outputting 80 V for the mul tiplexers in the linear probes HV1 and HV2 are programmable through a serial in terface from the FEC board Mid Processors The System FiVe Front End and visualization system are interconnected through digital signal processing modules called the Mid Processors These processors per forms the adequate signal conditioning for the different data types Tissue Doppler and Flow The current Mid Processors are the RF amp Tissue Processor board RFT the Spectrum Doppler Processor board SDP and the 2D Flow Processor board CFP or 2DF Pipelink bus The Mid Processors are interconnected through a data bus system called the Pipelink This is a unidirectional bus transporting data from the pipelink dis patcher RF amp Tissue Processor through the accessed processor to the desti nation the Image Port The Image Port will then map the data into the Image Memory e Dataleaving the RF amp Tissue Processor have a tag indicating what type of data that is transported e g tissue Doppler 2D Flow Each of the remaining mid processors decode this tag and when it matches their own address the data is processed Data that doesn t have a matching tag is passed on to the next pro cessor In 2D data is ty
446. led by a watchdog signal gated with a current limit signal XDCLIM 1 and K2 is controlled by the TEE temperature dependant MOT OFF signal The probe motor current will develop a voltage across a 0 2 ohm current sense re sistor This voltage is amplified rectified low pass filtered and compared U76 to a threshold 1 6V setting a current overload limit In case of an overload condition an XDCLIM L signal will turn off the motor drive K9 As a safety precaution during no mode operation or if the probe element is jammed a BWDOG L signal goes inactive high shutting off the motor signals K9 to the probe after 3 seconds The XDCTRL board provides several status signals latch on block diagram which reflect the sweep direction and type These signals are used by the FEC to synchro nize transmit pulse triggering on the PRC board and data reception on the BF and RFT boards Front End Bus Interface The interface with the Front End Controller board over the Front End Bus conforms with the System 5 FE bus standard The bus consists of a 16 bit bidirectional data bus a 10 bit page address bus PA 0 9 and a 6 bit select address bus SA 0 5 In addition there are control signals like address strobes reset data acknowledge etc An address decoder PRCFINTO U20 is provided for generating the onboard de vice selects 12 14 chip select lines a number of register U83 U87 output signals and one read back register U88 Clock Dist
447. legal peripherals for System FiVe and their configura tions Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 28 Aug 1997 LHS First Edition 02 6 Apr 1998 JE Ihs Updated Configuration Matrix 03 21 Oct 1999 LHS Updated pr sw 1 7 1 1 8 release Removed the Configuration matrix it s a manufacturing docu ment Added new chapter Monitor Table 1 Revision control Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature PAL Color television standard used in most of Europe and in some other coun tries NTSC Color television standard used in USA Japan and in some other countries References Spare Parts 02 see Chapter O System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files A7 025 Monitor 01 6 55 ServiceMan S5 Macintosh HD User James Gi arb Servict ember 5 2000 Printed Dec amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Monitors rev 01 Monitors rev 01 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract This document describes the Video Monitor types that have been used on System FiVe 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 26 Oct 1999 LHS Initial version 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References e Monitor Setup Procedure on page K04 1 e Monitor Setup Procedure from sw 1 5 and up on page K04 2 e Monitor Replacement Procedure rev 01 on page L1 17 e Peripheral MAC Devices on page 1 6 2 Descriptions 2 1 EIZO TX C7 17
448. leted type bootChange on the laptop window and the following will be displayed on the laptop bootChange clear field _ go to previous field D quit 3 Hit Enter on the laptop and record the following information Note Continue pressing Enter on Laptop to Scroll from one entry to the next Entry Name Possible Entry Example Actual Entry Comments Boot device scsi 0 0 Processor number 0 Host name File name hd0 vx040O st Inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 If in network this IP address will be different Inet on backplane b Host inet h Gateway inet g User u 55 rack Ftp password pw blank use rsh Flags f 0x8 Target name tn wind8 Startup script s etc init Other o ei Table 0 5 Default Boot settings 4 Once the laptop has scrolled through the above information it will display value 0 0X0 gt N 34 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 Section 13 0 Set Laptop IP Address Note 1 On the windows desktop open My Computer then Control Panel then Network TCP IP then Com Ether Link III LAN PC Card 3C589D some laptops may have a different card record old settings then enter an IP address from the following choices If it is unclear as to whether the system you are loading with the new soft ware
449. limits of the main lobes for each of the elements In order to compensate for this the beamformer has individual gain control for each beam or line angle 2 4 5 Digital Beamforming Receive Focusing The purpose of having a digital beamformer is to discretely sum the received echoes from all transducer elements from each range or depth called true dynamic focus ing Parallel processing can be used to generate multiple beams simultaneously so called Multi Line Acquisition see section 2 4 7 for details on this One can also have a higher frame rate than in analog systems due to the ability to quickly step from one angle to another System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 11 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound A1 12 When receiving echoes from a single reflector with a plane surface they will be mis aligned in time when added together as shown in Fig 2 8 due to the uneven dis tance the beam has to travel before it hits the surface This will result in an unfocused image H Time e2 el Fig 2 8 Unfocused If the reflected signal was received by a curved surface with the same curvature as the reflected wave the echoes would be aligned in time when summed together The effect of having a curved transducer can be obtained by delaying echoes from some elements in the example above the echo travelling the distance d1 would have to be delayed to be aligned with the one from d2 In the
450. located by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F728A8 not allocated by dmem lost System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 dmem Free memory at 0 01 6 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F71DCC not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at Ox01F71EFC not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0 01 58 not allocated by dmem lost done Awaiting graph5 boot done Awaiting X server start dmem Free memory at 0 01 86 0 not allocated by dmemtt Uc wee Ace done Awaiting frontpanel start done Waiting for app to finish loading done Executing config done Calling static contructors All systems go dmem Free memory at 0 01 17040 not allocated by dmem lostdmem Free memory at 0 01 37 58 not allocated by dmem lost dmem Free memory at 0x01F27048 not allocated by dmem lost spawning filecache update task Done Create dispatcher done Create Datamodule Exception task started ImagePort Hardware present Scan converter Functional revision C software support level 6 tTdpSched id accb34 up and listening tSdpSched id ad0cc4 up and listening done Create Displaymodule done Create Framebuffer done Create USParameters done Create DisplayPa
451. ltiplan 5 MHz TN100053 MPTE ped 7 5 MHz TN100065 PAMPTE 5 0 MHz Oldelft 64 el KN100007 PAMPTE 5 0 MHz VMS 64 el KN100006 TE Mono Adult 5 MHz TN100047 2 Misc Parts GEVU Part Description Number Notes Adapter Plate for EIZO T57 S F56 FA307632 Air filter 098A0400 Used on systems produced before Nov 1997 Bird box mec subassy FA200700 For position sensor Bracket for hard disk FA307123 Bracket for Panasonic AG830 VCR FA307665 For Premium Bracket for Panasonic AG830 VCR top FA307666 For Premium Bracket for SCSI Cables FA307479 Bracket for Sony UP1800 printer top FA307605 For Premium Bracket B W printer bottom FA307668 For Premium Bracket B W printer top FA307667 For Premium Brake handle with direction lock FA307477 Brake wire for rear wheel locking FA200530 Bumper 2 ML307197 For Premium Cable holder Elite FA307616 Card rack side panel FA307458 Cartridge Drawer Hard disk SCSI 066E0531 Cartridge Frame Hard disk SCSI 066E0532 Caster front 098A01 03 Obsolete Caster rear FA200167 Obsolete Chock Absorber for HD FA307552 4 used for one disk CONN DSCREW Lock 064F3008 Connector cover FA307136 Cover f MAC7300 Opening FA307748 Oct 1997 Cover for MO Opening FB307094 O1 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 GEVU Part Description Number N
452. ltrasound Extern Subassembly rev Screw M3x8 S P N 080 308 Screw M3x8 P P N O80A308B 6 pl T N pl 5 External 1 0 Box P N FA307306 External 1 0 Overlay P N FA314301 Conn D Screw Lock P N 06461765 8 External O Panel P N FA307307 Conn BNC Isol Bushin P N 06407523 12 Bb External 1 0 Board P N FA200104 Screw M3x8 P P N O80A308B 6 pl Extern Subassembly rev A 4 MODULE NAME VINGMED soup EXTERNAL 1 0 SUBASSY BY DATE SIGN TYPE OF DOC CLASSIFICATION SO 21 FEB95 ASSY PROC CHECKED DATE SIGN MODULE NO REV A First Revision 21 FEB95 so APPROVED DATE a JD FA209116 A REV EVISION DESCRIPTION po BE sua SCALE RE ans System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 D 7 Man S5 serv files EO 01 Innh 04 ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto Probes Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual describes probes for use on mmmrivE This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Mechanical Steered P
453. m FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 15 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 9 7 8 K09 16 6 Image Port automatic test PASSED gt gt SCONV board gt gt 7 Before you can start tests the below text in recursive is printed 7 SCONV5 found at VME address d4000000 Scan converter Functional revision 4 software support level 4 tTdpSched id b66438 up and listening tSdpSched id b61eb0 up and listening SCONV5 Idprom FO 7577 Serial number 0007 Functional revision 04 Module Name SCONV5 Part number FA200029 MCD revision 4 Production Date dd mm yy 17 03 95 Date of last update dd mm yy 06 06 95 Service count 0 ID PROM structural revision 1 Info string Originally rev C prototype Updated with correct radix calc in split Then the test menu is displayed SCONV5 TEST Test Status Command Test access P 0 Test registers X 1 Testtables X 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 9 7 9 Test Tempstore X 3 Test TDP X 4 Test SDP X 5 Test All a Toggle random det r current value Random Toggle test looping l current value off TDP state t SDP state S Tempstore i Tables j Configure e Quit q Command a Enter a to start a full automatic test Some test pictures can be displayed on the monitor when running t
454. m software using an FTP procedure Section 1 0 Effectivity This procedure may be used for updating all GE Vingmed System FiVe Ultra sound units Section 2 0 Purpose This System FiVe Software Upgrade s sole purpose is for the installation of v 1 9 software Section 3 0 Pre requisite The system software must be on v 1 7 x or v 1 8 level Section 4 0 Related FMI s None Section 5 0 Furnished Materials See Detailed Parts List in the Installation Procedure GEVU Part Number FB094178 Section 6 0 Introduction 6 1 Time to Complete One person 8 hour labor plus travel 6 2 Tools and Test Equipment A Standard GE Vingmed Field Service Tool Kit please see Test Equipment and Tools Required on page Intro 9 for details Ethernet cable crossed twisted pair G E part 2244684 Optional direct hub connect cable A non crossed twisted pair cable must be used Optional direct hub connect with coax 2 terminators 50 ohm and 2 BNC T adapters are required Ethernet adapter 10 base T G E part 2195664 EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 25 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound PC Laptop with Ethernet card support Ethernet card with PC Card Lan cable adapter for 10 Base T and Coax Null modem cable G E part 2117638 3 6 3 Software Requirements for PC Laptop To install System FiVe software from PC Laptop the PC Laptop must mee
455. m spacing P1 and P2 are both for moth erboard connections Board size W x H 188 x 366 8 mm 1A iy Connector Side nun nog nog nog nog nog 32 32 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 75 Board Formats rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 31 HV POWER Board with 96 pin Euro connector 2 54 mm spacing P1 is for motherboard connec tions Board size W x H 232 2 x 110 4 mm 1A Component Side 32C 32A A1 76 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I The Front End Modules serv files A2 01 Front End Innh 03 55 s Printed December 5 2000 e S5 Servicel josh HD User James i arb Servic Overview Introduction This part of the mumriVE Service manual describes the Front End of the instrument Modules and sub The modules and subsystems in this part of the manual systems described in this part of the Module subsystem Page manual Probe Description rev 06 A2 3 Probe Cable rev 01 A2 11 IV amp DP Connector Board rev 04 A2 12 Relay Board RLY rev 03 A2 15 Transmitter Board TX128 rev 04 A2 20 Receiver Board RX 128 rev 02 A2 25 Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 A2 29 Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 A2 35 Beam Former Board BF rev 03 A2 40 Front End Controller FEC rev 04 A2 47 Patient I O rev 01 A2 53 Transducer Bus Board XDBUS rev 04 A2 59
456. me r ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay getObject failed Name mmode getObject failed Name mmodec report generator Task VMSDiskWriter successfully started Ready done Create to rec done Create M amp A done Create Annotation done Initialize VCR calibration done Initialize VideoScreen done started initialized applications states created Entering running mode Entering scanning mode Entering users view mod EChoPAC talk establishContact dmem GCTask started gt Contact established with EchoPAC System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files K08 TestSW Intro 12 ServiceMan S Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel Macinto GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 8 8 1 8 2 Introduction to Test Software Guide Abstract This is a document describing how to use the System 5 Test Software The first ver sion of the document and the system software only supports board tests via an ex ternal terminal PC Overview Chapter 9 Board Tests via External Terminal PC on page K09 1 is a description of how to use the Board Test Software Chapter 17 Power up Test on page K10 1 describes what power up tests that are performed Chapter 18 Performance Test System Test Procedure on page K11 1 describes how to use the test software whi
457. med Ultrasound Your Notes E1 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev gt 03 prb list 13 serv files E2 03 Man S5 55 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Servict GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Support List rev 13 Probe Support List rev 13 1 Abstract The purpose with this document is to give a listing of the probes which are supported by the different software versions 2 Document History Rev Date By Description 01 1 Aug 96 GRL First version of document per V1 1 release 02 10 Oct 96 HH LHS Removed unsupported probes added new probes cor rected errors 03 5 May 97 GRL Updated per V1 2 release 04 23 Jun 97 GRL Updated per V1 2 2 release 05 17 Nov 97 GRL Updated per V1 3 release 06 22 Dec 97 GRL Updated per V1 3 1 release New probes KE100001 2 MHz Tc probe KQ100002 6 25 MHz TV probe KK100005 3 5 MHz FPA Diasonics 07 30 Apr 98 GRL Updated per V1 4 release Redone the table to show probe support history sorted by software level 08 14 Oct 98 GRL Updated per V1 5 and V1 5 1 release Support for KN100006 PAMPTE probe 09 21 Dec 98 GRL Updated per V1 5 2 release PAMPTE support on Mem bership 10 11 Jan 99 JK Updated per V1 6 release V1 6 has the same probe support as V1 5 and V1 5 1 11 19 Aug 1999 JK Updated per V1 7 release Support for KW100002 Pedi atric FPA probe 12 6 Se
458. ment Procedure 30 Introduction 30 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the Relay Board subassembly i e the assembly with the probe connectors 30 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description i 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of document 02 27 Feb 96 GRL Updated due to EMC fixes with i Burndy shield box a 03 9 Feb 98 GRL Updated due to changes Servi ember 5 2000 31 Tool requirements z 5 8 9 8 5 a 5 3 3 o E 5 8 o 8 gt Phillips screwdriver size 2 Hlat screwdriver size 2 Adjustable wrench 32 Description From January 1 96 all systems have been shipped with RLY board with EMC fixes These boards have a shield box around the APAT Burndy connectors This box makes it awquard to disassemble the RLY board from the card rack The points which are specific to boards with EMC fixes are labelled EMC The Relay Board subassembly is located in the front side of the system on the right side In order to replace it the lower front cover must be removed 1 From the back of the system unscrew the screws holding the lower and upper side pan els 2 Remove the side covers Disconnect all cables from the probe connector panel 4 Pull the front cover straight forward System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 21 Relay Board Assembly Replacement Procedure rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound L1 22
459. mp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 d User Defaults e Compact Files Connect Crossed Ethernet cable and Serial cable to External 1 0 Establishing FTP Client Connection To System FiVe a Start Chamelon FTP Client b Select Settings C Select Preferences d Verify that the choice Retrieve Detailed File Listing is switched OFF e Close preferences window f Select Connect to g Under Host write the scanners IP address recorded in step 2 page 15 h Under Password write s5 i Select OK In the Remote window the files on root level of System FiVe will be listed a Copy the file udd tar gz to the pc by using the copy button in the FTP Client window b Use the arrow that point s to the left i e from the scanner to the pc 15 3 2 Restore Setups 1 2 Connect Crossed Ethernet cable and Serial cable to External 1 0 Establishing FTP Client Connection To System FiVe a Start Chamelon FTP Client b Select Settings C Select Preferences d Verify that the choice Retrieve Detailed File Listing is switched OFF e Close preferences window f Select Connect to g Under Host write the scanners IP address recorded in step 2 page 15 h Under Password write s5 i Select OK In the Local window the files on your PC will appear In the Remote window the files on root level of System FiVe will be listed Copy the file udd tar gz from the pc to the scanner by usin
460. n FTP 14 2 Starting Serv u32 Server Start the serv u32 exe file Choose Setup Click User then New At the User Name prompt type s5 rack Password is displayed on laptop At the Password prompt type s5 Homedirectory c Enable Enable account Select Add write c NO UI See illustration on next page System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 35 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Users Setup macintosh User name s5 rack Goupname Password Home directo A 7 Browse Message file Enable account m File Directory access rules Files Read Write Delete New Execute Directories Store List IV Make Delete Remove Sub dirs Restore Add Edi Delete U Down I Inherit _Add Delete up Figure 0 4 Serv u32 Setup window 14 3 Starting Chameleon FTP Server Note On the Laptop windows desktop click Start then Programs then Chameleon then FTP Server Click Users then Add User Name is displayed on laptop At the User Name prompt type s5_rack Password is displayed on laptop At the Password prompt type s5 Access prompt is displayed on laptop Click OK then click OK again e server is now up and running and it can just run in the background o n Q P gt O 19 o T 14 4 Change the Boot Conf
461. n can be used for trou bleshooting purposes The 64 and 96 element probes exist in two channel mapping versions here called old and new The purpose of changing to the new type is to be able to run these probes on a 64 channel system 4 8 1 192 Element Probes 128 sliding ELEMENTS p El no 1 16 3 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 BF4 BF2 BF1 BF4 BF2 BF1 BF4 BF2 SYSTEM CHANNELS Ch no 1 48 64 80 112 128 BEAM FORMER BOARDS BF1 BF2 BF3 BF4 49 49 177 33 161 17 145 N U m uk L S 64 64 192 M 76 32 160 113 113 81 128 112 112 96 Ch El no Ch Enl no Ch El no Ch El no This mapping is true for 5 0 FLA 192 KN100003 all rev s 7 5 FLA 192 KT100001 all rev s 10 FLA 192 KW100001 all rev s 3 5 CLA 192 KK100004 all rev s 5 0 CLA 192 KN100008 all rev s On a 192 element probe the 64 center elements are always routed to channels 65 128 while the first 64 elements are multiplexed with the last 64 elements onto chan nels 1 64 Element 1 is multiplexed with element 129 element 2 with 130 and so on All channels are used All BF boards are used System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K04 7 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 8 1 1 Troubleshooting Technique One bad probe element or e g one bad coax in the probe cable will turn up as one point with less intensity in the scalpel test One bad chann
462. n many countries 7 2 7 4 Patient I O box Patient In Out box module K02 1 PC Personal Computer running MS Windows or MSDOS or another disk operating system K02 1 Penetration A measure for how deep one can visualize structures A1 4 Performance systems High End 256 channels 128 tx and analog rx channels 256 digital BF chan nels H1 2 PLD Programmable Logic Device A4 10 PRC Probe Control Board A2 60 Probe Control board A2 12 A2 49 Probe Controller A2 40 P 2 mmmriVE Service Manual FA091050 rev I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature Premium Systems High End 256 channels 128 tx and analog rx channels 256 digital BF chan nels H1 2 Propagation velocity The speed of the ultrasound wave through the body Is different for different types of structure tissue blood fat etc A1 4 PW Pulsed Wave Doppler A3 9 Q Q Quadrature phase 9 QRS Characterstic part of the ECG sig nal A6 5 QRS complex Characterstic part of the ECG sig nal A6 5 QRS QRS complex Characterstic part of the ECG sig nal A2 53 R RAM Random Access Memory A4 10 Reflector A plane and large compared to the wavelength interface reflect ing portions of the transmitted sig nal back towards the transmitter straight or in an angle A1 4 Reverberations Multiple reflections between ma terials e g tissue and fat with dif
463. nd 19 19 1 19 2 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Lock ups and Bus Errors VME Address Map Below is a list of the VME address map It may be useful when troubleshooting bus errors After a bus error has occured some addresses are printed to the RS 232 CPU port on the EXT I O panel If a terminal is connected this information can be read The addresses shown below are what is called the access address on the ter minal Board Start Ad Address dress Size MB IMAGE MEM 0x08000000 64 IMAGE Port2 0x80000000 GRAPH 0xd0000000 8 SCONV 0xd4000000 4 IMAGE PORT 0xd5000000 4 FEC Cache 0xd6000000 y CFP 0 0000000 1 SDP Oxf0100000 1 RFT 0 0300000 1 FEC Local 0xf0700000 1 IOP 0xf0800000 1 Ifthe access address listed in a bus error printout is within one of the above address areas the accessed board is likely to cause the bus error and replacing it is worth a try Task Trace After a system lock up it may be useful to go back to see what happened right be fore the system locked That can be done if the PC terminal is connected to the RS 232 CPU connector however on some lock ups even the communication over this port is dead By writing tt tSuperv after the prompt gt followed by return the CPU will print the last code that was executed thus giving you an idea of what boards that where accessed If the system is dead either nothing or syntax error will be pri
464. nd chroma data The System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A4 7 Image Port 2 Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 7 6 7 7 7 7 1 A4 8 decoder will detect the Video Standard either PAL or NTSC format in digitized S VHS or VHS The decoder is programmed to differ between VHS and S VHS FIFO buffers The task of the FIFO buffers is to ensure that the Image Port 2 can consume the in coming data in absence of local bus mastership and to buffer local bus burst width for best bus utilization before requesting the local bus There are three data FIFOs one for PipeLink for Video Luma and for Video Chroma There are one dedicated control FIFO for both the PipeLink and Video input storing control information of the vectors in the data FIFOs One entry is pushed into the control FIFO by HW after the complete data vector is pushed into the corresponding data FIFO The vector will however be split by HW in pieces of 2048 bytes if the PipeLink vector exceeds this 2048 byte size an entry in the PipeLink control FIFO will correspond to 2048 bytes in the data FIFO Output to Image Memory The dataflow destination is the onboard Image Memory The local SW will get an in terrupt when a control FIFO gets non empty This will make the local SW start read ing the control FIFO identifying its source and calculating the destination address in the Image Memory The data FIFO data corresponding to
465. nding Aperture A1 3 A1 15 Explosion Warning Intro 5 EXT I O H4 15 EXT bd assy H2 5 H2 8 2 12 H2 16 Extensive cleaning G1 5 External I O Assy Component Side M 7 Block Diagram B2 21 Service Manual FA091050 rev R 3 Index GE Vingmed Ultrasound External I O board A6 1 1 External I O to Rear Connector Panel A1 56 Replacement Procedure L 7 External I O Tests K11 4 ECG K11 5 MAC Interface Test K11 4 Phono K11 5 Pressure K11 5 Respiration K11 5 RGBS Out K11 4 S VHS Out K11 4 Video out K11 4 F FA200682 Rotary amp Display Board H4 17 FA200682 Rotary amp Display Board 3 H4 18 Fading Image K03 17 Fan Replacement Procedure L 9 Fan related problems K03 21 Far field A1 4 Fault Classification Overview K03 1 Faults Diagnosis K03 1 FB200177 Rotary amp Display Board 4 H4 18 FE K11 1 FE Calibration Procedure K16 1 FE Calibration of DC Offset K11 1 Features Intro 12 FEC H2 3 H2 7 H2 10 H2 15 H4 7 Board Formats A1 72 Front End Controller A2 47 Fixed Target Cancelling A1 39 A1 51 FLA Flat Linear Array Probes E2 3 Flat ECG trace K03 21 Flat Linear Array FLA Probes E2 3 Flat Phased Array FPA Probes E2 3 FOCUSOR A2 40 ASIC Description A2 43 FP AUDIO H2 6 H2 9 H2 13 H2 17 FP MAIN H2 5 H2 9 H2 12 H2 17 FP Main Bd 2 H4 16 FPA Flat Phased Array Probes E2 3 FPA MPTE Probes E2 4 Frequency Parameter Estimation A1 40 A1 52 Front End Bus A1 59
466. ne GENERATOR Wa P2 CLOCKS f CLOCK FEC XDAACDBA P4 D21 6 TRANSMITTERS DIS TE FEC DUD ba be AA amp DP PATEMPIN 4 21 AATEMPIN P4 B19 TEMPERATURE FRONT P2 TEE PROBES lt FEC INTF MOT P4 B27 RLY AND XDCTRL P3 A33 RXDI CPU serial communication MPTE P4 POSITION INTE CONTROL P3 SCAN SIGNALS FEC f AN RSCAN etc f TSIG P2 D34 P1 P2 IV_DATA RF_IN P1 B6 a P1 E12 n MOTOR POSITION CATH CODE p MOTOR POSITION ON OFF CONTROL IV P2 A25 P2 D25 REV FEC TXTRIG L FEC punosen n 39 amp ZO Adsl ureJ8eiq yoo Jej oju02 eqoJg e1 080160V 4 ENUEN 9919S A d ueis S 2 24 Beam Former Boards Block Diagram rev 02 32 CHANNELS PER BF BOARD 2 1 32 8 BEAM A D CONV FOCUSORS MLA ADDERS MLA ADDER MLA e e e 4 y a F MLAO 2 B TOBAL3 1 Ag ONNEXT 3 E RX128 2 55 SH BFBOARD RX49 64 p1 P3 1 8 m m RX113 128 AID x 1 A D 7 MLAI 4 TO BAL3 ON NEXT e e e e f BF BOARD FRONT END INTERFACE CACHE BF1 REV REV P2 P1 P2 FEC IV_DATA PRC 32 CHANNELS PER BF BOARD 32 8 BEAM BEAM A D CONV FOCUSORS MLA ADDERS MLA ADDER MLA e e A e 4 Nu B 2 2 4_J Ba B TO BAL3 a a a ON NEXT AID x RX128 m z RXI7 32 p1 P3 E 5 BF BOARD em em RX81 96 f TO BA
467. nes e Video Sync and Ext Video GND Composite Video and Ext Video GND System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A6 11 External I O board rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 A6 12 Video in A composite video signal from an external source can be input to the system The signal is routed directly through to the Internal I O board RGB out The signal is prepared for driving RGBS video signals to an external monitor or print er It consists of the following lines Red line and Ext Video GND Green line and Ext Video GND Blue line and Ext Video GND e Video Sync and Ext Video GND The signals are buffered and capable of driving one unit S Video out The signals are prepared for driving one external unit The S Video signals consist of the following lines SVHS Luma output and Ext Video GND SVHS Chroma output and Ext Video GND SVHS Luma input and Ext Video GND SVHS Chroma input and Ext Video GND S Video in The signals may come from an external device like a VCR or a color printer They are routed directly to a multiplexer on the Internal I O board The S Video signals consist of the following lines SVHS Luma output and Ext Video GND e SVHS Chroma output and Ext Video GND Luma input and Ext Video GND SVHS Chroma input and Ext Video GND SCSI 2 interface Not installed on first version of board The SCSI Interface will
468. net Interface 19 11 SCSI Interface Mother Board 20 0 Introduction 20 1 OVeIVIOW S PE DN 20 2 Document History 20 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 20 4 References 21 0 Description 21 1 Overview 21 2 Main Data The Front Panel Front Panel 1 0 Overview 1 1 ADSIIA CEU eem ares ttes 1 2 Document History 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References ze u eu uu 2 0 Inputs oro ale Seya 3 0 Descriptions 3 1 LocaluP vic hei i 3 2 RAM and 3 3 Address 3 4 Revision Detection 3 5 3 6 MIA xem ee reete Neda reet System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Introduction rev 11 Intro 25 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page 3 7 TGC slide potentiometers 05 5 3 8 QWERTY keyboard and switch decoding 05 5 3 9 Rotary displays board A05 5 4 0 05 5 5 0 OUIpUls os tette pa qha yaya 05 5 6 0 Cable
469. nf dialog done nd patient browser Pali ent Er cvs er rea dD TDa laj fail e d one i eale macXfer EchoP AC talk successfully started sSaitingrar EchaP SC Ea can one Create Clipboard cli phoardDis pkey Cli pboardDisplas qel bject failed Marner Cli pbeardDisplav ClipboardDis play ggo bject failed mm ode Cli pbeardDis pla v Clipb cardDis play get bject faded Marne mm od done Create report generator Task VM SDisk Writer successfully started done Create done Create Annaalion done Inilialize V CR calibration done Inilialize VideoScreen done started initialized ap plicali ons stakes created Erterng runmmingmode scanning mode Erteting users view mode EchoPAc Lalk esta biis hO ontact Cortact esta bished with Echo diri an GCTask started gt System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K07 5 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 7 3 V1 8 x amp V1 9 x Booting Sequence VxWorks System Boot Copyright 1984 1993 Wind River Systems Inc CPU Motorola 167 Version 5 1 1 BSP version 1 0 Creation date Tue May 24 11 24 05 MET DST 1994 Press any key to stop auto boot 0 auto booting Waiting for disk to spin up done Attaching to scsi device done Loading hd0 vx040 st 655308 112484 64852 Starting at 0x20000 Host Name bootHost Attach
470. ng and system shut down in case of harmful high temperature gt 70 C 3 1 4 Remote Control Relays are switched on and off by pressing the remote power switch The green LED lit when the relays are in ON position and the yellow LED lit in OFF stand by position 4 Outputs The output signals from the AC Controller is shown in the table below Table 2 Outputs from the AC Controller Signal Description Destination Level LEDPWR LED power current limited IV DP STBY 45V ONLED L ON LED drive IV DP STBY TTL STBLED L Stand By LED drive IV DP STBY TT POFREQ L Power off re output and grant input INT TTL HITEMP L High temperature warning INT TTL RLYCOIL Relay coil RLYDRIVE Relay drive REGOUT Fan regulator output Fans 0 12VDC System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A8 3 serv files A8 03 Temp Sns Man S5 ecember 5 2000 55 Servicel Printed Di Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi Temperature Sense Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Temperature Sense Board 5 2 5 3 o A8 4 Overview Abstract This document describes the Temperature Sense Board The Temperature Sense Board contains an NTC resistor and two temperature fuses Document History Revi DATE Description sion 01 05 08 94 L H Semb Initial release Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature NTC Negative Temperature Coefficient Temp Temperature Inputs This card is only used for temperature sensin
471. ng bracket Sony printer FA307428 Mounting plate for Sony UP1800 printer FA307639 For Premium Mounting plate monitor pedestal FA307173 Mounting plate VCR FA307175 Patient I O mech box FA307127 Premium Pedestal adapter plate FA307384 Pedestal Monitor FA200292 01 12 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 GEVU Part Description Number Notes Peripheral mounting plate FA307174 Probe Conn Mtg EMC plate FA307234 Probe holder with handle left FA307817 Probe holder with handle right FA307815 Probe holder left FA307133 Probe holder Premium FA307615 For Elite Premium Probe holder right FA307132 Rear bumper FA307145 Retaining bar FA307441 Retaining bar guide block FA200442 RGB Relay Mux Box 2 FB307089 Rod Back FB307056 Rod Front FB307055 Shock absorber for hard disk FA307552 Support bracket B W printer FA307383 System SW CD v1 8 FB200084 System FiVe Tention Rod Sleeve FB307042 Wheel Assembly FA200636 Large size wheels rear with turn Wheel Assembly Elite Front FA200635 Large size wheels front Wheel Front FB200044 Wheel Rear Left FB200045 Wheel Rear Left FA200845 Fixed Wheel Rear Right FA200845 Fixed Wheel Rear Right FB200046 Wheels Rod Between Rear Wheels FB307003 2 8 Cables GEVU Part Description Number Notes Cable Harn
472. ng modes System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Section 15 0 Completion of the Upgrade 15 1 Enable the Password Controlled Functions To get access to the Password Controlled Functions the correct password is needed These Password Controlled Functions are available as separate options Follow these instructions to enable the Password Controlled Functions 1 2 3 4 5 Press the SETUP key once to display the Setup menu on the screen Select the Configuration amp Test submenu In the Configuration Test submenu select Options to view the System FiVe Installed Modules window Highlight the Password field type the correct password for this scanner and press Enter Verify that the correct options are turned on yellow color 15 2 Restoring System Setups 1 2 Where applicable restore system presets written down prior to the upgrade Verify that correct video standard PAL NTSC is selected in the Setup gt Video Settings menu password is setfive Verify that different setting is the same as recorded inittially in section 1 5 If the system has an integrated MAC with full screen RGB option MUX BOX es verify that Switchbox is selected If the system does not have an integrated MAC with this option deselect the option Switchbox installed In the Setup gt Location menu verify that correct date format is sel
473. nitor Install the assembly in the opposite sequence System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files L1 10 pat io Man S5 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service GE Vingmed Ultrasound Patient I O Replacement Procedure rev 01 Patient I O Replacement Procedure 27 Introduction 27 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the Patient I O assembly 27 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 17 April 95 GRL First version of document 28 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 29 Description 1 Unscrew the four screws holding the lower side panels 2 Remove the side panels and the lower front plate gt From inside the lower peripheral compartment loosen the two screws holding the Pa tient I O box Disconnect the cable from the Int I O board Pull the Patient I O box out through the front of the system and replace it Insert the new box through the front mount the screws and connect the cable K R Install the panels System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 19 Patient Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page L1 20 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Relay Board Assembly Replacement Procedure rev 03 Relay Board Assembly Replace
474. nnular array inputs ensure that their input impedance is the same as that of the phased ar ray inputs A set of T R switches D385 to D400 limit the voltage swing at the receiv er input during transmission Control and Test Signal Interface The TGC voltage enters the circuit board as a differential 20 V signal Inverting op erational amplifiers U221 and U222 scale and filter the TGC voltage It is then buff ered in operational amplifiers U209 to U216 before it is scaled and filtered again and distributed to the gain control inputs of the TGC amplifiers The filter sections com bine to give a third order Bessel low pass filter with a group delay of 2 5 ms System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 27 Receiver Board RX 128 rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 19 A2 28 A common test signal can be injected at the receive channel inputs for test purposes The test signal is bandwidth limited to 20 MHz in a buffered second order LC filter L813 C814 and U223 before it is distributed to operational amplifier buffers U193 to U208 Each amplifier drives eight preamplifier inputs through attenuators R257 to R640 Digital control signal AASEL is used to switch between PA and AA mode active high selects AA mode and controls monostable relay K65 through driver transistor Q1 This relay controls the bistable input relays K1 to K64 by connecting their coils to either a positive voltage capacitors C815 C816 C819 C820 or a negative vol
475. nother 4 digit code in the upper display shows up The two left digits indicate the paddle stick number 00 is the upper and 01 is the lower The two right digits indicate the position of the paddle sticks 00 is up or left O1 is center and 02 is down or right TGC Slide pot Test e Move the TGC slide pot s A 16 digit code divided in eight 2 digit sections in the upper display shows up The position of the upper slide pot is displayed in the upper left section of the display code field and the lower slide pot is dis played in the lower right code field Values range from 00 slide pot left to 33 slide pot right Trackball Test e Move the trackball up and down left and right and verify the corresponding po sition of the arrow on the upper display Transmit Pulse Test The purpose of this test is to verify that high voltage transmit pulses are generated on the TX128 board e While the system is running in 2D mode connect oscilloscope ch A to e g pin D28 channel 65 on the lower XDBUS board on RLY or TX128 location a a B Sy D28 2 L The signal should be a high voltage burst Pulse width amplitude and frequen Cy will vary with probe type and mode Amplitude can be controlled with Power Transmit Trigger TXTRIG Test The purpose of this test is to verify that the FEC board generates TTL level transmit trigger pulses System Fi
476. nsducer ele ments into the body at a certain direction towards the area of interest As this burst propagates through the tissue it is attenuated and reflected and when hitting moving objects blood cells leaflets heart walls etc the reflected signal is modulated by the velocities of the objects Fig 4 3 RF Demodulation RF demodulation or mixing is a complex modulation with a frequency which may vary with depth followed by a low pass filter Acomplex multiplication will move the signal up to 2 times the demodulation frequency and down to the base band The low pass filter will remove the signal wrapped around 2 times the demodulation fre quency A1 28 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 4 2 3 RF filtering As previously mentioned high resolution images are obtained using high ultrasound fre quencies sacrificing penetration and good penetration images are obtained using low fre quencies sacrificing resolution These two facts are combined on the receiver side by using a so called swept filter i e after complex multiplication a low pass filter is swept from a high cutoff at shallow depths gradually down to a low cutoff at deeper depths An analogy using swept band pass filters is shown in the figure below 4 2 4 4 2 5 Swept Band Pass Filter M Depth Fig 4 4 Swept Filter Detection Detection or re
477. nt ed System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K12 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K12 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv filesK13 NoiseGuide 12 Man S5 55 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 20 System FiVe Noise Guide 20 1 Noise Sources Fixes 20 1 1 External Noise Conducted via Mains Line A standard mains ferrite filter is installed into the AC Power If additional filtering is required an external ferrite may be added 20 1 2 External Noise Conducted via External Connectors Connecting equipment to the EXT board most often will introduce common mode noise into the system The mosttypical noise problem is coherent noise patterns straight down in the image field Usually the noise is only picked up when coupling the probe to your body Disconnect all external cables to the EXT I O board if mounted to establish whether the noise is due to interference from external devices There are possible ferrite so lutions to most of the cable connections including the ethernet connection e Onthe cable harness between System 5 and a the MAC Wind the cable three times trough a ferrite ring 038X0028 e On video cables Wind the cable 5 6 times through a ferrite ring 038X0028 RS232 cables
478. nt refer to FE Calibration Procedure on page K16 1 3 Ifthe FE alignment fails reboot the scanner and try again 4 Reboot system after FE alignment is finished and verify proper operation 15 6 Setup of EchoPAC and System FiVe for Continuous Capture Note For Integrated systems that run Continuous Capture 1 On System FiVe press Setup 2 Reenter the setup settings saved in Record System FiVe Settings on page Intro 15 3 Under footswitch settings in setup menu reserve footswitch for EChoPAC for all probes 15 7 System Test Note Not all tests are applicable for all system configurations with without MAC with without Continuous Capture Note You may refer to the Performance Test System Test Procedure on page K11 1 when you perform these tests 1 Verify all System FiVe modalities 20 Doppler M mode etc 2 Verify full screen switching between Mac and System when depressing EchoPAC key 3 Verify VCR record and playback of both System FiVe RGB and EchoPAC RGB 4 Verify Color print and B W print when applicable NOTE It is not possible to print EChoPAC pictures to these printers unless during playback from the VCR 5 Verify System FiVe to EchoPAC digital and video transfer EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 23 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 15 8 PAMPTE Probe Test Procedure if site has one 1 Power on system i
479. nter c to get into the CPU configuration menu Change the boot device from scsi 0 0 to scsi 1 0 Press return 3 times until you come to file name Change the file name from hd0 vx040 st to hd vx040 st Press return a few times until you come to VxWorks boot Turn the system on and let it boot until it is up and scanning in 2D It will now boot from the master disk hdl Push the Freeze button Press the return key on the PC terminal to get the prompt gt Enter dosVolMake 0 This is done to format mount and initialize the new hd0 disk Enter cd VMS scripts This command will move to the scripts directory on the master disk hd1 If you want to verify what s on this directory en ter s to list the files A file called cpdisk should must be present on this directory Otherwise copying will be impossible and the process must be aborted Enter cpdisk This will copy the contents of the masterdisk hd1 onto the slave disk 0 This process takes a few minutes and must not be inter rupted System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Software Upgrade Procedure 01 6 Booting from the new disk After the copy process is finished and you wish to boot from the new disk hd0 Remove the masterdisk and the extra cables and boot the system with the newly copied disk Turn power on and interrupt the boot process Enter c to get into the CPU configuration menu
480. ntersunk screws holding the External I O subassy to the vertical frame bar The assembly is now loose Pull the subassy out towards the back and lift it away from the system Install the new External I O subassembly by pushing it into the Internal I O connectors Mount it with the three countersunk screws System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 7 External Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 10 Mount the rear cover The top part of the cover should slide into the slot in the plate between the DC power and the AC power Before pushing it all the way in make sure the power cable to the DC power is properly secured 11 Connect all cables to the External I O panel 12 Mount the lower side panels L1 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Mar S5 serv files L1 05 fan 55 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi GE Vingmed Ultrasound Fan Replacement Procedure rev 01 Fan Replacement Procedure 10 Introduction 10 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace fans 10 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 28 Apr 95 GRL First version of document 11 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 12 Description The fans are located in the bottom of the system 1 Turn the system mains power off with the circuit breaker in the rear 2 Loosen
481. nual FA091050 rev 7 9 5 serv files A7 07 Color Printer 02 Printed December 5 2000 N Man S 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Servic Color Printer rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Color Printer rev 02 1 Introduction 1 1 Abstract This is a brief description of the color printers used in System FiVe 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 7 Apr 1998 LHS Initial document release 02 2 Nov 1999 LHS Updated contents Table 1 Revision control 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature 1 4 References Keyboard I O and Peripherals on page A1 55 I O rev 02 on page B1 8 Internal Subassembly A on page D 6 Signals 05 starting on page F 3 Descriptions SONY UP2950MD printers are used for both PAL and NTSC SONY UP2800P printers is used only on PAL System FiVe systems SONY UP1800 printers have been used on both NTSC and PAL System FiVe systems SONY UP1950 printers have been used only on NTSC System FiVe systems Epson Stylus Color 740 Stand Alone printers may be used both for PAL and NTSC systems Note There are different GE Vingmed Part Numbers for the NTSC and the PAL ver sions of the printers so please check for the correct GE Vingmed Part Number be fore ordering see Spare Parts rev 13 on page 1 3 The color printers are connected to the RGBS OUT outlet on the Internal I O see th
482. nual FA091050 rev I O1 15 System FiVe REM 3 System FiVe REM Systems covered GEVU Part Number FB008715 SystemFiVe REM 115VAC FB110 USA FB008717 System FiVe REM 230VAC FB150 008716 SystemFiVe REM w Mac 115 FB008718 SystemFiVe REM w Mac 230VAC GE Vingmed Ultrasound Figure 0 1 Covers etc System FiVe 4 REM ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Note 1 RIGHT SIDE COVER UPPER 2 FA307944 BASIC 2 RIGHT SIDE COVER LOWER 2 FA307137 3 COVER LEFT SIDE LOWER 2 FB307072 Basic 4 LEFT SIDE COVER UPPER 2 FA307946 BASIC 5 REAR COVER UPPER 2 FA307916 DARK GREY 6 REAR COVER LOWER 2 FA307915 DARK GREY 7 COVER F BIRD RECEIVER 2 FA307733 CABLE 8 FR COV F MAC PAS I O B W 2 FB307067 Front Cover with Opening for Mac Patient MO B W printer MO Drive 9 COVER F EXT I O 2 FA307917 Cover for External In Out Dark Grey 10 MONITOR SYSTEM 5 17 1 066E0019 EIV T57S 11 FRONT PANEL 1 FA200045 Front Panel Complete wo EchoPAC option FRONT PANEL W LCD 4 1 FB200176 Front Panel w LCD 4 w EchoPAC option 12 PROBEHOLDER W HANDLE 2 FA307815 RIGHTt Table 0 1 Covers etc System FiVe 4 REM O1 16 FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe REM ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Note 13 PROBEHOLDER W HANDLE 2 07817 LEFTt 14
483. o 2 which controls the D A conversion as well as the Missing Signal Estimation of audio in Duplex modes Trace Interface A serial link from the Internal 1 board feeds several A D converted traces like ECG phono pressure into the Spectrum Doppler Processor board These traces as well as spectral data are tagged and transported over the pipelink to the Image Port under control of DSP1 Control The controls the data flow and updating of all parameters including control of read write address generation It communicates with the System CPU over the bus and provides the pipelink output with spectrum and trace data 2D Flow Processor The 2D Flow Processor board receives its data from the RFT board Several com plex data sets for the same range originating from different transmit pulses are trans ferred over the pipelink bus then data sets from the next range are transferred and so on The purpose of the board is to convert the demodulated Doppler signal to col or coded values that can be presented to the Scan Converter board The different functions and calculations on the board are performed in a total of 21 Digital Signal Processors These are grouped in four identical groups each built up as follows e Four DSPs FTC DSPs performing fixed target cancelling and autocorrelation e One DSP VEL ocity DSP performing range averaging and frequency param eter estimation The purpose of having four groups is
484. o complementary phase 20 MHz clocks labelled H1 and H3 The TMS320C31 has an external bus interface with a 24 bit address bus a 32 bit data bus and the STRB L and R W L control signals External read transactions take minimum one H1 cycle writes take two cycles Both reads and writes may be extended with an integral number of H1 cycles by keeping the RDY L input to the TMS320C31 high 1 Serial XF Interface Buffers Reset Generator DRSTG Primary Address Decoder DADEC1 Debug Piggyback Address Decoder DADECX Secondary Address Decoder DADEC2 DSP Wait State Generator DWSTG DSP Read Write Enable Generator DRWED js ops eno System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 51 Front End Controller FEC rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 35 A2 52 DSP Sbus to Tbus Address register Buffer 9 DSP Sbus to Tbus Data register Buffer 10 Local External RAM XRAM Local memory are 8 128Kx8 MT5C1009 20 SRAM devices divided into two 128Kx32 banks The access to the local memory is completely controlled by the address and the STRB L and R W L strobes and requires no extension cycles wait states on read nor write 11 Local Boot EPROM 12 DSP Interrupt Controller Outputs Some of the output signals are listed below 1 Transmit trigger TXTRIG L Signal starting the transmitter sequence in the on TX128 and PRC Receive synchronization SYNC L Signal used to synchronize the beam former
485. oard Block Diagram rev 01 Image Port Block Diagram rev 01 Image Memory Block Diagram rev 01 Scan Converter Block Diagram rev 01 Graphic uP Board Block Diagram rev 01 CPU Block Diagram rev 01 Front Panel Block Diagram rev 01 Internal I O Block Diagram rev 01 External I O Block Diagram rev 02 AC Power Block Diagram rev 02 DC Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 High Voltage Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 1 0 Clock Distribution rev 01 B3 3 2 0 Control and Data Flow rev 01 B3 4 3 0 System FiVe Data Flow Schematic 05 B3 5 4 0 Motherboard with Major Buses rev 02 B3 6 5 0 System FiVe Overall Power Distribution rev 05 B3 7 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 Intro 29 Introduction rev 11 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description Page Cables 1 0 Internal Cable Harness rev C1 2 2 0 Cable Harness MAC rev C1 3 3 0 Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204727 rev C C1 4 4 0 Cable Harness MAC Elite FA204864 rev A C1 5 5 0 S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev C1 6 Power 1 0 AC Power 115 01 C2 2 2 0 AC Power 230 03 C2 3 3 0 Current Limiter amp Temperature Sw
486. obe and temp sense 03 21 Oct 1999 LHS Updated 04 1 Oct 2000 LHS JB Updated Test Fatures moved to Ch K Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature list starting on page P 1 References Front End Controller Board Block Diagram rev 02 page B2 8 Board Revision History starting on page H4 1 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 47 Front End Controller FEC rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 32 33 33 1 33 2 33 3 A2 48 Inputs Some of the signal inputs are listed below 1 Probe Present PRPRES 3 1 3 lines from the RLY board low when probes installed 2 AAXDCTRL signals 5 lines at TTL level LSACN_L RSCAN L STAT L TLREQ L and FLREQ L telling the status of the AA probe sweep status 3 High Voltage V amp sense Voltages and currents from the two HV supplies Description System Clock Generator The FEC module provides the source for the global system 40 MHz C40 clock The clock is available as a 4 quadrature signal i e both 0 90 180 and 270 degree phas es are generated The 0 and 180 phases are named C40I 3 1 H and C401I 3 1 L while the 90 and 270 phases are named C40Q 3 1 H and C40Q 3 1 L The clock is generated from a 160 MHz ECL signal level oscillator and the counters and buffers used are all F100300 series ECL logic based circuits Of the three 3 1 copies of th
487. ocal sw running Normally flashing Yellow 1 DSP1 ready for data On when scanning else off Yellow 2 DSP1 has received data On in Doppler mode else off Yellow 3 Data out on pipelink On during data transfers to pipelink fifo Yellow 4 On in Doppler mode and audio present Lower batch of LEDs Red Failure Normally off on if errors detected Green ok Normally on off if errors detected Yellow DSP2 local sw running Normally flashing Yellow audio path ok On in Doppler and audio present Red Pipelink clock problem Normally off on if SDP clock is out of phase with RFT clock Note if system is working and LED is on System ok 5 1 7 2D Flow LED Color Description Normally state Red Error Normally off Green ok Normally on off if errors detected Yellow 0 Error Normally off Yellow Error Normally off Yellow Error Normally off Yellow Data processing On when flow data processed Yellow Data processing Blinking when data arrives Yellow VME Dim light when VME traffic Green 45V Normally on when power on Green 5V Normally on when power on System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 3 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 5 1 8 Image Port GE Vingmed Ultrasound LED Color Description Normally state Yellow VME master On during scanning i e data transfers Yellow VME slave Green Board ok Normally on Red Boa
488. ocessor board RFT FA200373 On 256 ch system Used with RFP FA200039 or FA200555 On 128 ch system Used alone RF and Tissue processor board RFT1 FA200540 For 256 ch system p b imple mented on main board Replaces FA200373 FA200039 FA200555 from Jan 1998 RF and Tissue processor board RFT1 FA200574 For 128 ch system Replaces 200373 from Jan 1998 RF processor board RFP FA200039 Obsolete used with RFT FA200373 HF processor board 1 RFP1 FA200555 Used with RFT FA373 RX128 board AD602 FA200022 Obsolete Used with BF FA200001 RX128 board AD604 FA200638 For 256 channel systems Use with BF FA382 RX128 2 board FA200907 Improved Power Supply filtering RX128 2 board AD604 with mux FA200776 For 256 channel system Use with BF FA382 or FA765 O1 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Spare Parts rev 13 GEVU Part Description Number Notes RX64 board FA200522 For 128 ch systems Use with BF FA538 RX64 2 board FA200777 Improved Power Supply filtering Scan Converter board SCONV FA200029 Spectrum Doppler Proc board SDP FA200026 Transducer Bus Board XDBUS FA200064 Transducer Controller board XDCTRL ML200078 TX128 board FA200021 TX128 v 2 board TX128 2 FA200999 Replaces FA200021 VME BG IACK Jumper Board VME Jumper FA200075 2 2 I O Boards
489. ock takes the data from the pipelink bus stores it in a memory performs scan conversion to pixel domain and drives the system RGB monitor The boards within the Display and Control block are e Image Port board e Image Memory board or e Image Port 2 board replacing both the Image Port board and the Image Memory board e Scan Converter board e Graphics board e System CPU board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound System Description rev 07 12 1 12 2 12 3 Image Port Image Port 2 has the functionality of the Image Port board plus the Image Memory board on one card The purpose of the Image Port is to capture signal processed data from the Mid Pro cessors or video data from the VCR and route this data to the appropriate locations on the Image Memory Data from Mid Processors Data from the Mid Processors are transferred over the pipelink in data packages called Frames Packets and Tuplets all depending on size of the package At the Image Port the Packet is collapsed A Frame contains enough data to construct one frame e g one 2D frame while one Tuplet contains enough data to construct one vector e g one Color vector The size of the vectors will depend on data type The Image Port demultiplexes the different types of data groups the same types and maps them into the proper ring buffers in the Image Memory located on the Memory board or incl
490. of the patient main board For the circuit diagram refer to functional diagram 330 FA201 193 Isolation Barrier ChanndA y _ y Channel A D Convertor Opto Channel dj gt Coupler me Opto SerialData Coupler ChannedlE p ChannelF y Opto Serial ChannelG _ y A D Convertor gt Coupler gt ChanndH Optional Configuration Signals Opto 4 Reset Coupler PAL Opto Coupler Master Clock DC DC Conyertor AA XTAL Fig 39 2 Block Diagram Patient I O Main Board The sensor signals from the daughter board are input to two Analog Devices AD7716 A D converters U1 and U2 though a set of RC antialiasing filters R1 to R8 and C1 to C8 The AD7716 is a complete four channel 22 bit sigma delta data ac quisition system with built in digital decimation filter The A D converters use exter nal reference U3 and are controlled by a 7 5264 MHz master clock generated in crystal oscillator X2 This master clock is divided by 14 internally to yield an input sample rate of 537 6 kHz The built in IIR filter reduces this sample rate by a factor of 256 yielding an output update rate of 2100 Hz per channel The output data are transferred to the DSP through a three wire serial interface consisting of seria
491. of time motion data it sets up a so called time slot data transfer which replaced the output event based transfer Spectrum Doppler Processor The Spectrum Doppler Processor board SDP receives its data from the RFT board In Pulsed Wave PW Doppler several sets of data from the same range depth orig inating from different transmit pulses are transferred from RFT data buffer In Con tinuous Wave CW Doppler the data samples are transferred consecutively Spectrum Analysis The data sets are written into a sliding ring buffer with different ranges along the ver tical axis and different transmit pulses along the horizontal time axis thus achiev ing a two dimensional matrix By reading the data out of the buffer in a certain way re Principles of Operation and performing Discrete Fourier Transform on the data velocities up to seven times the pulse repetition frequency in PW can be displayed Parts of the spectral analysis is done by a digital signal processor 05 1 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound System Description rev 07 During Duplex modes e g 2D and Doppler the gaps in the spectrum when doing 2D is filled by stretching the real spectrum out to fill the missing time Audio The Doppler audio channels I and Q or DOPLA and DOPLB are generated based upon the digital data stored in the ring buffer The data is transferred from the buffer into DSP2 Digital Signal Processor n
492. ols in the Front Panel section for the coupling between function and board K03 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 7 Probe Problems 3 7 1 Probe Recognition and Switching Problems PA LA not recognized AA DP IV not recognized to a different position probe to a Lo pos Test the FEC board Check that a XDBUS boards are seated properly Replace RLY board Test the PRC board assembly Ref Replacement Procedure eplace RLY 9 Relay board assembly ssembly Replace probe or try Replace probe or try another probe Move probe another probe Move AA System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 15 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 7 2 AA Probes Do Not Run Probe calibrates but does not run Probe does not calibrate but is recognized Is recognized eplace probe or try another probe Move prob to a different position Replace probe cable the board Check the fuses on D Ref Assembly Drawing Probe Control board O T gt Replace XDCTRL boar on PRC board Replace PRC board i Replace the FEC boa Ref Replacement Replace RLY board Procedure Relay assembly board assembly 4 3 K03 16 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev
493. oltage 100 Hz 12 nV Input Noise Current 100 Hz 110 fA Hz Common Mode Rejection 100 Hz 120 dB Type of connector 6 3 mm phono Use A respiration transducer can be connected to this input See Patient I O assembly drawing for physical location of pins Respiration Connector Pin Signal SLV Sleeve Thermistor high pot T Tip Thermistor low pot T S R Parameter Min Typ Max Units Nominal Bridge Resistance 10 Bridge Sensitivity 250 uV O Bandwidth 160 Hz System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 5 Signals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 2 4 Pressure connector Type of connector 6 3 mm phono Use A pressure transducer can be connected to this input See Patient I O assembly drawing for physical location of pins Pressure Connector Pin Signal SLV Sleeve Shield T Tip Pressure sensor input non inverting T S Pressure sensor input inverting R Parameter Min Typ Max Units Gain 15 0 15 5 16 0 dB Input Range 420 420 mV Bandwidth 160 Hz Input Impedance 2 100 MO Input Noise Voltage 100 Hz 30 nV JHz Input Noise Current 100 Hz 9 fA JHz Common Mode Rejection 100 Hz 100 dB F1 6 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev erviceMan S5 serv 1 03 io sig 05 e S5 Si Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb
494. oltage Power Supply rev 02 High Voltage Power Supply 17 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 18 19 19 1 Overview Abstract This document is a description of the High Voltage Power Supply HVPWR in Sys tem 5 This module provide digitally controlled supply voltages to the transmitters in the front end It also provides 80V power supply for the linear array probe multiplexers Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 9 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 22 Sept 95 GRL Added info on output power protection Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature FEC Front End Controller board CW Continuous Wave Doppler References High Voltage Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 on page B2 24 Inputs 1 High Voltage Control One serial data line HVS_SDA P2 A3 and several strobe and clock lines from the FEC board 2 High Voltage Disable HVDIS_L which is an open collector signal which can be ac tivated both by the HVPWR and by the FEC 3 Mains Voltage 230 VAC Description General Description The module consists of three linear power supplies one supply is designed to gen erate symmetrical output voltages from 0 V up to 80 V High voltage supply 1 one supply is designed to generate symmetrical voltages from 0 V up to 40 V High volt age supply 2 and one supply provides 80V PMX 80V for the multiplexers in the probe connectors for the linear probes The ma
495. on rev 11 Table of Contents continued Power Supply Re vision History rev 01 Revision Req List Troubleshooting Guide Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Chapter Description Page 24 0 FEC 200764 H4 7 25 0 200373 4 8 26 0 2MLA FA200540 H4 8 27 0 RFT1 NO MLA 200574 H4 9 28 0 RFP 200039 H4 10 29 0 BFP FA200555 4 10 30 0 SDP FA200026 H4 11 31 0 4 modules 200027 H4 11 32 0 CFP 2 modules 200409 H4 12 33 0 IMPORT 200028 H4 12 34 0 Image Port 2 FA200572 H4 12 35 0 SCONV 200029 H4 13 36 0 GRAPH FA200030 H4 13 37 0 IMMEM MEMORY 200110 H4 14 38 0 CPU FA200109 22 lt xz H4 14 39 0 INT I O FA200103 H4 14 40 0 EXT I O 200104 H4 15 41 0 Patient I O Main Board 200193 H4 15 42 0 ECG Phono module Patient I O Amplifier Board FA200194H4 15 43 0 HV Power Supply Board FA200063
496. on 2 EC Collision Input diff pos 3 ET Transmit Output diff pos 5 Receive Input diff pos 6 GND Ground 9 EC Collision Input diff neg 10 ET Transmit Output diff neg 12 ER Receive Input diff neg 13 12V 12V for AUI unit Table 17 Ethernet connector System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 25 Signals 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes F1 26 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev sh HD User James i arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv 01 01 Innh Macinto Printed December 5 2000 Maintenance Procedure Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual describes the Mainte nance Procedure for use on mmmrivE This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Introduction G1 3 Tool Requirements G1 3 Description G1 3 Maintenance Procedure GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page G1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Macintosh HD User James i arb Ser erviceMan S5 serv 04 pri files G1 02 maintenar vice S5 S GE Vingmed Ultrasound Maintenance Procedure rev 04 gEmmrivr Maintenance Procedure rev 04 1 Introduction 11 Abstract This procedure describes how to perform preventive maintenance which should be done on a regular basis e g twice a year
497. on until one vector is made up Before the next transmit trig ger pulse is fired new delay parameters are loaded from VRAM into the Focu sors so that they can focus in a new direction and or depth In order to process two vectors simultaneously Multi Line Acquisition a sec ond set of Focusors and Beamadders can optionally be mounted on the Beam former boards As mentioned before the Front End Controller board controls all Front End boards The board loads all parameters to the TX and Beamformer RAMs it reads the probe identification selects probe connector on Relay board and con trols the high voltage multiplexer in linear probes In addition the board gener ates the transmit trigger pulse for TX a receive synchronization pulse SYNC 1 used by Beamformers and RF amp Tissue Processor a differential ATGC voltage used by RX and control signals for the High Voltage Power Sup ply HV POWER The Front End Controller board also generates the global 40 MHz system clocks and reset pulse SRES The output of Beamadder level 3 at BF4 is fed to the RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT Service Manual FA091050 I A1 47 System Description rev 07 6 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 10 4 10 5 A1 48 e Front End can be configured with the RX board RX64 supports 64 receive channels Implementation equals the RX128 receiver The RX64 board has multiplexers in addition to handle linear arrays containing more than 64 ele ments Annular
498. on these boards Thus when the FEC board goes through a scan sequence it loads the proper contents of the RAM into the TPG then issues a transmit trigger pulse TXTRIG L for the transmitter and a receive synchronization pulse SYNC L for the beamformer By firing the transmit pulses from the different elements at certain repeated time intervals and with different delays the ultrasound beam can be steered in desired directions re principles of operation obtaining the selected scan patterns e g 2D 2D Flow etc System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound System Description rev 07 System FiVe The ultrasound transmit bursts are generated on the TX board initiated by the transmit trigger pulse TXTRIG L The transmit trigger starts the Transmit Pulse Generators TPG on the TX board each generating 16 transmit pulses with different delays The transmit pulses are then routed to separate transmit amplifiers fed with voltage HV1 and HV2 witch are controlled by the Acoustic Power control software The transmit pulses are routed over an Xducer Bus Board XDBUS located on the front side of the Front End boards to the Relay board where they are fed to the selected one out of three phased linear array probe The reflected signal from body structures and blood cells are routed from the probe via the Relay board over the Xducer Bus to the RX receiver board where preamplification 20dB and Analog Time
499. ontrol the below described devices Beeper The beeper can be activated by pulling the BEEP L signal low LED activators backlighting The keys are lit in two steps Backlighting is provided by enabling a BLEN L signal giving a quit dim light This signal is automatically turned low when the ambient light is low sensed by a light dependant resistor RL 1 Whenever a button is depressed the LED EN L signal specific for each LED is enabled causing the current through the LED to increase again increasing the light strength Trackball The trackball interrupts the uP through the VIA when moved Both it s X Y and two quadrature outputs are connected to the VIA Toggle switches The state of both toggle switches are sensed through the VIA Infrared IR Remote Control The remote control interface has provisions for 32 different keys The receiver and amplifier located on the Rotary display board sends serial data to a receiver chip on the Main board This device is connected to the VIA with five data signals and a IRDR L data ready signal TGC slide potentiometers The center tap of each of the 8 slide pot s are buffered and fed to a multiplexing 8 bit A D converter giving out a digital value every 9 ms The uP reads the TGC values independently of the conversion rate from a dual port RAM built into the A D convert er QWERTY keyboard and switch decoding The overall keyboard matrix is 23 rows by 8 columns giving a maximum
500. ort will hence be refer enced Frame and Vector The Vector size will be between 64 Bytes and 8 KBytes depending on the data type Video input Video or S VHS is received from the VCR via the Internal I O board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A4 3 Image Port Board rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 A4 4 Descriptions Pipelink Data Type Decoder The data and control parts of the incoming data flow are demultiplexed and dis patched to the respective FIFOs Video A D conversion and decoding The luma data chroma data and control parts of the incoming data flow are first dig itized then demultiplexed and dispatched to the corresponding FIFOs S VHS CHROMA A D y Luma TDA870 Chroma 13 5 MHz UV Decoder VHS LUMA A D i ITDA870 SAA7191 11 5 7197 Fig 3 1 Video input quantization and decoding Fig 3 1 shows the Video input dataflow There are physically one VHS and one S VHS input which are individually digitized The digital video multi standard decoder generates the decoded luminance and chroma data The decoder is programmable to take either PAL or NTSC format in either digitized S VHS or VHS FIFO buffers The task of the FIFO buffers is to ensure that the Image Port can consume the in coming data in absence of VME mastership and to buffer full VME block size before requesting the VME slave
501. osing a germicide for processing their ultrasound transducer between uses GE Medical Systems routinely reviews new medical germicides for compatibility with the materials used in the transducer enclosure cable and lens Al though a necessary step in protecting your patients and employees from disease transmis sion liquid chemical germicides must also be selected to minimize potential damage to the transducer For cleaning and low level disinfection we recommend washing the probe and cable in a warm soap and water solution lt 80 27e9C removing all visible residue by scrubbing with a soft bristle brush or gauze and using a mild nonabrasive soap Rinse with clean water and wipe dry with a soft towel Check the instructions provided with each probe so as not to exceed the depth to which the probe can be safely immersed in liquid Do not immerse the electrical connector Use additional precautions e g gloves and gown when decontaminat ing an infected probe Low level disinfection is intended to destroy vegetative bacteria and lipid or medium sized viruses and is somewhat effective on fungi This is usually sufficient when scanning on intact surface skin For high level disinfection it is necessary to soak the thoroughly cleaned probe in a suitable liquid chemical germicide for an extended period Check the instructions provided with each probe so as not to exceed the depth to which the probe can be safely immersed in liquid Do not
502. otes Cover for MO Drive Opening FA307094 Cover for P90 FA307772 Jan 1998 Cover f opening for Bird Receiver Cable FA307733 Nov 1997 Cover for Ext I O FA307254 Cover for opening for I O conn Elite Mac FB307625 Cover Front f MAC7300 PASI O B W FA307747 Cover Front lower FA307413 Cover Front Supervision for MAC 7300 FA200748 Oct 1997 Premium with int MAC Cover Front Supervision w opening for FA307749 Nov 1997 Pas I O 7300 P 90 Cover Front Supervision with opening FA307596 Cover left side lower FA307138 Cover left side lower FB307072 Cover left side lower Elite Mac FB307624 Cover left side upper FA307140 For high frame Cover left side upper FA307701 For Premium Cover left side upper Elite FA307769 For CVP 2950 MD printer and AG MD830E VCR Cover left side upper Elite FA307771 With opening for CVP 2950 MD printer Cover left side upper w opening for FA307734 Oct 1997 MD830E Cover left side upper w opening for FA307735 Oct 1997 UP1800EPM Cover left side upper w opening for FA307662 Oct 1997 UP1800EPM and MD830E Cover plastic bottom left FA307237 Cover plastic bottom right FA307238 Cover plastic Patient I O front FA307407 Cover rear lower FA307142 Cover rear lower gray FA307915 Cover rear upper FA307141 For high frame Cover rear upper FA307679 For Premium Cover rear upper gray FA307916 Cover right side FA307944 GE Vingmed Silk Screening Cover right side l
503. other Board rev 01 A4 20 The Display and Control System GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your notes A4 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I 5 serv files A4 02 03 fm 5 e S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 lacintosh HD User James i arb Servic amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Image Port Board rev 02 Image Port Board rev 02 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 2 Overview Abstract The system function of the Image Port IMPORT is to capture signal processed data from the mid section boards RFT SDP and 2DF or a VCR and route this data to the appropriate locations in the Image Memory The generated data sets are organized as ring buffers in the Image Memory The data sets will either be picked up by the Scan Converter for real time imaging or by software for replay or history processing Revision History Rev Date Sign Description 01 5 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 21 Sep 1999 LHS Minor update Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature on page P 1 References Image Port on page A4 53 e Image Port Block Diagram rev 01 page H4 14 e Board Revision History page H4 1 Inputs PipeLink input The PipeLink data entities are called Frame Packet and Tuple At the Image Port the Packet will be collapsed The data entities at the Image P
504. ous Capture Note You may refer to the Performance Test System Test Procedure on page K11 1 when you perform these tests 1 Verify all System FiVe modalities 20 CFM Doppler M mode etc 2 Verify full screen switching between Mac and System when depressing EchoPAC key 3 Verify VCR record and playback of both System FiVe RGB and EchoPAC RGB 4 Verify Color print and B W print when applicable NOTE It is not possible to print EChoPAC pictures to these printers unless during playback from the VCR 5 Verify System FiVe to EchoPAC digital and video transfer PAMPTE Probe Test Procedure if site has one 1 Poweron system if itisn t already on Select the PAMPTE probe It will after selection calibrate the second scan plane position by going to 180 degrees and then back to zero 2 Verify that the temperature reading is reasonable there is no need to do an exact temperature calibration 3 Verify that the scan plane can be rotated using the two scan plane control buttons fast and slow left rotation fast and slow right rotation 4 Verify that the scan plane indicator on the screen is updated when these controls are manipulated Password Options 1 Enter System Menu 2 Select Configuration amp Test gt Options System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 Yellow indicates Enabled Password Grey indicate
505. ouse module test of serial communication 3 Enter test mode You will now have the following text in the Lower LCD Panel Display DONE DOTS K11 2 System FiVe Service Manual E is displayed OK is the status of a serial communication test Otherwise ERROR will be displayed FA091050 rev 1 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 LEDS KEYS 18 6 2 Display test Press DOTS All dots in the display should light up 18 6 3 LED test Press LEDS The backlighting LEDs for all keys should be lit 18 6 4 Key test 1 Press KEYS the LED will blink 2 Pressing each of the keys will result in a beep and the hex code for that particular key will be displayed in the Upper Keyboard 18 6 5 Rotary knob test Turn the rotary knobs A 4 digit code in the upper display shows up The first two digits is a code for the 8 rotaries gt 00 03 are the knobs between the display gt 04 the ACTIVE MODE knob gt 05 is the 2D GAIN knob gt gt 06 is the ZOOM knob and 07 is the DEPTH knob The last two digits indicates the direction of rotation low numbers clockwise and gt high numbers counterclockwise 18 6 6 Paddle Stick test Move the paddle sticks Another 4 digit code in the upper display shows up The two left digits indicate the paddlestick number gt 00 is the upper and gt 01 is the lower The two right digits indicate the po
506. ow to Use the Manual Effectively Intro 8 HV POWER Board Formats A1 76 HV Power Revision history H5 2 HV Supply H4 16 HV1 and HV2 tests K04 3 HVPWR bd box H2 5 H2 8 H2 12 2 17 A1 55 modules 6 1 Signals 1 3 Card Rack 1 21 ETHERNET connectors INT and EXT F1 17 External I O F1 22 Internal I O F1 12 F1 13 Patient I O F1 4 Probe Connector Panel F1 7 IEC 601 1 1990 Clause 14 Intro 6 Image Format A1 6 A1 23 Image Port A1 53 A4 3 A4 6 Block Diagram B2 14 Memory Block Diagram B2 15 Board A4 9 Image Port A1 48 Image Port 2 Board A1 53 Image Port Board IMPORT A1 53 Image Port 2 H2 4 H2 8 H2 11 H2 15 Image Quality and Noise K11 9 2D Mode K11 9 AA MPTE probe K11 9 Apat probes K11 9 Color Flow Mode K11 9 Doppler Mode K11 9 Images with artifacts 17 IMMEM Board Formats A1 74 IMMEM MEMORY H4 14 IMPORT H2 4 H2 11 H2 15 H4 12 Board Formats A1 73 IMPORT Image Port Board H4 12 INT I O H4 14 Board Formats A1 75 INT I O bd assy H2 5 H2 8 H2 12 H2 16 Integrated Mac K11 5 Communication with Scanner K11 6 EchoPac 3D K11 6 Hardware Check K11 6 Screen Switching K11 6 Setup Check K11 5 VCR Recording K11 6 Interface Description Probes A2 6 Internal Cable Harness C1 2 Internal I O and Peripheral Control 1 55 Component Side M 5 Solder side M 6 Block Diagram B2 20 Internal Board A6 3 Replacement Procedure L 15 Interpolation A1 43 IP2 Board Formats A1 73
507. owed by the command prompt gt Type disklnit hd0 at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following is displayed on the laptop 0 initialized value 0 0x0 The largest software tar gz file must be installed prior to all other software files Type netinstall filename tar gz where filename tar gz is a software file from Table 1 then Enter at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following is displayed on the laptop Connecting done Receiving _ 39 13 4 351 Expanding _ 126 48 2 391 Expanding __ 215 46 8 223 Installation completed in 381 seconds 1740f 264d value 0 0X0 The svision v 1 9 tar gz file only has to be unpacked if the System FiVe scanner has an integrated MAC Type netinstall svision v1 9 a tar gz or netinstall svision v1 9 p tar gZ or netinstall svision v1 9 us tar gz and then ENTER at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following is displayed on the laptop Connecting done Receiving _ Expanding _ Expanding _ Installation completed 381 seconds 1740f 264d value 0 0X0 gt System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upg
508. ower FA307137 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I O1 11 Spare Parts rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound GEVU Part Description Number Notes Cover right side upper FA307139 For high frame Cover right side upper FA307678 For Premium Cover Sony UP1800 FA307413 Cover Supervision for MO disc opening FA307597 Cover top plastic FA307130 For high frame Cover top plastic FA307613 For Elite Premium Cover top rear 07131 For high frame Cover top rear FA307614 For Elite Premium EchoPAC S5 Transfer Kit W Frame Grabber EP200007 EchoPAC S5 Transfer Kit Frame Grabber EP200008 Ethernet Media Adapter for coax 066E0705 Used externally if connected in a network with coax Ethernet Media Adapter for twisted pair 066E0708 For int MAC Ethernet Noise Filter Ferrite Assy coax FA200460 Used externally if connected in a network with coax Fan single 098A0050 Fan module complete FA200149 Flexible cable guide left FA307334 Flexible cable guide right FA307335 Foot Rest FA307235 Foot Switch FA200451 Foot Switch Box FA307239 Gel holder FA307729 Oct 1997 Gel holder System FiVe Elite FA307681 Oct 1997 Hub 4 port for twisted pair 066E0725 For int MAC Lock for EIZO T57 S F56 FA307626 Locktite tube 084B2701 Used when mounting Mobility Kit BT 99 Mounti
509. p 1999 EAT HH Updated per v 1 8 release Ihs 13 3 Dec 1999 LHS Updated per v 1 9 release 14 02Nov 00 JB Changed probe frequency from 5 to 8MHz 3 Probes The table starting on Page E2 3 lists the available probes for System FiVe System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev E2 1 Probe Support List rev 13 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes E2 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files E2 04 prb list b 14 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Support List rev 13 Probe pide Type 12 7 1 1 8 1 9 Part Rev ID Mp Ne number Description 1999 Sep 1999 Dec 1999 Flat Phased Array FPA Probes KG100001 A 2 2 5 MHz 64 el P P P KG100001 B 22 2 5 MHz 64 el improved shield ing new mapping KG100001 C 49 2 5 MHz 64 el PM A new tuning KK100001 A 3 3 5 MHz 96 el P P P Echo KK100001 B 35 3 5 MHz 96 el PM A C new Xtal new mapping Echo KK100005 A 34 3 5 MHz 96 el P M A Diasonics KN100001 5 5 0 MHz 128 el P P P KN100002 A 4 5 0 MHz 96 el P P P small not US not US not US KN100002 B 28 5 0 MHz 96 el small new ping KW100002 A 10 MHz 96 e
510. p acquis etc 6 From SW V1 3 the values can be plotted a diagram System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K16 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K16 2 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Macintosh HD User James Gi arb Ser vice S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files K17 DebugCommands 12 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 24 Debug Commands The following is a list of debug commands that can be written on the PC terminal when connected to the CPU RS 232 serial line The commands must be written at the prompt Debug Command Description modSetupDebug 0x2 This command lists the high voltages output from the HV Supply and the estimated peak voltage applied across the probe ele ments Note that you must alter parameters affecting the power in order to get this information listed out e g Power probeReport This command lists the connected probes which are recognized by the system reboot This command will reboot the system bootChange With this command you will enter the CPU configuration PROM tt tSuperv This is a so called task trace command used to print error mes tt lt space gt tSuperv sages after a system bus error has occurred System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K17 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K17 2 EmmriVE
511. patcher The Master data bus is also connected to the Input Dispatcher which enables writing of control words This way we can configure the Input Dispatcher to the specified algorithm and to the specified number of ranges Data organization The Master DSP reads the results coming from the different module FIFOs These results are then put together to form a complete beam and the head and tail control words are attached Checks the amount of data The Master DSP ensures that the desired amount of data comes from the Ve locity processors Write data to the PipeLink The Master DSP writes the output data with control words to the PipeLink FIFO Error situations When an error situation has occurred the Master analyzes it Then the slave DSPs normally must be restarted During such an error situation the processing will be stopped However the Pipelink must not be affected therefore the Master DSP must write dummy data with control words to the PipeLink FIFO In some special situations this could be difficult e g if the Master DSP looses control of the number of beams in process etc Control VME interface The Master DSP has all the communication with the CPU When there is a new con trol word in the VME interface FIFO the Master gets an interrupt System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2D Flow Board rev 01 15 2 Serial links for program loading and communication
512. pically transferred in vector blocks from the RFT board In spec trum Doppler and Color Flow data from one range gate is transferred RF and Tissue Processor RFT The RF amp Tissue Processor board receives its data from the Beamformer 4 board in the Front End Both type of data and what data samples RF_MODE to use are communicated to the RFT board from the Front End Controller board over the Front End Bus RF Processing Different types of RF processing can be performed depending on later usage of the data e g e RF Demodulation e Digital Time Gain Compensation e Filtering e Decimation Data Buffer After RF filtering the data is written into different sliding ring buffers dedicated the different types of data While data is written into the buffers sample by sample in vec System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 49 System Description rev 07 6 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 11 3 A1 50 tors multiple samples from the same range depth can be read out Both input ad dressing start and length and output addressing through output events is controlled by the Front End Controller board Tissue Processing A number of different tissue processes are performed on this board First the signal amplitude is obtained by detection Then the data is compressed to attenuate the strong signals and amplify the low level echoes After compression so called zone stitching is performed This is used to combine the transmit
513. ples of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 7 5 Arbitration An arbitration algorithm takes care of the priority between grey scale and color code in 2D Flow imaging where the two has to be blended in such a way that the color information is correctly superimposed on to the black and white tissue information Since a pixel can only be of one data type both tissue and flow data are weighted and the greater is selected as the output pixel Convert Arb sel to Tissue Type Fig 7 5 Arbitration A1 44 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound System Description rev 07 System Description rev 07 8 Introduction 8 1 Overview The purpose of this document is to give a system overview with special emphasis on data flow from the probes to the monitor A block diagram Front End and Mid rev 10 on page 1 3 is used as a reference for the description starting with 9 General Information The system is divided conceptually into four functional blocks 10 Front End 11 Mid Processors 12 Display and Control and 13 Keyboard I O and Peripherals 8 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 25 Aug 1994 GRL First version 02 2 Jan 1995 LHS Updated layout Corrected some minor errors 03 21 Aug 1996 GRL Minor corrections added descr of HV supply 04 28 Feb 1999 LHS Updated and corrected some errors 05 9 Sep 1999 LHS Some small
514. plete B1 1 Block Diagrams Boards B2 1 Block Diagrams B3 1 Block Diagrams amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page B 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files B1 01 Innh 02 5 ice S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 sh HD User James i arb Servi Macinto Block Diagrams Complete Overview Introduction Table of Contents This part of the Service Manual holds the block diagrams for mmmrivE This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Front End and Mid rev 10 B1 3 Display Control and I O rev 09 B1 4 Display Control and I O rev 09 B1 4 1 Front End rev 04 B1 5 MID Processor rev 02 B1 6 Display rev 02 B1 7 I O rev 02 B1 8 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes B1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I femid 10 02 compl 5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B1 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front End and Mid rev 10 System FiVe Block Schematic Complete Page 1 of 3 Front End and Mid rev 10
515. proper handling can lead to early probe failure and electric shock hazards DO NOT disinfect or sterilize probes by autoclaving or ethylene oxide gas process DO NOT soak or wipe the probe face with methanol ethanol isopropanol or any other al cohol based cleaner Doing so could result in irreversible damage to the probe s lens DO follow the specific cleaning disinfection procedures provided with the documentation of your product as well as the germicide manufacturer s instructions Failure to do so will void probe warranty G1 6 Service Manual FA091050 rev Mar S5 serv files HO 01 Innh 06 josh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 Servicel Macint Servi Printed December 5 2000 Config amp Rev Control Overview Introduction This part of the Service Manual describes the Configura tions and hardware revisions used in mmmriVE Table of Contents This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual Contents Page Compatibility Overview rev 15 H1 1 Board Compatibility List H2 1 Elite Performance and Premium Systems H2 2 Membership Systems H2 10 Advantage Systems H2 14 e Compatibility Notes H2 18 128 vs 256 channel systems H3 1 Board Revision History H4 1 Power Supply Revision History rev 01 5 1 Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes H1 2 System FiVe Se
516. r memory size and IDs before any Host CPU can read it with a PCI Configuration cycle The Image Port Video Decoder The Image Port Video Decoder is based on the SAA7191 from Philips It is connect ed to the l C bus mastered by the I960RP The CSR registers in the Video Decoder is accessed over the IC bus by I960RP code using the 2 interface registers The Video Decoder supports both PAL and NTSC video formats and will be pro grammed prior to Video capture Image Memory board rev 03 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A4 9 Image Memory board rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 9 Introduction 9 1 Abstract This document is a description of the Image Memory board IMMEM in The board is commercially available from Micro Memory Inc USA and the descrip tion is based upon information found in the Users Guide for the board Starting second half of 1999 a new Image Port board with onboard memory was in troduced as an alternative to the Image Port board Image Memory board combina tion See Image Port Board rev 02 on page A4 3 for details 9 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 22 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 1 Nov 1999 LHS Included info about IP2 board 03 01 Nov 2000 JB Moved Test and Diagnostics to Ch K 9 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature RAM Random Access Memory PLD Programmable Logic Device LED Li
517. rade to v 1 9 14 7 Change The Boot Configuration Back To Normal 1 Type bootChange at the hyperaccess terminal prompt and hit ENTER The boot configuration is displayed in Table 0 7 on page 39 Note Continue to press ENTER on Laptop to Scroll from one entry to the next For each new entry the Change to must be entered Do not backspace Bootconfiguration Original data Default entry Change to Comments Boot device scsi 0 0 ei scsi 0 0 Boots over ethernet interface Processor number 0 0 Just hit return Host name Just hit return File name hd0 vx040 st hd0 vx040 st Just hit return vx040 st Inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 3 222 21 232 fffff 3 222 21 2 Address recorded in c00 c00 32 fffffc00 step 2 page 15 Inet on backplane Just hit return b Host inet h 3 222 21 5 period Gateway inet g Just hit return User u 55 rack 55 rack Just hit return Ftp password pw s5 Enter period to erase blank use rsh password Flags f 0x8 0x8 Just hit return Target name tn wind8 wind8 Just hit return Startup script s etc init period etc init Other o ei period ei Table 0 7 Boot Configuration restoration After the last entry in the bootChange table this message will appear value 0 0X0 gt 14 8 Finishing the Upgrade 1 Exit the server by closing the Chameleon FTP server Failure to close the FTP server may corrupt the driver
518. rallel Port Interface An ASIC PCCchip2 provides an 8 bit bidirectional parallel port In addition to the 8 bits of I O data there are two control signals and 5 status signals which can interrupt System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound CPU board rev 02 the uP The port can be used as a Centronics compatible printer port or as a general parallel I O port 19 10 Ethernet Interface A 82596CA is used to implement the Ethernet transceiver interface The device ac cesses local RAM using DMA operations to perform its normal functions Each MVME167 board is assigned an Ethernet Station Address displayed on a label at tached to the P2 connector The address is also stored in the NVRAM 19 11 SCSI Interface A NCR 53C710 SCSI I O controller provides support for mass storage subsystems to be connected Such devices are hard optical and floppy disk drives System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 4 19 Mother Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Mother Board 20 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 21 21 1 21 2 A4 20 Introduction Overview The Motherboard design includes a 16 slot VME 64 bus architecture It does also in clude a 16 bit FE bus and some analog buses video and analog signals Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 25 Aug 97 LHS First version of document Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature FE b
519. rallel signals debi bee eX eee eee A6 7 2 13 Power Distribution A6 7 2 14 External O SIQnalS 3c a wasana da a da Wla ed RETO ae dia A6 7 External I O board 3 0 Introduction A6 11 rev 02 3 1 Mele 225 u coz Sea EE EE RR EE EN e Cara nasa A6 11 3 2 Document History A6 11 3 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature A6 11 3 4 u cuve e o dod ed ges ee e aki A6 11 4 0 Descriptions Lisci buye ue RE EAE A6 11 4 1 E S RIRs A6 11 4 2 VIGO eia ina dados pact eaa ts Y dcs UR ded UR A6 12 4 3 RGB go A6 12 4 4 dou iius de bc atte oo abd is A6 12 4 5 SsVId60 Nic tthe SES ot retener ER TE OS A6 12 4 6 SGSl 2urniterface zc rd ELDER PIENE A6 12 4 7 RS 232nterfa e eis iad ewe aa edes Rt a A6 13 4 8 Ethernet A6 13 4 9 Trigger A6 14 4 10 Analog A6 14 Intro 26 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table of Contents continued Chapter Description The Peripheral Modules Peripherals rev 1 1
520. rameters done Initialize ParameterDictionary done initialized supervisor Connected to front panel Create VideoOut View 6 seconds filecach ntries 1033 dircache entries 181 FileCache is up to date done Initialize gaGui done Create Users View and slider SONY VCR detected Registering ProbeTempSource pipe pipe probeTemp Registering RackTempEventSource pipe pipe rackTemp Registering FootSwitchEventSource pipe pipe footSwitch Registering PowerDownEventSource pipe pipe powerDown Registering HeartRateEventSource pipe pipe heartRate Registering ProbeEventSource pipe pipe probeEvent Registering EventSource3D pipe pipe acq3D Registering ScanPlane2EventSource pipe pipe scanPlane2 RFT RPC loadprogram ok FEC RPC loadprogram ok SYSTEM FIVE Version High End SDP_RPC loadprogram ok CFP_RPC loadprogram ok IOP RPC loadprogram ok done Create Remote control done Create setup dialog done Create screen conf dialog done Create patient browser PatientBrowser readUDTData failed done Create macXfer EchoPAC talk successfully started Waiting for EchoPAC to con done EnmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K07 7 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 K07 8 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Create Clipboard ClipboardDisplay ClipboardDisplay getObject failed Na
521. rays an object can be scanned from different direc tions By combining the data ac quired from these directions an image with better resolution and finer speckle can be obtained A1 4 Compression Amplification of low level echoes and attenuation of high level ech oes so that both can be displayed and visualized at the same time A1 4 Contrast Resolution The ability to show a signal from a weak target close to a strong tar get also called local dynamic range A1 4 CPU Microprocessor board K02 1 CTS Clear to send A4 17 CW Continuous Wave Doppler A2 29 A3 9 A8 11 D DC Direct Current A8 6 A8 9 Depth of Focus The distance on each side of the focal point where the beam inten sity is above a certain number A1 4 DFT Discrete Fourier Transform A3 9 DP Doppler A2 12 DSP Digital Signal Processor A2 48 A2 53 A3 9 A3 12 A6 3 A6 11 DTXM Dual Transmitter Module A2 22 Dynamic focus Tracking of the focus point during receive from close to far depths A1 4 E ECG Electro Cardio Gram A2 53 A6 5 A6 11 EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programma ble Read Only Memory A2 3 Effective Aperture The projected aperture when an gling the beam using phased ar rays A1 3 Elite Systems High End 256 channels 128 tx and analog rx channels 256 digital BF chan nels H1 2 EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility mmmriVE Service Manual FA091050 rev I P 1 Abbreviations D
522. rd It should be noted that on the first systems shipped out the fall of 1995 a lot of the boards have revisions lower than the ones listed below and only a few of them had revisions written into the EZPROMS This does not necessarily imply that the boards are incompatible but rather that they are prototypes that may functionally be equal to the ones in the list If in doubt contact GEVU technical support The List starts on page H2 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev H2 1 serv 1 2 03 compat b1 17 55 ServiceMan S5 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service Compatibility Overview rev 15 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 Elite Performance and Premium Systems Printed December 5 2000 Elite Performance and Premium Systems 256 channels Notes SW v 1 7 SWv 1 74 SWv 18 SW v 1 9 se Board P N Apr 99 Nov 99 Sep 99 1 9 x Dec Bade pr P 99 Nov 00 H2 18 RLY FA200020 A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B B C B C B C B C B D B D B D B D B E B E B E B E RLY FA200434 A A A A A A A A 5 8 A B A B A B A B A C A C A C A C A D A D A D A D RLY 2 FA200890 A A A A A A A A A B A B A B A B RLY PAL PB2 FA200799 A A A A A A A A TX128 FA200021 B D B D B D B D 1 B E B E B E B E 1 B F B F B F B F 1 B G B G B G B G 1 C H C H C H C H 1 C I C I C I C I 1 C J C J C J C J 1 RX128 FA200022 B B B B B B B B 3 C G C G C G
523. rd rev 01 14 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 Descriptions General Description As can be seen from the block diagram the design contains 16 FTC processors han dling filtering and autocorrelation 4 Velocity processors handling averaging and pa rameter estimation and 1 Master processor controlling the other 20 This gives a total of 21 processors The purpose of having this many DSPs is to get the desired processing speed The VME is used for communication between the Master DSP and the CPU There is no ultrasound data transfer on the VME bus A dedicated bus known as the Pipelink is used for data transfers Input Dispatcher Data that arrives on the PipeLink have to be separated and given to the appropriate FTC processor The FTC processors handles data from the different ranges To do this a so called Input Dispatcher implemented in an Actel FPGA This device is placed between the PipeLink input and the FIFOs going to the FTCs The Dispatcher checks if this mid processor is the destination of the data If so the Input Dispatcher then gives write signals to the dedicated FIFOs FTC DSPs 16 of the DSPs are called FTC DSPs These DSPs perform both fixed target cancel ling and autocorrelation on the different ranges The number of ranges to be pro cessed can vary between 64 and 512 Two different autocorrelation algorithms will be supported the conventional one used in the CFM products and an advanced one which main advantage
524. rd failure Normally off 5 1 9 Image Port 2 LED Color Description Normally state Red Lit on CPU selftest failure or reset Normally off Yellow Lit when CPU is addressing the local bus Yellow Lit when Firmware empties data FIFO to Image Memory Yellow Lit when IP2 registers FIFOs are accessed by the local CPU Green Board ok Normally on Red Board failure Normally off 5 1 10 Graphic uP LED Color Description Normally state Red Board failure Normally off on during power up Green Board ok Normally on Yellow Local bus active On during bus activity Yellow VME slave Yellow VME master x server On when graphics updated on screen 5 1 11 Scan Converter LED Color Description Normally state Green Board ok Normally on Red Board failure Normally off on during power up Yellow Bus master On during scanning i e data transfers K05 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 1 12 Image Memory Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 LED Color Description Normally state Green VME On during scanning i e data transfers Green VSB Normally off Green D64 On during scanning i e data transfers Green ALU On during scanning i e data transfers Red ERROR Normally off Some boards only have 3 LEDs 2 green and one req
525. release FA200063 A B 6262 Labels included FA200063 A C 6861 Doc error Incorrect CD revision FA200063 A D 7166 Increased power Added two zener diodes FA200063 B E 8685 Introduced FA200982 as repl for 012E2208 FA200063 C F 8772 Increased power for HV1 HV2 to 12W 5 HV Power Supply Subassembly Box 200114 P N Rev MCD C N Change Description Rev FA200114 A A 5915 Doc Release FA200114 B 7670 New mounting frame FA307509 FA200114 C C 7746 Use of old VERO box FA2001 18 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files I 01 Innh 55 ServiceMan S5 lacintosh HD User James i arb Servic Printed December 5 2000 Revision Req List Reference This list has been included in Chapter H Please refer to Board Compatibility List on page H1 1 Revision Req List amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page l 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev EZETIFIVETroubleshooting Guide 5 serv files K00 TroubleshootGuide 13 Mans Printed December 5 2000 losh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel Macint Overview Introduction This part of the mmmriVE Service manual describes how to troubleshoot the instrument Describsions in The following describsions are included in this part of the this part of the manual manual Chapter Description Page 1 Introduction 01 1 2
526. res AcquisitionTest feTest using default curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig testO res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig testO res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res FrontEndCtrl_C enableNoProbeScan enable 1 Reading IQ buffer ok Digital test 1 MLA 0 PASSED Opened hd0 usr app test etc digtest1x mat Loading tx setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx params res AcquisitionTest feTest using default curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig testO res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Loading BF cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc dig testO res Loading TX cache setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx delaysO res Reading IQ buffer ok Digital test 1 MLA 1 0 PASSED 35 Digital test 2 both for MLA 0 and MLA 1 Digital test patterns are injected into each channel both MLAs and the result for each channel is compared to a master value 35 Digital test 6 Opened hd0 usr app test etc digtest2x mat Loading tx setup from hadO usr app acquis test etc tx params res Acquisition Test feTest using default ATGC curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal Loading
527. rev D or above Image Port 2 can only be used from system sw v 1 8 and onwards 16 Part of the System FiVe Advantage High Framerate Kit GEVU P N FB200188 System sw v 1 9 is included in the kit 17 FA200009 does not work with software v 1 8 and higher due to memory allocation problems 18 Require a 64 Mbyte additional RAM if Image Port 2 board is not present H2 18 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 6 2 RX BF FEC MBD combinations The table below shows the allowed RX BF FEC MBD combinations SW Version RX BF FEC MBD board boards Premium Systems From V1 0 FA200022 FA200001 FA200009 revisions to V1 7 1 and FA200669 onwards FA200764 From V1 2 2 FA200638 FA200382 FA200009 All revisions and onwards FA200669 FA200764 From V1 5 FA200776 FA200382 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA200765 FA200764 onwards From V1 7 FA200907 FA200765 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA200764 onwards Performance Systems From V1 6 FA200776 FA200765 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA200764 onwards From v1 7 and FA200907 FA200765 FA200669 Rev C C and onwards FA200764 onwards Membership Systems From V1 2 2 FA200522 FA200538 FA200669 Rev C C and and onwards FA200764 onwards From V1 7 FA200777 FA200538 FA200669 R
528. ribution The PRC board receives two differential 40MHz clocks on ECL level C4011H C4011L 040 and C40Q1H C40Q1L U19 from the FEC board C4011 is fed through an ECL to TTL clock converter chip U30 providing several 40 MHz clocks on TTL level C4011 and SRES1_L are used to generate a 20MHz clock C20 in a flip flop U59 This clock is converted to TTL and distributed to the IV sections 4011 and C40Q1 are exclusive or ed U19 U29 to generate 160MHz then divided by 5 in a counter U89 to obtain 32MHz for the IV option Control As mentioned in section section 22 the PRC board is controlled by the FEC board over the FE bus The XDCTRL board is controlled by the CPU board on two RS 232 lines The module revision of the PRC board is programmed in a serial EEPROM U48 which can be read by the FEC board Outputs The main outputs from the board are the Annular Array and Stand Alone Doppler transmit channels AA XD 1 8 motor drives for AA probes AAMOTP N and probe System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 and temperature sense data sent over the FE data bus FE D 0 15 to the FEC board Table 4 Main Outputs SIGNAL DESRIPTION DESTINATION LEVEL AAXD1 6 Transmit Channels 1 6 AA probe 130 AAXD7 81 DP Transmit Channels 1 2 DP probe 130V5 max AAMOTP Motor for AA probes AA probe 0 5V AAMOTN Motor
529. robes E1 2 Annular Phased Array Transducer APAT E1 2 Electronically Steered Probes E1 3 Doppler Probes E1 5 Probes E2 1 Support List rev 13 E2 1 Flat Phased Array FPA Probes E2 3 e Flat Linear Array FLA Probes E2 3 Curved Linear Array CLA Probes E2 3 TV Probes E2 3 e FPA MPTE Probes E2 4 e APA Probes E2 4 Doppler Probes E2 4 Probes GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes E 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files E1 02 Probes 05 55 s e S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic GE Vingmed Ultrasound Probes rev 05 1 Overview 1 1 Abstract Probes rev 05 This document describes the probes that can be used on the 2 Document History Table 1 Document History Revision Date By Description 01 21 Mar 1994 ALO Initial release 02 10 Oct 1996 HH lhs Updated layout corrected spelling typing errors removed unsupported probes added new probes 03 11 Oct 1996 LHS Updated 04 9 Sep 1999 EAT HH Updated contents per v 1 8 release Ihs Added several probes 05 14 Dec 1999 LHS Added one probe KW100004 per v 1 9 release 06 02 Nov 00 JB Changed Probe frequency from 5 to 8 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Probes rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 Mechanical Steered Probes
530. rocessors 29 30 31 32 33 34 Figure 0 4 Mid Processor Boards ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 29 SPECTRAL DOPPLER PROCESSOR 1 FA200026 30 COLOR FLOW PROCESSOR 1 FA200027 31 IMAGE PORT 2 1 FA200572 32 GRAPHIC 5 1 FA200030 33 SCAN CONVERTER 1 FA200029 34 CPU BOARD VME 64 SYSTEM 5 1 FA200109 VME 64 SYSTEM 5 x Table 0 3 Card Rack Card Cage Mid Processor Boards FA091050 rev 01 19 System FiVe REM 3 1 3 Display and Control Modules Figure 0 5 Front Panel Dispaly amp Rotary and Main Boards GE Vingmed Ultrasound ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 35 ROTARY amp DISPLAY BD 4 1 FB200177 36 FP ROTARY DISPLAY BOARD 1 FA200057 37 FP MAIN BOARD 2 1 FA200191 3 1 4 I O Boards ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 38 INTERNAL I O COMPLETE 1 FA200925 39 EXTERNAL I O COMPLETE 1 FA200926 40 TRANSDUCER BUS BOARD 1 FA200064 41 IV amp DP CONNECTOR BOARD 2 FA200248 42 TEMP SENSE 1 FA200255 O1 20 FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe REM 3 1 5 Power Supplies 45 44 43 1 752525255 Figure 0 6 Rear end of Card Cage and Rear end of Scanner with Rear Lower Cover removed ITEM Name FRU Part Number Description Notes 43 AC POWER
531. roll from one entry to the next Entry Name Possible Entry Example Actual Entry Comments Boot device scsi 0 0 Processor number 0 Host name File name hd0 vx040 st Inet on ethernet e 3 222 21 232 fffffc00 If in network this IP address will be different Inet on backplane b Host inet h Gateway inet g User u s5_rack Ftp password pw blank use rsh Flags f 0x8 Target name tn wind8 Startup script s etc init Other o ei Table 0 4 Default Bootsettings 3 Once the laptop has scrolled through the above information it will display 0 0 0 gt Section 13 0 Set Laptop IP Address 1 Onthe windows desktop open My Computer then Control Panel then Network gt TCP IP then 3 Com Ether Link III LAN PC Card 3C589D some laptops may have a different card record old settings then enter an IP address from the following choices Note If it is unclear as to whether the system you are loading with the new soft System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 15 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound ware is an old system a new system or a networked system reboot the system See Record System FiVe Settings on page 15 and record the Backplane Address during the Boot Sequence The Backplane address will be a 193 series number a 3 222 series number or if net worked any possi
532. rom the board The active level is defined in the system configuration menu Parallel signals The I O module will include a bidirectional parallel interface Centronics for image text printing on B W printers and data transfer between a post processing unit The parallel interface controller is included on the module Required components are only a 25 pin D SUB connector In order to use as much standard cable assemblies as possible a standard PC parallel pin out is choose This is a standard Centronics port used to support Printers in the system Power Distribution Voltages available on the Internal I O module 5V 12V and 15V These voltages are required for Disk Drives and Front Panel Fuses on the boards for external outputs are provided The following units will be supported with DC power from the board The Front Panel Flexi disk mounted in the Front Panel HD mounted in free space near to the CPU and I O board e Optical Disk This may be served with AC power if it is based on a free standing cabinet unit or with DC power if it is built into the system Patient I O module External I O module External signals Following signals to External I O module are buffered routed through the Internal 1 O module Composite Video The signal is prepared for driving composite video to an external monitor or printer It consists of the following lines System
533. ront panel see Front Panel Test Procedure in the Trouble shooting Guide Description QWERTY keyboard replacement 1 Unscrew the four M4 screws holding the QWERTY keyboard up underneath the front panel assembly Pull the assembly straight down Note that on the first systems this assembly plugs into the front panel main board On the later systems there is a cable between the QWER TY assembly and the main board Replace the QWERTY keyboard assembly Remember to connect the cable make sure the connectors mate properly on first systems Mount the new QWERTY keyboard assembly with the four M4 screws In order to test the new QWERTY keyboard see Front Panel Test Procedure in the Troubleshooting Guide System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 5 serv files L1 07 hd 03 Man S e S5 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic Printed December 5 2000 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Hard Disk Replacement Procedure rev 02 Hard Disk Replacement Procedure 17 Introduction 17 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the harddisk 17 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 17 April 1995 GRL First version of document 02 2 October 1996 LHS Included x ref to section N Soft ware Overview 03 Nov 2000 JB Added Hard Disk handling Warning 18 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 Flat screwdriver size 2 19 Descr
534. rt Differences H3 2 RLY P N 200020 H4 1 REY FA200434 u slran sree kh H4 1 RLY FA2008 70 5r eC Re UR HR EE RR uda H4 1 RLY 2 200890 H4 1 RLY PAL PB2 200799 H4 2 TX128 200021 H4 2 TX128 v2 200999 H4 2 RX128 200022 H4 2 RX128 200638 H4 3 128 2 200776 4 3 128 2 FA200907 H4 3 RX64 200522 H4 4 RX64V 2 FA2007 77 lt i lt xe SASS noes H4 4 PRC FA200264 4 4 Xducer Bus Board 200064 H4 5 XDCTRL 1200078 H4 5 BF32 2 MLA 20 MHz A D 200001 H4 5 BF32 2MLA 40 MHz A D FA200382 H4 6 BF32 1MLA 40 MHz A D FA200538 H4 6 BF32 2MLA FA200765 H4 6 BF32 1 200811 4 6 FA200009 52 peed ET uya ea ee K I H4 7 FEC 200669 4 7 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Introducti
535. rvice Manual FA091050 rev I serv flles H1 02 compat a 16 Man S5 Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Service S5_Servicel GE Vingmed Ultrasound Compatibility Overview rev 15 Compatibility Overview rev 15 1 Introduction 1 1 Purpose The intention with this document is to give an overview of the compatibility between the different boards software and hardware in System FiVe 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 1 Mar 1996 GRL First version of document 02 31 May 1996 GRL Updated with latest revisions on TX128 RX128 PRC XDCTRL BF SDP 03 1 Aug 1996 GRL V1 1 release 04 5 May 1997 GRL V1 2 release 05 20 Jun 1997 GRL V1 2 1 V1 2 2 releases Added configuration for the Membership system 128 ch system 06 4 Nov19 97 GRL V1 3 release 07 22 Dec 1997 GRL V1 3 1 release 08 12 May 1998 GRL Updated per V1 4 release 09 16 Sept 1998 GRL Updated per V1 5 release 10 18 Dec 1998 GRL Updated per V1 5 2 release 11 16 Jan 1999 JK Updated per V1 6 release 12 27 Apr 1999 JK Updated some of the contents 13 10 Aug 1999 JK LHS Reorganized the contents Updated per V1 7 release 14 6 Sep 1999 LHS Updated per V1 8 release Combined the docu ments for Elite Performance and Premium sys tems 15 25 Oct 1999 LHS Updated pr v 1 7 1 release 16 22 Dec 1999 JK LHS Updated per v 1 9 release 17 02 Nov 2000 JB Up
536. s IMAGE MEMORY 16 256 MBYTE RING BUFFERS System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 2 Bridge 1960RP Processor CONTROL BOX INSIDE SYSTEM BIRD POSITION SENSOR OPTIONAL x BIRD RECEIVER RS232 POWER FERRITE Ee RECEIVER BIRD TRANSMITTER LOCATED ON PROBE FERRITE MAC SERIAL DATA A OPTIONAL aislada OPTIONAL DRAWING NUMBER FILE TYPE OF DOCUMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM DESIGNER DATE SIGN MODULE pATAn System FiVe rom n s KK REV APPROVET Macintosh 55 ServiceMan S5 serv files B1 035 compl dsplio 2 10 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 Display Control and I O rev 09 Supervision with Integrated Mac and RGB S VHS Switch Boxes System FiVe Block Schematic Complete Page 3 of 3 TO PRC lt RXDI TXDI XDCTRL FROM SDP DOPLA LIVE FROM SDP DOPLB LIVE nz z Eccc ccc VME BUS VME BUS lt ra ja M rx VME INTERFACE VME INTERFACE RECURSIVE FILTERING IMAGE BUFFER CFM ENCODING CONTROLLER G2 MBYTE RING BUFFERS ADDRESS SE PIPELINK PIPELINK DATA TYPE DECODER DISPATCHER COMPRESSION COLOR ENCODER VIDEO REJECT
537. s K03 20 e No Doppler 2D ok K03 20 Specife Doppler Problems uuu sa a k n a ed Mu h we k e A diu K03 20 e Analog Traces ECG Phono Pressure K03 20 e NSE Pit 1a Leda ka neden Ed doe Ec ead RR i eq E K03 21 Related PIDDIBITIS 544 bb a A 0 d ATTE E K03 21 Power Heating Problems System Shut down K03 21 Power wileh PIBDISITIS aa sa sk a CE DIA QUEE EE K03 22 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 3 Start up Problems 3 3 1 System Doesn t Boot This is an overall diagram showing a recommended sequence for troubleshooting a no boot situation System doesn t boot Check AC Power voltages D Ref Power Distribution diagram check DC Power voltages Ref DC Power test procedure Connect PC terminal and check messages observe where boot process is halted Check boards using Check replace harddisk the test software via PC terminal Check LEDs on the boards r LED overview C Replace the faulty board K03 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 3 2 Start up Problems AC Power Related Ref Sy
538. s to allow only the number of units needed equal to the number of MLAs to be installed On newer boards called RFT1 one or two MLAs are included on the board no daughter module needed The RTF1 boards are produced in two versions RFT and RFT NOMLA The NOMLA version is a de populated board with only one RF processing unit reduced IQ buffer memory and the spectrum dop pler filter replaced by a sw filter performed by the DSP The RFT1 board receives its input data from the Beam Former board In case of MLA Multi Line Ac quisition the input may be from up to two 2 parallel data streams After the signal processing of the data has been done the RFT board sends its output data out on the PipeLink Document History Rev Date By Description 01 5 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 27 Mar 95 LHS Added block diagram updated 03 29 Mar 99 MLH LHS Included description for the RFT1 boards including the RTF NOMLA board 04 01Nov 00 JB Moved Test features to Ch K Edited Fonts 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomen clature list starting on page P 1 1 4 References Block Diagrams and the RF amp Tissue Proc Block Diagram rev 02 on page H1 10 Board history RFT FA200373 on page H1 8 Board formats A1 72 System description A1 49 Trouble shooting guide 1 1 System FiVe Service Manua
539. s an 8 bit data bus and 6 control bits Since all BF boards shall be identical the address decoding for selecting one partic ular board is slot dependent The 16 bit FE Data Bus is utilized by connecting alter nating BF board slots to the low byte FE D 0 7 and high byte FE D 8 15 respectively in order to improve the data rate see Table 7 The slot signals SLOT 0 1 are pulled high on the board but will be grounded on the motherboard according to Table 7 Slot Data SDS SLOTO SLOT1 BF1 FE D 0 7 FE SLDS L L BF2 FE D 8 15 FE SUDS L H BF3 FE_D 0 7 FE SLDS H L BF4 FE D 8 15 FE SUDS H H Table 7 FE Bus Slot Determined Signals System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 45 Beam Former Board BF rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound SEQ U67 VRAM 0144 0147 FE PA 9 Ctrl 4 ct l sd en FE SA 5 Z pata 4 MLA0 Addr 9 Addr SDL CTRL 6 SLOT 2 SC4 TACK Data 4 MLA0 97 SD C40 gt SC4 o 47 Data 4 MIAT 97 SD Transceiver U9 4 Z Ctrl SC4 2 4 Data 4 97 SD D 0 3 FE D 8 b lt D 4 7 FEBus Register U117 _ b 4 24 V PG SEL MLA0 7 2 SEL MLA1 4 Z 30 Outputs Fig 29 3 Parameter Cache Interface signals The main outputs from
540. s see below 20 1 8 DC Power Supply Switching noise from the DC Power Supply may cause noise straight down in 2D If such noise is present also after having removed the XDBUS boards it may origin from the power supply DC Power supplies have caused excessive noise on ECG but only on 128 channel systems and only when ECG disconnected 20 1 9 TX Power Supply HV Supply Some down rev TX Power Supplies have been found to have severe banding in Doppler at maximum Power setting If the noise is disappeared if Power is reduced one or two clicks the noise is likely to be caused by the TX Power All supplies should be upgraded per the V1 2 upgrade procedure 20 1 10Grounding 13 2 e Grounding of shield boards to chassis both up and down Otherwise there may be noise in 2D white noise straight down Color Flow green noise straight down and or Doppler horizontal bands e sure that the shield for the Patient I O cable is connected to ground Oth erwise you may have flashes of noise straight down System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 21 Fuses and Circuit Breakers For location of the different fuses see the Assembly Drawings section of the service ses 12 Man S5 serv files K14 Fu 55 Service Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic manual Location
541. s Not Enabled Password 3 Verify that the supplied Password corresponds to the System s Serial Number listed on the screen Note For systems with motherboard Serial Numbers up to 290 the Serial Number must be typed in manually 4 Enter the given password to enable the options for the system 15 10 Paperwork Completion 1 Complete and return the Product Locator Card 2 Leave the Password paper sheets with the customer 3 Leave the sw 1 9 CD and the Release Notes FA040050 with the customer System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 43 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound N 44 EmmriVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev EZETIFIVE Spare Parts Overview Introduction This part of the Service Manual describes spare parts for use in mumriVE Table of Contents This table gives you an overview for this part of the Service Manual 5 serv filesO1 01 Parts Man S Printed December 5 2000 amp S5 Servicel lacintosh HD User James i arb Servic Contents Page Introduction O1 3 Parts List O1 3 Card Rack Boards O1 3 I O Boards 01 5 Power Supplies 01 5 Front Panel Parts O1 6 Peripheral and MAC Devices O1 6 Probes 01 9 Misc Parts O1 10 Cables O1 13 Spare Parts 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes O1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I artl
542. s can be ac cessed simultaneously for both the main screen and the standard video output VME Interface From the VME interface two separate overlays are provided One overlay is for the window system and the other is for video X server The Graphics board supports a window system x server RAMDAC and RGB outputs Two RAMDACs one for system the monitor RGB and one for PAL NTSC RGB con vert the digital 8 bit and B words to analog RGB which is buffered before fed out of the GRAPH board System RGB is available on three coax connectors on the motherboard while PAL NTSC RGB is routed to the INT I O board over the mother board Video and S VHS outputs Both PAL and NTSC video and S VHS outputs are provided for VCRs and printers The signals are routed to the INT I O board for buffering and further distribution to both internal peripherals and external devices via the EXT board Serial Interfaces The GRAPH board provides serial RS 232 communication with the front panel In addition there are two more serial ports routed to the INT I O board MC68040 uP A standard MC68040 microprocessor is the controller on the board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound CPU board rev 02 CPU board 18 Introduction 18 1 Overview This document is a description of the CPU board BEZIFIVE The board is based upon the MC68040 microprocessor and contains the followin
543. s for your LAN card preventing you from doing upgrades in the future 2 Shutthe System FiVe down using the power switch 3 Remove the twisted pair cable used for the FTP transfer Leave the null modem RS 232 cable installed to observe the boot If required reconnect network cable and or transceiver 4 Turn the system ON again Verify boot up sequence is similar as shown in ERZEDTIFIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 section Section 12 0 on page 31 Verify system functionality in all scanning modes Section 15 0 Completion of the Upgrade 15 1 Enable the Password Controlled Functions To get access to the Password Controlled Functions the correct password is needed These Password Controlled Functions are available as separate options Follow these instructions to enable the Password Controlled Functions 1 2 3 4 5 Press the SETUP key once to display the Setup menu on the screen Select the Configuration amp Test submenu In the Configuration Test submenu select Options to view the System FiVe Installed Modules window Highlight the Password field type the correct password for this scanner and press Enter Verify that the correct options are turned on yellow color 15 2 Restoring System Setups When upgrading from sw v 1 8 only Restore the presets as described in section 15 3 2 Restore Setups on page
544. s missing install it from disk and delete it after the printertest is done if necessary 3 Verify ability to save and recall to from the MO disk to verify proper functionality 4 Verify the eject function by pushing Fn and E 18 9 5 Screen Switching Switch to EchoPAC with the EchoPAC button See that the entire screen is used to display EchoPAC and that track ball works See that help is displayed in EchoPAC when the HELP button is used Switch back to S5 and verify placement image quality 18 9 6 VCR Recording 1 Start recording with VCR 2 Switch between S5 and mac via EchoPAC key 3 Stop recording rewind and play back the tape See that the recorded data is the same that was shown on screen Verify quality of recording 18 9 7 EchoPac 3D If EchoPAC 3D is installed perform this test to make sure it works properly Tego Nes 1 According to EchoPAC 3D User Manual FA292617 perform a 3D acquisition on a non metallic phantom make a cineloop and transfer it to the Macintosh through EchoPAC The acquisition should be done with a slowly translated and or tilted movement along the top of the phantom and by using the Long Acquisition application on System FiVe 2 Exit EchoPAC and start EchoPAC 3D 3 Open the loop in EchoPAC 3D and verify correct representation by a Looking at the geometry window and see that the acquisition geometry looks correct b Measure a distance 5 10 cm between two strin
545. s providing symmet rical outputs one generating 0 to 80V HV1 maximum 10W another generating 0 to 40V HV2 maximum 10W and a third generating 80V HV MUX maxi mum 8W The high voltages HV1 and HV2 are fed to the transmitter hybrids on the TX board for PA LA and to the PRC board for AA The HV MUX voltages are fed to the mul tiplexers located in the connector housing of the 192 element linear probes The two HV1 and HV2 supplies are controlled serially by the Front End Controller board which also surveils the voltage and current drawn This is done for output power safety purposes System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Bus Distribution rev 05 Bus Distribution rev 05 16 16 1 16 2 16 3 17 17 1 17 2 Introduction Abstract This is a description of the buses in Front End Bus on page A1 59 MLA Buses on page A1 61 Pipelink Bus on page A1 62 e VME Bus VME 64 on page A1 65 from IMMEM to CPU GRAPH for test on page A1 66 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 29 Aug 1994 GRL First version of document 02 20 Sep 1995 LHS Updated layout 02 1 5 Mar 1998 LHS Included 16 3 References updated layout 03 9 Sep 1999 LHS Updated to reflect that the Image Port 2 board has been introduced 04 18 Oct 1999 LHS Updated per 1 7 1 1 8 release 05 1 Oct 2000
546. s quite possible that the problem could be on the analog part of the module 3 14 Misc Problems 3 14 1 Fan Related Problems Ref System 5 Overall Power Distribution Ref Wiring diagram Internal cable harness When the stand by power switch is turned on the green LED is lit the green power indicator LED on the monitor is lit fans are not running but the system boots up he fans are always running at full speed Check that cable between ACPWR fans and Temp sen Sor is seated Check fuses on Temp Sense Replace AC Controller board Ref Replacement Procedure AC PWR and AC Controller Replace Temp sense board Ref Replacement Procedure Temp Sense board 3 14 2 AC Power Heating Problems System Shut down Some systems have shut themselves off due to overhetaing of the mains transform ers inside the ACCTRL box In order to improve the situation the thermal fuses in System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 21 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound side the transformers should be connected in parallel see service memo no 44 Also fans can be installed below the box see service bulletin no 102 From No vember 97 a new current limiter FA200558 replaces the old one 046 0140 With this solut ion the mains current does not go through the thermal fuses inside the transformer Thus the temperature on the fuses will not be as high as be
547. s ta h Duende hera ood ad pet 30 n K04 3 4 5 High Voltage K04 3 4 6 DC Voltage K04 4 4 7 Element Test aA Aveta REL Me ERES K04 5 4 8 Element to Channel 0 K04 7 5 0 LEDS 2 iau teeta defe patet 05 1 5 1 LEDs KO5 1 5 2 LED Status During K05 7 5 3 LEDs turned on in 20 K05 9 5 4 Additional LEDs Turned on in Color Flow K05 13 5 5 Additional LEDs Turned on in Doppler K05 13 6 0 Test K06 1 7 0 Booting Sequence K07 1 7 1 AUtoDbOOt tret pube Od Sui K07 1 7 2 V1 7 amp V1 7 1 Booting Sequence K07 3 7 3 V1 8 x amp V1 9 x Booting Sequence K07 6 8 0 Introduction to Test Software Guide K08 1 8 1 SI ets K08 1 8 2 Overview K08 1 9 0 Board Tests via External K09 1 9 1 Parts K09 1 9 2 5 K09 1 9 3 System Requirements K09 1 9 4 VxWorks Operating System Comm
548. s that were used for the old piggy back Insert the Processor board in the board rack in the same position it was before Be sure that it is seated properly Fasten the retaining screws Turn on the power and boot the scanner Verify that all the boards starts the red LEDs are turned off and that the system boots completely Turn off the system and mount the panels you removed earlier System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 27 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 9 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Section 9 0 Copy System FiVe Software from CD to PC 9 1 Create file structure on root directory C Note If the laptop has an Auto sleep feature it needs to be turned off during this procedure Make sure you have more than 20 MByte of free space on your hard disk On the windows desktop open the My Computer icon by double clicking on it then open the C icon On the C Window click File then New then Folder Name the new folder hd0 Repeat steps 1 to 3 to create another new folder and name it S5Netlnstall Do not create the second new folder in the first one create it on the root directory C Open the two new folders In the windows for the two new folders click View then details Do not close the windows at this time 9 2 Transfer files from the CD ROM 1 On the windows desktop return to the My Computer icon then open the CD Rom icon D On the CD there are two folders hd0
549. set INT I O TTL FP_AUDIO_L Doppler audio left and right SDP via INT 1 Vrms max R System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev A5 3 Front Panel rev 02 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 6 1 3 6 2 3 6 3 5 4 Descriptions Local uP The uP U2 is a Motorola MC6809 microprocessor running at 2 MHz derived from a local 8 MHz crystal oscillator devices described later are memory mapped The uP can be interrupted by timers the trackball the IR remote control and the two serial ports The uP can be reset by the system FPRES L by pressing a local reset switch SW1 or during power up by a power up reset circuitry RAM and EPROM The front panel contains 32 RAM U4 where the lower part of the memory space is used for the devices and the upper part is used for the stack and the 32 kB program EPROM Address Decoder Two PALs ADDEC U1 and DISPL U3 provide the chip select signals to the dif ferent devices Revision Detection The board part number and revision is written into a PAL FPREV U6 This infor mation can be read by the uP and transferred to the system Serial Interface There are two asynchronous RS 232 serial ports based upon a MC68681 DUART One port is for communication with the system Graphics board and another not currently used or shown on block diagram can be used for VCR control VIA The Versatile
550. set error and then accounting for these numbers later during the normal processing Setup The only requirement when doing this procedure is that a probe must be inserted in connector 1 When to Use This Procedure This procedure should be performed on all systems after sw upgrade to V1 2 and beyond and whenever a BF board is replaced or whenever BF boards are interchanged or whenever the hard disk is replaced e wheninstalling a System FiVe scanner at end user s site Procedure Press the Setup button on the keyboard Select Configuration amp Test Select GE Service At the password prompt enter service Q we Select Calibration Each A D converter will get OV input by setting ATGC to minimum One by one channel will be digitized and the result put in the IQ buffer on the RFT board The CPU will then read the IQ buffer and compare these numbers with a known good limit In order to verify that the numbers read are correct a ver ification reading is done The A Dsz are read once more the previously read numbers are subtracted from the recently read numbers and the result should now be 0 or 1 If all read values are ok the message PASSED will appear If values exceed ing the preset limit are read the system will prompt you with FAILED and a message telling which BF board that is bad The resulting offsets for each channel is stored in a file on the harddisk on the directory hdO usr ap
551. sired test number you will enter the test monitor and not the automatic test mla Toggle MLA number Get help text m Getthis menu q Return to BTM menu A sequence of FEC TX and BF tests This is a self test of the FEC board and the TX and BF cache interfaces gt 10 10 FEC TX BF Interface test automatic test PASSED System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 9 7 2 2 FEC Hw tests This is a test of the FEC board only n 11 FEC automatic test PASSED 9 7 2 3 TX tests 11 11 TX Cache and TPG tests PASSED 9 7 2 4 BF Cache tests gt 13 Cache test PASSED 9 7 2 5 PRC board gt 2 PRC Tests 20 Automatic self test 21 AA power test 22 temperature sensor test 23 PA temperature sensor test 24 Temperature threshold test 25 Probe sensor test 26 AA TPG test 20 Automatic test of the PRC board Initializing the board Testing Front End Interface passed 8 08 hex Testing AA Temp sensor AA low temp tesi passed 36 3 lt 36 0 36 8 gt System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K09 7 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound AA medium temp test low ref passed 42 1 lt 41 9 42 7 gt AA medium temp test h ref passed 42 1 lt 41 9 42 7 gt AA high temp test
552. sist among other things of a transducer element built up by 2 5 concentric rings made by a piezoelectric material where the rings are electrically isolated from each other High voltage ultrasound pulses in the range of 2 7 5 MHz are repeatedly applied to the dif ferent rings with a pulse repetition rate determined by the system setup like depth and an gle These pulses forming an ultrasound beam traverse into the body Most of the energy is absorbed attenuated apprx 1dB MHz cm in the tissue but some energy is reflected by A1 18 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 structures and moving blood cells These reflections are used to generate Tissue and Dop pler Flow images An advantage with the concentric rings in the annular array probes as opposed to phased array probes is the ability to focus also transverse to the scanning plane in addition to the normal focus in the axial and lateral planes In order to obtain an image of a plane through the heart the ultrasound beam must be swept in an arc This is done mechanically by a motor driving the element back and forth while transmitting and receiving Motor Cord Axle Element Fig 3 1 Element Movement System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 19 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 2 Moving the Transducer Element As outlined in the introduction the transdu
553. sition of the paddlesticks gt 00 is up or left gt 01 is center and gt 0215 down or right 18 6 7 TGC Slidepot test Move the TGC slide pot s A 16 digit code divided in eight 2 digit sections in the upper display shows up The position of the upper slide pot is displayed in the upper left section of the display code field and the lower slide pot is displayed in the lower right code field Values range from gt 00 slide pot left to gt 1 slide pot center may vary from 18 to 1C gt 33 slide pot right 18 6 8 Trackball test Move the trackball up and down left and right and verify the corresponding position of the arrow on the upper display System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K11 3 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 18 7 Peripheral and Tests 18 7 1 PAL NTSC Setting Selection of PAL NTSC must be done in the Video Settings menu password setfive Set both Video Standard and External Video Input to the appropriate video standard USA NTSC Europe PAL For other countries territories Contact the local GE Vingmed dealer for info 18 7 2 Record and Playback 1 Record 2D and Color Flow alternately and then Doppler with audio 2 Play back the recorded tape and verify the quality of the playbacked picture Expect some degeneration of the picture compared to the recorded one 3 Verify clean unsaturated Doppler audio
554. sive manner i e data from a certain number of ranges along a vector are aver aged by adding and division then one element is added on top and one element is subtracted in the bottom and another add divide is done This is repeated for all ranges along each beam Frequency Parameter Estimation The averaged autocorrelation numbers are used as inputs to three estimators com puting the velocity the bandwidth and finally the power or intensity of the signal in each range gate The first two are found with the help of look up tables stored in ex ternal RAM the last is calculated As for the FTC DSPs the programs for both av eraging and estimation has previously been loaded into the VEL DSPs from the master DSP Output Processing The 3 estimates from each of the 4 VEL DSPs are transferred through FIFOs to the master DSP Here they are first packed in 16 bit words power 4bit velocity 8bit bandwidth 4bit 16 bit then the 16 bit words are organized in a beam or vector and fed out on the pipelink through an output FIFO Control As mentioned before the Master DSP controls both the FTC and VEL DSPs serial ly It also organizes the data from the VEL DSPs and writes the vector data out on the pipelink bus after having tagged it with head and tail information In addition it communicates with the System CPU board over the VME bus and handles error sit uations and test facilities Display and Control The Display and Control bl
555. sound LED Color Description Normally state Red Board failure Normally off Green Board ok Normally on Yellow Bus protocol error Normally off Yellow Scan Normally off Yellow 5 1 4 Front End Controller LED Color Description Normally state Red Board failure Normally off Green Board ok Normally on Yellow Scan On when scanning Yellow Probe change On during probe change Yellow No probe On if no probe is selected Yellow HV overrange On if excessive HV is output usually on with V1 1 SW due to HV surveillance Yellow VME access On when communicating with CPU Yellow DSP running Normally blinking 1Hz heartbeat 5 1 5 RF and Tissue Processor LED Color Description Normally state Red Board failure Normally off Green Board ok Normally on Yellow DSP runs Normally blinking Yellow Data out on pipelink On during data transfers to pipelink Red Clock problems Normally off Red Clock problems Normally off Red Clock problems Normally off K05 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 1 6 Spectrum Doppler Processor Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 LED Color Description Normally state Upper batch of LEDs Red status Normally off on if errors warnings detected Green ok Normally on off if errors detected Yellow 0 l
556. st Points TPn Signal Description Name TP1 MCLK Master clock TP2 AVDD Isolated digital 5 V supply Isolated analogue 5 V supply TP4 AVEE Isolated analogue 5 V supply TP5 VDD Non isolated 5 V supply TP6 RFS Receive frame sync from A D convertor Front Panel 15 Test features A local self test of the front panel is started by pressing ALT SHIFT 1 after power has been turned on and VINGMED SOUND has been displayed in the upper dis play Note that the button 1 must be released first By pushing the buttons A2 and A4 different tests can be executed 15 1 Address Decoder Two PALs ADDEC U1 and DISPL U3 provide the chip select signals to the dif ferent devices 15 2 Revision Detection The board part number and revision is written into a PAL FPREV U6 This infor mation can be read by the uP and transferred to the system System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 15 3 15 4 15 4 1 15 4 2 15 4 3 15 4 4 15 4 5 15 5 15 6 K11 22 Serial Interface There are two asynchronous RS 232 serial ports based upon a MC68681 DUART One port is for communication with the system Graphics board and another not currently used or shown on block diagram can be used for VCR control VIA The Versatile Interface Adapter VIA contains two 8 bit parallel I O ports used to c
557. stem 5 Overall Power Distribution Ref Wiring diagram Internal cable harness ellow light is on but system does not turn on when switch is pressed o yellow light in stand by power switch and system is not turned on when switch is pressed Check that circuit breaker switch is turned on Check that power cable and power connector is plugged into the wall and are ok Check that cable between ACPWAR and INT I O is seated conn labelled ACCTRL Check that the 10 A fuse F50 Ref assy drawing on the ACCTRL board is ok AC Controller Check that the 15A fuses F1 and F2 on the ACCTRL board are ok If ok replace AC Controller board Ref Replacement procedure AC PWR and AC Controller If still problems replace Y Ref Replacement procedure Internal I O board Internal I O board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 3 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 3 3 Start up Problems DC Power Related AC Power ok Ref System 5 Overall Power Distribution Ref Wiring diagram Internal cable harness When the stand by power switch is turned on the green LED is lit the green power indicator LED on the monitor is lit fans are running but the system does not boot up Check that the AC power cable from ACPWR to the DC power supply is seated Check if any LEDs are lit in the card rack Light See start
558. sy images K03 17 O Operating System Commands VxWorks K09 1 Output Processing A1 52 P Parts List O1 3 amplifier board H2 5 2 12 H2 16 main board box H2 5 2 8 2 12 H2 16 Patient I O Block Diagram B2 9 Board Description A2 53 K09 21 Test Points K09 21 Replacement Procedure L 19 Patient Amplifier Board H4 15 Patient Main Board H4 15 Peak Detection A1 31 Penetration A1 4 Performance Test K11 1 Peripheral and I O Tests 11 4 Footswitch 11 4 R 6 Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Index PAL NTSC Setting K11 4 Printer Test K11 4 Record and Playback K11 4 Peripheral Modules A7 1 Peripheral Problems K03 1 1 Peripherals A1 55 A7 2 Phased and Linear Array Front End De scription A1 46 Phased Array A1 7 Phased Array Probes E1 3 Phased Array TE E1 5 Phased Array TE Probes E1 5 Phased Linear Array Imaging A1 5 Pipelink Bus A1 62 Description A1 49 Pixel Encoder A1 54 Pixel Bus A1 66 Plane Arrays A1 6 Poor image quality K03 18 Power Distribution AC Power Supply A1 57 DC Power Supply A1 58 High Voltage Power Supply A1 58 Power modules A8 1 Power Supply Revision History H5 1 Power switch problems K03 22 Power up test K10 1 Power up verification of hardware configu ration K10 1 PRC H2 2 H2 10 H2 14 H4 4 Board Formats A1 71 Precompression A1 29 Principles of Operation A1 3 Printer Black amp White Printer A7 8
559. t A1 46 10 4 Annular Array Front End A1 48 10 5 Isolated inputs incl ECG and Phono A1 48 10 6 High Voltage Power A1 49 11 0 Mid Processors A1 49 11 1 Pipelink 1 49 11 2 RF and Tissue Processor RFT A1 49 11 3 Spectrum Doppler A1 50 11 4 2D Flow Processor A1 51 12 0 Display and A1 52 12 1 Image ask pl gw A1 53 12 2 MEMO sarena De DA Mee ale ei A A1 53 12 3 Scan Converter A1 53 12 4 Graphics Buffer A1 54 12 5 System Control o Jo ages Penal A1 55 13 0 Keyboard and Peripherals A1 55 13 1 Internal I O and Peripheral Control A1 55 13 2 External I O to Rear Connector A1 56 13 3 2 1 56 14 0 ulus suu susu puas EAS A1 57 14 1 ADSUACU S le nA edet er Do DE Nen qe ber ascen bs A1 57 14 2 Document A1 57 14 3 References Ac s ya DIR Sees QAQA u Gay a A1 57 1
560. t K04 2 Z Transmitter Board Zone stitching A1 30 Test Points K09 19 Trans thorax probes A2 9 Transvaginal Probe E1 2 E1 4 Troubleshooting Guide K 1 01 1 Table of Contents K 1 Tuning Board Description Probes A2 7 TV Probes E2 3 TX 128 H2 2 H2 7 H2 10 H2 14 H4 2 TX 128 Board Block Diagram B2 4 TX128 Board Board Formats A1 71 Test Points K09 19 TX128 2 H2 7 H2 10 H2 14 TX128 v2 H4 2 U Unstable ECG K03 20 V Variable High Pass Filtering A1 39 VCR related problems K03 1 1 VCRs Video Recorders A7 4 Video Recorders A7 4 VME Address Map K12 1 VME BG IACK Jumper H4 19 VME Bus VME 64 A1 65 VME Jumper H4 19 Voltage Distribution Overview K15 1 VxWorks Operating System Commands K09 1 Warnings and Cautions Intro 5 Weekly system maintenance G1 5 X XDBUS Board Description A2 59 XDCTRL H2 2 H2 10 H2 14 H4 5 Xducer Bus Board H4 5 Description A2 59 R 10 Service Manual FA091050 rev 0002 91 060160V 4 DON Hed enuen 929IAJ0S 0002 g Jequ eoeq punose n n 39 E 01 peg sally wes GS UENS 55 GE Vingmed Ultrasound i Software versions System FiVe Up to v 1 9 x Service Manual HZZTIFIVE Part Number FA091050 rev I Patented See WARNINGS in the User Manual
561. t N Scan converter Functional revision C software support level tTdpSchedid accb38 up and listening 5 5 id ad cc4 up and listening done Create Displawnodule done Create Frame buffer dane Create USParameters done Create DisplavParameters done Initialize Parameter Dictionary done initialized supervisor Connected to front pana Create VideoOut View B seands filecache entries 1033 dircache entries 181 Fil amp Cache is up Fa date done Inilialize gau done Create Users View and slider SONY YCA detected Regstering ProbeT anpSouce pipe pi perprobeT emp Regsteing RackTempEvert Source pipe ipiperackT emp Regstering FootSwitchEventSource pipe pipelfo d Switch Regsteing PowerDownEvent Source pipeli piper om Regstering H eartRale or e pipe pipelheartRal e System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 Boot sequence continues Regstering ProbeEventSource pipe pi perpiro ba Event Regsteing Evert Source 3D pi peli pi pelar q 3D Regsteing ScanPlanezEvent Source pipe pi pe scanPlan ez RFT gram ck HPC Ioadprogram ok SY STEM FIVE Versi on High End SD P_RPC load program CFP_HPC Inadprogram ok IOP RPC odpro gami ok done Create Remate conr d done Create setup dial ag done Create qerem co
562. t beam one uses curved lenses i e in glasses Curved lenses will produce a focal point at a fixed distance from the lens For ultrasound scanners where the area of interest can vary from e g 10 to 25 cm with the same type of probe a fixed focus is not sufficient One must be able to change it This is done by controlling the transmit delay between the element rings Each of the rings can be fired in dependently at different times during transmit By exciting the outer ring first and then the inner rings with larger delays as time elapses the focal point can be programmed to the de sired depth as illustrated in the figure below The time delays can be changed depending on depth setting thus achieving a variable focal distance Using this method of firing transmit pulses gives the same effect as if the element was curved like a lens and the curvature could be changed Transmit pulses Element AM X Fig 3 4 Transmit Focusing Receive Focusing System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 21 Principles of Operation rev 06 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound A1 22 Focusing on receive is necessary due to the fact that the reflected signal from a tar get will not return to all probe rings at the same time this due to the uneven distance it has to travel In order to compensate for this the signal returning to the center and inner rings are delayed with respect to the outer ring thereby aligning the reflecte
563. t come up no response from keyboard Test the boards on the VME bus using a PC terminal Ref System 5 Test connected to the RS232 CPU Software Guide connector on EXT If it is impossible to get Replace the board s which contact with the CPU do not respond when called replace the board by in the test software K03 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 4 Display Problems 3 4 4 No Display on Monitor System Appears to Have Booted Monitor display is black No light in mon power LED indicato after system is turned on System otherwise seems to work fans ight in power indicator but screen completely black even with brightness turned up running light in keyboard etc AC voltage y Check signals on RGB in connector to monitor and S connectors on rear of monitor with os cilloscope Ref Test Procedure ok RGBS signals ok not ok not ok Check that AC power cable from AC PWR to monitor is seated properly Check seating of RGBS cable from card rack to mon Replace cable if necessary Ref Wiring diagram Internal cable harness Replace monitor Ref Replacement Procedure Monitor Check if system and keyboard appears to work properly E not ok See start up Replace GRAPH board problems no display
564. t the following requirements 1 Operating system Windows 95 or NT 2 Terminal Emulation software e g Hyper terminal setup baud rate 9600 8 bits no parity 1 stopbit See Table 0 4 on page 30 for details 3 A FTP program that can function as a FTP Server Note Chameleon FTP server software can be downloaded from the GEMS Home Page 6 4 Compatibility vs EChoPAC software The System FiVe s system software v 1 9 is compatible with EchoPAC sw 6 2 and above Section 7 0 Test and Verification Prior to Upgrade 1 Run an automatic test prior to starting the upgrade See Performance Test System Test Procedure on page K11 1 for detailed instructions Correct any problems reported or observed before proceeding 2 Storing setups and User defaults a When upgrading from sw v 1 8 only 1 Store the System Setups as described in 15 3 1 Store Setups on page 40 2 Then jump to section Section 9 0 on page 28 Copy System FiVe Software from CD to PC b When upgrading from sw 1 7 x proceed on the next step 3 Sw 1 7 x only Since there is currently no automatic way of saving and restoring setups and user defaults the following manual procedure should be used Please ensure the customer is aware of this Note All probe presets will be lost 4 Sw 1 7 x only Press Setup on the keyboard select each menu item in the setup menu and note down the specific details on a piece of paper 5 Sw 1 7 x only
565. tage capacitors C817 C818 C821 and C822 The capacitors are charged to either 5 V or AVEE 5V through resistors R1597 to R1600 When switching be tween modes the capacitors are discharged to ground through the relay coils and the relay contacts are latched into position according to the selected mode Outputs The outputs from the RX board are the 128 receiver channels RX1 128 They are fed to the Beamformer board Description Destina Level tion RX 1 128 Receive channel n of 128 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound Receiver Board RX 64 rev 02 Receiver Board RX 64 20 Introduction 20 1 Abstract This document describes the 64 channel receiver board RX64 board used in low cost versions of the System Five This board is based on the RX128 receiver board with half the number of receive channels and 2 1 multiplexers used for dynamically mapping 128 transducer bus XDBUS channels into 64 receive channels for linear array LA probes It also supports annular array transducers containing up to eight elements 20 2 Document History Revi Date By Description sion 01 96 06 21 WL Initial release CD rev 01 02 97 02 12 WL CD rev 02 Minor changes AA transformer impedance ratio changed to 2 1 New test sig nal buffer topology 03 01 11 00 JB Moved Maintenance Aid to Ch A 20 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature AA Annular Array
566. tages the diodes are re verse biased isolating the receiver inputs from the transducer HF transformers with an impedance ratio of 2 1 T1 to T8 on the annular array inputs ensure that their input impedance is the approximately the same as that of the phased array inputs One AA input is connected to eight receive channels so that without a transformer the AA input impedance would be only 1 8 of the PA LA input impedance Voltage regulators U105 to U108 generate the 12 V supply voltages for the T R switches from the 15 V supplies on the motherboard The 12V regulators are also used to provide the positive supplies for the input multiplexers Input Multiplexers Quad low on resistance switches Siliconix DG641 U1 to U64 are used to connect the output of the T R switches to the preamplifier inputs depending on the currently active probe The following modes are supported Mode 1 For linear array LA probes 64 consecutive probe elements are con nected to the receive channels with the selected elements sliding along the array from pulse to pulse The channel mapping is dynamically updat ed Mode 2 For phased array PA probes the 64 centre elements of the probe transducer channels 33 to 96 are connected to the receive channels The channel mapping is fixed Mode 3 For annular array and standalone doppler probes one probe ele ment is connected to eight receive channels The channel mapping is fixed Mod
567. tead of digital 5V the motherboard must have rev B B 5V analog strapped from RX128 to TX128 or later Part of V1 1 upgrade In order to support the mechanical MPTE probe the XDCTRL board XD2 software must be V3 2 T6 or newer The XDCTRL board is optional on 64 ch systems RX board FA200022 with AD602 is used with BF p n FA200001 20 MHz A D RX board FA200638 with AD604 is used with BF p n FA200382 40 MHz A D If MBD is rev C C and later IMMEM must be B B or later RLY board FA200464 must be used only in systems with MBD rev C C or later and together with FEC board FA200764 The new FEC board requires SW V1 3 2 and onwards If APA is supported PRC must be rev C G and onwards When the RFT1 board FA200540 is used the RFP piggyback is not used The piggyback functionality is integrated onto FA200540 On Membership only RX board FA200522 rev A D is required in order to support the 2 5 FPA rev C probe in SW V1 4 RLY FA200434 FEC FA200764 PRC rev C G and onwards MBD rev C C and onwards INTI O rev E J and onwards is required for PAMPTE support from SW V1 4 and onwards IV DP rev B D and onw is required for optimal 2MHz Pedof CW performance The same revision FEC FA200764 and MBD rev C C and onwards supports switchable PW and CW for the 6 MHz pencil probe from SW V1 4 and onwards RX128 FA200776 and BF FA200765 can only be used from SW V1 5 and onwards and only in Premium systems The new RX board can be used togeth
568. tem Control A1 55 Description A1 45 Maintenance After use G1 5 Weekly G1 5 Software Revision History H1 2 System Definitions H1 2 System doesn t boot K03 2 System FiVe EchoPAC Transfer Kit C1 6 System FiVe Noise Guide K13 1 System Overview A1 1 System Software Upgrade N 8 N 25 System Test K11 1 T Task Trace K12 1 Technical Skills Required Intro 8 TEE E1 3 Temperature Sense Board A8 4 Replacement Procedure L 23 Temperature Switch C2 4 Test and Setup Procedures K04 1 Test Connectors K06 1 Receiver Board RX 128 K09 20 Receiver Board RX 64 K09 20 Test Equipment and Tools Required for servicing System FiVe Intro 9 Test Points Receiver Board RX 128 K09 20 Receiver Board RX 64 K09 20 Transmitter Board K09 19 Test Software Guide Introduction to K08 1 TGC A1 4 TGC slide potentiometers A1 56 The board test menu K09 2 Time Domain Processor A1 53 Time Gain Compensation A1 27 Tissue Processing A1 26 A1 50 Tool Requirements G1 3 Tools Required Intro 9 Trace Interface A1 51 Transducer A1 3 Transducer Array Probes Transducer Array A2 5 Transducer Bus Board H4 5 Description A2 59 Transesophageal Probes E1 3 Trans esophageal probes A2 9 Transfer Kit S5 EchoPAC A7 6 System FiVe to EchoPAC C1 6 Transmit Focusing A1 9 A1 10 A1 21 Transmit pulse test K04 2 Service Manual FA091050 R 9 Index GE Vingmed Ultrasound Transmit Trigger TXTRIG tes
569. tem and subsystem Description section detailing how the system works down to board level e Block Schematics chapter contains all block schematics for the system the boards and other assemblies They are all referenced in the Descriptions sec tion of the Theory of Operation chapter The Cables chapter contains drawings and signal lists of cables within the sys tem The Mechanical Subassemblies chapter gives exploded view drawings Probes chapter includes a listing of all System FiVe probes types frequen cies color codes etc I O Signals lists signal names and technical data for the I O signals e Troubleshooting Guide chapter is an aid in the process of diagnosing prob lems and gives guidance for most types of errors e Configurations chapter lists the different software and hardware revisions on the subassemblies and links them to a system level revision and or software version e Maintenance Procedures and Replacement Procedures chapter also gives you installations procedures for e g software upgrades e Peripherals chapter contains all necessary information required to install any peripheral listed in the beginning of the section location power connection signal interface user setup switch settings etc e The Part Number List chapter lists all part numbers on all assemblies and sub assemblies likely to be replaced System FiVe Service Manual FA
570. tem FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev D 5 Man S5 serv files D 04 Intern 10 01 ervice S5 Servicel Printed De Macintosh HD User James i arb S cember 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Internal I O Subassembly rev A Internal 1 0 Overlay P N FA314300 Spacer 3 2mm x 6mm P N 080D3212 3 ea Conn BNC Isol Bushing P N 064J7523 9 eq Washer 1501 3 2mm P N 080 1052 3 ea ut M3 P N 080B0030 3 eo Screw M3x4 P N O80A308B 4 e a ps 4 internal Subassembly rev A Internal 1 0 Box P N FA307304 P N FA 14300 Internal 1 0 Panel P N FAS07305 nternal 1 0 nternal 1 0 Overlay Board P N FA200103 MODULE NAME VINGMED souno INTERNAL 1 0 SUBASSY BY DATE SIGN TYPE OF DOC CLASSIFICATION 50 5opr 95 ASSY PROC DATE SIGN MODULE NO REV A Doc release SO APR NEE PAN SIN S50 209 A REW REVISION DESCRIPTION Ee ol age e uu T FA115_A DWG SHEET 1 or System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev D 6 Macintosh HD User James Gii arb Service S5 ServiceMan S8 serv files D 05 Extern 10 01 Printed December 5 2000 amp GE Vingmed U
571. test 2 Digital test 2 Opened usr app test etc digtest2x mat AcquisitionTest feTest using default ATGC curve AcquisitionTest feTest disabling testsignal Reading IQ 32 Digital test 3 32 shots one channel BF output to file Digital test patterns are injected into each channel one MLA only selected by tog gling mla on BF4 and the result for each channel is compared to a master value 32 Digital test 3 Opened usr app test etc digtest2x mat Acquisition Test feTest using default ATGC curve Acquisition Test feTest disabling testsignal 33 Digital test 4 single channel test Digital test pattern is injected into a channel one MLA only selected by toggling mla which can be selected and the result is compared to a master value 33 Digital test 4 Channel number 1 128 23 Opened usr app test etc digtest2x mat Acquisition Test feTest using default ATGC curve Acquisition Test feTest disabling testsignal Reading IQ buffer ok Digital test on channel 23 MLA 0 PASSED System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 34 Digital test 1 for MLA 0 1 if more than one MLA A digital test pattern are injected into all channels both MLAs and the result is summed and compared to a master value Digital test 5 Opened hd0 usr app test etc digtest1x mat Loading tx setup from hdO usr app acquis test etc tx params
572. test signal input with their output enable pins driven by digital control signal TESTM through hex inverter U113 The test signal gain can be set to either 0 dB TESTM LOW or 21 dB TESTM HIGH used for dithering The test signal is then distributed to operational amplifier buffers U97 to U104 Each amplifier drives eight preamplifier inputs through attenuators R449 to R640 Multiplexer Control Interface Two identically programmed Altera EPF8282A FPGAs U115 and U116 are used to control the input multiplexers They can be programmed by loading their configu ration data either from an on board Altera EPC1064 configuration EPROM U121 or from the FEbus through tri state buffer U114 Each FPGA contains four eight bit serial in parallel out shift registers and a 32 bit wide hold register In linear array mode the multiplexer data are loaded into the shift registers on the falling edge of shift clock RMX SCL and the contents of the shift registers are then clocked into the hold register on the rising edge of strobe signal RMX LE In all the other modes the contents of the hold register is fixed Refer to the table below for details See also section 21 3 Note that a switch is turned on when its control input is high Mode AASEL PASEL Out A Out B Out C Out D Descrip tion 1 L L SDA NOT L z LA mode SDA 2 L H H L L H PA mode 3 H L L L H L AA mode 4 H H L H L L Test mode The ta
573. th the DSP on the Internal I O board After processing in the DSP the SDP board can fetch the data so that they can be displayed as traces on the monitor A6 14 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files A7 01 Periph Innh 03 55 6 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic Servi Printed December 5 2000 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound The Peripheral Modules Overview Introduction This part of the mumriVE Service Manual lists the Peripherals that may be connected to the scanner The content this content in this part of the manual part of the manual System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Module subsystem Page Peripherals rev 03 A7 2 Monitors rev 01 A7 3 VCRs Video Recorders rev 02 A7 4 S5 EchoPAC Transfer Kit rev 02 A7 6 Footswitch rev 01 A7 7 BW Printer rev 03 A7 8 Color Printer rev 02 A7 10 7 1 serv flles A7 02 03 Man S5 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James QGi arb Servict rvi ember 5 2000 Printed Dece Peripherals rev 03 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Peripherals rev 03 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 AT 2 Introduction Abstract System FiVe is a platform for a variety of applications The different applications needs different peripherals or combination of these This document describes the
574. the 5V terminals into the current rails Connect the AC power plug Mount the rear cover The top part of the cover should slide into the slot in the plate between the DC power and the AC power Before pushing it all the way in make sure the power cable to the DC power is properly secured Mount the side covers Turn on the power switch System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Man S5 serv files L1 04 ext io 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servict GE Vingmed Ultrasound External Replacement Procedure rev 01 External Replacement Procedure 7 Introduction T 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the External I O subassemby 7 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 6 April 95 GRL First version of document 8 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 9 Description The External I O subassembly is located on the left side of the system in the rear In order to replace it the lower rear cover must be removed 1 gv como e TS a From the back of the system unscrew the 4 screws holding the lower side pan els and the lower rear panel Pull both lower side panels slightly out sidewards Unscrew the 3 screws holding the bottom part of the rear cover Disconnect all cables from the External I O panel Pull the rear cover straight out Unscrew the three cou
575. the background Installers cannot suc cessfully shutdown HP background upon start up Update the Macintosh QuickDraw driver to the current version 9 4 Nov 97 and HP Background Utility for the HP Deskjet 800 Series printers Pls ref to SN 70226 for details System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev No native code support for the Power Macintosh Certain configura tions would crash Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 K03 13 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 6 Front Panel Problems Certain keys don t work QWERTY keyboard No Vingmed in display doesn t work after power up Trackball doesn t work Backlighting doesn t work Perform the FP test Ref Test Procedure procedure Front Panel all tests fail Replace the Main mar If some tests fail Check seating of cable RS232 GP to front panel from INT I O Ref Replacement Procedure Check seating of internal cables AA within the front panel cabinet Replace the part s indicated in the failed test Ref Wiring Diagram Internal cable harness Replacement Procedure Front Panel 3 6 1 No Response to Front Panel Controls 1 Test the Front Panel 2 Ifthe Front Panel is ok and only certain functions doesn t work test the boards where the actual functions are performed See Front Panel Contr
576. the control FIFO entry will be pulled over to the Image Memory destination initiated by the local SW that write the address to an address register This address registers can be updated by four local bus addresses one for each data FIFO bank identifying the source data FIFO and one for just updating testing the address register without data FIFO pulling The HW will decode an address update with FIFO pull requesting the local bus and start to empty one data FIFO entry to the Image Memory The end of the data vector is defined by two tag bits in the data FIFOs which are 36 bits wide When a split termination is tagged the termination tagged data FIFO entry is part of the vector entering the Image Memory When a no split vector termination tag is encountered the tagged data FIFO entry is not part of the vector entering the Image Memory Data Sets Each scan mode will produce data to a corresponding data set in the Image Memory The data sets are represented in ring buffers Each active data set will be allocated to one of the following types of acquisition data e 2 Dtissue data e Doppler data e M mode data Color flow Trace data e Video Y component data Video UV component data System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Image Memory board rev 03 8 1 8 1 1 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 Color M mode data RF data The Image Port 2 will support dynamic demultiplexing of th
577. the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following is displayed on the laptop Connecting done _ 39 13 4 351 Expanding _ 126 48 2 391 Expanding _ 215 46 8 223 Installation completed 381 seconds 1740f 264d value 0 0X0 The svision_v1 8 tar gz file only has to be unpacked if system has an integrated MAC Type netinstall svision_v1 8 tar gz then Enter at the hyperaccess terminal prompt The following is displayed on the laptop Connecting done Receiving _ Expanding _ Expanding _ Installation completed in 381 seconds 1740f 264d value 0 0X0 gt System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev N 19 System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 14 7 Change The Boot Configuration Back To Normal GE Vingmed Ultrasound 1 Type bootChange at the hyperaccess terminal prompt and hit Enter The boot configuration is displayed in Table 0 6 on page N 20 Note Continue to press Enter on Laptop to Scroll from one entry to the next For n new entry the Change to must be typed entered Do not backspace Bootconfiguration Original data Default entry Change to Comments Boot device
578. the left side Un screew the retaining screews used for fastening the System Processor Board and pull out the board Un screew the screews holding the RAM piggyback and remove the piggyback Gently install the new memory piggy back and fasten it with the screewsthat were used for the old piggy back Insert the Processor board in the board rack in the same position it was before Be sure that it is seated properly Fasten the retaining screews Turn on the power and boot the scanner Verify that all the boards starts the red LEDs are turned off and that the system boots compleatly Turn off the system and mount the panels you removed earlier System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound System FiVe Software Upgrade to v 1 8 Section 9 0 Copy System FiVe Software from CD to PC 9 1 Create file structure on root directory C Note If the laptop has an Auto sleep feature it needs to be turned off during this procedure Make sure you have more than 20 MByte of free space on your harddisk On the windows desktop open the My Computer icon by double clicking on it then open the C icon On the C Window click File then New then Folder Name the new folder Repeat steps 1 thru to create another new folder and name it S5Netlnstall Do not create the second new folder in the first one create it on the root directory C Open the two new folders In the win
579. the3 screws holding the air filter cover This cover is located on the right lower side below the lower side panel Remove the cover 4 Pull out the air filter You have now full access to the fans from underneath the system Replace the bad fan s System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev Fan Replacement Procedure rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page L1 10 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv files L1 06 assy 55 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front Panel Assembly Replacement Procedure rev 01 Front Panel Assembly Replacement Procedure 13 Introduction 13 1 Abstract This procedure describes how to replace the Front Panel Assembly 13 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 18 April 95 GRL First version of document 14 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 Flat screwdriver size 2 Adjustable wrench 15 Description Front Panel replacement Unscrew the two screws holding the upper left side panel Disconnect the audio cable phono jacks to the front panel Loosen and partly unscrew the two M4 screws in each diagonal corner up underneath the front panel console front right side and rear left side It is not necessary to un screw any of the other screws Push the two screws to lift th
580. these numbers near the black connector See arrow From the factory the cable is delivered with a protection sleeve See the lower picture System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I Annular Phased Array Transducer A2 11 IV amp DP Connector Board rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound IV amp DP Connector Board 6 2 6 3 A2 12 Introduction Abstract This document is a description of the IV amp DP Connector Board used in System FiVe The board contains connectors for the stand alone Doppler probe in addition to the remote AC power Standby switch It also contains a 2 MHz notch filter to remove the carrier frequency in CW when using the 2 MHz Pedof probe Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 23 June 1994 GRL First version of document 02 6 Feb 1997 GRL Added 2 MHz CW filter for 2 MHz Pedof probe 03 18 Nov 1997 GRL Changed R6 from 100 to 220 ohm to reduce gain to avoid saturation gain down 7 dB 04 1 Oct 2000 LHS jb Updated contents Maintenance Aid moved to Ch K Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature DP Doppler STBY Stand by RLY Relay board PRC Probe Control board Physical Dimensions The board itself is mounted as a piggyback board on top of the RLY board fitting a connector on this board Size is 135 mm W by 130 mm H System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound IV amp DP Connector Board rev 04 8 Gener
581. tions By combining the data ac quired from these directions an image with better resolution and finer speckle can be obtained Phased Linear and Curved Linear Array Imaging Introduction Phased array linear array and curved linear array probes consist of several trans ducer elements e g 64 128 192 which all can be excited independently for the purpose of both steering the ultrasound beam and focusing the beam at desired depth For receive focus purposes the returning echoes from the different elements can be delayed accordingly in the beamformer thus receiving echoes from different depths at the same direction as the transmit beam was fired Array Types Arrays are typically divided into plane and curved Phased and linear arrays are plane while curved linear and annular arrays are curved Phased arrays and linear arrays have the same basic construction though linear arrays usually have larger and more elements due to the nature of the scan types used Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Plane Arrays Fig 2 1 9597 The above array has electronic focusing one dimension only x1 not the eleva tion plane y1 By curving the element in the y direction a fixed not electronic focus can be obtained in this direction also This is how the System 5 probes are designed yl Fig 2 2 Plane Arrays curved in y direction Curved Linear Arrays A curved linear array is shown b
582. to a O volt output level set at 15 From the output of U13 the signal path is similar to above Since the thermistor is nonlinear correction for this is done in a look up table in software Annular Array Probe Motor Control The Motor and Position Control of the Annular Array probes is implemented with the same circuitry as in the CFM 7XX 8XX systems The XDCTRL board is a plug in add on module utilizing exactly the same pcb as the CFMs do The power amplifier is integrated into the artwork of the Probe Controller board The XDCTRL board communicates serially U18 U94 with the CPU on two control lines TXD1 and RXD1 A reference sweep DAC is generated on the XDCTRL board This signal is com pared to the position POSP POSN coming back from the position coil in the probe The error signal is applied to the motor coil after linear control not shown on the block diagram and power amplification moving the element in the desired direction The motor driver U27 U96 is integrated into a closed loop amplifier U14 It takes the control voltage PA from the XDCTRL board through a relay K16 and provides sufficient current drive for the motor coil in the probe The output of the current am System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 37 Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 24 5 24 6 25 26 A2 38 plifier is fed through three different relays In K10 a test load can be selected K9 is control
583. tor providing a refresh transparent to memory access cycles If a memory access cycle takes more than 15 us the board counts the number of refresh requests and upon completion of the cycle the refresh circuit runs up to 31 stored refresh requests If memory cycles last more than 420 us thus preventing refresh data will possibly be corrupted System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev 4 11 Scan Converter Board rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Scan Converter Board 11 11 1 Overview Abstract This document describes the Scan Converter board SCONV The SCONV board fetches the different types of data from the Memory board using VME DMA transfers Its main purpose is to convert the data stored in the image memory to a display for mat which gives a true view of what was actually scanned Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 1 13 98 GRL First version of document 11 3 11 4 12 13 13 0 1 A4 12 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature References Scan Converter Block Diagram rev 01 on page B2 16 Inputs VME Interface The main input to the board is the VME bus where data from the Image Memory board is fetched The VME bus is located on both the P1 and the P2 connector Descriptions VME Interface and Input FIFOs The VME Interface is located between the VME bus and the Input FIFOs It is 64 bit wide 32 bit data and 32 bit address The even and odd v
584. tor Display System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 23 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Principles of Operation rev 06 3 4 3 Doppler The probe element is standing still in Stationary mode pointing at the area of inter est The spectrum is as M Mode displayed in the time domain with time along the x axis and velocities along the y axis The spectrum analyzer can differentiate 256 different velocity components The spectrum display is organized as shown in Fig 3 8 256 velocities xxx lines ii jee Fig 3 8 Spectrum Display 3 4 4 Color Flow The color sector is divided into yyy flow scan lines and maximum 256 samples per scan line as shown in Fig 3 9 When collecting data for 2D Flow the probe usually scans from left to right while transmitting the ultrasound pulses and receiving the Doppler shifts from moving objects Element Maximum 256 Samples Flow Scan Line Sample Fig 3 9 2D Flow Sector Display Right System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 4 5 Color M Mode In Color M Mode the flow information is superimposed on the tissue M Mode dis play Data is collected while the probe is standing still Display is in the time domain Tissue vectors along the depth axis is constructed from maximum 1024 tissue sam ples while color vectors are constructed from maximum 256 color samples Depth
585. trasound Your Notes 5 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I Man S5 serv files A5 02 01 FP 55 Servicel Macintosh HD User James i arb Servi Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Front Panel 1 Overview 11 Abstract Front Panel rev 02 This document is a description of the Front Panel mzmmFIVE It consists of a Main board a Rotary display board an Audio Amplifier board and a Qwerty Adapter board The Front Panel is constructed around a uP6809 processor and contains sev eral types of inputs output registers which are used in encoding decoding of the dif ferent devices connected to the Main board It has serial communication with the rest of the system through an RS 232 link to the Graphics board 1 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 10 Aug 94 GRL First version of document 02 01 Nov 00 JB Moved Test Features to Ch K 1 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature TGC Time Gain Compensation LED Light Emitting Diode 1 4 References Front Panel Block Diagram rev 01 on page B2 19 2 Inputs Below is a table showing the main inputs PIN SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE LEVEL P8 10 11 FOOTSWO0 2 Footswitch signals Footswitch TTL and 12 via INT I O P8 8 ACSYFP Serial communication from sys GRAPH via RS 232 tem to front panel INT I O 12V P8 9 FPRES_L Front Panel re
586. trol the skew of the Encode signal to all ADCs This skew sured on inside one BF board or between two BF boards will affect the accuracy of the Beam Forming The Encode signal for CSPA1220 is a 20 MHz clock C20 that is produced by dividing the 40 MHz Master clock by 2 in a D Flip Flop To ensure that C20 is in the same phase on all BF boards the Flip Flop is reset by the Synchro nous Reset signal SRES after power In addition the clocks must be protected from digital noise to avoid clock jitter To ac commodate this ECL logic is used to distribute the C40 Master clock between the boards and for C40 and C20 internally on the BF board Internally on the BF board the C40 and C20 clocks are distributed to circuits located far apart All ADCs FOCUSORs and BEAM ADDERs use one of these clocks We have made sure the delay and noise aspect including jitter are acceptable by using low skew Clock Drivers High Speed ECL routing the clock signal as an analog signal with a characteristic impedance of 50 ohm for the track using tree distribution and keeping the routing distance approximately equal for each part of the tree Note that the CSPA1220 requires a 5096 Duty Cycle of 5 29 6 Front End Bus Interface The interface signals for the parameter cache transaction sequencer are shown in Fig 29 3 The Beam Former board is accessed from the FEC board through a 9 bit Page Ad dress bus a 5 bit Select Address bu
587. ubstitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification of the equipment Regulatory Information The GE Vingmed Ultrasound product families are tested to meet all applicable requirements in relevant EU Di rectives and European International standards See Standards used below Any changes to accessories peripheral units or any other part of the system must be approved by the manufacturer GE Vingmed Ultra sound Ignoring this advice may compromise the regulatory approvals obtained for the product Please consult your local GE Vingmed Ultrasound representative for further details Standards used Our ultrasound scanners are class devices according to Clause 14 of IEC 60601 1 1988 To fulfill the requirements of relevant EC directives and or European Harmonized International standards the following documents standards have been used STANDARD DIRECTIVE SCOPE 93 42 EEC Medical Devices Directive MDD TEC 801 2 4 1991 Electrostatic Discharge 801 3 1984 Radiated Electromagnetic Field IEC 801 4 1988 Electrical Fast Transient Burst 801 5 1 1993 draft Surge EN 55011 CISPR 11 3 1991 Emitted noise according to Class B requirements Electromagnetic Suscep tibility 60601 1 1988 Medical Electrical Equipment Part 1 General Requirements for Safety EN 60601 1 1990 UL2601 1 8 1994 CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATARIES INC WITH RE SPECT TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK FIRE
588. uded on the Image Port 2 board Data from VCR Video and S VHS both in PAL and NTSC format from the VCR or another video source is first digitized and then fed through a video multi standard decoder provid ing decoded luminance black and white and chroma color data Data is then transferred to a ring buffer in the image memory where it later can be fetched by Scan Converter for display on the system monitor Memory The default size of the Image Memory is currently 64 MByte The Image Port board is the data source and the Scan Converter and System CPU boards are the data destinations The different data sets that can be stored are the following e 2D Tissue data e Doppler data e M Mode Tissue data e 2 Flow data e M Mode Color data e Trace data e Video Luminance data Video Chroma data e HF data Up to eight of the above data sets can be stored live simultaneously in the Image Memory in eight different ring buffers Scan Converter The Scan Converter board fetches the different types of data from the Image Mem ory using VME DMA transfers Its main purpose is to convert the data stored in the image memory to a display format which gives a true view of what was actually scanned Time Domain Processor System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 53 System Description rev 07 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 12 4 A1 54 Address and data is multiplexed pipelined and fed through input FIFOs into a so
589. uide rev 15 5 2 5 2 1 5 2 2 5 2 3 5 2 4 5 2 5 5 2 6 5 2 7 5 2 8 5 2 9 LED Status During Power up TX128 TX128 2 1 Red LED on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then the green ok LED goes on PRC 1 Red LED on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then the green ok LED goes on BF 1 Red LED on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then the green ok LED goes on FEC 1 Red LED fail on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then the bottom yellow LED start to blink and 3 the green LED ok goes on RFT 1 The 3 red LEDs are on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then the green ok is turned on 3 andthe yellow DSP runs LED is blinking rapidly SDP 1 The two red LEDs are on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then both green LEDs DSP1 and DSP2 ok are turned on and 3 the first yellow LED 3 from top is blinking 2DF 1 Red LED is on for 0 5 s then off 2 Then the upper green LED ok goes on 3 Then all yellow LEDs are lit twice for about 1 s 4 The bottom yellow LED is on for a few seconds then goes off 5 The bottom two green LEDs 5V and 5V are on immediately 6 The fifth yellow from the top LED is blinking IMPORT 1 The green LED is lit after a while gt 30 s IP2 1 The green LED is lit after a while gt 30 s System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K05 7 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 2 10 GRAPH 1 The red LED is lit for apprx 25 s 2 Then the r
590. uired EEEZIFIVE except the high voltages for the transmitter the fan power regulator and the AC Controller 9 2 Document History GE Vingmed Ultrasound Table 3 Document History Revi Date By Description sion 01 11 08 94 L H Semb Initial release 02 14 07 95 L H Semb Added references 03 06 11 95 L H Semb Added output description updated table 4 9 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature AC DC Alternating Current Direct Current 9 4 References DC Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 on page B2 23 DC Power Replacement Procedure rev 01 on page L 5 10 Inputs Table 4 Input signals to the DC power Signal Description Source Level 230 V AC AC input voltage AC Power Supply 230 V AC 184 264 VAC 47 63 Hz 11 General Description 11 1 Overview The DC Power module is shown in the figure below Fig 11 1 8 6 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound DC Power Module rev 03 P3 4 Fig 11 1 The DC Power module The DC Power module generates all DC voltages required in except the high voltages for the transmitter the fan power regulator and the AC Controller 230 VAC is fed from the AC Power to the DC Power module s input Inside the DC Power module the 230 VAC is filtered rectified an
591. ulation An ultrasound burst with a certain length a few us is transmitted from the transduc er elements into the body at a certain direction towards the area of interest As this burst propagates through the tissue it is attenuated and reflected and when hitting moving objects blood cells leaflets heart walls etc the reflected signal is modu lated by the velocities of the objects In order to extract the Doppler shift from the backscattered signal the ultrasound component must be removed This is done in a process called RF demodulation or mixing and is a complex modulation followed by a low pass filter f fdem 2fae ZIN Fig 5 2 RF Demodulation A complex multiplication will move the signal up to 2 times the demodulation frequency and down to the base band The low pass filter will remove the signal wrapped around 2 times the demodulation frequen Cy System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 33 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 5 2 2 Sampling in Pulsed Wave Narrow Band A1 34 Since it takes time for the sound wave to travel from the transducer down to the target and back up t 2d c t time d distance c 1540m s 5 2 there is a limitation on how often one can transmit pulse repetition rate to avoid having echoes from two transmit pulses at the same time Nyquist limit The receiver can sample the signal a certain selected time after transmit called the
592. ument 02 November JB Edited one description and wrote 2000 another 24 Tool requirements Phillips screwdriver size 2 7mm ring spanner 8mm ring or jaw spanner 25 Description Older Systems 1 From the back of the system unscrew the 2 screws on the top attaching the small rear top cover 2 Unscrew the 4 countersunk screws holding the monitor mounting plate to the top of the fram 3 Disconnect the cables to the monitor Pull the mounting plate incl the monitor pedestal backwards until you can lift the whole assembly off the top of the system Replace the monitor Install the assembly in the opposite sequence System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev L1 17 26 L1 18 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Description newer Systems 1 QD 46115 At the rear of the monitor unscrew the 2 screws at each side of the cover pro tecting the Power and Signal cable connections Disconnect the Power and Signal cables from the monitor Disconnect the GN YE ground wire using the 7mm Allen wrench Unscrew the Monitor fastening screw with the 8mm Allen wrench Pull the Monitor backwards to free it from the pedestal Replace the new monitor by placing it onto the Pedestal and pushing it for wards and into it If Using other than factory replacement Monitors a metal mounting plate found under the old Monitor will have to be dismounted from it and mounted onto the new Mo
593. und Signals 05 Signal 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 a XD96_ XD112 XD128 GND PR_ 1 1 21 21 PRES b PCF_ SCL SDA VDD GND PA Transducer Signals Signal Name Type Description XDn 1 lO Transducer n of 128 PA probe 1 XDn 2 lO Transducer n of 128 PA probe 2 XDn 3 lO Transducer n of 128 PA probe 3 PA Control and Sense Signals PR PRES n PA Probe n present TTL PR ACTn Probe n active TTL MUX SCL Probe multiplexer clock TTL MUX SDAn Probe multiplexer serial data n of 8 TTL MUX LE Probe multiplexer latch enable TTL MUX SOCL n Probe multiplexer clock probe n TTL MUX SDAn Probe multiplexer serial data n of 8 TTL MUX LE n L Probe multiplexer latch enable probe n TTL TEMP Phased array TEE temperature sense signal PCF SCL Probe configuration PROM clock TTL PCF SDA Probe configuration PROM data TTL Address for EEPROM conn dependant 0 or 5V A1 Address for EEPROM conn dependant 0 or 5V VROTA Scan plane 2 position for MPTE probe LROT Rotate left control for MPTE probe TTL RROT Rotate right control for MPTE probe TTL MUX VPP 80 V for multiplexers MUX VNN 80 V for multiplexers System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev F1 9 Sig nals 05 amp Vingmed Ultrasound 3 3 Connectors 2 Type of connectors 30 pin circular Burndy Use
594. up problems AC amp DC power ok Pull out board by board Check that DC power comes up Replace board s causing power supply not to come up Check seating of DC extension board Replace DC Power Supply Ref Replacement Procedure DC Power Supply K03 4 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 3 3 4 Start up Problems System Doesn t Boot Possible Harddisk Problem System power is ok i e light in board LEDs monitor power LED fans are running but the system does not come up no response from keyboard Connect a PC to the RS232 CPU conn on EXT I O Observe messages on power up Ref Booting Sequence The printout stops The printout stops when displaying Attaching to at other stages than Attaching or Loading or Loading l Check the harddisk LEDs and power cable Correct cable problem Check that the disc spins p not ok Replace See start up problems harddisk possible board failures Ref harddisk Replacement Procedure System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K03 5 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 3 3 5 Start up Problems System Doesn t Boot Possible Board Problem System power is ok i e light in board LEDs monitor power LED fans are running but the system does no
595. ure The projected aperture when angling the beam using phased arrays System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 3 Principles of Operation rev 06 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Apodization Weighting of the contribution from elements at the edges in an array transducer Can be used both on transmit and receive Propagation velocity The speed of the ultrasound wave through the body Is different for different types of structure tissue blood fat etc Far field The area of the ultrasound beam where it expands beyond the aperture of the transducer Near field The area of the ultrasound beam where its width is less than the aperture of the transducer Main lobe The area of where the ultrasound beam travels where the signal intensity is within a certain limit Side lobe Small fields outside the main lobe caused by the nature of the transmitted signal Reflector A plane and large compared to the wavelength interface reflecting portions of the transmitted signal back towards the transmitter straight or in an angle Scatter A small object compared to the wavelength spreading the transmitted signal in all directions reflect ing a small portion Geometrical focus The center of the curvature in a curved transducer Depth of focus The distance on each side of the focal point where the beam intensity is above a certain number Dynamic focus Tracking of the focus point during receive from close to far dept
596. ures 4 1 Abstract The purpose of this document is to give a listing of the system features functions that are supported by the different software versions 4 2 Document History Rev Date By Description 01 1 Aug 1996 GRL First version of document per V1 1 release 02 30 Apr 1997 GRL Updated per V1 2 release 03 17 Nov 1997 GRL Updated per V1 3 release 04 10 Jun 1998 GRL Updated per V1 4 release 05 11 Nov 1998 GRL Updated per V1 5 release 06 28 Feb 1999 LHS Updated per V1 5 3 amp V1 6 release 07 6 Aug 1999 LHS Updated per V1 7 release i 08 10 Sep 1999 LHS Updated per V1 8 release i 09 19 Nov 1999 LHS Included info for sw v 1 7 1 Support for new ag TX128 2 Board 10 2 Dec 1999 LHS Included info for sw v 1 9 i 11 1 Oct 2000 LHS Included info for sw v 1 9 x 4 3 Supported Features Please see the table starting on page Intro 13 2 m e 8 E 5 8 5 8 2 a 5 8 8 8 gt Intro 12 Service Manual FA091050 rev 91 0S0160V34 enuen 99I1A49S A CEES Macintosh HD User James Q arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files 04 features b 11 fm Printed December 5 2000 Feature Comments V1 0 V1 1 V1 2 V1 3 V1 4 V1 5 V1 5 3 V1 6 V1 7 V1 8 V1 9 V 1 7 1 1 9 x 2D Zoom x x x x x x x x x x x Compound LA probes on Premium x x x x x x x x x
597. us Front End data bus VME 64 bus A data bus following the VME standard References Motherboard with Major Buses rev 02 on page B3 6 Description Overview The Mother Board is acting as a back plane for most of the other cards in System FiVe It is routing both power and data to and between the cards and the I O There is only one active component on the Motherboard an IC used for configura tion purposes Main Data Buses VME bus see VME Bus VME 64 on page A1 65 PIXEL BI see from IMMEM to CPU GRAPH a o for test on page A1 66 Pipelink bus see Pipelink Bus on page 1 62 MLA bus see MLA Buses on page A1 61 Clocks see the description starting on page A1 68 and the block diagram on page B3 3 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv flles A5 01 Front Panel Innh 03 55 Printed December 5 2000 ervice S5 Service Macintosh HD User James i arb St GE Vingmed Ultrasound The Front Panel Overview Introduction This part of the mumriVE Service manual describes the Front Panel module in the instrument Modules and sub subsystem described in this part of the manual systems described in this part of the Module subsystem Page manual Front Panel rev 02 5 3 Front Panel Controls 04 5 7 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I A5 1 The Front Panel GE Vingmed Ul
598. used to limit the output band width to about 160 Hz The pressure signals enter the board through phono connector P6 and are buffered by dual JFET opamp U8 before they are amplified by instrumentation amplifier U9 One half of dual opamp U5 is used as a shield driver in order to improve the AC com mon mode rejection Input filter R34 C11 and R35 C12 reduces susceptibility to RF noise while output filter R39 C13 limits the signal bandwidth to about 160 Hz System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 57 Patient I O rev 01 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 40 41 A2 58 Control The Patient I O board is controlled by the DSP on the Internal I O board through an 8 bit parallel data bus 05 DATA 0 7 on connector Outputs 1 Serial data from A D converter DR P3 4 to DSP on Internal I O board 2 Serial clock from A D converter CLKR P3 2 to DSP on Internal I O board 3 Serial frame sync from A D converter FSR P3 6 to DSP on Internal I O board System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Transducer Bus Board XDBUS rev 04 Transducer Bus Board XDBUS rev 04 42 42 1 42 2 42 3 42 4 43 Introduction Abstract This document is a description of the Transducer Xducer Bus Board XDBUS in The board routes the 128 tx rx signals between the RLY board and the Transmitter and receiver Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 10 Nov 1994 G
599. utilx Directories local appl software Directories local fe test software modtest Atgc dat Tgen dat Analogtest Digitaltest System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 N 3 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 2 Block Schematic System FiVe Harddisk sw v 1 8 amp v 1 9 rev 02 Harddisk hd0 serv files N 021 HD bloc 02 Man S5 55 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 Macintosh HD User James i arb Servic vxWorks hwc VMS eu vxWorks sym copydisk script Script Operating H fie fil Files for GRAPH scripts cpdisk batch files System and for initialization led map pen fpan ram hex config splash map d video std start up screen mem video par key map boottime Directories vermod txt with X fonts and startup screen userdef bin tmp postproc superv present acquis test userdefined defaults Application Program su perv update FECPROM Local appl software Clipboard temporary storage of stored images Several Direc tories with Post Process ing Functions language files 2 Directories with files for test of GRAPH bd SCONV bd IMPORT bd bin uv xmodmap modtest Keyboard Test sw language defi etc Test Software Span and default brdtm for Users View controls Probe defaults nition files etc annot macxfer clip Rosad
600. v 01 B2 18 Front Panel Block Diagram 01 B2 19 Internal I O Block Diagram 01 B2 20 External I O Block Diagram 02 2 21 AC Power Block Diagram 02 B2 22 DC Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 B2 23 High Voltage Power Supply Block Diagram rev 02 B2 24 Block Diagrams Boards GE Vingmed Ultrasound Empty page B2 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev I A281 050160 ENUEN 399S 15 cg Macintosh HD User James Gii arb Service S5 ServiceMan S5 serv files B2 02 boards 06 Printed December 5 2000 Relay Board Block Diagram rev 04 XDA1 128 n PHASED LINEAR TO RX128 or RX64 TX128 ARRAY 1 128 2 XDI 128 VIA XDBUS BOARD PROBES V2S22222222222 522224 A SERIAL PROBE ID PROBE MUX CTRL XDCI 128 A ANNULAR AAXDI 6 XDAACD AATEMPIN S POS MPTE ARRAY AAXDI 6 XDAACD AATEMPIN X BOARD 8 PROBES gt XDDECD TO PRC BOARD AAXD7 8 XDDPCD XD45 XD100 PROBE 6 FROM TX128 BOARD TO RX128 or RX64 BOARD EL PROBE ID EL PROBE SELECT CONTROL EL PROBE MUX CTRL INTERFACE TO FEC BOARD
601. vice S5_ Service Macinto Servi Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 17 Power up Test 17 1 Description of Test Not yet implemented The only board which is tested during power up is the IMPORT board which an swers Image board present if it is ok 17 2 Power up Verification of Hardware Configuration During power up the hardware configuration of the system is verified If incorrect Part Numbers of e g RX and BF has been installed the system will recognize this and print an error message on the terminal while booting System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K10 1 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Your Notes K1 2 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev serv filesK11 SysTest 13 Man S5 Macintosh HD User James Qi arb Service S5 Servicel Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 18 Performance Test System Test Procedure 18 1 Introduction 18 1 1 Abstract This document is made to ensure that all systems are tested according to the specifications Most of the specifications are not objective and require live scanning on yourself or an image phantom This Performance Test Procedure is based on the Internal System Test Procedure GEVU doc no FA010050 used prior to shipment from the factory 18 2 Scope This procedure concerns Advantage Performance and
602. w dB down If noise the disappears the source is the HV Supply The HV supply is marginally designed and can for some probes and applications fade out at some special settings See service memo no 43 for details Modifica tions have been done to the power supply in order to improve the situation see service bulletin no 101 Other possible internal noise sources DC Power Supply peripherals Make sure that the TX128 board is rev B D or later 5V analog noise mod 3 13 Analog Traces ECG Phono Pressure Respiration Unstable ECG The quality and stability of the ECG is directly related to the cable being used im pedance is important For optimum performance the cables with the following VMS part numbers should be used also see service memo no 45 K03 20 164L0036 ECG Cable gray for clip on electrodes or System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev GE Vingmed Ultrasound Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 e 16410037 ECG Cable gray for clamp electrodes NOTE The blue cable does not have the right impedance for use on System FiVe and will cause unstable ECG Flat ECG Trace There have been report on intermittant flat ECG This problem has not yet been re produced at VMS so there are no solutions for this Reboot is the only way out For Other Problems 1 the IOP boards INT I O EXT I O Patient I O 2 Check seating of the Patient I O cable 3 Even if the Patient I O passes the test it i
603. wer a ESTIMATORS INTRA PIPELINK GENERATOR VASCULAR ALL FE SYSTEM CLOCK TAG f INTERFACE BOARDS GENERATOR GENERATOR f REV REVISION DETECT MASTER PRESSURE o EL PROBE ID VME INTERFACE FIDE DSP VME INTERFACE DSP VME INTERFACE 2D 5 j EL PROBE SELECT 1 amp 2 RESPIRATION EL PROBE MUX CTRL VME BUS INTERFACE PROC PHONO lt CPU MESSAGE PROC 2 PORT ECG DOPL4_LI SERIAL TRACE DATA DOPLB LIVES TO INT I O VME BUS RXDI TXD1 p gt TO FROM CPU ECG TRACE DATA FROM INT I O 1 0 SERIAL DATA EET FIVE System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev TO INT T O DRAWING NUMBER EIS 330 FA299050 FILE TYPE OF DOCUMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM cur Corus System FiVe bass N LS DATAFLOW amp CONTROL y REV B1 3 Macintosh 55 ServiceMan S5 serv files B1 03 compl dsplio 1 10 Printed December 5 2000 GE Vingmed Ultrasound TO PRC RXDI TXD1 XDCTRL lt Display Control and I O rev 09 System FiVe Block Schematic Complete Page 2 of 3 Display Control and I O rev 09 FROM SDP DOPLA LIVE FROM SDP DOPLB LIVE VME BUS CONTROLLER PIPELINK DATA TYPE DECODER DISPATCHER PIPELINK _ S VHS LUMA CHROMA DECODER PAL NSTC Ze DATA TO SDP ECG FROM PATIENT 1 0 PATIENT VQ S VHS OUT PATIENT VO INTERFACE FILTERING DSP
604. will appear a red sun green sun blue sun and black sun Set sub brightness black sun to a value where the sector edge is just visible Press middle select button to set Select Save menu Exit COLOR menu Exit Service menu Power monitor off and on again NA 3 P N Allow 5 minutes warm up time before continuing Contrast and Brightness setup in Screen Menu Press middle select button to enter Screen Manager menu Select Screen Select Contrast Set CONTRAST black half moon to somewhere between 80 100 depending on desired intensity level Set all TGC slide pots to minimum Fine adjust BRIGHTNESS red sun so that the sector edge is just visible Press middle switch to set Exit SCREEN menu Moire Reduction Setup Select screen menu Select moir reduction Select ON Set moir reduction to 50 Press middle switch to set Exit Screen menu Exit Screen manager menu System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 rev K18 3 Troubleshooting Guide rev 15 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound 25 2 3 EIZO FlexScan T62A and T63S The GRAPH changes and software change in V 1 5 x should only affect the contrast and brightness level Thus these controls are adjusted in this procedure The color balance and other settings should be as before Enter the Color Menu Set Sub Contrast black half moon to 100 Save and exit this menu Enter the Screen Menu Adjust Contrast
605. without PosDet and PAMPTE support The drawing below shows the different connectors and pin numbers RS TET i 23 13 PERALLEL 57 p PATIENT LAS ui De ad a a I od H ip _ 3 Petts 71 AP CIAL TE Yt a 1 E D lt lt a p pite Rd JRE A ETAERHET ERT 5 P E 2 1 5 49 Bla guh DIS 9 E E con Tal 1 ETIHSIRISEY AT r 5 DU 377 un li B 2 7 AU ALB Paa ayan S FAYE OLUT COO n Lam d OO 50 28 EV iay 157 E Es 2 sN c ex By es 017 x 2 2 My 2 T E n DS gune DUT ee Er e EN J 1 1 4 p NU z WIRES WIE IM Rufe VE EO LT MEN ON 65 78 i 1 h l D N m N u x NIL 6 E gp Sh UT A E OUT 5 UAT f LI lox 1 E a a d Pon n MEN aa Ka Ra e s 5 j H I OY MES OM MM E ku X u a Q9 TSEDJCTUCL HEM TEL RENTAL ira we FASTER Ux TT FK Ux CIK FK Cx 1 UL gen 5 patar 0 1 12 System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 amp GE Vingmed Ultrasound Signals 05 5 Internal I O with PosDet and PAMPTE support The drawing below shows the different connectors and pin numbers PARALLEL POWER RS23e GR 1 RS23e INT
606. y by the CPU board 22 2 Document History Rev Date Sign Description 01 4 May 1994 GRL First version for artw B and onwards 02 22 Nov 1994 GRL Added document history and definitions 03 20 Oct 1999 LHS Updated content 04 1 Oct 2000 LHS Corrected errors Removed IVUS descriptions JB never included in System FiVe Moved Mainte nance Aid to Ch K 22 3 Definitions Abbreviations Nomenclature Please refer to the Abbreviations Definitions Glossary Terminology Nomenclature list starting on page P 1 22 4 References Probe Controller Block Diagram rev 02 page B2 6 Board Revision History starting on page H4 1 23 Inputs The main inputs to the board are 3 probe sense lines for AA and DP probes XDAAC DA XDAACDB XDDPCD 2 temp sense lines for TEE probes AA TEMPIN PA TEMPIN and position signals for AA probes AAPOSP AAPOSN Table 3 Main Inputs SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE LEVEL XDAACDA Probe Code AA probe A AA probe 0 12Vpc XDAACDB Probe Code AA probe B AA probe 0 12Vpc XDDPCD Probe Code Doppler Probe DP probe 0 12Vpc System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A2 35 Probe Controller Board PRC rev 04 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 24 24 1 24 2 A2 36 Table 3 Main Inputs SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE LEVEL AATEMPIN AA Temperature Sense AD590 AA TEE 5 15 5 68Vpc
607. y for the power to the rack monitor and peripherals excluding the VCR on some systems Each outlet to internal peripherals is filtered System FiVe Service Manual FA091050 I A1 57 Power Distribution rev 05 GE Vingmed Ultrasound 15 2 15 3 A1 58 The AC Controller also contains a voltage regulator for controlling the speed of the fans It senses the air temperature above the card rack and adjusts the speed ac cordingly If a high temperature reading occurs maximum speed is selected DC Power Supply Filtered 230VAC is fed to the DC power supply which is a GE Vingmed Ultrasound specified supply designed and manufactured by Philips The power supply has a modular design and provides the following voltages Voltage V Nominal load A 5 d 120 0 10 3 0 12 4 0 12 1 0 15 4 0 15 3 0 5 a 15 0 5 a 25 0 5V d digital and ground is fed from the power supply to the main rack mother board through thick rails The other voltages are routed via a DC Extension board which plugs into the motherboard The front panel and disks are powered via the internal I O board The voltages to these devices are fused with recoverable fuses High Voltage Power Supply The input to this supply is also filtered 230VAC A mains cable plugs into the front of the supply which again plugs directly into the motherboard The HV supply consists of three dual modules all linear supplie

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Instructions de montage des pièces et des accessoires BMW  NX-Mのパンフレットをダウンロード  ドップラーライダー観測データ品質管理手法の開発と性能評価  Samsung TX-WN Hướng dẫn sử dụng  BARRAGE INSECTES REF 907  Westinghouse 7843565 Installation Guide  König 8GB SDHC  OWNER`S MANUAL - Electric Scooter Parts  取扱説明書（PDF：1476KB）    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file